~ubuntu-manual/ubuntu-manual/maverick-do-not-use : contents of po/gl.po at revision 766

~ubuntu-manual/ubuntu-manual/maverick-do-not-use : (revision 766)
# Galician translation for ubuntu-manual
# Copyright (c) 2010 Rosetta Contributors and Canonical Ltd 2010
# This file is distributed under the same license as the ubuntu-manual package.
# Fran Diéguez <frandieguez@ubuntu.com>, 2010.
# Fran Diéguez <frandieguez@ubuntu.com>, 2010.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ubuntu-manual\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2010-08-20 20:32+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-07-18 17:26+0000\n"
"Last-Translator: Jason.Cook599 <Unknown>\n"
"Language-Team: Galician <gnome@g11n.net>\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"X-Launchpad-Export-Date: 2010-07-23 11:13+0000\n"
"X-Generator: Launchpad (build Unknown)\n"

#.  TRANSLATORS: do not translate this
#.  TRANSLATORS: do not translate this
#. type: Plain text
#: main.tex:4
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "\\providecommand{\\polang}{en}"
msgid "\\providecommand{\\polang}{en}\\providecommand{\\printscreen}{print}"
msgstr "\\providecommand{\\polang}{en}"

#.  Resize the screenshots using the same scale.  To calculate the scale value, we feed in the widest screenshot.
#.  TRANSLATORS: Do not translate this line!
#. type: Plain text
#: main.tex:7
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "\\setmaxscreenshot{screenshots/en/02-blank-desktop.png}"
msgid "\\setmaxscreenshot{screenshots/\\polang/02-blank-desktop.png}"
msgstr "\\setmaxscreenshot{screenshots/en/02-blank-desktop.png}"

#. type: hyphenation{#1}
#: main.tex:11
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ubuntu One"
msgid "U-bun-tu"
msgstr "Ubuntu One"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :12
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{applet}{name={applet}, description={An applet is a small "
"program that runs in a \\gls{panel}. Applets provide useful functions such "
"as starting a program, viewing the time, or accessing the main menu.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{miniaplicativo}{name={miniaplicativo}, description={Un "
"miniaplicativo é un programa pequeno que se executa no \\gls{panel}. Os "
"miniaplicativos fornecen funcionalidades moi útiles como iniciar un "
"programa, ver a data e hora ou acceder ao menú principal.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :15
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{Access Point}{name={Access Point}, description={An Access "
"Point is a devices that allows for a wireless connection to a wireless "
"network using Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, etc.}}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :22
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{Canonical}{name={Canonical}, description={Canonical, the "
"financial backer of Ubuntu, provides support for the core Ubuntu system. It "
"has over 310 paid staff members worldwide who ensure that the foundation of "
"the operating system is stable, as well as checking all the work submitted "
"by volunteer contributors.  To learn more about Canonical, go to \\url"
"{http://www.canonical.com}.}}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :27
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{cursor}{name={cursor}, description={The blinking cursor "
"that appears after the \\gls{prompt} in the \\gls{terminal} is used to show "
"you where text will appear when you start typing. You can move it around "
"with arrow keys on your keyboard.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{cursor}{name={cursor}, description={O cursor parpadeante "
"que aparece despois \\gls{prompt} na \\gls{terminal} úsase para mostrarlle "
"onde se mostrará o texto cando comece a escribir. Vostede pode moverse coas "
"teclas de flecha no seu teclado.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :32
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{decrypted}{name={decrypted}, description={When you "
"decrypt an encrypted file it becomes \\gls{decrypted}, and viewable. "
"Encrypted files on Ubuntu are not recognizable in any language, they are "
"just a string of random numbers and letters until they are \\gls{decrypted} "
"using a password.}}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :36
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\newglossaryentry{desktop environment}{name={desktop environment}, "
#| "description={A generic term to describe a GUI interface for humans to "
#| "interact with computers. There are many desktop environments such as "
#| "GNOME, KDE, XFCE and LXDE just to name a few.}}"
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{desktop environment}{name={desktop environment}, "
"description={A generic term to describe a \\acronym{GUI} interface for "
"humans to interact with computers. There are many desktop environments such "
"as \\acronym{GNOME}, \\acronym{KDE}, \\acronym{XFCE} and \\acronym{LXDE} "
"just to name a few.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{contorno de escritorio}{name={contorno de escritorio}, "
"description={Un termo xenérico para describir unha interface GUI para que as "
"persoas poidan interactuar cos computadores. Hai varios contornos de "
"escritorio como GNOME, KDE, XFCE e LXDE só por nomear algúns.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :40
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\newglossaryentry{DHCP}{name={\\acronym{DHCP}}, description={\\acronym"
#| "{DHCP} stands for \\emph{Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol}, it is used "
#| "by a \\acronym{DHCP} \\gls{server} to assign computers on a network an IP "
#| "address automatically.}}"
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{DHCP}{name={\\acronym{DHCP}}, description={\\acronym"
"{DHCP} stands for \\emph{Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol}, it is used by "
"a \\acronym{DHCP} \\gls{server} to assign computers on a network an \\acronym"
"{IP} address automatically.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{DHCP}{name={\\acronym{DHCP}}, description={\\acronym"
"{DHCP} é um acrónimo de \\emph{Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol}, é usado "
"por un \\gls{servidor} \\acronym{DHCP} para asignar aos computadores nunha "
"rede un enderezo IP automaticamente.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :44
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{dialup connection}{name={dialup connection}, description="
"{A dialup connection is when your computer uses a modem to connect to an "
"\\gls{ISP} through your telephone line.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{conexión telefónica}{name={conexión telefónica}, "
"description={Unha conexión telefónica é cando o seu computador usa un módem "
"para conectarse a un \\gls{ISP} mediante a súa liña telefónica.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :48
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{distribution}{name={distribution}, description={A \\gls"
"{distribution} is a collection of software that is already compiled and "
"configured ready to be installed. Ubuntu is an example of a distribution.}}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :53
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{dual-booting}{name={dual-booting}, description={\\gls"
"{dual-booting} is the process of being able to choose one of two different "
"operating systems currently installed on a computer from the boot menu, once "
"selected your computer will then boot into whichever operating system you "
"chose at the boot menu. Dual booting is a generic term, and can refer to "
"more than two operating systems.}}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :57
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{Ethernet port}{name={Ethernet port}, description={An "
"Ethernet port is what an Ethernet cable is plugged into when you are using a "
"\\gls{wired connection}.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{Porto Ethernet}{name={Porto Ethernet}, description={Un "
"porto Ethernet é onde se conecta un cable Ethernet cando usas unha \\gls"
"{conexión con fíos}.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :61
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\newglossaryentry{GNOME}{name={\\acronym{GNOME}}, description={\\acronym"
#| "{GNOME} (which once stood for GNU Network Object Model Environment) is "
#| "the default desktop environment used in Ubuntu.}}"
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{GNOME}{name={\\acronym{GNOME}}, description={\\acronym"
"{GNOME} (which once stood for \\acronym{GNU} Network Object Model "
"Environment) is the default desktop environment used in Ubuntu.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{GNOME}{name={\\acronym{GNOME}}, description={\\acronym"
"{GNOME} (que é un acrónimo de GNU Network Object Model Environment) é o "
"contorno de escritorio predefinido en Ubuntu.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :65
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{GUI}{name={\\acronym{GUI}}, description={The \\acronym"
"{GUI} (which stands for Graphical User Interface) is a type of user "
"interface that allows humans to interact with the computer using graphics "
"and images rather than just text.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{GUI}{name={\\acronym{GUI}}, description={O \\acronym{GUI} "
"(que é un acrónimo de Graphical User Interface, Interface gráfica de "
"usuario) é un tipo de interface de usuario que permite ás personas "
"interactuar cos computadores usando gráficos e imaxes fronte a só texto.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :69
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\newglossaryentry{ISP}{name={\\acronym{ISP}}, description={\\acronym"
#| "{ISP} stands for \\emph{Internet Service Provider}, an \\acronym{ISP} is "
#| "a company that provides you with your internet connection.}}"
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{ISP}{name={\\acronym{ISP}}, description={\\acronym{ISP} "
"stands for \\emph{Internet Service Provider}, an \\acronym{ISP} is a company "
"that provides you with your Internet connection.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{ISP}{name={\\acronym{ISP}}, description={\\acronym{ISP} é "
"un acrónimo de \\emph{Internet Service Provider} ou en galego Fornecedor de "
"servizos de internet, un \\acronym{ISP} é a empresa que lle fornece a súa "
"conexión de internet.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :74
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{kernel}{name={kernel}, description={A kernel is the "
"central portion of a Unix-based operating system, responsible for running "
"applications, processes, and providing security for the core components.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{kernel}{name={kernel}, description={Un kernel é parte "
"central dun sistema operativo baseado en Unix, responsábel de executar "
"aplicativos, procesos e fornecer seguridade para os complementos centrais.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :78
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{Live CD}{name={Live CD}, description={A \\gls{Live CD} "
"allows you to try out an operating system before you actually install it, "
"this is useful for testing your hardware, diagnosing problems and recovering "
"your system.}}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :81
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{maximize}{name={\\emph{maximize}}, description={When you "
"maximize an application in Ubuntu it will fill the whole desktop, excluding "
"the panels.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{maximizar}{name={\\emph{maximizar}}, description={Cando "
"vostede maximiza un aplicativo en Ubuntu ocupará todo o escritorio, "
"excluíndo os paneis.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :86
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{MeMenu}{name={MeMenu}, description={The MeMenu in Ubuntu "
"10.04 allows you to manage your presence on social networking services.  It "
"also allows you to publish status messages to all of your accounts by "
"entering updates into a text field.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{MeMenu}{name={MeMenu}, description={O MeMenu en Ubuntu "
"10.04 pemítelle xestionar a súa presencia nos servizos de redes sociais. "
"Tamén lle permite publicar os seus mensaxes de estado en todas as súas "
"contas inserindo as actualizacións no campo de texto.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :90
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\newglossaryentry{minimize}{name={minimize}, description={When you "
#| "minimize an open application, it sits in an applet on a panel. If you "
#| "click on a minimized applications panel button, it will then be restored "
#| "to its normal state and allow you to interact with it.}}"
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{minimize}{name={minimize}, description={When you minimize "
"an open application, the window will no longer be shown. If you click on a "
"minimized application's panel button, it will then be restored to its normal "
"state and allow you to interact with it.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{enimizar}{name={minimizar}, description={Cando vostede "
"minimiza un aplicativo aberto, almacenarase nun applet do panel. Se vostede "
"preme no botón dun aplicativo minimizado no panel restaurarase ao seu estado "
"normal e permítelle interactuar con él.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :94
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\newglossaryentry{notification area}{name={notification area}, "
#| "description={The notification area is an applet on the panel that "
#| "provides you with all sorts of information such as volume control, the "
#| "current song playing in Rhythmbox, your internet connection status and "
#| "email status.}}"
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{notification area}{name={notification area}, description="
"{The notification area is an applet on the panel that provides you with all "
"sorts of information such as volume control, the current song playing in "
"Rhythmbox, your Internet connection status and email status.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{área de notificación}{name={área de notificación}, "
"description={A área de notificación é un miniaplicativo no panel que lle "
"fornece acceso a todo tipo de información como o control de volume, a "
"canción que está reproducíndose actualmente en Rhythmbox, o estado da súa "
"conexión a internet e o estado do correo electrónico.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :99
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{output}{name={output}, description={The output of a "
"command is any text it displays on the next line after typing a command and "
"pressing enter, \\eg, if you type \\commandlineapp{pwd} into a terminal and "
"press \\keystroke{Enter}, the directory name it displays on the next line is "
"the output.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{saída}{name={Saída}, description={A saída dunha orde é "
"calquera texto que se mostra na seguinte liña logo de escribir unha orde e "
"premer enter, \\eg, se vostede escribe \\commandlineapp{pwd} nunha terminal "
"e preme \\keystroke{Enter}, o nome do cartafol móstrase na seguinte liña "
"como a saída.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :102
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{package}{name={package}, description={Packages contain "
"software in a ready-to-install format. Most of the time you can use the \\gls"
"{Software Center} instead of manually installing packages. Packages have a ."
"deb extension in Ubuntu.}}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :107
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{panel}{name={panel}, description={A panel is a bar that "
"sits on the edge of your screen. It contains \\glspl{applet} which provide "
"useful functions such as running programs, viewing the time, or accessing "
"the main menu.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{panel}{name={panel}, description={Un panel é unha barra "
"que se situa nos bordes da súa pantalla. Contén  \\glspl{miniaplicativo}s "
"que fornecen funcións útiles como iniciar programas, ver a hora e data ou "
"acceder ao menú principal.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :111
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{parameter}{name={parameter}, description={Parameters are "
"special options that you can use with other commands in the terminal to make "
"that command behave differently, this can make a lot of commands far more "
"useful.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{parámetro}{name={parámetro}, description={Os parámetros "
"son opcións especiais que pode usar con ordes na terminal para facer que a "
"orde se comporte de forma diferente, isto pode facer as ordes moito máis "
"útiles.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :114
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{partition}{name={partition}, description={A partition is "
"an area of allocated space on a hard drive where you can put data.}}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :117
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{partitioning}{name={partitioning}, description={\\gls"
"{partitioning} is the process of creating a \\gls{partition}.}}"
msgstr ""

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :122
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{prompt}{name={prompt}, description={The prompt displays "
"some useful information about your computer, it can be customized to display "
"in different colors as well as being able to display the time, date and "
"current directory as well as almost anything else you like.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{prompt}{name={prompt}, description={O prompt mostra "
"algunha información útil sobre o seu computador, pode personalizalo con "
"diferentes cores así como mostrar a hora, data e o directorio actual así "
"como calquera cousa que queira vostede.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\newglossaryentry{proprietary}{name={proprietary}, description="
#| "{Companies made by companies that don't release their source code under "
#| "an open-source license.}}"
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{proprietary}{name={proprietary}, description={Software "
"made by companies that don't release their source code under an open source "
"license.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{propietario}{name={propietario}, description={Aplicativos "
"feitos por compañías que non liberan o seu código fonte baixo unha licenza "
"de fonte aberta.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :129
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\newglossaryentry{router}{name={router}, description={A router is a "
#| "specially designed computer that using its software and hardware, routes "
#| "information from the internet to a network. It is also sometimes called a "
#| "gateway.}}"
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{router}{name={router}, description={A router is a "
"specially designed computer that using its software and hardware, routes "
"information from the Internet to a network. It is also sometimes called a "
"gateway.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{router}{name={router}, description={Un router é un "
"computador deseñado especialmente que usa o seu software e hardware,  e que "
"enruta información desde internet a unha rede. Tamén se chama pasarela.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :133
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{server}{name={server}, description={A server is a "
"computer that runs a specialized operating system and provides services to "
"computers that connect to it and make a request.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{servidor}{name={servior}, description={Un servidor é un "
"compuador que se executa un sistema operativo especializado e fornece "
"servizos a computadores que se conectan a el e fan unha solicitude.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :137
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{shell}{name={shell}, description={The \\gls{terminal} "
"gives access to the shell, when you type a command into the terminal and "
"press enter the shell takes that command and performs the relevant action.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{consola}{name={consola}, description={A \\gls{terminal} "
"dalle acceso a unha consola, cando escribe unha orde na terminal e preme "
"enter a consola recolle a orde e execútaa coa acción relevante.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :141
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{Software Center}{name={Software Center}, description={The "
"Software Center is where you can easily manage software installation and "
"removal as well as the ability to manage software installed via Personal "
"Package Archives.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{Centro de Software}{name={Centro de Software}, "
"description={O Centro de Software é onde pode xestionar a instalación e "
"desinstalación do seu software de forma sinxela, tamén pode instalar "
"software mediante os Arquivos de paquetes persoais (PPA).}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :145
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{Synaptic Package Manager}{name={Synaptic Package "
"Manager}, description={Synaptic Package Manager is a tool that, instead of "
"listing applications (like the Software Center)  lists individual packages "
"that can then be installed, removed and fixed.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{Xestor de paquetes Synaptic}{name={Xestor de paquetes "
"Synaptic}, description={O xestor de paquetes Synaptic é unha ferramenta que "
"no lugar de listar aplicativos (como o Centro de Software)  mostra paquetes "
"de forma individual que se poden instalar, eliminar ou arranxar.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :149
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{terminal}{name={terminal}, description={The terminal is "
"Ubuntu's text only interface, it is a method of controlling some aspects of "
"the operating system using only commands entered via the keyboard.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{terminal}{name={terminal}, description={A terminal é a "
"interface de texto de Ubuntu, é un método de controlar algúns aspectos do "
"sistema operativo usando só ordes inseridas mediante o teclado.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :153
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{wired connection}{name={wired connection}, description={A "
"wired connection is when your computer is physically connected to a \\gls"
"{router} or \\gls{Ethernet port} with a cable, this is the most common "
"connection for desktop computers.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{conexión con fíos}{name={conexión con fíos}, description="
"{Unha conexión con fíos é cando o seu computador está conectado físicamente "
"a un \\gls{router} ou \\gls{porto Ethernet} con un cable, é a conexión máis "
"común para os computadores de escritorio.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :157
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\newglossaryentry{wireless connection}{name={wireless connection}, "
#| "description={A wireless connection involves no cables of any sort and "
#| "instead uses a wireless signal to communicate with either a \\gls{router} "
#| "or access point.}}"
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{wireless connection}{name={wireless connection}, "
"description={A wireless connection involves no cables of any sort and "
"instead uses a wireless signal to communicate with either a \\gls{router}, "
"access point or computer.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{conexión sen fíos}{name={conexión sen fíos}, description="
"{Unha conexión sen fíos non usa cables de calquera tipo e no seu lugar usa "
"unha sinal inarámica para comunicarse con un \\gls{router} ou punto de "
"acceso.}}"

#. type: Plain text
#: frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex :162
msgid ""
"\\newglossaryentry{Wubi}{name={Wubi}, description={Wubi stands for Windows "
"Ubuntu Installer, and it allows you to install Ubuntu inside Windows. See "
"page~\\pageref{sec:installation:using-wubi} for more information.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\newglossaryentry{Wubi}{name={Wubi}, description={Wubi é un acrónimo de "
"Windows Ubuntu Installer, e permítelle instalar Ubuntu dentro de Windows. "
"Vexa a páxina \\pageref{sec:installation:using-wubi} para ter máis "
"información.}}"

#. type: title{#1}
#: main.tex:18
msgid "Getting Started with Ubuntu 10.04"
msgstr "Comezando con Ubuntu 10.04"

#. type: author{#1}
#: main.tex:18
msgid "The Ubuntu Manual Team"
msgstr "O equipo do Manual de Ubuntu"

#.  Half-title page
#. type: ifthenelse{#2}
#: main.tex:27
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(160,519){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#| "globe.pdf}}}"
msgid ""
"\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(0,0){\\includegraphics[width=\\paperwidth,"
"height=\\paperheight]{titlepage/halftitlepage-\\polang.pdf}}}"
msgstr ""
"\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(160,519){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-globe."
"pdf}}}"

#. type: document
#: main.tex:27 frontmatter/copyright.tex :37
msgid "\\makeatother"
msgstr ""

#.  Title page
#.  TRANSLATORS: do not translate this
#. type: document
#: main.tex:31
msgid ""
"\\pdfbookmark[0]{\\titlepagecaption}{pdfbookmark:title-page} \\frontcover"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: frontmatter/copyright.tex :14
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "\\endgroup"
msgid "\\begingroup"
msgstr "\\endgroup"

#. type: document
#: frontmatter/copyright.tex :16
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\noindent Copyright \\textcopyright{} \\the\\year{} by The Ubuntu Manual "
#| "Team. Some rights reserved. \\ccbysa"
msgid ""
"Copyright \\textcopyright{} \\the\\year{} by The Ubuntu Manual Team. Some "
"rights reserved. \\ccbysa"
msgstr ""
"\\noindent Copyright \\textcopyright{} \\the\\year{} O Equipo do manual de "
"Ubuntu. Algúns dereitos reservados. \\ccbysa"

#. type: document
#: frontmatter/copyright.tex :23
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\noindent This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution--"
#| "Share Alike 3.0 License. To view a copy of this license, see \\hyperref"
#| "[ch:license]{Appendix~}\\ref{ch:license}, visit \\url{http://"
#| "creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/}, or send a letter to Creative "
#| "Commons, 171 Second Street, Suite 300, San Francisco, California, 94105, "
#| "USA."
msgid ""
"This work is licensed under the Creative Commons Attribution--Share Alike "
"3.0 License. To view a copy of this license, see \\hyperref[ch:license]"
"{Appendix~}\\ref{ch:license}, visit \\url{http://creativecommons.org/"
"licenses/by-sa/3.0/}, or send a letter to Creative Commons, 171 Second "
"Street, Suite 300, San Francisco, California, 94105, USA."
msgstr ""
"\\noindent Este traballo ten a licenza the Creative Commons Atribución--"
"Compartir Igual 3.0. Para ver unha copia de esta licenza vexa \\hyperref[ch:"
"license]{Apéndice~}\\ref{ch:license}, visite \\url{http://creativecommons."
"org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/}, ou envíe unha carta a Creative Commons, 171 Second "
"Street, Suite 300, San Francisco, California, 94105, USA."

#. type: ifthenelse{#2}
#: frontmatter/copyright.tex :37
msgid ""
"\\textit{\\plaintitle} can be downloaded for free from \\url{http://ubuntu-"
"manual.org/}.  We permit and even encourage you to distribute a copy of this "
"book to colleagues, friends, family, and anyone else who might be interested."
msgstr ""

#. type: ifthenelse{#3}
#: frontmatter/copyright.tex :37
msgid ""
"\\textit{\\plaintitle} can be purchased from \\url{\\printurl}.  A printed "
"copy of this book can be ordered for the price of printing and delivery. An "
"electronic copy of this book can be downloaded for free. We permit and even "
"encourage you to distribute a copy of this book to colleagues, friends, "
"family, and anyone else who might be interested."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: frontmatter/copyright.tex :39
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Website: \\url{http://www.ubuntu-manual.org/}"
msgid "\\url{http://ubuntu-manual.org}"
msgstr "Sitio web: \\url{http://www.ubuntu-manual.org/}"

#. type: document
#: frontmatter/copyright.tex :41
msgid "Second Edition"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: frontmatter/copyright.tex :43
msgid "\\noindent\\revinfo{164}{2010-08-11 23:04:02 +0100}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: frontmatter/copyright.tex :45
msgid "\\endgroup"
msgstr "\\endgroup"

#.  Prologue - Benjamin Humphrey
#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :2
msgid "\\listoftodos"
msgstr "\\listoftodos"

#. type: chapter{#2}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :5
msgid "Prologue"
msgstr "Prólogo"

#. type: section{#2}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :7
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Benvido"

#.  could possibly have Team logo here, right aligned
#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :9
msgid ""
"Welcome to \\emph{Getting Started with Ubuntu}, an introductory guide "
"written to help new users get started with Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Benvido a \\emph{Comezar con Ubuntu}, unha guía introdutoria escrita para "
"axudar aos novos usuarios a iniciarse en Ubuntu."

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :11
msgid ""
"Our goal is to cover the basics of Ubuntu (such as installation and working "
"with the desktop) as well as guide you through some of the most popular "
"applications. We designed this guide to be simple to follow, with step-by-"
"step instructions and plenty of screenshots, allowing you to discover the "
"potential of your new Ubuntu system even if you are a novice computer user "
"or are migrating from another operating system for the first time."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :13
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Please bear in mind that this guide is still very much a work in progress "
#| "and always will be. It is written specifically for Ubuntu 10.04 \\acronym"
#| "{LTS}, and although we have aimed to not limit our instructions to this "
#| "version it is unavoidable that some things will change over the life of "
#| "Ubuntu. Whenever a new version of Ubuntu is released, we will incorporate "
#| "any changes into our guide, and make a new version available at \\url"
#| "{http://www.ubuntu-manual.org}."
msgid ""
"Please bear in mind that this guide is still very much a work in progress "
"and always will be. It is written specifically for Ubuntu 10.04 \\acronym"
"{LTS}, and although we have aimed to not limit our instructions to this "
"version, it is unavoidable that some things will change over the life of "
"Ubuntu. Whenever a new version of Ubuntu is released, we will incorporate "
"any changes into our guide, and make a new version available at \\url{http://"
"www.ubuntu-manual.org}."
msgstr ""
"Teña en conta que esta guía aínda é unha traballo en progreso e sempre o "
"será. Foi escrita específicamente para Ubuntu 10.04 \\acronym{LTS}, e aínda "
"que tentamos non limitar as nosas instrucións a esta versión é imposíbel que "
"algunhas cousas cambien en Ubuntu. Cando se lance unha nova versión de "
"Ubuntu incorporaremos os cambios na nosa guía e facemos unha nova versión en "
"\\url{http://www.ubuntu-manual.org}."

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :15
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\emph{Getting Started with Ubuntu 10.04} is not intended to be a "
#| "comprehensive Ubuntu instruction manual. It is more like a quick-start "
#| "guide that will get you doing the things you need to do with your "
#| "computer quickly and easily, without getting bogged down in technical "
#| "details."
msgid ""
"\\emph{Getting Started with Ubuntu 10.04} is not intended to be a "
"comprehensive Ubuntu instruction manual. It is more like a quick-start guide "
"that will get you doing the things you need to do with your computer quickly "
"and easily, without getting bogged down with technical details."
msgstr ""
"\\emph{Comezar con Ubuntu 10.04} non está pensado para ser un manual de "
"instrucións de Ubuntu. Seméllase máis a unha guía de inicio rápido de como "
"facer as cousas que necesita facer co seu computador de forma rápida e "
"sinxela, sen enredarse con detalles técnicos."

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :20
msgid ""
"If you are after more detail, there are excellent resources available at "
"\\url{http://help.ubuntu.com}. Ubuntu's built-in system documentation is "
"also very useful for accessing help on specific topics, and can be found by "
"clicking \\menu{System\\then Help and Support} in Ubuntu.  \\marginnote{More "
"information about Ubuntu's online and system documentation can be found in "
"\\chaplink{ch:learning-more}.}If something isn't covered here, chances are "
"you will find the information you are looking for in one of those locations. "
"We will try our best to include links to more detailed help wherever we can."
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :26
msgid "Ubuntu philosophy"
msgstr "A filosofía de Ubuntu"

#. type: index{#1}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :26
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ubuntu philosophy"
msgid "Ubuntu!philosophy of|("
msgstr "A filosofía de Ubuntu"

#. type: index{#1}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :26
msgid "Ubuntu!definition of"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :26
msgid ""
"The term ``Ubuntu'' is a traditional African concept that originated from "
"the Bantu languages of southern Africa. It can be described as a way of "
"connecting with others\\dash living in a global community where your actions "
"affect all of humanity. Ubuntu is more than just an operating system: it is "
"a community of people that come together voluntarily to collaborate on an "
"international software project that aims to deliver the best possible user "
"experience."
msgstr ""

#. type: index{#1}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :26
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ubuntu philosophy"
msgid "Ubuntu!philosophy of|)"
msgstr "A filosofía de Ubuntu"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :29
msgid "The Ubuntu promise"
msgstr "A promesa de Ubuntu"

#. type: index{#1}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :29
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The Ubuntu promise"
msgid "Ubuntu promise"
msgstr "A promesa de Ubuntu"

#. type: itemize
#: prologue/prologue.tex :33
msgid ""
"Ubuntu will always be free of charge, along with its regular enterprise "
"releases and security updates."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu sempre será de balde, con actualizacións empresariais regulares e "
"actualizacións de seguridade."

#. type: itemize
#: prologue/prologue.tex :36
msgid ""
"Ubuntu comes with full commercial support from \\gls{Canonical} and hundreds "
"of companies from across the world."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu conta con asistencia técnica comercial completa fornecida por \\gls"
"{Canonical} e por centos de empresas por todo o mundo."

#. type: itemize
#: prologue/prologue.tex :39
msgid ""
"Ubuntu provides the best translations and accessibility features that the "
"free software community has to offer."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu fornece as mellores traducións e melloras de accesibilidade que a "
"comunidade de software libre pode ofrecer."

#. type: itemize
#: prologue/prologue.tex :43
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ubuntu core applications are all free and open source. We want you to use "
#| "free and open source software, improve it, and pass it on."
msgid ""
"Ubuntu's core applications are all free and open source. We want you to use "
"free and open source software, improve it, and pass it on."
msgstr ""
"Os aplicativos principais de Ubuntu son libres e de fontes abertas. Queremos "
"que vostede use software libre e de fontes abertas, o mellore e o comparta."

#. type: section{#2}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :47
msgid "A brief history of Ubuntu"
msgstr "Unha pequena introdución a historia de Ubuntu"

#. type: index{#1}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ubuntu philosophy"
msgid "Ubuntu!history of|("
msgstr "A filosofía de Ubuntu"

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{Canonical is the company that provides financial and "
#| "technical support for Ubuntu. They have employees based around the world "
#| "who work on developing and improving the operating system, as well as "
#| "reviewing work submitted by volunteer contributors. To learn more about "
#| "Canonical, go to \\url{http://www.canonical.com}.}"
msgid ""
"Ubuntu was conceived in 2004 by \\Index[Shuttleworth, Mark]{Mark "
"Shuttleworth}, a successful South African entrepreneur, and his company "
"\\Index[Canonical]{\\gls{Canonical}}. \\marginnote{Canonical is the company "
"that provides financial and technical support for Ubuntu. It has employees "
"based around the world who work on developing and improving the operating "
"system, as well as reviewing work submitted by volunteer contributors. To "
"learn more about Canonical, go to \\url{http://www.canonical.com}.} "
"Shuttleworth recognized the power of Linux and open source, but was also "
"aware of weaknesses that prevented mainstream use."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Canonical é o a compañía que fornece asistencia técnica e "
"financeira a Ubuntu. Teñen empregados por todo o mundo que traballan "
"desenvolvemendo e mellorando o sistema operativo, así como revisan o "
"traballo remitido polos contribuíntes voluntarios. Para saber máis sobre "
"Canonical vaia a \\url{http://www.canonical.com}.}"

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :53
msgid ""
"\\Index[Shuttleworth, Mark]{Shuttleworth} set out with clear intentions to "
"address these weaknesses and create a system that was easy to use, "
"completely free (see \\chaplink{ch:learning-more} for the complete "
"definition of ``free''), and could compete with other mainstream operating "
"systems.  With the \\Index{Debian} system as a base, \\Index[Shuttleworth, "
"Mark]{Shuttleworth} began to build Ubuntu. Using his own funds at first, "
"installation \\acronym{CD}s were pressed and shipped worldwide at no cost to "
"the end user. Ubuntu spread quickly, the size of the community rapidly "
"increased, and it soon became the most popular Linux \\gls{distribution} "
"available."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :55
msgid ""
"With more people working on the project than ever before, Ubuntu continues "
"to see improvement to its core features and hardware support, and has gained "
"the attention of large organizations worldwide. For example, in 2007, \\Index"
"{Dell} began a collaboration with \\Index{Canonical} to sell computers with "
"Ubuntu preinstalled. Additionally, in 2005, the French Police began to "
"transition their entire computer infrastructure to a variant of Ubuntu\\dash "
"a process which has reportedly saved them ``millions of euros'' in licensing "
"fees for Microsoft Windows. By the year 2012, the French Police anticipates "
"that all of their computers will be running Ubuntu. \\Index{Canonical} "
"profits from this arrangement by providing technical support and custom-"
"built software."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "While large organizations often find it useful to pay for support "
#| "services, Shuttleworth has promised that the Ubuntu desktop system will "
#| "always be free. As of 2010, Ubuntu desktop is installed on nearly 2\\% of "
#| "the world's computers. This equates to millions of users worldwide, and "
#| "is growing each year."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{For information on Ubuntu Server Edition, and how you can use "
"it in your company, visit \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com/server/features}.} "
"While large organizations often find it useful to pay for support services, "
"\\Index[Shuttleworth, Mark]{Shuttleworth} has promised that the Ubuntu "
"desktop system will always be free. As of 2010, Ubuntu is installed on "
"nearly 2\\% of the world's computers. This equates to millions of users "
"worldwide, and is growing each year."
msgstr ""
"Xa que para as grandes empresas normalmente lles é útil pagar por servizos "
"de asistencia técnica, Shuttleworth prometeu que o sistema de escritorioi "
"Ubuntu sempre será de balde. En 2010, o escritorio Ubuntu está instalado en "
"perto do 2\\% dos computadores do mundo. Isto equivale a millóns de usuarios "
"a nivel mundial e está medrando cada ano."

#. type: index{#1}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Ubuntu philosophy"
msgid "Ubuntu!history of|)"
msgstr "A filosofía de Ubuntu"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :63
msgid "What is Linux?"
msgstr "Qué é Linux?"

#. type: index{#1}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :63
msgid "Linux|("
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :63
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ubuntu is built on the foundation of Linux, which is a member of the Unix "
#| "family. Unix is one of the oldest types of operating systems and has "
#| "provided reliability and security in professional applications for almost "
#| "half a century. Many servers around the world that store data for popular "
#| "websites (such as YouTube and Google) run some variant of a Unix system."
msgid ""
"Ubuntu is built on the foundation of Linux, which is a member of the \\Index"
"{Unix} family. \\Index{Unix} is one of the oldest types of operating systems "
"and has provided reliability and security in professional applications for "
"almost half a century. Many servers around the world that store data for "
"popular websites (such as YouTube and Google) run some variant of a \\Index"
"{Unix} system. The Linux \\Index{kernel} is best described as the core, or "
"almost the brain, of the operating system."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu está construido nas bases de Linux, que é membro da familia Unix. "
"Unix é un dos tipos de sistemas operativos máis antigos e que forneceu "
"fiabilidade e seguridade para aplicativos profesionais por perto de medio "
"século. Algúns servidores en todo o mundo que almacenan datos para os sitios "
"web populares (como Youtube e Google) executan algunha variante do sistema "
"Unix."

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :65
msgid ""
"The Linux \\Index{kernel} is the shift manager of the operating system; it "
"is responsible for allocating memory and processor time. It can also be "
"thought of as the program which mangages any and all programs on the "
"computer itself."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :69
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Linux was designed from the ground up with security and hardware "
#| "compatibility in mind, and is currently one of the most popular Unix-"
#| "based operating system. One of the benefits of Linux is that it is "
#| "incredibly flexible and can be configured to run on almost any device"
#| "\\dash from the smallest micro-computers and cellphones to larger super-"
#| "computers.  Initially, Unix was entirely command line-based until "
#| "Graphical User Interfaces (\\glspl{GUI}) began to emerge in the early "
#| "1990s."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{While modern graphical \\glspl{desktop environment} have "
"generally replaced early command-line interfaces, the command line can still "
"be a quick and efficient way of performing many tasks. See \\chaplink{ch:"
"command-line} for more information, and \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-desktop} to "
"learn more about \\gls{GNOME} and other desktop environments.} Linux was "
"designed from the ground up with security and hardware compatibility in "
"mind, and is currently one of the most popular \\index{Unix}-based operating "
"systems. One of the benefits of Linux is that it is incredibly flexible and "
"can be configured to run on almost any device\\dash from the smallest micro-"
"computers and cellphones to larger super-computers.  \\Index{Unix} was "
"entirely command line--based until graphical user interfaces (\\glspl{GUI}) "
"began to emerge in the early 1990s."
msgstr ""
"Linux foi deseñado coa seguridade e compatibilidade de hardware en mente e "
"actualmente é o sistema operativo baseado en Unix máis popular. Un dos "
"beneficios de Linux e que é incríbelmente flexíbel e pode configurarse para "
"executarse na maioría dos dispositivos\\dash desde os microcomputadores mais "
"pequenos e teléfonos móbiles aos máis grandes supercomputadores. "
"Inicialmente, Unix era completamente baseado en liña de ordes até que as "
"Interfaces gráficas de usuario (\\glspl{GUI}) comezaron a aparecer ao "
"principio de 1990."

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :73
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\mbox{}\\marginnote{To learn more about Linux distributions, see "
#| "\\chaplink{ch:learning-more}.}\\ignorespacesThese early \\acronym{GUI}s "
#| "were difficult to configure and clunky at best, and generally only used "
#| "by seasoned computer programmers. In the past decade, however, Graphical "
#| "User Interfaces have come a long way in terms of usability, reliability "
#| "and appearance. Ubuntu is just one of many different Linux \\emph"
#| "{distributions}, and uses one of the more popular graphical desktop "
#| "environments called \\acronym{GNOME}.  \\marginnote{A \\emph{desktop "
#| "environment} is a sophisticated and integrated user interface that "
#| "provides the basis for humans to interact with a computer using a "
#| "monitor, keyboard and a mouse.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{A \\emph{desktop environment} is a sophisticated and integrated "
"user interface that provides the basis for humans to interact with a "
"computer using a monitor, keyboard and a mouse.} These early \\acronym{GUI}s "
"were difficult to configure and clunky at best, and generally only used by "
"seasoned computer programmers. In the past decade, however, graphical user "
"interfaces have come a long way in terms of usability, reliability, and "
"appearance. Ubuntu is just one of many different Linux \\emph"
"{distributions}, \\marginnote{To learn more about Linux distributions, see "
"\\chaplink{ch:learning-more}.} and uses one of the more popular graphical "
"desktop environments called \\acronym{GNOME}."
msgstr ""
"\\mbox{}\\marginnote{Para saber máis sobre as distribucións de Linux "
"consulte o \\chaplink{ch:learning-more}.}\\ignorespaces Estas primeiras "
"\\acronym{GUI}s eran difíciles de configurar anticuadas ao máximo e "
"xeralmente só as usaban os programadores con experiencia. Na década pasada, "
"porén, as Interface Gráficas de Usuario avanzaron moito en termos de "
"usabilidade, fiabilidade e aparencia. Ubuntu é son unha das diferentes \\emph"
"{distribucións} de Linux, e usa un dos máis populares contornos de "
"escritorio chamado \\acronym{GNOME}, \\marginnote{Un \\emph{desktop "
"environment} é unha interface de usuario sofisticada e integrada que fornece "
"as bases para que as persoas interactúen co computador usando un monitor, un "
"teclado e un rato.}"

#. type: index{#1}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :73
msgid "Linux|)"
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :75
msgid "Is Ubuntu right for you?"
msgstr "É Ubuntu axeitado para vostede?"

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :77
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "New users to Ubuntu may find that it takes some time to feel comfortable "
#| "with the operating system. You will no doubt notice many similarities to "
#| "both Microsoft Windows and Mac \\acronym{OS~X}, as well as some things "
#| "that work very differently. Users coming from Mac \\acronym{OS~X} are "
#| "more likely to notice similarities due to the fact that both Mac \\acronym"
#| "{OS~X} and Ubuntu originated from Unix."
msgid ""
"New users to Ubuntu may find that it takes some time to feel comfortable "
"when trying a new operating system. You will no doubt notice many "
"similarities to both Microsoft Windows and Mac \\acronym{OS~X}, as well as "
"some differences. Users coming from Mac \\acronym{OS~X} are more likely to "
"notice similarities due to the fact that both Mac \\acronym{OS~X} and Ubuntu "
"originated from \\Index{Unix}."
msgstr ""
"Os novos usuarios de Ubuntu poden tardar un tempo até que se sintan "
"confortábeis co sistema operativo. Sen dúbida poden encontrar similitudes "
"tanto con Microsoft Windows e Mac \\acronym{OS X}, así como poden encontrar "
"algunhas cousas que funcionen de maneira distinta. Os usuarios que veñen de "
"Mac \\acronym{OS X} encontrarán máis similitudes debido ao feito de que Mac "
"\\acronym{OS X} e Ubuntu teñen a súa orixe en Unix."

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Before you decide whether or not Ubuntu is right for you, we suggest "
#| "giving yourself some time to grow accustomed to the way things are done "
#| "\\dash and expect to find that some things are different to what you are "
#| "used to. We also suggest taking the following into account:"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{A popular forum for Ubuntu discussion and support is the \\Index"
"{Ubuntu Forums}, \\url{http://ubuntuforums.org}.} Before you decide whether "
"or not Ubuntu is right for you, we suggest giving yourself some time to grow "
"accustomed to the way things are done in Ubuntu. You should expect to find "
"that some things are different from what you are used to. We also suggest "
"taking the following into account:"
msgstr ""
"Antes de decidir se Ubuntu é axeitado para vostede suxerímoslle que o probe "
"durante algún tempo para acostumarse a como se fan as cousas \\dash e agarde "
"encontrar algunhas diferenzas no que vostede usa. Tamén lle suxerimos que "
"teña algunhas cousas en conta:"

#. type: itemize
#: prologue/prologue.tex :83
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Ubuntu is community based.} That is, Ubuntu is made, developed, and "
"maintained by the community. Because of this, support is probably not "
"available at your local computer store. Fortunately, the Ubuntu community is "
"here to help. There are many articles, guides, and manuals available, as "
"well as users on various Internet forums and Internet Relay Chat (\\acronym"
"{IRC}) rooms that are willing to help out beginners. Additionally, near the "
"end of this guide, we include a troubleshooting chapter: \\chaplink{ch:"
"troubleshooting}."
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: prologue/prologue.tex :95
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Many applications designed for Microsoft Windows or Mac \\acronym"
"{OS~X} will not run on Ubuntu.} For the vast majority of everyday computing "
"tasks, there are suitable alternative applications available in Ubuntu. "
"However, many professional applications (such as the Adobe Creative Suite) "
"are not developed to work with Ubuntu. \\marginnote{To learn more about \\gls"
"{dual-booting} (running Ubuntu side-by-side with another operating system), "
"see \\chaplink{ch:installation}. For more information on Wine, go to \\url"
"{http://www.winehq.org/}.} If you rely on commercial software that is not "
"compatible with Ubuntu, yet still want to give Ubuntu a try, you may want to "
"consider \\gls{dual-booting}. Alternatively, some applications developed for "
"Windows will work in Ubuntu with a program called \\application{Wine}."
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: prologue/prologue.tex :99
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Many commercial games will not run on Ubuntu.} If you are a heavy "
"gamer, then Ubuntu may not be for you. Game developers usually design games "
"for the largest market, which leads to larger profits. Since Ubuntu's market "
"share is not as substantial as Microsoft's Windows or Apple's Mac \\acronym"
"{OS~X}, most game developers will not allocate resources towards making "
"their games compatible with Ubuntu.  If you just like to play a game every "
"now and then, there is active game development within the community, and "
"many high quality games can be easily installed through \\application{Ubuntu "
"Software Center}. \\marginnote{See \\chaplink{ch:software-management} to "
"learn more about \\application{Ubuntu Software Center}.} Additionally, some "
"games developed for Windows will also work in Ubuntu with \\application"
"{Wine}."
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :103
msgid "Contact details"
msgstr "Información de contacto"

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :105
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Many people have contributed their time freely to this project. If you "
#| "notice any errors or think we have left something out, feel free to "
#| "contact us. We do everything we can to make sure that this manual is up "
#| "to date, informative, and professional. Our contact details are as "
#| "follows:"
msgid ""
"Many people have contributed their time to this project. If you notice any "
"errors or think we have left something out, feel free to contact us. We do "
"everything we can to make sure that this manual is up to date, informative, "
"and professional. Our contact details are as follows:"
msgstr ""
"Foi moita xente a que contribuiu no seu tempo libre a este proxecto. Se "
"encontra algún erro ou pensa que perdeu algo contacte connosco. Facemos todo "
"o posíbel para asegurarnos que este manual está actualizado, é informativo e "
"profesional. Os nosos detalles de contacto son os seguintes:"

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :109
msgid "\\textbf{The Ubuntu Manual Team}"
msgstr "\\textbf{O equipo do manual de Ubuntu}"

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :113
msgid "Website: \\url{http://www.ubuntu-manual.org/}"
msgstr "Sitio web: \\url{http://www.ubuntu-manual.org/}"

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :117
msgid "Email: \\url{ubuntu-manual@lists.launchpad.net}"
msgstr "Correo electrónico: \\url{ubuntu-manual@lists.launchpad.net}"

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :121
msgid "\\acronym{IRC}: \\#ubuntu-manual on \\url{irc.freenode.net}"
msgstr "\\acronym{IRC}: \\#ubuntu-manual on \\url{irc.freenode.net}"

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Website: \\url{http://www.ubuntu-manual.org/}"
msgid "Bug Reports: \\url{http://bugs.ubuntu-manual.org}"
msgstr "Sitio web: \\url{http://www.ubuntu-manual.org/}"

#. type: section{#2}
#: prologue/prologue.tex :127
msgid "Conventions used in this book"
msgstr "Convencións usadas neste libro"

#. type: document
#: prologue/prologue.tex :129
msgid "The following typographic conventions are used in this book:"
msgstr "Neste libre úsanse as seguintes convencións tipográficas:"

#. type: itemize
#: prologue/prologue.tex :133
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Application names, button names, menu items, and other \\acronym{GUI} "
#| "elements are set in \\textbf{boldfaced type}."
msgid ""
"Button names, menu items, and other \\acronym{GUI} elements are set in "
"\\textbf{boldfaced type}."
msgstr ""
"Os nomes dos aplicativos, botóns, elementos de menú e outros elementos da "
"\\acronym{GUI} escríbense en \\textbf{letra grosa}."

#. type: itemize
#: prologue/prologue.tex :135
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Menu sequences are sometimes set as \\menu{System\\then Preferences\\then "
#| "Appearance}, which means, ``Choose the \\menu{System} menu, then choose "
#| "the \\menu{Preferences} submenu, and then select the \\menu{Appearance} "
#| "menu item.''"
msgid ""
"Menu sequences are sometimes typeset as \\menu{System\\then Preferences"
"\\then Appearance}, which means, ``Choose the \\menu{System} menu, then "
"choose the \\menu{Preferences} submenu, and then select the \\menu"
"{Appearance} menu item.''"
msgstr ""
"As secuencias de menú escríbense \\menu{Sistema\\then Preferenzas\\then "
"Aparencia}, que significa ``Seleccoine o menú \\menu{Sistema}, logo "
"seleccione o submenú \\menu{Preferenzas}, e finalmente seleccione o elemento "
"de menú \\menu{Aparencia}''."

#. type: itemize
#: prologue/prologue.tex :137
msgid ""
"\\texttt{Monospaced type} is used for text that you type into the computer, "
"text that the computer outputs (as in a terminal), and keyboard shortcuts."
msgstr ""
"O \\texttt{tipo monospaciado} úsase para o texto que escribe no computador, "
"o texto que escribe o seu computador (na terminal) e nos atallos de teclado."

#. type: chapter{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :5
msgid "Installation"
msgstr "Instalación"

#. type: section{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :9
msgid "Getting Ubuntu"
msgstr "Obtendo o Ubuntu"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :9
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{Many companies (such as Dell and System76) sell computers "
#| "with Ubuntu pre-installed. If you already have Ubuntu installed on your "
#| "computer, feel free to skip to \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-desktop}.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Many companies (such as \\Index{Dell} and \\Index{System76}) "
"sell computers with Ubuntu preinstalled. If you already have Ubuntu "
"installed on your computer, feel free to skip to \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-"
"desktop}.} Before you can get started with Ubuntu, you will need to obtain a "
"copy of the Ubuntu installation \\acronym{CD}. Some options for doing this "
"are outlined below."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Algunhas empresas (como Dell e System76) venden computadores "
"con Ubuntu preinstalado. Se vostede xa ten Ubuntu instalado no seu "
"computador pode omitir este capítulo e ir a \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-"
"desktop}.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :13
msgid "Downloading Ubuntu"
msgstr "Descargando Ubuntu"

#. type: index{#1}
#: installation/installation.tex :13
msgid "Ubuntu!downloading|("
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :13
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The easiest and most common method for getting Ubuntu is to download the "
#| "Ubuntu \\emph{\\acronym{CD} image} directly from \\url{http://www.ubuntu."
#| "com}. Head to the website and click the ``Download Ubuntu'' link at the "
#| "top. Select the nearest download location to you in the drop-down box (to "
#| "ensure maximum download speed), then click ``Begin Download.''"
msgid ""
"The easiest and most common method for getting Ubuntu is to download the "
"Ubuntu \\acronym{CD} image directly from \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com}. Head "
"to the website and click the ``Download Ubuntu'' link at the top. Select the "
"nearest download location to you in the drop-down box (to ensure maximum "
"download speed), then click ``Begin Download.''"
msgstr ""
"O método máis sinxelo e común de obter Ubuntu é descargar a \\emph{imaxe de "
"\\acronym{CD}} de Ubuntu directamente desde \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com}. "
"Vaia ao sitio web e prema en ``Download Ubuntu'' na parte superior. "
"Seleccione a localización de descarga máis perto de vostede desde a lista "
"despregábel (para asegurarse a descarga coa máxima velocidade) e finalmente "
"prema en ``Begin Download''."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :17
msgid "32-bit vs 64-bit"
msgstr "32-bit vs 64-bit"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :17
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{\\emph{32-bit} and \\emph{64-bit} are types of processor "
"architectures. 64-bit is newer, and most recent computers will come with a "
"64-bit capable processor. See \\chaplink{ch:learning-more} for more "
"information.} You may notice the words ``Ubuntu Desktop 10.04 (32-bit)'' "
"underneath the default download button on the website. If you are unsure "
"what 32-bit means, don't worry. 32-bit will work on most computers, so if in "
"doubt, simply proceed with the download. However, if you know that your "
"computer is capable of using 64-bit software, you may wish to try the 64-bit "
"version instead. To do this, click on ``Alternative download options'' and "
"make your selection."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :20
msgid "Downloading Ubuntu as a torrent"
msgstr "Descargando Ubuntu como un torrent"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :23
msgid ""
"When a new version of Ubuntu is released, sometimes the \\glspl{server} can "
"get clogged up with large numbers of people downloading or upgrading at the "
"same time. If you are familiar with using torrents, you may wish to download "
"the torrent file by clicking ``Alternative download options,'' and obtain "
"your copy of the \\acronym{CD} image this way instead. You may see "
"significant improvements to your download speed, and will also be helping to "
"spread Ubuntu to other users worldwide. Again, if you are unsure how to use "
"torrents, you can use the default download options on the website.  "
"\\marginnote{\\textbf{Torrents} are a way of sharing files and information "
"around the Internet via peer-to-peer file sharing. When a new version of "
"Ubuntu is released, the Ubuntu servers can become very busy. If you know how "
"to use torrents, we recommend that you download the \\acronym{CD} image this "
"way to take the load off the servers during periods of high demand.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :27
msgid "Burning the \\acronym{CD} image"
msgstr "Gravando a imaxe de \\acronym{CD}"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :27
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{While the 64-bit version of Ubuntu is referred to as the "
"``AMD64'' version, it will work on Intel, AMD, and other compatible 64-bit "
"processors.} Once your download is complete, you will be left with a file "
"called \\emph{ubuntu-10.04-desktop-i386.iso} or similar (\\emph{i386} here "
"in the filename refers to the 32-bit version. If you had downloaded the 64-"
"bit version, the filename would contain \\emph{amd64} instead). This file is "
"a \\acronym{CD} image\\dash a bit like a snapshot of the contents of a "
"\\acronym{CD}\\dash which you will need to burn to a \\acronym{CD}. To find "
"out how to burn a \\acronym{CD} image on your computer, refer to your "
"operating system's or manufacturer's support documentation. You can also "
"find detailed instructions at \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
"BurningIsoHowto}."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :29
msgid "Ordering a free \\acronym{CD}"
msgstr "Solicitando un \\acronym{CD} de balde"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :32
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{You will be required to create a free online account with "
"Launchpad before you can place your \\acronym{CD} order. Once you have "
"Ubuntu installed and running, you will need this account again for use with "
"all \\textbf{Ubuntu One} services. See \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} "
"for more information on Ubuntu One.} Alternatively, a free \\acronym{CD} can "
"be ordered from Canonical. This option may be preferred if you don't have "
"access to a \\acronym{CD} burner, have limited bandwidth, or have a slow "
"Internet connection. There are no shipping costs or other charges when you "
"order an Ubuntu \\acronym{CD}. Simply visit \\url{http://shipit.ubuntu.com} "
"to request your free Ubuntu Desktop Edition \\acronym{CD}."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :34
msgid ""
"The \\acronym{CD} usually takes two to six weeks to arrive, depending on "
"your location and the current demand. If you would rather start using Ubuntu "
"sooner, you may prefer to follow the instructions above for downloading the "
"\\acronym{CD} image, and then burn it to a disc instead."
msgstr ""
"O \\acronym{CD} normalmente tarda 6 semanas en chegar, dependendo da súa "
"localización e a demanda actual. Se quere comezar a usar Ubuntu antes pode "
"seguir as seguintes instrucións para descargar unha imaxe de \\acronym{CD}, "
"e logo gravala nun disco no seu lugar."

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :37
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{It is possible to purchase Ubuntu on \\acronym{CD} from some "
"computer stores or online shops. Have a look around your local area or on "
"the Internet to see if someone is selling it near you. Even though Ubuntu is "
"free software, it's not illegal for people to sell it.}"
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{É posíbel comprar Ubuntu en \\acronym{CD} en calquera tenda de "
"computadores ou tendas en liña. Busque na súa área ou en internet para ver "
"se alguén pode venderllo. Aínda que Ubuntu é software libre non é ilegal que "
"a xente o venda.}"

#. type: index{#1}
#: installation/installation.tex :37
msgid "Ubuntu!downloading|)"
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :40
msgid "The Live \\acronym{CD}"
msgstr "O \\acronym{CD} vivo"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :42
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu \\acronym{CD} functions not only as an installation \\acronym{CD} "
"for putting Ubuntu onto your computer, but also as a Live \\acronym{CD}. A "
"Live \\acronym{CD} allows you to test Ubuntu without making any permanent "
"changes to your computer by running the entire operating system straight "
"from the \\acronym{CD}."
msgstr ""
"As funcións do \\acronym{CD} de Ubuntu non é un \\acronym{CD} de instalación "
"para instalar Ubuntu no seu computador, senón tamén un \\acronym{CD}. Un "
"\\acronym{CD} vivo permítelle probar Ubuntu sen facer ningún cambio "
"permanente no seu computador executando todo o sistema operativo "
"directamente desde o \\acronym{CD}."

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :44
msgid ""
"Your computer reads information from a \\acronym{CD} at a much slower speed "
"than it can read information off of a hard drive. Running Ubuntu from the "
"Live \\acronym{CD} also occupies a large portion of your computer's memory, "
"which would usually be available for programs to access when Ubuntu is "
"running from your hard drive. The Live \\acronym{CD} experience will "
"therefore feel slightly slower than it does when Ubuntu is actually "
"installed on your computer. However, running Ubuntu from the \\acronym{CD} "
"is a great way to test things out and allows you to try the default "
"applications, browse the Internet, and get a general feel for the operating "
"system. It's also useful for checking that your computer hardware works "
"properly in Ubuntu and that there are no major compatibility issues."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :47
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{In some cases, your computer will not recognize that the Ubuntu "
"\\acronym{CD} is present as it starts up, and will start your existing "
"operating system instead. Generally, it means that the priority given to "
"\\emph{devices} when your computer is starting needs to be changed. For "
"example, your computer might be set to look for information from your hard "
"drive first, and then to look for information on a \\acronym{CD} second. In "
"order to run Ubuntu from the Live \\acronym{CD}, we want it to look for "
"information from a \\acronym{CD} first. Changing your \\emph{boot priority} "
"is beyond the scope of this guide. If you need assistance to change the boot "
"priority, see your computer manufacturer's documentation for more "
"information.} To try out Ubuntu using the Live \\acronym{CD}, insert the "
"Ubuntu \\acronym{CD} into your \\acronym{CD} drive and restart your "
"computer. Most computers are able to detect when a bootable \\acronym{CD} is "
"present in your drive at startup\\dash that is, a \\acronym{CD} that will "
"temporarily take precedence over your usual operating system. As your "
"computer starts, it will run whatever information is stored on this bootable "
"\\acronym{CD}, rather than the information stored on your hard drive which "
"your computer usually looks for."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Once your computer finds the Live \\acronym{CD} and after a quick loading "
#| "screen, you will presented with the ``Welcome'' screen. Using your mouse, "
#| "select your language from the list on the left, then click the button "
#| "labeled \\button{Try Ubuntu 10.04}. Ubuntu will then start up, running "
#| "straight from the Live \\acronym{CD}."
msgid ""
"Once your computer finds the Live \\acronym{CD}, and after a quick loading "
"screen, you will be presented with the ``Welcome'' screen. Using your mouse, "
"select your language from the list on the left, then click the button "
"labeled \\button{Try Ubuntu 10.04}. Ubuntu will then start up, running "
"straight from the Live \\acronym{CD}."
msgstr ""
"Cando o seu computador encontre o \\acronym{CD} vivo e logo de unha pantalla "
"de carga rápida mostrarase a pantalla de ``Benvida''. Usando o seu rato "
"seleccione o seu idioma desde a lista da esquerda e logo prema o botón "
"\\button{Probar Ubuntu 10.04}. Ubuntu iniciará executándose directamente "
"desde o \\acronym{CD} vivo."

#. \screenshotTODO{Ubuntu Live \acronym{CD} Welcome screen}
#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :52
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\screenshot{01-live-cd-welcome.png}{ss:live-cd-welcome}{The welcome "
#| "screen allows you to choose your language.}"
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{01-live-cd-welcome.png}{ss:live-cd-welcome}{The ``Welcome'' "
"screen allows you to choose your language.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{01-live-cd-welcome.png}{ss:live-cd-welcome}{A pantalla de "
"benvida permítelle seleccionar o seu idioma.}"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Once Ubuntu is up and running, you will see the default desktop. We will "
#| "talk more about how to actually use Ubuntu in \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-"
#| "desktop}, but for now feel free to test things out, open some programs, "
#| "change settings and generally explore\\dash any changes you make will not "
#| "be saved once you exit, so you don't need to worry about accidentally "
#| "breaking anything."
msgid ""
"Once Ubuntu is up and running, you will see the default desktop. We will "
"talk more about how to actually use Ubuntu in \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-"
"desktop}, but for now, feel free to test things out. Open some programs, "
"change settings and generally explore\\dash any changes you make will not be "
"saved once you exit, so you don't need to worry about accidentally breaking "
"anything."
msgstr ""
"Cando Ubuntu remate de arrincar verá o escritorio predefinido. Falaremos "
"máis sobre como usalo en \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-desktop} pero agora "
"síntase libre de probar as cousas, abrir programas, cambiar configuracións e "
"explorar o sistema \\dash calquera cambio que faga non se gardará ao saír, "
"polo que non se preocupe sobre romper algo accidentalmente."

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :56
msgid ""
"When you are finished exploring, restart your computer by clicking the "
"``Power'' button in the top right corner of your screen (circle with a line "
"through the top) and then select \\menu{Restart.} Follow the prompts that "
"appear on screen, including removing the Live \\acronym{CD} and pressing "
"\\keystroke{Enter} when instructed, and then your computer will restart. As "
"long as the Live \\acronym{CD} is no longer in the drive, your computer will "
"return to its original state as though nothing ever happened!"
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :70
msgid "Minimum system requirements"
msgstr "Requirimentos mínimos do sistema"

#. type: index{#1}
#: installation/installation.tex :70
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Minimum system requirements"
msgid "system requirements|("
msgstr "Requirimentos mínimos do sistema"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :70
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{The majority of computers in use today will meet the "
"requirements listed here; however, refer to your computer's documentation or "
"speak to the manufacturer if you would like more information.} Ubuntu runs "
"well on most computer systems. If you are unsure whether it will work on "
"your computer, the Live \\acronym{CD} is a great way to test things out "
"first. For the more technically minded, below is a list of hardware "
"specifications that your computer should meet as a minimum requirement."
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: installation/installation.tex :70
msgid "700~MHz x86 processor"
msgstr "procesador x86 de 700~MHz"

#. type: itemize
#: installation/installation.tex :70
msgid "256~\\acronym{MB} of system memory (\\acronym{RAM})"
msgstr "256~\\acronym{MB} de memoria (\\acronym{RAM}) do sistema"

#. type: itemize
#: installation/installation.tex :70
msgid "3~\\acronym{GB} of disk space"
msgstr "3~\\acronym{GB} de espazo en disco"

#. type: itemize
#: installation/installation.tex :70
msgid "Graphics card capable of 1024$\\times$768 resolution"
msgstr ""
"Tarxeta gráfica coa capacidade de mostrar 1024$\\times$768 de resolución"

#. type: itemize
#: installation/installation.tex :70
msgid "Sound card"
msgstr "Tarxeta de son"

#. type: itemize
#: installation/installation.tex :70
msgid "A network or Internet connection"
msgstr "Unha rede ou unha conexión á Internet"

#. type: index{#1}
#: installation/installation.tex :70
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Minimum system requirements"
msgid "system requirements|)"
msgstr "Requirimentos mínimos do sistema"

#. type: section{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :72
msgid "Installing Ubuntu"
msgstr "Instalando Ubuntu"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The process of installing Ubuntu is designed to be quick and easy, "
#| "however, we realize that some people may find the idea a little daunting. "
#| "To help you get started we have included step-by-step instructions below, "
#| "along with screenshots so you can see how things will look along the way."
msgid ""
"The process of installing Ubuntu is designed to be quick and easy. However, "
"we do realize that some people may find the idea a little daunting. To help "
"you get started, we have included step-by-step instructions below, along "
"with screenshots so you can see how things will look along the way."
msgstr ""
"O proceso de instalación de Ubuntu está deseñado para ser rápido e sinxelo, "
"porén, démonos de conta que algunha xente pode atopar a idea un pouco "
"sobrecolledor. Para axudalo a iniciarse incluímos as instrucións de embaixo "
"ademáis de capturas de pantalla para que poida ver o que pasará."

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :77
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Alternatively, you can also use your mouse to double-click the "
"``Install Ubuntu 10.04'' icon that is visible on the desktop when using the "
"Live \\acronym{CD}. This will start the Ubuntu installer.} If you have "
"already tested out the Ubuntu Live \\acronym{CD}, you should now be familiar "
"with the initial ``Welcome'' screen that appears (refer to \\seclink{sec:"
"livecd} section above for more information). Again, select your language on "
"the left-hand side, then click the button labeled \\button{Install Ubuntu "
"10.04.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :80
msgid ""
"At least 3~\\acronym{GB} of free space on your hard drive is required in "
"order to install Ubuntu; however, 10~\\acronym{GB} or more of free space is "
"recommended. This will ensure that you will have plenty of room to install "
"extra programs later on, as well as store your own documents, music, and "
"photos.  \\marginnote{There are two other options presented on the "
"``Welcome'' screen: \\textbf{release notes} and \\textbf{update this "
"installer}. Clicking on the blue underlined \\textbf{release notes} will "
"open a web page containing any important information regarding the current "
"version of Ubuntu. Clicking \\textbf{update this installer} will search the "
"Internet for any updates to the Ubuntu Live \\acronym{CD} that may have been "
"released since your \\acronym{CD} was created.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :83
msgid "Getting started"
msgstr "Como comezar"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :83
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To get started, place the Ubuntu \\acronym{CD} in your \\acronym{CD} "
#| "drive and restart your computer."
msgid ""
"To get started, place the Ubuntu \\acronym{CD} in your \\acronym{CD} drive "
"and restart your computer booting into Ubuntu. When the welcome screen is "
"displayed select your language and click the \\button{Install Ubuntu 10.04}."
msgstr ""
"Para comezar poña o \\acronym{CD} de Ubuntu na súa unidade de \\acronym{CD} "
"e reinicie o seu computador."

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :85
msgid ""
"The next screen will display a world map. Using your mouse, click your "
"location on the map to tell Ubuntu where you are. Alternatively, you can use "
"the \\dropdown{drop-down lists} underneath. This allows Ubuntu to set up "
"your system clock and other location-based features. Click \\button{Forward} "
"when you are ready to move on."
msgstr ""
"Na seguinte pantalla mostrarase un mapa mundial. Usando o seu rato prema na "
"súa localización sobre o mapa para decirlle a Ubuntu onde está. De forma "
"alternativa pode usar a \\dropdown{lista despregábel} de debaixo.Isto "
"permítelle a Ubuntu configurar o seu reloxo do sistema ademáis de outras "
"características baseadas na localización. Prema en \\button{Adiante} cando "
"esté listo para ir ao seguinte paso."

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :87
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{01-where-are-you.png}{ss:where-are-you}{Tell Ubuntu your "
"location.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{01-where-are-you.png}{ss:where-are-you}{Dígalle a Ubuntu a súa "
"localización.}"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :89
msgid ""
"Next, you need to tell Ubuntu what keyboard you are using. Usually, you will "
"find the suggested option is satisfactory. If you are unsure, you can click "
"the \\button{Guess} button to have Ubuntu work out the correct choice by "
"asking you to press a series of keys. You can also choose your own keyboard "
"layout from the list. If you like, type something into the box at the bottom "
"to make sure you are happy with your selection, then click \\button{Forward} "
"to continue."
msgstr ""

#. \screenshotTODO{Installation: Keyboard screen}
#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :92
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{01-keyboard-setup.png}{ss:keyboard-setup}{Check your keyboard "
"layout is correct.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{01-keyboard-setup.png}{ss:keyboard-setup}{Comprobe se a súa "
"disposición de teclado é a correcta.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :94
msgid "Prepare disk space"
msgstr "Preparar o espazo do disco"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :96
msgid ""
"This next step is often referred to as \\gls{partitioning}. Partitioning is "
"the process of allocating portions of your hard drive for a specific "
"purpose. When you create a \\gls{partition}, you are essentially dividing up "
"your hard drive into sections that will be used for different types of "
"information. Partitioning can sometimes seem complex to a new user; however, "
"it does not have to be. In fact, Ubuntu provides you with some options that "
"greatly simplify this process."
msgstr ""

#. \screenshotTODO{Installation: Partitioning screen}
#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :99
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{01-partition.png}{ss:partition}{Choose where you would like to "
"install Ubuntu.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{01-partition.png}{ss:partition}{Seleccione onde quere instalar "
"Ubuntu.}"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :106
msgid "Erase and use the entire disk"
msgstr "Borrar e empregar o disco enteiro"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :106
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{Many people installing Ubuntu for the first time are "
#| "currently using either Windows \\acronym{XP}, Windows Vista, Windows 7, "
#| "or Mac \\acronym{OS~X} on their computer. Ubuntu provides you with the "
#| "option of either \\emph{replacing} your existing operating system "
#| "altogether, or installing Ubuntu alongside your existing system. The "
#| "latter is called \\emph{dual-booting}. Whenever you turn on or restart "
#| "your computer, you will be given the option to select which operating "
#| "system you want to use for that session.} Use this option if you want to "
#| "erase your entire disk. This will delete any existing operating systems "
#| "that are installed on that disk, such as Windows \\acronym{XP}, and "
#| "install Ubuntu in its place. This option is also useful if you have an "
#| "empty hard drive, as Ubuntu will automatically create the necessary "
#| "partitions for you."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Many people installing Ubuntu for the first time currently use "
"another operating system on their computer, such as Windows \\acronym{XP}, "
"Windows Vista, Windows 7, or Mac \\acronym{OS X}. Ubuntu provides you with "
"the option of either \\emph{replacing} your existing operating system "
"altogether, or installing Ubuntu alongside your existing system. The latter "
"is called \\emph{dual-booting}. Whenever you turn on or restart your "
"computer, you will be given the option to select which operating system you "
"want to use for that session.} Use this option if you want to erase your "
"entire disk. This will delete any existing operating systems that are "
"installed on that disk, such as Windows \\acronym{XP}, and install Ubuntu in "
"its place. This option is also useful if you have an empty hard drive, as "
"Ubuntu will automatically create the necessary partitions for you."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Algunhas persoas que instalan Ubuntu por primeira vez están "
"usando tanto Windows \\acronym{XP}, Windows Vista, Windows 7 como Mac "
"\\acronym{OS~X} no seu computador. Ubuntu permítelle \\emph{substituír} o "
"sistema que ten instalado no seu computador ou instalar Ubuntu ao lado do "
"seu sistema operativo existente. Isto denomínase \\emph{arrinque dual}. "
"Cando arrinque ou reinicie o seu computador mostrarase a opción de "
"seleccionar que sistema operativo quere usar para esa sesión.} Use esta "
"opción se quere borrar todo o disco. Isto eliminará calquera sistema "
"operativo instalado no seu disco, como Window \\acronym{XP}, e instalará "
"Ubuntu no seu lugar. Esta opción é útil se ten un disco ríxido baleiro, xa "
"que Ubuntu creará automaticamente as particións necesarias por vostede."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :109
msgid "Guided partitioning"
msgstr "Particionamento guiado"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :109
msgid ""
"If you already have another operating system installed on your hard drive, "
"and want to install Ubuntu alongside it, choose the \\radiobutton{Install "
"them side by side, choosing between them each startup} option."
msgstr ""
"Se vostede ten outro sistema operante instalado no seu disco ríxido, e quere "
"instalar Ubuntu xunto a el, seleccione a opción \\radiobutton{Instalalos "
"xuntos, seleccionando entre cada un ao arrincar}."

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ubuntu will automatically detect the other operating system and install "
#| "Ubuntu alongside it. For more complicated dual-booting setups, you will "
#| "need to configure the partitions manually."
msgid ""
"Ubuntu will automatically detect the other operating system and install "
"Ubuntu alongside it. For more complicated \\gls{dual-booting} setups, you "
"will need to configure the partitions manually."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu detectará automaticamente o outro sistema operante e instalarase "
"xunto a el. Para configuracións de arrinque dual máis complicadas necesita "
"configurar as súas particións de forma manual."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :115
msgid "Specifying partitions manually"
msgstr "Especificar as particións manualmente"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This option is for more advanced users and is used to create special "
#| "partitions, or format the hard drive with a filesystem different to the "
#| "default one. It can also be used to create a separate \\texttt{/home} "
#| "partition. This can be very useful in case you decide to reinstall "
#| "Ubuntu, as it allows you to format and reinstall the operating system, "
#| "whilst keeping all your personal files and program settings intact in a "
#| "separate partition."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Ubuntu installs a \\textbf{home folder} where your personal "
"files and configuration data are located by default. If you choose to have "
"your home folder on a separate partition, then in the event that you decide "
"to reinstall Ubuntu or perform a fresh upgrade to the latest release, your "
"personal files and configuration data won't be lost.} This option is for "
"more advanced users and is used to create special partitions, or format the "
"hard drive with a filesystem different to the default one. It can also be "
"used to create a separate \\texttt{/home} partition. This can be very useful "
"in case you decide to reinstall Ubuntu, as it allows you to format and "
"reinstall the operating system, whilst keeping all your personal files and "
"program settings intact in a separate partition."
msgstr ""
"Esta opción é para usuarios avanzados e úsase para crear particións "
"especiais, ou formatar o disco ríxido con un sistema de ficheiros distinto "
"ao predefinido. Tamén pode usalo para crear unha partición \\textbf{/home} "
"separada. Isto é útil no caso de que decida reinstalar Ubuntu, permítelle "
"formatar e reinstalar o sistema operante mentres mantén os seus ficheiros e "
"configuracións persoais intactas nunha partición separada."

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :117
msgid ""
"Because this is quite an advanced task, we have omitted the details from "
"this edition of \\emph{Getting Started with Ubuntu.} You can see more "
"information and detailed instructions on partitioning here: \\url{https://"
"help.ubuntu.com/community/HowtoPartition}."
msgstr ""
"Xa que esta é unha tarefa avanzada, omitiremos os detalles nesta edición de "
"\\emph{Comezar con Ubuntu.} Vostede pode obter máis información e "
"instrucións detalladas sobre o particionado aquí:  \\url{https://help.ubuntu."
"com/community/HowtoPartition}."

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :119
msgid ""
"Once you are happy with the way the partitions are going to be set up, click "
"the \\button{Forward} button at the bottom to move on."
msgstr ""
"Cando esté dacordo coa forma que as particións van ser configuradas prema no "
"botón \\button{Adiante} para pasar ao seguinte paso."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :121
msgid "Enter your details"
msgstr "Insira os seus detalles"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :123
msgid ""
"Ubuntu needs to know some information about you so it can set up the primary "
"login account on your computer. Your name will appear on the login screen as "
"well as the \\gls{MeMenu}, which will be discussed further in \\chaplink{ch:"
"the-ubuntu-desktop}."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu necesita saber algunha información sobre vostede para que poida crear "
"unha conta de usuario para vostede no computador. O seu nome aparecerá na "
"pantalla de inicio de sesión así como no \\gls{MeMenu}, o cal será discutido "
"en \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-desktop}."

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :125
msgid "On this screen you will need to tell Ubuntu:"
msgstr "Nesta pantalla vostede debe decirlle a Ubuntu:"

#. type: itemize
#: installation/installation.tex :133
msgid "your real name,"
msgstr "o seu nome real,"

#. type: itemize
#: installation/installation.tex :133
msgid "your desired username,"
msgstr "o nome de usuario que desexa,"

#. type: itemize
#: installation/installation.tex :133
msgid "your desired password,"
msgstr "o contrasinal que desexa,"

#. type: itemize
#: installation/installation.tex :133
msgid "what you want to call your computer,"
msgstr "como quere chamarlle ao seu computador,"

#. type: itemize
#: installation/installation.tex :133
msgid "how you want Ubuntu to log you in."
msgstr "como quere que Ubuntu inicie a sesión."

#. \screenshotTODO{Installation: Who are you? screen}
#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :136
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{01-who-are-you.png}{ss:who-are-you}{Setup your user account.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{01-who-are-you.png}{ss:who-are-you}{Configurando a súa conta de "
"usuario.}"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :138
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Type in your full name under ``What is your name?''. The next text field "
#| "is where you select a username for yourself, and is the name that will be "
#| "displayed at the Ubuntu login screen when you turn on your computer. You "
#| "will see this is automatically filled in for you with your first name. "
#| "Most people find it easiest to stick with this, however, it can be "
#| "changed if you prefer."
msgid ""
"Type in your full name under ``What is your name?''. The next text field is "
"where you select a username for yourself, and is the name that will be "
"displayed at the Ubuntu login screen when you turn on your computer. You "
"will see this is automatically filled in for you with your first name. Most "
"people find it easiest to stick with this. However, it can be changed if you "
"prefer."
msgstr ""
"Escriba o seu nome completo baixo ``Cal é o seu nome?''. O seguinte campo de "
"texto é onde vostede selecciona un nome de usuario, e é o nome que se "
"mostrará na pantalla de inicio de sesión de Ubuntu cando arranca o seu "
"computador. Vostede verá este campo completado automaticamente co seu nome. "
"A maioría da xente pode encontrar de axuda manter isto, porén, pode cambialo "
"se o prefire."

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :141
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Although you can choose your preferred username and computer "
"name, you are required to stick with Latin letters, numbers, hyphens, and "
"dots. You will receive a warning if non-acceptable symbols or other "
"characters are entered, and until this is altered you will be unable to "
"progress to the next screen.} Next, choose a password and enter it into the "
"first password field on the left, then type the same again into the right "
"field to verify. When both passwords match, a strength rating will appear on "
"the right that will tell you whether your password is ``too short,'' "
"``weak,'' ``fair,'' or ``strong.'' You will be able to continue the "
"installation process regardless of your password strength, but for security "
"reasons it is best to choose a strong one. This is best achieved by having a "
"password that is at least six characters long, and is a mixture of letters, "
"numbers, symbols, and uppercase/lowercase. For extra security, avoid obvious "
"passwords like your birth date, spouse's name, or the name of your pet."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :143
msgid ""
"Now you need to decide on your computer's name. Again, this will be filled "
"in for you automatically using the login name you entered above (it will say "
"something like ``john-desktop'' or ``john-laptop.''). However, it can be "
"changed if you prefer. Your computer name will mainly be used for "
"identifying your computer if you are on a home or office network with "
"multiple computers. To learn more about setting up a network, refer to "
"\\chaplink{ch:default-applications}."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :145
msgid ""
"Finally, at the bottom of this screen you have three options to choose from "
"regarding how you want to log in to Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Por último, na parte inferior da pantalla ten tres opcións coas que pode "
"seleccionar como quere que Ubuntu inicie a sesión."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :147
msgid "Log in automatically"
msgstr "Iniciar a sesión automaticamente"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :149
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ubuntu will log in to your primary account automatically when you start "
#| "up the computer so you won't have to enter your username and password. "
#| "This makes your login experience quicker and more convenient, however, if "
#| "privacy or security are important to you, this option is not recommended. "
#| "Anyone who can physically access your computer will be able to turn it on "
#| "and also access your files."
msgid ""
"Ubuntu will log in to your primary account automatically when you start up "
"the computer so you won't have to enter your username and password. This "
"makes your login experience quicker and more convenient, but if privacy or "
"security are important to you, this option is not recommended. Anyone who "
"can physically access your computer will be able to turn it on and also "
"access your files."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu iniciará sesión coa súa conta principal de forma automatica cando "
"arrinque o computador polo que non terá que inserir o seu nome de usuario e "
"contrasinal. Isto permítelle acceder ao sistema de forma máis rápida e "
"cómoda, porén, se a seguridade e privacidade son importantes para vostede "
"esta opción non é recomendábel. Calquera que poida acceder fisicamente ao "
"seu computador pode acendelo e acceder aos seus ficheiros."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :151
msgid "Require my password to login"
msgstr "Requirir o meu contrasinal para iniciar a sesión"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :153
msgid ""
"This option is selected by default, as it will prevent unauthorized people "
"from accessing your computer without knowing the password you created "
"earlier. This is a good option for those who, for example, share their "
"computer with other family members. Once the installation process has been "
"completed, an additional login account can be created for each family "
"member. Each person will then have their own login name and password, "
"account preferences, Internet bookmarks, and personal storage space."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :155
msgid "Require my password to login and decrypt my home folder"
msgstr ""
"Requirir o meu contrasinal para iniciar sesión e descifrar o meu cartafol "
"persoal"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :158
msgid ""
"This option provides you with an extra layer of security. Your home folder "
"is where your personal files are stored. By selecting this option, Ubuntu "
"will automatically enable encryption on your home folder, meaning that files "
"and folders must be \\gls{decrypted} using your password before they can be "
"accessed. Therefore if someone had physical access to your hard drive (for "
"example, if your computer was stolen and the hard drive removed), they would "
"still not be able to see your files without knowing your password.  \\warning"
"{If you choose this option, be careful not to enable automatic login at a "
"later date. It will cause complications with your encrypted home folder, and "
"will potentially lock you out of important files.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: installation/installation.tex :160
msgid "Confirm your settings and begin installation"
msgstr "Confirmar as súas configuracións e comezar a instalación"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :164
msgid ""
"The last screen summarizes your install settings, including any changes that "
"will be made to the partitions on your hard drive. Note the warning about "
"data being destroyed on any removed or formatted partitions\\dash if you "
"have important information on your hard drive that is not backed up, now "
"would be a good time to check that you have set up your partitions "
"correctly.  \\marginnote{You should not need to click the \\button{Advanced} "
"button unless you wish to change your bootloader settings or network proxy. "
"These are more advanced tasks and beyond the scope of this guide.} Once you "
"have made sure that all the settings are correct, click on \\button{Install} "
"to begin the installation process."
msgstr ""

#. \screenshotTODO{Installation: Confirmation screen}
#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :167
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{01-confirmation.png}{ss:confirmation}{Check that everything is "
"set up right before Ubuntu is installed.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{01-confirmation.png}{ss:confirmation}{Comprobe que todo está "
"configurado correctamente antes de instalar Ubuntu.}"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :170
msgid ""
"Ubuntu will now install. As the installation progresses, a slideshow will "
"give you an introduction to some of the default applications included with "
"Ubuntu. These applications are covered in more detail in \\chaplink{ch:"
"default-applications}."
msgstr ""
"Agora instalarse Ubuntu. Mentres a instalación avanza unha presentación "
"mostraralle unha introdución a algúns dos aplicativos predefinidos incluidos "
"en Ubuntu. Estes aplicativos están cubertos con máis detalle en \\chaplink"
"{ch:default-applications}."

#. \screenshotTODO{Installation: First slide in the slideshow}
#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :173
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{01-first-slide.png}{ss:first-slide}{The first slide in the "
"installation slideshow.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{01-first-slide.png}{ss:first-slide}{A primeira diapositiva da "
"presentación da instalación.}"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :176
msgid ""
"After approximately twenty minutes, the installation will complete and you "
"will be able to click \\button{Restart Now} to restart your computer and "
"start Ubuntu. The \\acronym{CD} will be ejected, so remove it from your "
"\\acronym{CD} drive and press \\keystroke{Enter} to continue."
msgstr ""
"Despois de aproximadamente vinte minutos a instalación rematará e poderá "
"premer en \\button{Reiniciar agora} para reiniciar o seu computador e "
"arrancar en Ubuntu. O \\acronym{CD} extraerase polo que sáqueo da súa "
"unidade de \\acronym{CD} e prema \\keystroke{Enter} para continuar."

#. \screenshotTODO{Installation: Restart now dialog}
#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :179
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{01-restart-now.png}{ss:restart-now}{You are now ready to "
"restart your computer.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{01-restart-now.png}{ss:restart-now}{Agora pode reiniciar o "
"computador.}"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :181
msgid ""
"Wait while your computer restarts, and you will then see the login window "
"(unless you selected automatic login)."
msgstr ""
"Agarde até que o seu computador reinicie e poderá ver a pantalla de inicio "
"de sesión (a menos que seleccionara o inicio de sesión automático)."

#. \screenshotTODO{Installation: The Ubuntu login window}
#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :184
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{01-ubuntu-login.png}{ss:ubuntu-login}{The Ubuntu login window.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{01-ubuntu-login.png}{ss:ubuntu-login}{A pantalla de inicio de "
"sesión Ubuntu.}"

#. type: document
#: installation/installation.tex :186
msgid ""
"Click your username and enter your password, then press \\keystroke{Enter} "
"or click \\button{Log in}. You will then be logged in to Ubuntu and will be "
"presented with your new desktop!"
msgstr ""
"Prema no seu nome de usuario e insira o seu contrasinal, logo prema "
"\\keystroke{Enter} ou faga clic en \\button{Iniciar a sesión}. Iniciaras a "
"sesión en Ubuntu e mostrarase o seu novo escritorio!"

#. type: chapter{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :6
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "The Ubuntu desktop"
msgid "The Ubuntu Desktop"
msgstr "O escritorio de Ubuntu"

#. type: section{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :10
msgid "Understanding the desktop"
msgstr "Entendendo o escritorio"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :10
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Ubuntu 10.04 has an emphasis on ``social from the start'' and "
"features social network integration in the desktop for sites like Twitter "
"and Facebook.} At first glance, you will notice many similarities between "
"Ubuntu and other operating systems such as Windows or Mac \\acronym{OS~X}. "
"This is because they are all based on the concept of a graphical user "
"interface (\\gls{GUI})\\dash that is, you use your mouse to navigate the "
"desktop, open programs, move files, and perform most other tasks. In short, "
"things are visually oriented, which means that it's important for you to "
"become familiar with where and what to click in Ubuntu."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :20
msgid "GNOME"
msgstr "GNOME"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :20
msgid ""
"All \\acronym{GUI}-based operating systems use a \\emph{desktop "
"environment}. Desktop environments encompass many things, such as:"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :20
msgid "the look and feel of your system"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :20
msgid "how the desktop is organized"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :20
msgid "the way the desktop is laid out"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :20
msgid "how the desktop is navigated by the user"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :20
msgid ""
"In Linux distributions (such as Ubuntu), there are a number of desktop "
"environments available for use. One of the most popular desktop environments "
"is called \\acronym{GNOME}, which the default in Ubuntu. \\marginnote{To "
"read more about other variants of Ubuntu, refer to \\chaplink{ch:learning-"
"more}.} \\acronym{KDE}, \\acronym{XFCE}, and \\acronym{LXDE} are other "
"popular desktop environments (used in Kubuntu, Xubuntu, and Lubuntu, "
"respectively), although there are many more. Since Ubuntu uses \\acronym"
"{GNOME}, we will limit this guide to exploring your \\acronym{GNOME} desktop."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :22
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When you first log in to Ubuntu after installing it to your hard drive, "
#| "you will see the \\acronym{GNOME} desktop. Ubuntu is highly customizable, "
#| "as is the \\acronym{GNOME} desktop, but for now let's just explore the "
#| "default layout that is in front of you."
msgid ""
"When you first log in to Ubuntu after installing it, you will see the "
"\\acronym{GNOME} desktop. Ubuntu is highly customizable, as is the \\acronym"
"{GNOME} desktop, but for now let's just explore the default layout that is "
"in front of you."
msgstr ""
"Cando inicie a sesión en Ubuntu despois de instalalo no seu disco ríxido, "
"vostede verá o escritorio de \\acronym{GNOME}. Ubuntu é moi personalizábel, "
"xa que é o escritorio \\acronym{GNOME} pero por agora exploraremos a "
"disposición predefinida que pode ver."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :24
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{02-blank-desktop.png}{ss:blank-desktop}{The Ubuntu 10.04 "
"default desktop.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{02-blank-desktop.png}{ss:blank-desktop}{O escritorio "
"predefinido de Ubuntu 10.04.}"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :26
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{Everything on a panel is an \\gls{applet}, even the main "
#| "menu.} First, you will notice there are two \\emph{panels}\\dash one at "
#| "the top of your desktop and one at the bottom. A panel is a bar that sits "
#| "on the edge of your screen and contains various \\emph{applets}. These "
#| "applets provide useful functions such as running programs, viewing the "
#| "time, or accessing the main menu."
msgid ""
"First, you will notice there are two \\emph{panels}\\dash one at the top of "
"your desktop and one at the bottom. A panel is a bar that sits on the edge "
"of your screen and contains various \\emph{applets}. \\marginnote{Everything "
"on a panel is an \\gls{applet}, even the main menu.} These applets provide "
"useful functions such as running programs, viewing the time, or accessing "
"the main menu."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Todo o que hai nun panel é un \\gls{miniaplicativo}, incluso o "
"menú principal.} Primeiro, poderá notar que hai dous \\emph{paneis}\\dash un "
"na parte superior do seu escritorio e outro na parte inferior. Un panel é "
"unha barra que se situa nos bordes da súa pantalla e contén distintos \\emph"
"{miniaplicativos}. Estes miniaplicativos fornece funcións útiles como "
"iniciar programas, ver a hora e data ou acceder ao menú principal."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :29
msgid "The top panel"
msgstr "O menú superior"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :29
msgid ""
"Starting from the left, you will see three menu headings\\dash \\button"
"{Applications}, \\button{Places}, and \\button{System}\\dash followed by two "
"program icons. The first of these icons will open the \\application{Firefox} "
"web browser (see \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} for more information), "
"and the next will open the \\application{Ubuntu Help Center}. \\marginnote"
"{The \\application{Ubuntu Help Center} is a highly useful resource. It "
"provides a wealth of information about your Ubuntu system, and is always at "
"your fingertips by simply clicking this panel icon (or navigating to \\menu"
"{System \\then Help and Support}).}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :31
msgid ""
"On the right side of this panel you will find the \\emph{notification area}, "
"which is similar in function to the ``system tray'' in Windows, or the "
"``menu extras'' area on the Mac \\acronym{OS~X} menubar. Next to this is the "
"\\gls{MeMenu}, which will display your username (the name you entered during "
"installation) and is used to update social network sites like Twitter and "
"Facebook as well as set your Instant Messaging status in \\application"
"{Empathy}. \\marginnote{New notifications of emails and instant messages "
"appear in the messaging menu applet. When you have a new message, the "
"envelope icon will turn green.} Finally, on the far right of the panel is "
"the session menu, which provides menu options for locking your computer, "
"logging out, restarting, or shutting down completely."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :35
msgid "The notification area"
msgstr "A área de notificación"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :35
msgid ""
"Inside the \\gls{notification area} you will find the network indicator, "
"volume adjustment, Bluetooth indicator (if your computer has Bluetooth "
"capability), messaging, and the date and time applets. Some programs will "
"also place an icon in the notification area when you open them."
msgstr ""
"Dentro da \\gls{área de notificación} pode encontrar o indicador de rede, o "
"axuste de volume, o indicador de Bluetooth (se o seu computador conta con "
"Bluetooth), mensaxaría e os miniaplicativos de data e hora. Algúns programas "
"tamén poñen a súa icona na área de notificación cando os abre."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :38
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{To remove an applet, right-click on it and select \\button"
"{Remove From Panel.} To add a new applet to a panel, right-click in a clear "
"area on the panel and select \\button{Add to Panel.}}Left-clicking icons in "
"the notification area will bring up a list of options associated with the "
"application. In some cases right-clicking an icon will also perform another "
"action related to that application. For example, to adjust the volume, "
"simply left-click once on the volume icon and a volume slider will appear. "
"Click the date and time applet to open a small calendar, and then click a "
"specific date to add a reminder to your calendar through \\application"
"{Evolution} (see \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} for more information on "
"\\application{Evolution})."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :40
msgid ""
"When the calendar is expanded there is a button labeled \\button{Locations}, "
"which will open a small world map when clicked. Here you can further set up "
"your location preferences by clicking \\button{Edit}. In the window that "
"appears, click \\button{Add}, then enter your location in the text field. If "
"you live in a major city it may be on the list already; if not, you can "
"enter your latitude and longitude manually If you don't know this "
"information try searching online for it. Make sure your time zone is "
"selected, then click \\button{OK} to return to the preferences screen."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :42
msgid ""
"Feel free to explore the other options available under the \\button{General} "
"and \\button{Weather} tabs if you like, then click \\button{Close} at the "
"bottom when you are done. If weather information is available for your home "
"city, you will now see the current temperature displayed alongside the date "
"and time in the notification area."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :44
msgid "The bottom panel"
msgstr "O panel inferior"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :46
msgid ""
"Ubuntu uses most of the bottom panel to display a list of all programs or "
"windows that are currently open. These appear as horizontal buttons which "
"can be clicked to \\emph{minimize} or \\emph{restore} the corresponding "
"windows (see \\seclink{sec:managing-windows} below for more information)."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu usa a maioría do panel inferior para unha lista de todos os programas "
"ou xanelas que están abertas actualmente. Isto aparece como botóns en "
"horizontal que poden premerse para \\emph{minimizar} ou \\emph{restaurar} as "
"xanelas correspondentes (vexa \\seclink{sec:managing-windows})"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :48
msgid "\\marginnote{To show the desktop you can press \\keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+D}}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :50
msgid ""
"On the far left of the bottom panel is a small icon that resembles a "
"desktop. This \\emph{Show Desktop} button will \\gls{minimize} all open "
"windows at once, giving you clear access to your desktop. This is often "
"useful when you have many windows open at once and your desktop becomes "
"cluttered. Clicking the button again will restore the windows to their "
"original position."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :53
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{The \\acronym{GNOME} desktop environment used in Ubuntu can "
"provide two or more ``virtual desktops,'' or \\textbf{workspaces}. Using "
"these workspaces can reduce clutter by opening windows on separate desktops, "
"without needing a separate monitor. For example, in order to organize your "
"activities you may have your email open in one workspace and a text document "
"you are working on in another. To switch workspaces, simply click on the "
"boxes in the \\textbf{workspace switcher} or use the keyboard shortcut "
"\\keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+Left arrow} or \\keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+Right arrow} to "
"switch workspaces quickly.} On the right side of the panel you will see some "
"small boxes in a row; this is the \\emph{Workspace Switcher}. By default, "
"Ubuntu 10.04 is set up with four workspaces."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :55
msgid ""
"Finally, the icon farthest to the right is the \\emph{trash}, which performs "
"a similar function to the Recycle Bin in Windows or the Trash in Mac "
"\\acronym{OS X}. Any files you delete are first sent to the trash. To see "
"the contents of the trash, click on this icon. You can empty it by clicking "
"on the \\button{Empty Trash} button in the window that appears, or "
"alternatively by right-clicking the trash icon in the bottom panel and "
"selecting \\menu{Empty Trash} from the menu. This will permanently delete "
"any files or folders that it contains."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :58
msgid "The desktop background"
msgstr "O fondo de escritorio"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In between the top and bottom panels is an image that covers the entire "
#| "desktop. This is the desktop background (often referred to as your "
#| "``wallpaper''), and the one you see in front of you belongs to the "
#| "default Ubuntu 10.10 theme known as \\emph{Ambiance.} To learn more about "
#| "customizing your desktop including changing your background, see the "
#| "section on \\seclink{sec:customizing-desktop} below."
msgid ""
"In between the top and bottom panels is an image that covers the entire "
"desktop. This is the desktop background or wallpaper and the one you see in "
"front of you belongs to the default Ubuntu 10.04 theme known as \\emph"
"{Ambiance.} To learn more about customizing your desktop including changing "
"your background, see the section on \\seclink{sec:customizing-desktop} below."
msgstr ""
"Entre os paneis superior e inferior está unha imaxe que cubre o escritorio "
"completo. Isto é o fondo de escritorio (tamén chamado como ``fondo de "
"pantalla''), e o que vostede pode ver pertence ao tema predefinido de Ubuntu "
"10.10 coñecido como \\emph{Ambiance}. Para saber máis sobre a "
"personalización do seu escritorio incluido o cambio do seu fondo de "
"escritorio consulte a \\seclink{sec:customizing-desktop}."

#. type: section{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :62
msgid "Managing windows"
msgstr "Xestionando xanelas"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :62
msgid ""
"When you open a program in Ubuntu (such as a web browser or a text editor"
"\\dash see \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} for more information on using "
"programs)\\dash a \\emph{window} will appear on your desktop. If you have "
"used another operating system before, such as Microsoft Windows or Mac "
"\\acronym{OS~X}, you are probably familiar with the concept of a "
"``window''\\dash the box that appears on your screen when you start a "
"program. In Ubuntu, the top part of a window (the \\emph{titlebar}) will "
"have the title of the window in the center, and three buttons in the top "
"left corner. From left to right, these buttons \\emph{close}, \\emph"
"{minimize}, and \\emph{maximize} the window. Additionally, you can right-"
"click anywhere on the titlebar for a list of other window management options."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :64
msgid "Closing, maximizing, restoring, and minimizing windows"
msgstr "Pechando, maximizando, restaurando e minimizando xanelas"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :66
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\screenshot{02-window-buttons.png}{ss:window-buttons}{The maximize, "
#| "minimize, and close buttons are on the top-left corner of windows.}"
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{02-window-buttons.png}{ss:window-buttons}{The close, minimize, "
"and maximize buttons are on the top-left corner of windows.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{02-window-buttons.png}{ss:window-buttons}{Os botóns de "
"maximizar, minimizar e pechar están na esquina superior esquerda da xanela.}"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :68
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To \\emph{close} a window, click on the ``X'' in the upper left corner of "
#| "the window\\dash this will be the third button along. Immediately to the "
#| "left of this is a downward-pointing arrow that is used to \\emph"
#| "{minimize} the window to the bottom panel of your desktop. Once minimized "
#| "the window will no longer be visible, however, its corresponding button "
#| "in the bottom panel will remain, indicating the program is still running "
#| "in the background. Clicking this button will \\emph{restore} the window "
#| "to its original position. Finally, the button to the far left of the "
#| "titlebar will \\gls{maximize} the window, making it fill the entire "
#| "screen. Clicking this button again will return the window to its original "
#| "size."
msgid ""
"\\noindent To \\emph{close} a window, click on the ``$\\times$'' in the "
"upper left corner of the window\\dash this will be the first button on the "
"left-hand side. Immediately to the right of this is a downward-pointing "
"arrow that is used to \\emph{minimize} the window to the bottom panel of "
"your desktop. Once minimized the window will no longer be visible, but its "
"corresponding button in the bottom panel will remain, indicating the program "
"is still running in the background. Clicking this button will \\emph"
"{restore} the window to its original position. Finally, the right-most "
"button of this group will \\gls{maximize} the window, making it fill the "
"entire screen. Clicking this button again will return the window to its "
"original size."
msgstr "dd"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :73
msgid "Moving and resizing windows"
msgstr "Mover e cambiar o tamaño das xanelas"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :73
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To move a window around the workspace, place the mouse pointer over the "
#| "window's titlebar, then click and drag the window while continuing to "
#| "hold down the left mouse button. To resize a window, place the pointer on "
#| "an edge or corner of the window so that it turns into a larger arrow, the "
#| "resize icon. You can then click and drag to resize the window."
msgid ""
"To move a window around the workspace, place the mouse pointer over the "
"window's titlebar, then click and drag the window while continuing to hold "
"down the left mouse button. \\marginnote{You can also move a window by "
"holding the \\keystroke{Alt} key and dragging the window} To resize a "
"window, place the pointer on an edge or corner of the window so that it "
"turns into a larger arrow, the resize icon. You can then click and drag to "
"resize the window."
msgstr ""
"Para mover unha xanela polo espazo de traballo poña o punteiro do rato sobre "
"a barra de título da xanela e arrastre a xanela mentres mantén o botón "
"esquerdo do rato premido. Para redimensionar unha xanela, poña o ratón do "
"rato sobre o borde ou a esquina da xanela até que apareza unha frecha "
"grande, o que chamamos a icona de redimensionado. Logo pode premer e "
"arrastrar para redimensionar a xanela."

#. type: section{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :75
msgid "Switching between open windows"
msgstr "Cambiar entre as xanelas abertas"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :82
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There are at least two ways in Ubuntu to switch between open windows in a "
#| "workspace.  You can find the window on the bottom panel taskbar and click "
#| "to bring it up on the screen, or you can use \\keystroke{Alt+Tab} to "
#| "select the window you wish to work on. Hold down the \\keystroke{Alt} "
#| "key, and keep pressing the \\keystroke{Tab} button until the window "
#| "you're looking for appears on the desktop."
msgid ""
"There are at least three ways in Ubuntu to switch between open windows in a "
"workspace.  You can find the window on the bottom panel taskbar and click to "
"bring it up on the screen, or you can use \\keystroke{Alt+Tab} to select the "
"window you wish to work on. Hold down the \\keystroke{Alt} key, and keep "
"pressing the \\keystroke{Tab} button until the window you're looking for "
"appears in the popup. If the window is visible on your screen, you can click "
"any portion of it to raises it above all other windows."
msgstr ""
"Hai polo menos dúas formas de cambiar entre as xanelas nun espazo de "
"traballo en Ubuntu. Pode buscar a xanela na barra de tarefas do panel "
"inferior e premer sobre a mesma para mostrala en pantalla, ou pode usar "
"\\keystroke{Alt+Tab} para seleccionar a xanela que desexa. Prema a tecla "
"\\keystroke{Alt} e logo prema \\keystroke{Tab} até que a xanela que busca "
"apareza no escritorio."

#. type: section{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :86
msgid "Using the Applications menu"
msgstr "Usando o menú Aplicativos"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :86
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{You may find that there are programs in the \\menu"
"{Applications} menu that you don't use frequently, or just don't want to be "
"displayed on the menu. To hide those applications (without deleting the "
"actual programs), click on \\menu{System \\then Preferences \\then Main "
"Menu}. Find the programs in the right panel that you want to hide from the "
"menu, and deselect them in the ``Show'' column.} There are three menu "
"headers in the top panel. Let's take a look at these in more detail, "
"starting with the \\menu{Applications} menu."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Pode encontrar que hai programas no menú \\menu{Aplicativos} "
"que non usa frecuentemente, ou non quere que se mostren no menú. Para "
"ocultalos (sen desinstalar os programas) prema en \\menu{Sistema \\then "
"Preferencias \\then Menú principal}. Encontre os programas no panel da "
"dereita que queira ocultar no menú e deseleccióneos na columna ``Mostrar''.} "
"Hai tres títulos de menú no panel superior. Botémoslle unha ollada con máis "
"detalle, comezando polo menú \\menu{Aplicativos}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :90
msgid "Accessories"
msgstr "Accesorios"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :90
msgid ""
"The \\menu{Accessories} sub-menu has many programs that are suited for "
"productivity, including \\application{Calculator} and \\application{Tomboy "
"Notes}."
msgstr ""
"O submenú \\menu{Accesorios} ten algúns programas pensados para a "
"productividade, incluíndo a \\application{Calculadora} e \\application{Notas "
"do Tomboy}."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :94
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{See \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} for more information "
"about the included applications.} Other programs in \\menu{Accessories} "
"include the \\application[CD/DVD Creator@\\acronym{CD}/\\acronym{DVD} "
"Creator]{\\acronym{CD}/\\acronym{DVD} Creator}, \\application{gedit} Text "
"Editor (similar to Windows' Notepad and Mac \\acronym{OS X}'s TextEdit), "
"\\application{Search for Files} (we'll discuss that later), and \\application"
"{Take Screenshot}, which allows you to take a picture of your desktop "
"screen.  \\marginnote{Another way to take a screenshot is to press "
"\\keystroke{PrtSc}.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :100
msgid "Games"
msgstr "Xogos"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :100
msgid ""
"Ubuntu has several games built in for your entertainment. If you enjoy card "
"games, check out \\application{AisleRiot Solitaire}. Perhaps you're looking "
"for more of a challenge: in that case, there's \\application{gBrainy} and "
"\\application{Sudoku}.  The \\menu{Games} menu also includes \\application"
"{Mahjongg}, \\application{Mines} (similar to Windows' Minesweeper game) and "
"\\application{Quadrapassel} (similar to Tetris)."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu ten varios xogos para o seu entretemento. Se lle gustan os xogos de "
"cartas probe o \\application{Solitario AisleRiot}. Se pola contra está "
"buscando algo máis que un reto, neste caso ten \\application{gBrainy} e "
"\\application{Sudoku}. O menú \\menu{Xogos} tamén inclúe \\application"
"{Mahjongg}, \\application{Minas} (un xogo similar ao Buscaminas de Windows) "
"e o \\application{Quadrapassel} (similar ao Tetris.)"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :103
msgid "Graphics"
msgstr "Gráficos"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :103
msgid ""
"Under the \\menu{Graphics} sub-menu, you'll find the \\application{F-Spot} "
"photo manager where you can view, edit and share pictures you've downloaded "
"from your camera. \\application{OpenOffice.org Drawing} allows you to create "
"images using the OpenOffice.org suite, and \\application{Simple Scan} is a "
"program for scanning images and documents from your scanner."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :107
msgid "Internet"
msgstr "Internet"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :107
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{\\emph{Instant messaging} (\\acronym{IM}) is a means of text-"
"based communication where you can hold a conversation with someone over the "
"Internet, instantly.} The \\menu{Internet} sub-menu is where you will find "
"the \\application{Firefox} web browser and the \\application{Empathy} "
"Instant Messenger client to allow you to talk to your friends and family."
msgstr ""

#. This is a little confusing: the above string makes it appear as if evolution is a dictionary. I can't think of a way to rephrase it propery. - JasonCook599
#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :112
msgid "Office"
msgstr "Ofimática"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :112
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{To learn more about OpenOffice.org and to get help with using "
"the OpenOffice.org suite of applications, visit \\url{http://openoffice."
"org}.} The \\menu{Office} sub-menu is where you will find most of the "
"OpenOffice.org suite to help you create formal documents, presentation, or "
"spreadsheets. Also under \\menu{Office} is the \\application{Evolution} "
"email client and an online dictionary. The full OpenOffice.org suite "
"installed in Ubuntu by default consists of:"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :119
msgid "OpenOffice.org Word Processor"
msgstr "Procesador de textos de OpenOffice.org"

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :119
msgid "OpenOffice.org Spreadsheet"
msgstr "Folla de cálculo de OpenOffice.org"

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :119
msgid "OpenOffice.org Presentation"
msgstr "Presentación de OpenOffice.org"

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :119
msgid "OpenOffice.org Drawing (located under the \\menu{Graphics} sub-menu)"
msgstr "Debuxo de OpenOffice.org (localizada no submenú \\menu{Gráficos})"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :129
msgid "Sound and video"
msgstr "Son e vídeo"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :129
msgid ""
"The \\menu{Sound and Video} sub-menu has programs for working with "
"multimedia, such as:"
msgstr ""
"O submenú \\menu{Son e vídeo} ten programas para traballar con multimedia, "
"como:"

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :129
msgid "\\application{Brasero} disc burner"
msgstr "Gravador de discos \\application{Brasero}"

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :129
msgid "\\application{Totem} movie player"
msgstr "Reproductor de filmes \\application{Totem}"

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :129
msgid "\\application{Pitivi} video editor"
msgstr "Editor de vídeo \\application{Pitivi}"

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :129
msgid "\\application{Rhythmbox} music player"
msgstr "Reprodutor de música \\application{Rhythmbox}"

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :129
msgid "\\application{Sound Recorder}"
msgstr "\\application{Gravador de son}"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :131
msgid ""
"More information on all of these programs can be found in \\chaplink{ch:"
"default-applications}."
msgstr ""
"Pode encontrar máis información sobre todos estes programas en \\chaplink{ch:"
"default-applications}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :137
msgid "Ubuntu Software Center"
msgstr "Centro de software de Ubuntu"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "At the very bottom of the \\menu{Applications} menu is the \\application"
#| "{Ubuntu Software Center}. This application gives you access to a library "
#| "of software that you can download. The main screen in the \\application"
#| "{Ubuntu Software Center} is similar to your \\menu{Applications} menu, "
#| "for easy searching. If you know the name of the program you're looking "
#| "for, just enter it in the search text field on the top right of the "
#| "\\application{Ubuntu Software Center} window. The \\application{Ubuntu "
#| "Software Center} keeps track of programs that are installed on your "
#| "computer. If you're simply curious as to what is available, you can "
#| "explore the software available using the categories listed on the left "
#| "side of the window."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Learn more about the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center} in "
"\\chaplink{ch:software-management}.} At the very bottom of the \\menu"
"{Applications} menu is the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center}. This "
"application gives you access to a library of software that you can download. "
"When you open the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center}, the main screen is "
"similar to your \\menu{Applications} menu, for easy searching. If you know "
"the name of the program you're looking for, just type the name into the "
"\\textfield{search box} in the top right. The \\application{Ubuntu Software "
"Center} keeps track of programs that are installed on your computer. If "
"you're simply curious as to what is available, you can explore the software "
"available using the categories listed on the left side of the window."
msgstr ""
"Na parte inferior do menú \\menu{Aplicativos} está o \\application{Centro de "
"software de Ubuntu}. Este aplicativo permítelle acceder á biblioteca de "
"software que pode descargar. A pantalla principal do \\application{Centro de "
"software de Ubuntu} é similar ao menú \\menu{Aplicativos}, para simplificar "
"a busca. Se sabe o nome do programa que busca introduza o nome no campo de "
"busca na parte superior dereita da xanela. O \\application{Centro de "
"software de Ubuntu} fai un seguimento de todos os programas que están "
"instalados no seu computador. Se simplemente ten curiosidade do que está "
"dispoñíbel pode explorar o software usando as categorías que se mostran na "
"parte esquerda da xanela."

#. type: section{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :147
msgid "Using the System menu"
msgstr "Usando o menú Sistema"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :147
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\menu{System} menu, located on the top panel, contains two important "
#| "sub-menus. These sub-menus, \\menu{Preferences} and \\menu"
#| "{Administration}, allow you to make modifications to Ubuntu's appearance, "
#| "as well as the way it functions. Through the \\menu{System} menu, you can "
#| "also open the \\application{Ubuntu Help Center} (\\application{Help and "
#| "Support}), find out more about your \\acronym{GNOME} desktop environment "
#| "(\\application{About GNOME}), and find out more about Ubuntu in general "
#| "(\\application{About Ubuntu})."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{See \\chaplink{ch:hardware} for more information on setting up "
"Ubuntu.} The \\menu{System} menu, located on the top panel, contains two "
"important sub-menus. These sub-menus, \\menu{Preferences} and \\menu"
"{Administration}, allow you to make modifications to Ubuntu's appearance, as "
"well as the way it functions. Through the \\menu{System} menu, you can also "
"open the \\application{Ubuntu Help Center} (\\application{Help and "
"Support}), find out more about your \\acronym{GNOME} desktop environment "
"(\\application{About GNOME}), and find out more about Ubuntu in general "
"(\\application{About Ubuntu})."
msgstr ""
"O menú \\menu{Sistema}, no panel superior, contén dous submenús importantes. "
"Estes submenus, \\menu{Preferencias} e \\menu{Administración}, permítenlle "
"facer modificacións na aparencia Ubuntu, así como na forma na que funciona. "
"Mediante o menú \\menu{Sistema} tamén pode abrir o \\application{Centro de "
"software de Ubuntu} (\\application{Axuda e asistencia técnica}), encontrar "
"máis información sobre o contorno de escritorio \\acronym{GNOME} "
"(\\application{Sobre GNOME}), e encontre máis información sobre Ubuntu en "
"xeral (\\application{Sobre Ubuntu})"

#. Commented out as we can't rely on the user taking the screenshot to have default programs in stalled luke jennings (ubuntujenkins)
#. As noted above, do a fresh install, then take the screenshot. JasonCook599
#. \screenshotTODO{Screenshot showing the expanded Applications > Sound and Video menu with the programs clearly shown.}
#. \screenshotTODO{Screenshot of expanded System > Preferences menu that clearly shows all Preference options.}
#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :155
msgid "Preferences"
msgstr "Preferencias"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :155
msgid ""
"You can use the \\menu{Preferences} sub-menu to modify the appearance of the "
"desktop and windows, assign a default printer, designate keyboard shortcuts, "
"change the entries listed in the \\menu{Applications} menu, edit network "
"connections, and change mouse settings, among other options."
msgstr ""
"Vostede pode usar o submenú \\menu{Preferencias} para modificar a aparencia "
"do escritorio e das xanelas, asignar unha impresora predefinida, seleccionar "
"atallos de teclado, cambiar as entradas mostradas no menú \\menu"
"{Aplicativos}, editar as conexións de rede e cambiar as configuracións do "
"rato, ademais de moitas máis opcións."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :160
msgid "Administration"
msgstr "Administración"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :166
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Most of the applications in the \\menu{System \\then "
"Administration} menu will prompt you to enter your user password when you "
"launch them. Some applications will require you to click a button to unlock "
"it. Press this button, and enter your password. After entering your password "
"you gain increased privileges. This is a security feature to make sure that "
"only authorized people are allowed to change system settings. To learn more "
"about security in Ubuntu, see \\chaplink{ch:security}.} The \\menu"
"{Administration} sub-menu contains programs you can use to monitor computer "
"performance, change disk partitions, activate third-party drivers, manage "
"all installed printers, and manage how your computer receives updates from "
"Ubuntu. This sub-menu also has the \\application{Synaptic Package Manager} "
"for locating and downloading software packages. This is a more technical "
"alternative to \\application{Ubuntu Software Center} and should be used by "
"power users."
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :170
msgid "Browsing files on your computer"
msgstr "Navegando polos ficheiros do seu sistema"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :170
msgid ""
"There are two ways to locate files on your computer.  You can use the "
"\\application{Search for Files} tool in the \\menu{Applications} \\then "
"{Accessories}. You can also use the \\menu{Places} menu on the top panel. "
"See the section below about the \\seclink{sec:nautilus} for more details."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :174
msgid "Places"
msgstr "Lugares"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :174
msgid ""
"The \\menu{Places} menu holds a list of commonly used folders (such as \\menu"
"{Documents}, \\menu{Music}, \\menu{Downloads}, and the \\menu{Home Folder}). "
"You can also browse the disks on your computer by clicking \\menu{Computer} "
"in this menu. If you set up a home network, you will find a menu item to "
"access shared files/folders. You can also access the \\application{Search "
"for Files} tool from the \\menu{Places} menu, as well as browse a list of "
"recently opened documents."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :178
msgid "Your home folder"
msgstr "O seu cartafol persoal"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :178
msgid ""
"The home folder is where each user's personal files are located. When you "
"installed Ubuntu, you entered a name to set up your user account. That same "
"name is assigned to your home folder. When you open your personal folder, "
"you will see that there are several folders inside: Desktop (which contains "
"any files that are visible on the desktop), Documents, Downloads, Music, "
"Pictures, Public, Templates, and Videos."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :181
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You will also see a link named Examples. Double-click on that link to "
#| "open a folder containing example documents, spreadsheets, and multimedia "
#| "files."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{You should open the example content to see how different types "
"of files are displayed in Ubuntu.} You will also see a link named Examples. "
"Double-click on that link to open a folder containing example documents, "
"spreadsheets, and multimedia files. You will note be able to edit them. If "
"you want to edit them move them to you home folder."
msgstr ""
"Tamén verá unha ligazón co nome Exemplos. Prema dúas veces sobre a ligazón "
"para abrir un cartafol que contén documentos de exemplo, follas de cálculo e "
"ficheiros multimedia."

#. type: section{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :186
msgid "Nautilus file browser"
msgstr "Navegador de ficheiros Nautilus"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :186
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Just as Windows has Windows Explorer and Mac \\acronym{OS~X} has Finder "
#| "to browse files and folders, Ubuntu uses the \\application{Nautilus} file "
#| "browser by default.  We will now look at the features offered in "
#| "\\application{Nautilus}."
msgid ""
"Just as Windows has \\application{Windows Explorer} and Mac \\acronym{OS~X} "
"has \\application{Finder} to browse files and folders, Ubuntu uses the "
"\\application{Nautilus} file browser by default.  We will now look at the "
"features offered in \\application{Nautilus}."
msgstr ""
"Así como Windows ten o Explorador de Windows e Mac \\acronym{OS X} ten "
"Finder para explorar ficheiros e cartafoles. Ubuntu usa o explorador de "
"ficheiros \\application{Nautilus} de forma predefinida. Ollaremos agora "
"algunha das características que fornece \\application{Nautilus}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :190
msgid "The Nautilus file browser window"
msgstr "A xanela do navegador de ficheiros Nautilus"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :190
msgid ""
"When you open a folder on the desktop or from the \\menu{Places} menu, the "
"\\application{Nautilus} file browser window opens up. The standard browser "
"window contains the following features:"
msgstr ""
"Cando vostede abra un cartafol no escritorio o desde o menú \\menu{Lugares}, "
"o explorador de ficheiros \\application{Nautilus} abre unha xanela. A xanela "
"do explorador contén as seguintes características:"

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :197
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\textit{Menubar:} The menubar is located at the top of the window. These "
#| "menus allow you to modify the layout of the browser, navigate, bookmark "
#| "commonly used folders and files, and view hidden folders and files."
msgid ""
"\\textit{Menubar:} The menubar is located at the top of the window. These "
"menus allow you to modify the layout of the browser, navigate, bookmark "
"\\marginnote{If you bookmark a folder, it will appear in the \\menu{Places} "
"menu.} commonly used folders and files, and view hidden folders and files."
msgstr ""
"\\textit{Barra de menú:} A barra de menú localízase na parte superior da "
"xanela. Estes menús permítenlle modificar a disposición do explorador, "
"nvaegar, marcar os ficheiros e cartafoles máis usados e ver os ficheiros e "
"cartafoles ocultos."

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :203
msgid ""
"\\textit{Toolbar:} The toolbar has tools for navigation and a tool to make "
"the contents of the window larger or smaller. A drop-down list gives you the "
"option of switching the view from \\menu{Icon View} to \\menu{List View} or "
"\\menu{Compact View}.  The search icon (which looks like a magnifying "
"glass)  opens a field so you can search for a file by name."
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :213
msgid ""
"\\textit{Additional Navigation Tools:} \\marginnote{If you start typing a "
"location starting with a / character, \\application{Nautilus} will "
"automatically change the navigation buttons into a text field labeled \\emph"
"{Location}. It is also possible to convert the navigation buttons into a "
"text field by pressing \\keystroke{Ctrl+L}.} Just below the toolbar, you "
"will see a representation of where you are currently browsing. This is "
"similar to the history function of most browsers; it keeps track of where "
"you are and allows you to backtrack if necessary.  You can click on the "
"locations to navigate back through the file browser."
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :219
msgid ""
"\\textit{Left Pane:} The left pane of the file browser has shortcuts to "
"commonly-used folders. When you bookmark a folder, it appears in the left "
"pane. No matter what folder you open, the left pane will always contain the "
"same folders.  This left pane can be changed to display different features "
"by clicking the down arrow beside ``Places'' near the top."
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :223
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The largest, \\textit{central pane} shows the files and folders in the "
#| "directory that you are currently browsing."
msgid ""
"\\textit{Central Pane:} The largest pane shows the files and folders in the "
"directory that you are currently browsing."
msgstr ""
"O máis longo, o \\textit{panel central} mostra os ficheiros e cartafoles no "
"directorio que está explorando actualmente."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :225
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{02-quickshot-home.png}{ss:quickshot-home}{Nautilus file manager "
"displaying your home folder.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{02-quickshot-home.png}{ss:quickshot-home}{O xestor de ficheiros "
"Nautilus mostrando o seu cartafol persoal.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :229
msgid "Navigating between directories"
msgstr "Navegando entre cartafoles"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :229
msgid ""
"To navigate between directories, use the bookmarks in the left pane of the "
"\\application{Nautilus} file browser. You can also retrace your steps by "
"clicking on the name of a folder where it is listed just below the "
"navigational icons. Double-clicking on a visible directory will cause you to "
"navigate to it in \\application{Nautilus}."
msgstr ""
"Para navegar entre os cartafoles use os marcadores do panel da esquerda do "
"navegador de ficheiros \\application{Nautilus}. Vostede pode tamén volver "
"nos seus pasos premendo no nome do cartafol onde se mostran, xusto debaixo "
"as iconas de navegación. Se preme dúas veces nun cartafol visíbel, navegará "
"nel en \\application{Nautilus}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :233
msgid "Opening files"
msgstr "Abrindo ficheiros"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :233
msgid ""
"To open a file, you can either double-click on its icon or right-click and "
"select \\button{Open With} (program)."
msgstr ""
"Para abrir un ficheiro vostede pode facer dobre clic na súa icona ou premer "
"co botón dereito e seleccionar \\button{Abrir con} (programa)."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :237
msgid "Creating new folders"
msgstr "Creando cartafoles novos"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :237
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{Note that you can easily view hidden files by clicking \\menu"
#| "{View \\then Show Hidden Files}, or alternatively by pressing \\keystroke"
#| "{Ctrl+H}. Hiding files with a dot (.) is \\textbf{not} a security measure"
#| "\\dash instead it provides a way of keeping your folders organized and "
#| "tidy.} To create a new folder from within \\application{Nautilus} click "
#| "\\menu{File \\then Create Folder}, then name the folder that appears by "
#| "replacing the default ``untitled folder'' with your desired label (\\eg, "
#| "``Personal Finances''). You can also create a new folder by pressing "
#| "\\keystroke{Ctrl+Shift+N}, or by right-clicking in the file browser "
#| "window and selecting \\button{Create Folder} from the popup menu (this "
#| "action will also work on the desktop). If you wish to hide certain "
#| "folders or files, place a dot (.) in front of the name (\\ie, ``.Personal "
#| "Finances'')."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Note that you can easily view hidden files by clicking \\menu"
"{View \\then Show Hidden Files}, or alternatively by pressing \\keystroke"
"{Ctrl+H}. Hiding files with a dot (.) is \\textbf{not} a security measure"
"\\dash instead it provides a way of keeping your folders organized and "
"tidy.} To create a new folder from within \\application{Nautilus} click "
"\\menu{File \\then Create Folder}, then name the folder that appears by "
"replacing the default ``untitled folder'' with your desired label (\\eg, "
"``Personal Finances''). You can also create a new folder by pressing "
"\\keystroke{Ctrl+Shift+N}, or by right-clicking in the file browser window "
"and selecting \\button{Create Folder} from the popup menu (this action will "
"also work on the desktop). If you wish to hide certain folders or files, "
"place a dot (.) in front of the name (\\ie, ``.Personal Finances''). In some "
"cases it impossible to hide files and folders, without prefixing them with a "
"dot. In Nautilus these folders can be hidden by creating a .hidden file. "
"Open the file and type in the name of the file(s) or folder(s) you wish to "
"hide. Make sure that each file or folder is on a separate line. When you "
"open Nautilus the folder will no longer be visible."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Teña en conta que pode ver os ficheiros ocultos premendo en "
"\\menu{Ver \\then Mostrar ficheiros ocultos}, ou tamén premendo \\keystroke"
"{CTRL+H}. Ocultar os ficheiros con un punto (.) non é unha medida de "
"seguranza \\dash simplemente mellora a forma de manter os seus ficheiros "
"organizados e ordenados.} Para crear un novo cartafol desde o \\application"
"{Nautilus} prema \\menu{Ficheiro \\then Crear cartafol}, poña o nome ao "
"cartafol substituíndo ``cartafol sen título'' co nome que desexa (p. ex., "
"``Finanzas persoais''). Tamén pode crear un cartafol premendo \\keystroke"
"{CTRL+MAIÚS+N}, ou co botón dereito na xanela do explorador e seleccionando "
"\\button{Crear cartafol} desde o menú emerxente (esta acción tamén funciona "
"no escritorio). Se desexa ocultar certos cartafoles ou ficheiros poña un "
"punto (.) ao principio do seu nome (p. ex., ``.Finanzas persoais'')."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :241
msgid "Copying and moving files and folders"
msgstr "Copiando e movendo ficheiros e cartafoles"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :241
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{You can also use the keyboard shortcuts \\keystroke{Ctrl+X}, "
"\\keystroke{Ctrl+C} and \\keystroke{Ctrl+V} to cut, copy and paste "
"(respectively) files and folders.} You can copy files or folders in "
"\\application{Nautilus} by clicking \\menu{Edit\\then Copy}, or by right-"
"clicking on the item and selecting \\button{Copy} from the popup menu. When "
"using the \\button{Edit} menu in \\application{Nautilus}, make sure you've "
"selected the file or folder you want to copy first (by left-clicking on it "
"once)."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :245
msgid ""
"Multiple files can be selected by left-clicking in an empty space (\\ie, not "
"on a file or folder), holding the mouse button down, and dragging the cursor "
"across the files or folders you want.  This ``click-drag'' move is useful "
"when you are selecting items that are grouped closely together. To select "
"multiple files or folders that are not positioned next to each other, hold "
"down the \\keystroke{Ctrl} key while clicking on each item individually. "
"Once multiple files and/or folders are selected you can use the \\menu{Edit} "
"menu to perform actions just like you would for a single item.\\marginnote"
"{When you ``cut'' or ``copy'' a file or folder, nothing will happen until "
"you ``paste'' it somewhere. Paste will only affect the most recent item that "
"was cut or copied.} When one or more items have been ``copied,'' navigate to "
"the desired location then click \\menu{Edit \\then Paste} (or right-click in "
"an empty area of the window and choose \\button{Paste}) to copy them to the "
"new location."
msgstr ""
"Pode seleccionar múltiples ficheiros premendo co botón esquerdo sobre un "
"espazo en branco (p. ex., nin sobre un ficheiro nin sobre un cartafol), "
"mantendo o botón premido e arrastrando o cursor sobre os ficheiros e "
"cartafoles que queira. Este movemento ``clicar-arrastrar'' é moi útil cando "
"quere seleccionar un grupo de elementos que están cerca. Para seleccionar "
"ficheiros e cartafoles que non están pegados uns aos outros manteña a tecla "
"\\keystroke{CTRL} mentres preme en cada elemento de forma individual. Cando "
"teña seleccionados varios ficheiros e/ou cartafoles pode usar o menú \\menu"
"{Editar} para levar a cabo accións como se fora un só elemento.\\marginnote"
"{Cando ``copie'' ou ``corte'' un ficheiro ou cartafol non sucederá nada até "
"que os ``pegue'' noutro lugar. Pegar só afectará aos elementos que foran "
"copiados ou cortados recentemente.} Cando teña ``copiado'' un ou varios "
"elementos navegue ao lugar desexado e prema \\menu{Editar \\then Pegar} (ou "
"prema co botón dereito nunha área baleira da xanela e seleccione \\button"
"{Pegar} para copialos ao novo lugar."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :247
msgid ""
"While the \\emph{copy} command can be used to make a duplicate of a file or "
"folder in a new location, the \\emph{cut} command can be used to move files "
"and folders around. That is, a copy will be placed in a new location, and "
"the original will be removed from its current location."
msgstr ""
"Mentres que a orde \\emph{copiar} pode usarse para facer un duplicado dun "
"ficheiro ou cartafol nunha nova localización, a orde \\emph{cortar} pode "
"usarse para mover ficheiros e cartafoles. Isto é, porase unha copia na nova "
"localización e o orixinal eliminarase da localización actual."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To move a file or folder, select the item you want to move then click "
#| "\\menu{Edit \\then Cut}. Navigate to your desired location, then click "
#| "\\menu{Edit \\then Paste}.\\marginnote{In the Nautilus \\button{Edit} "
#| "menu, you will also find the \\button{Copy To} and \\button{Move To} "
#| "buttons. These can be used to copy or move items to common locations, and "
#| "can be useful if you are using \\textbf{panes} (see below). Note that it "
#| "is unnecessary to use \\button{Paste} when using these options.} As with "
#| "the copy command above, you can also perform this action using the right-"
#| "click menu, and it will work for multiple files or folders at once. An "
#| "alternative way to move a file or folder is to click on the item, and "
#| "then drag it to the new location."
msgid ""
"To move a file or folder, select the item you want to move then click \\menu"
"{Edit \\then Cut}. Navigate to your desired location, then click \\menu{Edit "
"\\then Paste}. \\marginnote{In the Nautilus \\button{Edit} menu, you will "
"also find the \\button{Copy To} and \\button{Move To} buttons. These can be "
"used to copy or move items to common locations, and can be useful if you are "
"using \\textbf{panes} (see below). Note that it is unnecessary to use "
"\\button{Paste} when using these options.} As with the copy command above, "
"you can also perform this action using the right-click menu, and it will "
"work for multiple files or folders at once. An alternative way to move a "
"file or folder is to click on the item, and then drag it to the new location."
msgstr ""
"Para mover un ficheiro ou cartafol seleccione o elemento que quere mover e "
"logo prema sobre o menú \\menu{Editar \\then Cortar}. Navegue ao lugar "
"desexado e prema \\menu{Editar \\then Pegar}.\\marginnote{No menú \\button"
"{Editar} do Nautilus, tamén pode encontrar os botóns \\button{Copiar a} e "
"\\button{Mover a}. Isto pode usarse para copiar e mover elementos a lugares "
"comúns, e pode ser moi útil se está usando \\textbf{paneis} (vexa máis "
"abaixo). Teña en conta que non é necesario usar \\button{Pegar} cando usa "
"estas opcións.} Xusto como a orde anterior, tamén pode levar a cabo esta "
"opción usando o menú do botón dereito do rato, isto funcionará con múltiples "
"ficheiros ou cartafoles á vez. Unha forma alternativa de mover un ficheiro "
"ou cartafol é premer sobre o elemento e arrastralo á súa nova localización."

#. type: comment
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :255
msgid ""
"Is this true? I couldn't get it to work for me --jaminday \\marginnote{If "
"you click on a file or folder with both the left and right mouse buttons at "
"the same time, keep holding and drag it to your destination folder. When you "
"let go of both mouse buttons, a menu will appear asking whether you want to "
"\\emph{copy, move} or \\emph{link} the item.}"
msgstr ""
"É verdadeiro? non sabería se isto me funciona a min --jaminday \\marginnote"
"{se preme nun ficheiro ou nun cartafol tanto ben co botón dereito ou "
"esquerdo do rato ao mesmo tempo, soster presionados e arrastralo ao cartafol "
"de destino. Cando deixe ambos botóns, aparecerá un menú para preguntarlle a "
"onde quere \\emph{copiar, mover} ou \\emph{ligar} o ítem}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :261
msgid "Using multiple tabs and multiple Nautilus windows"
msgstr "Usando múltiples separadores e múltiples xanelas de Nautilus"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :261
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Opening multiple \\application{Nautilus} windows can be useful for "
#| "dragging files and folders between locations. The option of \\emph{tabs} "
#| "is also available in \\application{Nautilus}, as well as the use of "
#| "{panes}.\\marginnote{When dragging items between \\application{Nautilus} "
#| "windows, tabs or panes, a small symbol will appear over the mouse cursor "
#| "to let you know which action will be performed when you release the mouse "
#| "button. A plus sign (+) indicates you are about to copy the item, whereas "
#| "a small arrow means the item will be moved. The default action will "
#| "depend on the locations you are using.} When browsing a folder in "
#| "\\application{Nautilus}, to open a second window select \\menu{New "
#| "Window} from the \\menu{File} menu. This will open a new window, allowing "
#| "you to drag files and folders between two locations. To open a new tab, "
#| "click \\menu{File \\then New Tab}. A new row will appear above the space "
#| "used for browsing your files containing two tabs\\dash both will display "
#| "the directory you were originally browsing. You can click these tabs to "
#| "switch between them, and click and drag files or folders between tabs the "
#| "same as you would between windows. You can also open a second pane in "
#| "Nautilus so you can see two locations at once without having to switch "
#| "between tabs or windows. To open a second pane, click \\menu{View \\then "
#| "Extra Pane}, or alternatively press \\keystroke{F3} on your keyboard. "
#| "Again, dragging files and folders between panes is a quick way to move or "
#| "copy items."
msgid ""
"Opening multiple \\application{Nautilus} windows can be useful for dragging "
"files and folders between locations. The option of \\emph{tabs} is also "
"available in \\application{Nautilus}, as well as the use of \\emph{panes}.  "
"\\marginnote{When dragging items between \\application{Nautilus} windows, "
"tabs or panes, a small symbol will appear over the mouse cursor to let you "
"know which action will be performed when you release the mouse button. A "
"plus sign (+) indicates you are about to copy the item, whereas a small "
"arrow means the item will be moved. The default action will depend on the "
"locations you are using.} When browsing a folder in \\application{Nautilus}, "
"to open a second window select \\menu{File \\then New Window} or press "
"\\keystroke{Ctrl+N}. This will open a new window, allowing you to drag files "
"and folders between two locations. To open a new tab, click \\menu{File "
"\\then New Tab} or press \\keystroke{Ctrl+T}. A new row will appear above "
"the space used for browsing your files containing two tabs\\dash both will "
"display the directory you were originally browsing. You can click these tabs "
"to switch between them, and click and drag files or folders between tabs the "
"same as you would between windows. You can also open a second pane in "
"Nautilus so you can see two locations at once without having to switch "
"between tabs or windows. To open a second pane, click \\menu{View \\then "
"Extra Pane}, or press \\keystroke{F3} on your keyboard. Again, dragging "
"files and folders between panes is a quick way to move or copy items."
msgstr ""
"Abrir varias xanelas de \\application{Nautilus} pode ser útil para arrastrar "
"ficheiros e cartafoles entre distintos lugares. Tamén ten a opción de usar "
"separadores, así como \\emph{paneis}.\\marginnote{Cando arrastra elementos "
"entre distintas xanelas, separadores ou paneis de \\application{Nautilus} "
"aparecerá un pequeno símbolo sobre o cursor do rato que lle permite saber a "
"acción que se levará a cabo cando solte o botón do rato. Un símbolo máis (+) "
"indica que vaise copiar o elemento e unha frecha pequena significa que o "
"elemento vaise mover. A acción predefinida dependerá do lugar que está "
"usando.} Cando navegue por un cartafol en \\application{Nautilus}, para "
"abrir unha segunda xanela seleccione \\menu{Nova xanela} desde o menú \\menu"
"{Ficheiro}. Isto abrirá unha nova xanela que lle permitirá arrastrar "
"ficheiros entre dous lugares. Para abrir un novo separador prema \\menu"
"{Ficheiro \\then Novo separador}. Aparecerá unha nova fila sobre o espazo "
"usado para navegar os seus ficheiros que conterá dous separadores\\dash "
"ámbolos dous mostrarán o cartafol que estaba navegando orixinalmente. Pode "
"abrir un segundo panel en Naautilus para ver dous lugares á vez sen ter que "
"cambiar entre separadores ou xanelas. Para abrir un segundo panel prema "
"\\menu{Ver \\then Panel adicional} ou de forma alternativa mostre \\keystroke"
"{F3} no seu teclado. Arrastrar ficheiros e cartafoles entre paneis é unha "
"forma rápida de mover ou copiar ficheiros."

#. type: section{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :263
msgid "Searching for files on your computer"
msgstr "Buscando ficheiros no seu sistema"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :268
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Earlier, we mentioned that you can search for files on the computer by "
#| "using the \\menu{Search for Files} feature on the \\menu{Places} menu in "
#| "the top panel.  You can also use the \\application{Nautilus} browser to "
#| "search for files, as explained above."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Search for files quickly by pressing \\keystroke{Ctrl+F} in "
"\\application{Nautilus} and then typing what you want to find.} Earlier, we "
"mentioned that you can search for files on the computer by using the \\menu"
"{Search for Files} feature on the \\menu{Places} menu in the top panel.  You "
"can also use the \\application{Nautilus} browser to search for files, as "
"explained above."
msgstr ""
"Anteriormente mencionamos que pode buscar ficheiros no seu computador usando "
"a característica \\menu{Buscar ficheiros} no menú \\menu{Lugares} no panel "
"superior. Tamén pode usar o explorador \\application{Nautilus} para buscar "
"ficheiros como se explicou arriba."

#. type: section{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :273
msgid "Customizing your desktop"
msgstr "Personalizando o seu escritorio"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :273
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Now that you've been introduced to the \\acronym{GNOME} desktop "
#| "environment, let's take a look at customizing some of its features such "
#| "as modifying the behavior of your panels, or changing the look and feel "
#| "of your desktop."
msgid ""
"Now that you've been introduced to the \\acronym{GNOME} desktop environment, "
"let's take a look at customizing some of its features, such as modifying the "
"behavior of your panels, or changing the look and feel of your desktop."
msgstr ""
"Agora que foi introducido no contorno de escritorio \\acronym{GNOME} ollemos "
"como personalizar algunhas das súas características como modificar o "
"comportamento dos seus paneis ou cambiar a aparencia do seu escritorio."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :277
msgid "Panels"
msgstr "Paneis"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :277
msgid ""
"The panels (currently sitting at the top and bottom of your screen) can be "
"moved from their default positions to the sides of the screen, set to hide "
"from view when not in use, and can change color. To access these features, "
"right-click the panel you want to modify and select \\button{Properties} "
"from the pop-up menu. The \\button{General} tab has options to autohide, "
"position the panel, and change the panel size (width)."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :279
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Use the \\button{Orientation} drop-down box to select where you want the "
#| "panel to be located, and underneath this you can set the desired width "
#| "(in pixels). Note that the smallest width allowed is 20 pixels."
msgid ""
"Use the \\button{Orientation} drop-down box to select where you want the "
"panel to be located, and underneath this you can set the desired width (in "
"pixels)."
msgstr ""
"Use a lista despregábel \\button{Orientación} para seleccionar onde quere "
"poñer o panel, e baixo del pode seleccionar o ancho (en píxeles). Teña en "
"conta que ancho máis pequeno permitido é 20 píxeles."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :281
msgid ""
"By default, a panel covers the entire length of the desktop. To change that, "
"you can deselect the \\button{Expand} option. The panel will then shrink so "
"that it is just long enough to accommodate any applets or program launchers "
"that are currently sitting in it. Ticking the \\button{Autohide} button will "
"cause your panel to ``fold'' up into the edge of the screen when you are not "
"using it, and remain hidden until you move your mouse cursor back to that "
"screen edge."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "An alternative way of hiding the panel is to do so manually. Clicking on "
#| "\\button{Show hide buttons} will add a button to each side of the panel "
#| "that can be used to hide it from view. By default these buttons will "
#| "display directional arrows, however, you can select the \\button{Arrows "
#| "on hide buttons} option to remove the arrows and just have plain buttons. "
#| "Clicking one of these \\emph{hide buttons} on the panel will slide it "
#| "across the screen and out of view, leaving just the opposite hide button "
#| "in sight which you can click to bring it back.  \\marginnote{By default, "
#| "Ubuntu requires that you maintain at least one panel on the desktop. If "
#| "you prefer a Microsoft Windows feel, a panel at the bottom of the desktop "
#| "can be set to start programs as well as select between open windows. "
#| "Alternatively, if you prefer a Mac \\acronym{OS~X} look you can keep a "
#| "panel at the top and add an applications dock such as \\application"
#| "{Docky}, \\application{Avant Window Navigator} (\\acronym{AWN}), or "
#| "\\application{Cairo-Dock}. These are all available in the \\application"
#| "{Ubuntu Software Center}, which is discussed further in \\chaplink{ch:"
#| "software-management}.} The \\button{Background} tab in the Panel "
#| "Properties window allows you to change the appearance of the panel. By "
#| "default, this is set to \\button{None (use system theme)}, meaning that "
#| "your desktop theme will dictate the appearance of the panel (we will look "
#| "at how to change your desktop theme below). If you prefer, you can choose "
#| "your own panel color by selecting the \\button{Solid color} button, then "
#| "opening the color select window. You can also set the panel transparency "
#| "using the slider. Alternatively, you can click the \\button{Background "
#| "image} button if you have an image or pattern stored on your computer "
#| "that you would like to use as your panel background. Use the file "
#| "selector to locate the background image in your computer, then click "
#| "\\button{Open} to apply the change."
msgid ""
"An alternative way of hiding the panel is to do so manually. Clicking on "
"\\button{Show hide buttons} will add a button to each side of the panel that "
"can be used to hide it from view. By default these buttons will display "
"directional arrows; however, you can select the \\button{Arrows on hide "
"buttons} option to remove the arrows and just have plain buttons. Clicking "
"one of these \\emph{hide buttons} on the panel will slide it across the "
"screen and out of view, leaving just the opposite hide button in sight which "
"you can click to bring it back.  \\marginnote{By default, Ubuntu requires "
"that you maintain at least one panel on the desktop. If you prefer a "
"Microsoft Windows feel, a panel at the bottom of the desktop can be set to "
"start programs as well as select between open windows. Alternatively, if you "
"prefer a Mac \\acronym{OS~X} look you can keep a panel at the top and add an "
"applications dock such as \\application{Docky}, \\application{Avant Window "
"Navigator} (\\acronym{AWN}), or \\application{Cairo-Dock}. These are all "
"available in the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center}, which is discussed "
"further in \\chaplink{ch:software-management}.} The \\button{Background} tab "
"in the \\window{Panel Properties} window allows you to change the appearance "
"of the panel. By default, this is set to \\button{None (use system theme)}, "
"meaning that your desktop theme will dictate the appearance of the panel (we "
"will look at how to change your desktop theme below). If you prefer, you can "
"choose your own panel color by selecting the \\button{Solid color} button, "
"then opening the color select window. You can also set the panel "
"transparency using the slider. Alternatively, you can click the \\button"
"{Background image} button if you have an image or pattern stored on your "
"computer that you would like to use as your panel background. Use the file "
"selector to locate the background image in your computer, then click \\button"
"{Open} to apply the change."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{De forma predefinida, Ubuntu require que manteña cando menos un "
"panel no escritorio. Se prefire unha aparencia semellante a Microsft Windows "
"pode estabelecer un panel na parte inferior da pantalla para iniciar os "
"programas así como seleccionar entre as xanelas abertas. De forma "
"alternativa, se prefire unha aparencia semellante ao Mac \\acronym{OS~X} "
"pode manter un panel na parte superior da pantalla e engadir un dock como "
"\\application{Docky}, \\application{Avant Window Navigator}, (\\acronym"
"{AWN}) ou \\application{Cairo-Dock}. Todos eles dispoñíbeis desde o "
"\\application{Centro de software de Ubuntu} que se discutirá no \\chaplink"
"{ch:software-management}.}Unha forma alternativa de ocultar o panel é facelo "
"manualmente. Prema sobre \\button{Mostrar os botóns de ocultación} para "
"engadir un botón a cada lado do panel que pode usarse para ocultalo da súa "
"vista. De forma predefinida estes botóns mostrarán frechas que apuntan ao "
"bordos da pantalla, porén, pode seleccionar a opción \\button{Frechas nos "
"botóns de ocultación} para eliminar as frechas e só mostrar os botóns. Se "
"preme un destes \\button{botóns de ocultación} o panel desprazarase pola "
"pantalla e desaparecerá da vista, deixando só o botón de ocultación oposto "
"ao que premeu, o cal pode premer de novo para devolver o panel ao seu lugar "
"orixinal. O separador \\button{Fondo} da xanela Propiedades do panel "
"permítelle cambiar a aparencia do panel. De forma predefinida ten a "
"configuración \\button{Ningún (usar o tema do sistema)}, o que significa que "
"o seu tema do escritorio ditará a aparencia do panel (veremos máis adiante "
"como cambiar a aparencia do seu escritorio). Se o prefire pode seleccionar a "
"súa cor do panel seleccionando o botón \\button{Cor sólida} e logo "
"seleccionando unha na xanela de selección de cor. Tamén pode configurar o "
"panel para que sexa transparente usando o desprazador. De forma alternativa "
"pode premer sobre o botón \\button{Imaxe de fondo} se ten unha imaxe ou "
"patrón almacenado no seu computador que desexa usar para o fondo do seu "
"panel. Use o selector de ficheiros para localizar a imaxe de fondo do seu "
"computador e logo prema \\button{Abrir} para aplicar o cambio."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :288
msgid "Adding applets"
msgstr "Engadindo miniaplicativos"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :288
msgid ""
"Ubuntu provides a selection of applets that can be added to any panel. "
"Applets range from the informative to the fun, and can also provide quick "
"access to some tasks. To add an applet, right-click on a panel then select "
"\\button{Add to Panel\\ldots} from the popup menu. A window will appear with "
"a list of available applets, which can then be dragged to an empty space on "
"a panel. You may want to spend some time exploring the different ones "
"available\\dash they can easily be removed from your panel by right-clicking "
"on the applet and selecting \\button{Remove From Panel}."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :290
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Some applets will be locked and can't be moved. Right-click on "
"them and deselect the ``Lock to Panel'' check box.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :292
msgid ""
"To reposition an existing applet, right-click on it and select \\button"
"{Move}. Move your mouse cursor to the desired location (this can even be a "
"different panel) and the applet will follow, then left-click to drop it into "
"place."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :295
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\application{Add to Panel\\ldots} window can also be used to add "
#| "additional application launchers to your panel, similar to the "
#| "\\application{Firefox} launcher that sits to the right of the \\button"
#| "{System} menu. To add a new one, double-click on \\button{Application "
#| "Launcher\\ldots} near the top of the window. Here you can navigate "
#| "through your applications and drag them to your panel to create a new "
#| "launcher, just as you did to add an applet previously. Program launchers "
#| "can also be removed and repositioned through their right-click menu. "
#| "\\marginnote{You can also add program launchers to a panel by dragging "
#| "them directly from the \\menu{Applications} menu, in the left of the top "
#| "panel.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{You can also add program launchers to a panel by dragging them "
"directly from the \\menu{Applications} menu, in the left of the top panel.} "
"The \\window{Add to Panel\\ldots} window can also be used to add additional "
"application launchers to your panel, similar to the \\application{Firefox} "
"launcher that sits to the right of the \\button{System} menu. To add a new "
"one, double-click on \\button{Application Launcher\\ldots} near the top of "
"the window. Here you can navigate through your applications and drag them to "
"your panel to create a new launcher, just as you did to add an applet "
"previously. Program launchers can also be removed and repositioned through "
"their right-click menu."
msgstr ""
"A xanela \\application{Engadir ao panel\\ldots} tamén pode usarse para "
"engadir iniciadores de aplicativos ao seu panel, similares ao iniciador de "
"\\application{Firefox} que está á dereita do menú \\button{Sistema}. Para "
"engadir un novo, prema dúas veces sobre \\button{Iniciador de aplicativo"
"\\ldots} cerca da parte superior da xanela. Aquí poderá navegar a través dos "
"seus aplicativos e arrastralos ao seu panel para crear un novo iniciador, "
"xusto como fixo para engadir un miniaplicativo anteriormente. Os iniciadores "
"de programas tamén poden eliminarse e reposicionarse no menú premendo co "
"botón dereito do rato sobre el. \\marginnote{Tamén pode engadir iniciadores "
"ao panel arrastrándoos directamente desde o menú \\menu{Aplicativos}, á "
"dereita do panel superior.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :298
msgid "Workspaces"
msgstr "Espazos de traballo"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :298
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To modify your workspaces, right-click on the \\emph{workspace switcher} "
#| "applet (by default this is on the right side of the bottom panel, just to "
#| "the left of the Trash applet) and select \\button{Preferences}. In the "
#| "window that appears you can choose how many workspaces you want in total, "
#| "and whether these will be displayed on the panel in one or more rows. You "
#| "can also rename each workspace, and have the names displayed in the panel "
#| "applet. If you prefer, you can also choose to just have the workspace you "
#| "are currently using displayed in the panel. In this case you can still "
#| "change between workspaces by moving the mouse over the workspace "
#| "switcher, and scrolling the mouse wheel."
msgid ""
"To modify your workspaces, right-click on the \\emph{workspace switcher} "
"applet (by default this is on the right side of the bottom panel, just to "
"the left of the Trash applet) and select \\button{Preferences}. In the "
"window that appears you can choose how many workspaces you want in total, "
"and whether these will be displayed on the panel in one or more rows. You "
"can also rename each workspace, and have the names displayed in the panel "
"applet. If you prefer, you can also choose to just have the workspace you "
"are currently using displayed in the panel. In this case, you can still "
"change between workspaces by moving the mouse over the workspace switcher "
"and scrolling the mouse wheel."
msgstr ""
"Para modificar os seus espazos de traballo prema co botón dereito no "
"miniaplicativo de \\emph{selector de espazos de traballo} (de forma "
"predefinida está na parte dereita do panel inferior, xusto á esquerda do "
"miniaplicativo do Lixo) e seleccione \\button{Preferencias}. Na xanela que "
"aparece pode seleccionar cantos espazos de traballo queira en total e cantos "
"se mostran en unha ou máis filas. Tamén pode renomear cada espazo de "
"traballo e ter os nomes dos espazos no miniaplicativo do panel. Se o prefire "
"tamén pode seleccionar que se mostre só o espazo de traballo que se mostra "
"actualmente. Neste caso tamén poderá cambiar entre espazos de traballo "
"posicionando o rato sobre o selector de espazos de traballo e movendo a roda "
"do mesmo."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :304
msgid "Appearance"
msgstr "Aparencia"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To further modify the look and feel of your desktop such as the "
#| "background, fonts, and window theme, you can do so through \\application"
#| "{Appearance Preferences}. To access this, navigate to \\menu{System "
#| "\\then Preferences \\then Appearance} in the top panel."
msgid ""
"You can change the background, fonts, and window theme to further modify the "
"look and feel of your desktop. To begin, open the \\application{Appearance "
"Preferences} by navigating to \\menu{System\\then Preferences\\then "
"Appearances} in the top panel."
msgstr ""
"Para modificar máis a aparencia do seu escritorio como o fondo de pantalla "
"ou o tema das xanelas, pode facelo mediante \\application{Preferencias da "
"aparencia}. Para acceder a isto, vaia ao menú \\menu{Sistema \\then "
"Preferencias} no panel superior."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :309
msgid "Theme"
msgstr "Tema"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :309
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\window{Appearance Preferences} window will initially display the "
#| "\\button{Theme} tab when it opens. Here you can select a theme that will "
#| "control the appearance of your windows, buttons, scroll bars, panels, "
#| "icons, and other parts of the desktop. The theme called ``Ambiance'' is "
#| "enabled by default, however, you will see there are seven other default "
#| "themes to choose from in the list. Just click once on the theme you want "
#| "to try, and the changes will take effect immediately."
msgid ""
"The \\window{Appearance Preferences} window will initially display the "
"\\button{Theme} tab when it opens. Here you can select a theme that will "
"control the appearance of your windows, buttons, scroll bars, panels, icons, "
"and other parts of the desktop.  The ``Ambiance'' theme is used by default, "
"but there are seven other themes you can choose from. Just click once on the "
"theme you want to try, and the changes will take effect immediately."
msgstr ""
"A xanela \\window{Preferencias da aparencia} mostrará inicialmente o "
"separador \\button{Tema} cando se abra. Aquí pode seleccionar o tema que "
"controlará a aparencia das súas xanelas, botóns, barras de desprazamento, "
"paneis, iconas e outras partes do escritorio. O tema chamado ``Ambiance'' "
"está activado de forma predefinida, porén, verá que hai outros temas para "
"seleccionar desde a lista. Prema sobre o que queira probar e aplicaranse os "
"cambios inmediatamente."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :311
msgid ""
"You can download additional themes by clicking the ``Get More Themes "
"Online'' link at the bottom of this window. Your web browser will open and "
"take you to \\url{http://art.gnome.org/themes/}, where you can download new "
"themes from a large selection. Once you have downloaded a theme, locate the "
"file on your computer (using \\application{Nautilus}) and drag it across to "
"the Themes window. This will add it to your list of available themes, and a "
"window will appear asking whether you want to apply the changes immediately."
msgstr ""
"Pode descargar máis temas premendo na ligazón ``Obter máis temas en liña'' "
"na parte inferior da xanela. Abrirase o seu navegador na páxina \\url{http://"
"art.gnome.org/themes}, onde pode descargar novos temas desde unha gran "
"selección. Cando descargue un tema poña o ficheiro no seu computador (usando "
"\\application{Nautilus}) e arrástreo á xanela Temas. Isto engadirao aos seus "
"temas dispoñíbeis e aparecerá unha xanela que lle preguntará se quere "
"aplicalos cambios inmediatamente."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :313
msgid ""
"You can also customize any theme to your liking by selecting it then "
"clicking the \\button{Customize\\ldots} button underneath. Here you can mix "
"elements of different themes such as icons, mouse pointers, buttons, and "
"window borders to create your own unique look."
msgstr ""
"Vostede pode personalizar calquera tema que desexe seleccionandoo e logo "
"premendo no botón \\button{Personalizar\\ldots} debaixo. Aquí pode misturar "
"elementos de distintos temas como as iconas, os punteiros do rato, botóns e "
"bordos de xanela para crear a súa única vista."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :315
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{02-appearance-preferences.png}{ss:appearance-preferences}{You "
"can change the theme in the \\tab{Theme} tab of \\window{Appearance "
"Preferences}.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{02-appearance-preferences.png}{ss:appearance-preferences}"
"{Vostede pode cambiar o tema no separador\\tab{Tema} das \\window"
"{Preferenzas da aparencia}.}"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :317
msgid "Desktop background"
msgstr "Fondo de escritorio"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :326
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{You can also change the background by right-clicking on the "
#| "desktop and selecting \\button{Change Desktop Background} from the pop-up "
#| "menu.} Click the \\button{Background} tab in the Appearance Preferences "
#| "window to change the desktop background. Here you will see Ubuntu's "
#| "default selection of backgrounds, however, if you have your own pictures "
#| "stored on your computer you can use these as well. To change the "
#| "background simply click the picture you would like to use from the list "
#| "in front of you. To use your own, click the \\button{Add\\ldots} button, "
#| "and navigate to the image you want. Double-click it, and the change will "
#| "take effect immediately. This image will also then be added to your list "
#| "of available backgrounds."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{You can also change the background by right-clicking on the "
"desktop and selecting \\button{Change Desktop Background} from the pop-up "
"menu.} Click the \\button{Background} tab in the Appearance Preferences "
"window to change the desktop background. Here you will see Ubuntu's default "
"selection of backgrounds. To change the background simply click the picture "
"you would like to use. You're not limited to this selection though. To use "
"one of your own pictures, click the \\button{Add\\ldots} button, and "
"navigate to the image you want. Double-click it, and the change will take "
"effect immediately.  This image will also then be added to your list of "
"available backgrounds."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Tamén pode cambiar o fondo de escritorio premendo co botón "
"dereito do rato sobre o escritorio e seleccionando \\button{Cambiar o fondo "
"do escritorio} desde o menú emerxente.} Prema sobre o separador \\button"
"{Fondo} na xanela de Preferencias da aparencia para cambiar o fondo de "
"escritorio. Aquí poderá ver a selección de fondos de escritorio predefinida "
"de Ubuntu, porén, se quere almacena as súas propias fotos no seu computador "
"pode usalas tamén. Para cambiar un fondo de escritorio só prema sobre a "
"imaxe que queira usar desde a lista. Para usar a súa propia prema no botón "
"\\button{Engadir\\ldots} e navegue até a imaxe que queira. Prema dúas veces "
"sobre ela e o cambio aplicarase automaticamente. Esta imaxe tamén se "
"engadirá á súa lista de fondos de escritorio dispoñíbeis."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :329
msgid ""
"If you are after a larger selection of desktop backgrounds, click the ``Get "
"More Backgrounds Online'' link at the bottom of the Appearance Preferences "
"window.  This link will open your web browser, and direct you to the \\url"
"{http://art.gnome.org/backgrounds} website."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :332
msgid "Fonts"
msgstr "Tipos de letra"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :332
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can also change the fonts used throughout your desktop through the "
#| "Appearance Preferences window by clicking on the \\button{Fonts} tab. You "
#| "can individually set the font style and size for applications, documents, "
#| "desktop items, window titles, and for anything using fixed width fonts. "
#| "The Rendering section at the bottom of the Fonts window gives you four "
#| "options for changing the way that fonts are drawn on your screen. "
#| "Changing these may improve the appearance of text on different types of "
#| "monitors."
msgid ""
"You can also change the fonts used throughout your desktop through the "
"Appearance Preferences window by clicking on the \\button{Fonts} tab. You "
"can individually set the font style and size for applications, documents, "
"desktop items, window titles, and for anything using fixed width fonts. The "
"Rendering section at the bottom of the Fonts tab gives you four options for "
"changing the way that fonts are drawn on your screen. Changing these may "
"improve the appearance of text on different types of monitors."
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode cambiar os tipos de letra usados no seu escritorio mediante a "
"xanela Preferencias da aparencia premento no separador \\button{Tipos de "
"letra}. Vostede pode estabelecer o estilo e tamaño de tipo de letra para os "
"aplicativos, elementos do escritorio, títulos de xanela e para calquera "
"elemento que use tipos de letra de ancho fixo. A sección Renderización na "
"parte inferior da xanela Fontes dalle catro opcións para cambiar a forma na "
"que os tipos de letra se debuxan na súa pantalla. Se cambia isto pode "
"mellorar a aparencia do texto en diferentes tipos de monitores."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :335
msgid "Screensaver"
msgstr "Protector de pantalla"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :335
msgid ""
"Ubuntu offers a selection of screensavers.  By default, a blank screen will "
"be displayed after a short period of inactivity. To select a different "
"screensaver, click on the \\menu{System} menu in the top panel, then \\menu"
"{Preferences \\then Screensaver}. This will open the \\window{Screensaver "
"Preferences} window, with the available screensavers listed on the left. "
"When you select a screensaver, you will see a mini-preview in the window, or "
"you can see how it will look on your full screen by clicking the \\button"
"{Preview} button. The left and right arrow buttons at the top allow you to "
"scroll through the different screensavers without leaving the full screen "
"preview. To return to the Screensaver Preferences window, click the \\button"
"{Leave Fullscreen} button at the top of the screen."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu conta cunha selección de protectores de pantalla. De forma "
"predefinida móstrase unha pantalla en negro despois de un pequeno período de "
"inactividade. Para seleccionar un protector de pantalla distinto prema sobre "
"o menú \\menu{Sistema} no panel superior, logo \\menu{Preferencias \\then "
"Protector de pantalla}. Isto abrirá a xanela \\window{Preferencias do "
"protector de pantalla} cos protectores de pantalla dispoñíbeis á esquerda. "
"Cando seleccione un protector de pantalla verá unha pequena vista previa na "
"xanela ou pode velo a pantalla completa premendo sobre o botón \\button"
"{Previsualización}. Os botóns de frecha á esquerda e á dereita na parte "
"superior permítenlle ver os diferentes protectores de pantalla sen deixar a "
"previsualización a pantalla completa. Para volver á xanela Preferencias do "
"protector de pantalla prema o botón \\button{Saír da pantalla completa} na "
"parte superior da pantalla."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :337
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Make sure that the \\button{Activate screensaver when computer is idle} "
#| "option is selected if you want to enable the screensaver. The slider can "
#| "be adjusted to set the idle time. If the screensaver starts after the "
#| "designated period of inactivity, you can resume working on your computer "
#| "by pressing any key or moving your mouse. For added security, you can "
#| "also select the \\button{Lock screen when screensaver is active} option. "
#| "In this case, Ubuntu will ask you for your login password when you return "
#| "to the computer."
msgid ""
"Make sure that the \\button{Activate screensaver when computer is idle} "
"option is selected if you want to enable the screensaver. The slider can be "
"adjusted to set the duration of inactivity before the screensaver appears. "
"Once it does, you can resume working on your computer by pressing any key or "
"by moving your mouse. For added security, you can also select the \\button"
"{Lock screen when screensaver is active} option. In this case, Ubuntu will "
"ask you for your login password when you return to the computer."
msgstr ""
"Asegúrese que a opción \\button{Activar o protector de pantalla cando o "
"computador estea inactivo} está seleccionada se quere activar o protector de "
"pantalla. Pode axustar a barra de desprazamento para estabelecer o tempo de "
"inactividade, teña en conta que pode activar de novo o seu computador "
"premendo calquera tecla ou movendo o rato. Por razóns de seguranza, tamén "
"pode seleccionar a opción \\button{Bloquear a pantalla cando o computador "
"está activo}. Neste caso, Ubuntu preguntaralle polo seu contrasinal de "
"inicio de sesión cando volva ao computador."

#. type: section{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :340
msgid "Accessibility"
msgstr "Accesibilidade"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :340
msgid ""
"Ubuntu has built-in tools that make using the computer easier for people "
"with certain physical limitations. You can find these tools by opening the "
"\\menu{System} menu, then selecting \\menu{Preferences \\then Assistive "
"Technologies}. You can adjust keyboard and mouse settings to suit your needs "
"through the \\window{Assistive Technologies Preferences} window by clicking "
"on the \\button{Keyboard Accessibility} or \\button{Mouse Accessibility} "
"buttons."
msgstr ""

#. \screenshotTODO{Screenshot of the Assistive Technologies window.}
#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :343
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{02-assistive-technologies.png}{ss:assistive-technologies}"
"{Assistive Technologies allows you to enable extra features to make it "
"easier to use your computer.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{02-assistive-technologies.png}{ss:assistive-technologies}{As "
"tecnoloxías de asistencia permítenlle activar características adicionais "
"para facer máis sinxelo o uso do seu computador.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :347
msgid "Other assistive technologies"
msgstr "Outras tecnoloxías de asistencia"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :347
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\application{Orca} is another useful tool for persons with visual "
#| "impairments, and comes pre-installed on Ubuntu. To run \\application"
#| "{Orca}, press \\keystroke{Alt+F2} and type \\userinput{orca} into the "
#| "command text field. Click \\button{Run} when you are done. Orca's voice "
#| "synthesizer will activate and assist you through the various options such "
#| "as voice type, voice language, Braille, and screen magnification. Once "
#| "you have finished selecting your settings, you will need to log out of "
#| "the computer (Orca will offer to do this for you). When you log back in, "
#| "the Orca settings you chose will automatically run every time you use "
#| "your computer."
msgid ""
"\\application{Orca} is another useful tool for persons with visual "
"impairments, and comes preinstalled on Ubuntu. To run \\application{Orca}, "
"press \\keystroke{Alt+F2} and type \\userinput{orca} into the command text "
"field. Then press Enter or click \\button{Run}. Orca's voice synthesizer "
"will activate and assist you through the various options such as voice type, "
"voice language, Braille, and screen magnification. Once you have finished "
"selecting your settings, you will need to log out of the computer (Orca will "
"offer to do this for you). When you log back in, the Orca settings you chose "
"will automatically run every time you use your computer."
msgstr ""
"\\application{Orca} é outra ferramenta útil para as persoas con "
"discapacidade visual e ven preinstalada en Ubuntu. Para iniciar \\application"
"{Orca}, prema \\keystroke{ALT+F2} e escriba \\userinput{orca} no campo de "
"texto de orde. Prema \\button{Executar} cando remate. O sintetizador de voz "
"de Orca activárase e asistiralle a través de varias opcións como o tipo de "
"voz, idioma da voz, Braille e magnificación do sistema. Cando remate de "
"seleccionar as súas preferencias terá que saír da sesión (Orca xa lle "
"ofrecerá esta opción). Cando volva iniciar a sesión, as preferencias de Orca "
"que seleccionou arrincarán automaticamente cada vez que use o seu computador."

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :349
msgid ""
"In addition to these options, selecting high-contrast themes and larger on-"
"screen fonts can further assist those with vision difficulties."
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :352
msgid "Managing your computer"
msgstr "ç"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :352
msgid ""
"When you have finished working on your computer, you can choose to log out, "
"suspend, restart, or shut down through the session menu on the far right "
"side of the top panel. You can also quickly access these options by pressing "
"the \\keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+Del} keys."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :356
msgid "Logging out"
msgstr "Saíndo da sesión"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :356
msgid ""
"Logging out will leave the computer running but return you to the login "
"screen. This is useful for switching users, such as when a different person "
"wishes to log in to their account, or if you are ever instructed to ``log "
"out and back in again.'' You should save your work before logging out."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :359
msgid "Suspend"
msgstr "Suspender"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :359
msgid ""
"To save energy, you can put your computer into suspend mode, which will save "
"its current condition and allow you to start more quickly while remaining on "
"but using very little energy. Suspending the computer spins down the hard "
"disk and saves your session to memory, so it is very quick to suspend and "
"resume from suspension."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :361
msgid "Hibernate"
msgstr "Hibernar"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :363
msgid ""
"Hibernate is similar to suspend, except that instead of saving your session "
"to memory, hibernate will save your session to the hard disk. This takes a "
"little longer, but with the added benefit that hibernation uses no power "
"while it is in a hibernated state."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :366
msgid "Rebooting"
msgstr "Reiniciando"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :366
msgid "To reboot your computer, select \\menu{Restart} from the session menu."
msgstr ""
"Para reiniciar o seu cmputador, seleccione \\menu{Reiniciar} desde o menú de "
"sesión."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :369
msgid "Shut down"
msgstr "Apagar"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :369
msgid ""
"To totally power down your computer, select \\menu{Shut Down} from the "
"session menu."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :374
msgid "Other options"
msgstr "Outras opcións"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :374
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "From the session menu, you can also select \\menu{Lock Screen} to require "
#| "a password before using the computer again \\dash this is useful if you "
#| "need to leave your computer for some duration. You can also use the "
#| "session menu to set up a guest session for a friend to try Ubuntu, or to "
#| "\\emph{switch users} to log into another user account without closing "
#| "your applications."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{You can lock your screen quickly by using the keyboard shortcut "
"\\keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+L}. Locking your screen is recommended if you move away "
"from your computer for a short amount of time.} From the session menu, you "
"can also select \\menu{Lock Screen} to require a password before using the "
"computer again \\dash this is useful if you need to leave your computer for "
"some duration. You can also use the session menu to set up a guest session "
"for a friend to try Ubuntu, or to \\emph{switch users} to log into another "
"user account without closing your applications."
msgstr ""
"Desde o menú de sesión pode seleccionar \\menu{Bloquear a pantalla} para "
"solicitar un contrasinal antes de usar o computador de novo \\dash isto é "
"útil se quere deixar o seu computador por un momento. Tamén pode usar o menú "
"de sesión para configurar unha sesión de convidado para un amigo que queira "
"probar Ubuntu, ou \\emph{cambiar a un usuario} para iniciar sesión coa conta "
"de usuario sen pechar os seus aplicativos."

#. type: section{#2}
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :376
msgid "Getting help"
msgstr "Obtendo axuda"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :380
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Many programs have their own help which can be accessed by "
"clicking the \\menu{Help} menu within the application window.} Ubuntu, just "
"like other operating systems, has a built-in help reference, called the "
"\\application{Ubuntu Help Center}. To access it, click on the help icon in "
"the top panel. You can also access it by clicking \\menu{Help and Support} "
"in the \\menu{System} menu."
msgstr ""

#. \screenshotTODO{Help and support icon}
#. \screenshot{02-help-icon.png}{ss:help-icon}{Clicking the blue help icon in the top panel (just to the right of the \menu{System} menu and the \application{Firefox} icon) will open Ubuntu's built-in system help.}
#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :384
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{02-help-icon.png}{ss:help-icon}{Clicking the blue help icon in "
"the top panel (just to the right of the \\menu{System} menu and the "
"\\application{Firefox} icon) will open Ubuntu's built-in system help.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{02-help-icon.png}{ss:help-icon}{Premendo na icona azul de axuda "
"no panel superior (xusto á dereita do menú \\menu{Sistema} e a icona de "
"\\application{Firefox}) abrirá a axuda interna de Ubuntu.}"

#. \screenshotTODO{Ubuntu Help Center main window}
#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :387
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\screenshot{02-help-center.png}{ss:help-center}{The built-in system help "
#| "provides topic based help for Ubuntu.}"
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{02-help-center.png}{ss:help-center}{The built-in system help "
"provides topic-based help for Ubuntu.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{02-help-center.png}{ss:help-center}{A axuda interna do sistema "
"fornece axuda baseada en temas para Ubuntu.}"

#. type: document
#: around-desktop/around-desktop.tex :389
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you can't find an answer to your question in this manual or in the "
#| "\\application{Ubuntu Help Center}, you can contact the Ubuntu community "
#| "through the Ubuntu Forums (\\url{http://ubuntuforums.org}). Many Ubuntu "
#| "users open an account on the forums to receive help, and in turn provide "
#| "support to others as they gain more knowledge. Another useful resource is "
#| "the Ubuntu Wiki (\\url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com}), a website maintained by "
#| "the Ubuntu community."
msgid ""
"If you can't find an answer to your question in this manual or in the "
"\\application{Ubuntu Help Center}, you can contact the Ubuntu community "
"through the Ubuntu Forums (\\url{http://ubuntuforums.org}). \\marginnote{We "
"encourage you to check any information you find on other websites with "
"multiple sources when possible, but only follow directions if you understand "
"them completely.} Many Ubuntu users open an account on the forums to receive "
"help, and in turn provide support to others as they gain more knowledge. "
"Another useful resource is the Ubuntu Wiki (\\url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com}), "
"a website maintained by the Ubuntu community."
msgstr ""
"Se non pode encontrar unha resposta á súa pregunta neste manual ou no "
"\\application{Centro de axuda de Ubuntu}, pode contactar coa comunidade de "
"Ubuntu mediante os Foros de Ubuntu (\\url{http://ubuntuforums.org}). Moitos "
"usuarios de Ubuntu abren unha conta nos foros para recibir axuda, e tamén "
"ofrecen asistencia a outros cando adquiren máis coñecemento. Outro recurso "
"útil é o Wiki de Ubuntu (\\url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com}), un sitio web "
"mantido pola comunidade de Ubuntu."

#. type: chapter{#2}
#: default-apps/default-apps.tex :5
msgid "Working with Ubuntu"
msgstr "Traballando con Ubuntu"

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :2
msgid "Getting online"
msgstr "Como conectarse a Internet"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :4
msgid ""
"If you are in a location with Internet access, you will want to make sure "
"you are connected in order to get the most out of your Ubuntu operating "
"system. This section of the manual will help you check your connection and "
"configure it where necessary. Ubuntu can connect to the Internet using a "
"wired, wireless, or dialup connection. It also supports some more advanced "
"connection methods, which we will briefly discuss at the end of this section."
msgstr ""
"Se está nun lugar con acceso a Internet asegúrese que está conectado para "
"obter o mellor do seu sistema operativo Ubuntu. Esta sección do manual "
"axudaralle a comprobar a súa conexión e configurala se fora necesario. "
"Ubuntu pode conectarse a internet usando unha conexión con fíos, sen fíos ou "
"de marcado telefónico. Tamén admite algúns métodos de conexión avanzados que "
"serán discutidos brevemente ao final desta sección."

#. type: comment
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :9
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This margin note is confusing to me - are you saying that to connect to a "
#| "network (ie access files from my home computer with my laptop) I do the "
#| "same thing as connecting to the internet? This is not the case and will "
#| "probably confuse people so have removed it for now.  \\marginnote{In this "
#| "guide we will limit our discussion to connecting to the Internet, "
#| "however, connecting to a home or office network is usually performed in a "
#| "similar manner.}"
msgid ""
"This margin note is confusing to me - are you saying that to connect to a "
"network (\\ie, access files from my home computer with my laptop) I do the "
"same thing as connecting to the Internet? This is not the case and will "
"probably confuse people so have removed it for now.  \\marginnote{In this "
"guide we will limit our discussion to connecting to the Internet. However, "
"connecting to a home or office network is usually performed in a similar "
"manner.}"
msgstr ""
"Esta nota marxinal resúltame confusa - está a dicir que para conectar a unha "
"rede (ie. acceder a ficheiros desde o computador da miña casa co meu "
"portátil ) se fai o mesmo que para conectar á Internet? Non é o caso e "
"probablemente confundirá a xente así que de momento se sacou isto.  "
"\\marginnote{Nesta guía limitaremos a nosa discusión para conectar á "
"Internet, no entanto, conectar a unha  rede de casa ou rede de oficina faise "
"habitualmente de modo moi semellante.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :14
msgid ""
"\\gltodo{``wired connection,'' ``router,'' ``Ethernet port,'' ``wireless "
"connection,'' ``dialup connection''} A \\gls{wired connection} refers to "
"when your computer is physically connected to a \\gls{router} or an \\gls"
"{Ethernet port} with a cable. This is the most common connection for desktop "
"computers."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :16
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A \\gls{wireless connection} is when your computer is connected to the "
#| "Internet via a wireless radio network, also known as Wi-Fi. Laptop "
#| "computers commonly use Wi-Fi due to their portability, making it easy to "
#| "access the Internet from different rooms in the house or when traveling. "
#| "In order to connect to wireless connection, you must have a working "
#| "wireless network. You will usually need to purchase and install a \\emph"
#| "{wireless router} or \\emph{access point}, although some locations will "
#| "already have a wireless network established."
msgid ""
"A \\gls{wireless connection} is when your computer is connected to the "
"Internet via a wireless radio network, also known as Wi-Fi. Laptop computers "
"commonly use Wi-Fi due to portability, making it easy to access the Internet "
"from different rooms in the house or when traveling."
msgstr ""
"Unha \\gls{wireless connection} é cando o seu computador está conectado á "
"Internet mediante unha rede sen fíos, tamén coñecida como WiFi. Os "
"computadores portátiles normalmente usan a WiFi debido á súa portabilidade, "
"facendo sinxelo o acceso a Internet desde distintas habitacións da súa casa "
"ou cando viaxa. Para conectarse a unha rede sen fíos debe ter unha rede sen "
"fíos funcionando. Necesitará comprar e instalar un \\emph{router sen fíos} "
"ou un \\emph{punto de acceso} aínda que nalgúns lugares xa teñen unha rede "
"sen fíos estabelecida."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :18
msgid ""
"In order to connect wirelessly, you must be in a location with a working "
"wireless network. To have your own, you will need to purchase and install a "
"\\emph{wireless router} or \\emph{access point}. Some locations may already "
"have a publicly accessible wireless network available."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :21
msgid ""
"A \\gls{dialup connection} is when your computer uses a \\emph{modem} to "
"connect to an Internet service provider through your telephone line."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :23
msgid "NetworkManager"
msgstr "NetworkManager"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :29
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In order to connect to the Internet in Ubuntu, you need to use the "
#| "\\application{NetworkManager} utility. NetworkManager allows you to turn "
#| "all networking on or off, and helps you manage your wired, wireless, and "
#| "other connections."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{If you are unsure whether your computer has a wireless card, "
"check with your manufacturer.} In order to connect to the Internet in "
"Ubuntu, you need to use the \\application{NetworkManager} utility. "
"NetworkManager allows you to turn all networking on or off, and helps you "
"manage your wired, wireless, and other connections."
msgstr ""
"Para conectarse a Internet con Ubuntu vostede debe usar a utilidade "
"\\application{NetworkManager}. O NetworkManager permítelle activar ou "
"desactivar toda a súa rede e axúdalle a xestionar as súas conexións con "
"fíos, sen fíos e outras."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :34
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-wired-network.png}{ss:wired-network-icon}{NetworkManager "
"will display this icon in the top panel when you are connected to a wired "
"network.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-wired-network.png}{ss:wired-network-icon}{NetworkManager "
"mostrará esta icona no panel superior cando se conecte a unha rede con fíos.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :36
msgid ""
"You can access all the functions of NetworkManager using its icon in the top "
"panel. This icon may look different depending on whether you currently have "
"a working connection, and whether the connection is wired or wireless. If "
"you are unsure, try hovering your mouse over the icon until a short "
"description appears near the cursor. This will read ``Wired network "
"connection `Auto eth$0$' active'' (for example) if you have a working wired "
"connection, or otherwise something else related to networking or connections "
"such as ``No connection'' or ``Networking disabled.''"
msgstr ""
"Pode acceder a todas as funcións do NetworkManager usando a súa icona no "
"panel superior. Esta icona pode cambiar dependendo se ten unha conexión "
"funcionando, e se a conexión é con fíos ou sen fíos. Se non está seguro "
"probe pasando o rato sobre a icona até que apareza unha descrición curta "
"cerca do cursor. Poderá ler, por exemplo, ``A conexión de rede con fíos "
"``Auto eth0 está activa'' se ten unha conexión con fíos funcionando, ou algo "
"relacionado á rede ou conexións como ``Sen conexión'' ou ``Rede desactivada''"

#. \screenshotTODO{NetworkManager with the menu open showing auto eth$0$}
#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :39
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-autoeth.png}{ss:network-manager-menu}{Here you can see the "
"currently active ``auto eth$0$'' connection listed in the NetworkManager "
"menu.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-autoeth.png}{ss:network-manager-menu}{Aquí pode ver a "
"conexión actualmente activa ``auto eth$0$''  listada no menú do "
"NetworkManager.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :41
msgid ""
"Clicking this icon will bring up a list of network connections that are "
"available to you. If you are currently connected to the Internet, the name "
"of this connection will be highlighted in bold."
msgstr ""
"Premendo sobre esta icona móstrase unha lista das conexións de rede que "
"están dispoñíbeis. Se xa está conectado á Internet o nome desta conexión "
"resaltarase en letra grosa."

#. \screenshotTODO{NetworkManager with the right-click menu open, showing
#. Enable Networking checked}
#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :46
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\screenshot{03-enable-networking.png}{ss:networking-right-click}{This is "
#| "the menu when you right click the networking icon.}"
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-enable-networking.png}{ss:networking-right-click}{This is "
"the menu when you right-click the networking icon.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-enable-networking.png}{ss:networking-right-click}{Este é o "
"menú cando preme co botón dereito sobre a icona de rede.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :49
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can also right-click on the NetworkManager icon. This will open a "
#| "menu allowing you to enable or disable networking, view technical details "
#| "about your current connection, or edit all connection settings. In the "
#| "image above, the check box next to ``Enable Networking'' is currently "
#| "selected; you can deselect it to disable all network connections. This "
#| "may be useful if you need to shut off all wireless communication, such as "
#| "when in an airplane."
msgid ""
"You can also right-click on the \\application{NetworkManager} icon. This "
"will open a menu allowing you to enable or disable networking, view "
"technical details about your current connection, or edit all connection "
"settings. In the image above, the check box next to ``Enable Networking'' is "
"currently selected; you can deselect it to disable all network connections. "
"This may be useful if you need to shut off all wireless communication, such "
"as when in an airplane."
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode premer co botón dereito do rato sobre a icona do NetworkManager. "
"Isto abrirá un menú que lle permite activar ou desactivar a rede, ver "
"detalles técnicos sobre a súa conexión actual ou editar todas as "
"configuracións da conexión. Na imaxe de arriba a caixa de verificación "
"``Activar rede'' está seleccionada, pode deseleccionala para desactivar "
"todas as conexións de rede. Isto pode ser útil para apagar todas as "
"conexións sen fíos, como cando está nun avión."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :51
msgid "Establishing a wired connection"
msgstr "Estabelecendo unha conexión con fíos"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :53
msgid ""
"If you have an \\emph{Ethernet} cable running from a wall socket, a router, "
"or some other device, then you will want to set up a wired network "
"connection in Ubuntu."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\gltodo{``\\acronym{DHCP},'' ``\\acronym{ISP}''} In order to connect "
#| "with a wired connection, you need to know whether your network connection "
#| "supports \\gls{DHCP}. This stands for ``Dynamic Host Configuration "
#| "Protocol,'' and is a way for computers on your network to automatically "
#| "receive configuration information from your Internet service provider "
#| "(\\gls{ISP}). This is usually the quickest and easiest way of "
#| "establishing a connection between your computer and your \\acronym{ISP} "
#| "in order to access the Internet, although some \\acronym{ISP}s may "
#| "provide what is called a \\emph{static address} instead. If you are "
#| "unsure whether your \\acronym{ISP} supports \\acronym{DHCP}, you may wish "
#| "to contact their customer service line to check. They will also be able "
#| "to provide you with information on your static address if one has been "
#| "allocated to you (in many cases \\acronym{ISP}s only allocate static "
#| "addresses to customers upon request)."
msgid ""
"\\gltodo{``\\acronym{DHCP},'' ``\\acronym{ISP}''} \\marginnote{Are you "
"already online? If the NetworkManager icon in the top panel shows a "
"connection, then you may have successfully connected during the installation "
"process. If so, you do not need to follow the rest of this section.} In "
"order to connect with a wired connection, you need to know whether your "
"network connection supports \\gls{DHCP}. This stands for ``Dynamic Host "
"Configuration Protocol,'' and is a way for computers on your network to "
"automatically receive configuration information from your Internet service "
"provider (\\gls{ISP}). This is usually the quickest and easiest way of "
"establishing a connection between your computer and your \\acronym{ISP} in "
"order to access the Internet, although some \\acronym{ISP}s may provide what "
"is called a \\emph{static address} instead. If you are unsure whether your "
"\\acronym{ISP} supports \\acronym{DHCP}, you may wish to contact their "
"customer service line to check. They will also be able to provide you with "
"information on your static address if one has been allocated to you (in many "
"cases \\acronym{ISP}s only allocate static addresses to customers upon "
"request)."
msgstr ""
"\\gltodo{``\\acronym{DHCP},'' ``\\acronym{ISP}''} Para conectarse a unha "
"rede con fíos necesita saber se a súa conexión de rede admite \\gls{DHCP}. "
"Isto é un acrónimo de ``Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol,'' é unha forma "
"de que os computadores reciban a configuración automaticamente desde un "
"fornecedor de servizos na Internet (\\gls{ISP}). Esta, normalmente, é forma "
"máis rápida e máis doada de estabelecer unha conexión entre o computador e o "
"seu \\acronym{ISP} para acceder á Internet, aínda que algúns \\acronym{ISP} "
"poden ofrecer o chamado \\emph{enderezo estático}. Se non está seguro se o "
"seu \\acronym{ISP} admite \\acronym{DHCP} debería contactar co servizo de "
"atención ao usuario para comprobalo. Tamén poden darlle información sobre o "
"seu enderezo estático se é ten un asignado para vostede (nalgúns casos os "
"\\acronym{ISP} só asignan enderezos estáticos cando o cliente o solicita."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :60
msgid "Automatic connections with DHCP"
msgstr "Conexións automáticas con DHCP"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If your network supports \\acronym{DHCP}, you may already be set up for "
#| "online access. To check this, click on the NetworkManager icon. There "
#| "should be a ``Wired Network'' heading in the menu that is displayed. If "
#| "``Auto eth$0$'' appears directly underneath, then your computer is "
#| "currently connected and probably already set up correctly for \\acronym"
#| "{DHCP}. If ``disconnected'' appears in gray underneath the wired network "
#| "section, look below to see if an option labeled ``Auto eth$0$'' appears "
#| "in the list. If so, click on it to attempt to establish a wireless "
#| "connection."
msgid ""
"If your network supports \\acronym{DHCP}, you may already be set up for "
"online access. To check this, click on the NetworkManager icon. There should "
"be a ``Wired Network'' heading in the menu that is displayed. If ``Auto eth$0"
"$'' appears directly underneath, then your computer is currently connected "
"and probably already set up correctly for \\acronym{DHCP}. If "
"``disconnected'' appears in gray underneath the wired network section, look "
"below to see if an option labeled ``Auto eth$0$'' appears in the list. If "
"so, click on it to attempt to establish a wired connection."
msgstr ""
"Se a súa rede admite \\acronym{DHCP} xa debería ter configurado o seu acceso "
"en liña. Para comprobalo prema na icona do NetworkManager. Debería ter a "
"cabeceira ``Rede con fíos'' no menú que se mostra. Se aparece ``Auto eth$0"
"$'' directamente baixo ela entón o computador xa está conectado e "
"probabelmente xa estea configurado con \\acronym{DHCP}. Se aparece "
"``desconectado'' en gris xusto debaixo da sección de rede con fíos olle máis "
"abaixo se aparece unha opción co nome ``Auto eth$0$'' na lista. Se é así, "
"prema sobre ela para tentar estabelecer a rede con fíos."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :64
msgid ""
"To check if you are online, right-click on the NetworkManager icon in the "
"top panel and select the \\menu{Connection Information} option."
msgstr ""
"Para comprobar se está conectado prema co botón dereito na icona do "
"NetworkManager no panel superior e seleccione a opción \\menu{Información da "
"conexión}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :68
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-connection-information.png}{ss:connection-information}{This "
"window displays your \\acronym{IP} address and other connection information.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-connection-information.png}{ss:connection-information}{Esta "
"xanela mostra o seu enderezo \\acronym{IP} e outra información da súa "
"conexión.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :71
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You should see a window showing details about your connection. If your "
#| "\\acronym{IP} address is displayed as 0.0.0.0 or starts with 169.254, "
#| "then your computer was not successfully provided with an address through "
#| "\\acronym{DHCP}. If it shows another address, it is most likely that your "
#| "connection was automatically configured correctly. To test out your "
#| "Internet connection, you may want to open the \\application{Firefox} web "
#| "browser to try loading a web page. More information on using Firefox can "
#| "be found later in this chapter."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{An Internet Protocol (\\acronym{IP}) address is a numerical "
"label assigned to devices on a computer network. It is the equivalent of "
"phone numbers for your house and allows your computer to be uniquely "
"identified so you can access the Internet and share files with others.} You "
"should see a window showing details about your connection. If your \\acronym"
"{IP} address is displayed as 0.0.0.0 or starts with 169.254, then your "
"computer was not successfully provided with an address through \\acronym"
"{DHCP}. If it shows another address, it is most likely that your connection "
"was automatically configured correctly. To test out your Internet "
"connection, you may want to open the \\application{Firefox} web browser to "
"try loading a web page. More information on using Firefox can be found later "
"in this chapter."
msgstr ""
"Debería ver unha xanela que lle mostra os detalles da súa conexión. Se o "
"enderezo \\acronym{IP} móstrase como 0.0.0.0 ou comeza por 169.254 entón o "
"seu computador non foi configurado correctamente mediante \\acronym{DHCP}. "
"Se mostra outro enderezo o máis seguro e que a súa conexión fora configurada "
"correctamente. Para comprobar a súa conexión a Internet debe abrir o "
"navegador web \\application{Firefox} para probar se carga unha páxina web. "
"Ten máis información sobre como usar Firefox máis adiante neste capítulo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{To access the \\window{Connection Information} window, you "
#| "will need to make sure that networking is enabled. Otherwise this option "
#| "will be gray and you will not be able to select it through the right-"
#| "click menu of the NetworkManager applet. To enable networking, right-"
#| "click on the NetworkManager applet and select \\button{Enable Networking} "
#| "from the popup menu.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{To access the \\window{Connection Information} window, you will "
"need to make sure that networking is enabled. Otherwise this option will be "
"gray and you will not be able to select it through the right-click menu of "
"the NetworkManager applet. To enable networking, right-click on the "
"NetworkManager applet and select \\button{Enable Networking} from the popup "
"menu.} If you are still not online after following these steps, you may need "
"to try setting up your Internet configuration manually, using a static "
"\\acronym{IP} address."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Para acceder á xanela \\window{Información de conexión} terá "
"que asegurarse que a súa rede está activada. No caso contrario esta opción "
"estará desactivada e non poderá seleccionala premendo co botón dereito no "
"miniaplicativo NetworkManager. Para activar a rede prema co botón dereito no "
"miniaplicativo NetworkManager e seleccione \\button{Activar rede} desde o "
"menú despregábel.}"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :76
msgid "Manual configuration with static addresses"
msgstr "Configuración manual con enderezos estáticos"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :78
msgid ""
"If your network does not support \\acronym{DHCP}, then you need to know a "
"few items of information before you can get online."
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "An {\\bfseries\\acronym{IP} address} is a unique address used for "
#| "identifying your computer on the Internet. When connecting through "
#| "\\acronym{DHCP} this is likely to change at times, however, if your "
#| "\\acronym{ISP} has provided you with a static address then it will not. "
#| "An \\acronym{IP} address is always given in the form of four numbers "
#| "separated by decimal points, for example, 192.168.0.2."
msgid ""
"An \\textbf{\\acronym{IP} address} is a unique address used for identifying "
"your computer on the Internet. When connecting through \\acronym{DHCP} this "
"is likely to change at times. However, if your \\acronym{ISP} has provided "
"you with a static address then it will not. An \\acronym{IP} address is "
"always given in the form of four numbers separated by decimal points, for "
"example, 192.168.0.2."
msgstr ""
"Un {\\bfseries enderezo \\acronym{IP}} é un enderezo único usado para "
"identificar o seu computador na Internet. Cando se contecta mediante "
"\\acronym{DHCP} pode cambiar varias veces, porén, se o seu \\acronym{ISP} "
"forneceulle un enderezo estático non o fará. Un enderezo \\acronym{IP} "
"sempre está formado por catro números separados por puntos, por exemplo, "
"192.168.0.2."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The {\\bfseries network mask} tells your computer how large the network "
#| "is that it belongs to. It takes the same form as an \\acronym{IP} "
#| "address, but is usually something like 255.255.255.0"
msgid ""
"The \\textbf{network mask} tells your computer how large the network is that "
"it belongs to. It takes the same form as an \\acronym{IP} address, but is "
"usually something like 255.255.255.0"
msgstr ""
"A {\\bfseries máscara de rede} dille ao seu computador o tamaño da rede á "
"que pertence. Ten a mesma forma que un enderezo \\acronym{IP} pero "
"normalmente é algo semellante a 255.255.255.0"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The {\\bfseries gateway} is the \\acronym{IP} address at your \\acronym"
#| "{ISP}'s end. It helps your computer connect or ``talk'' with their "
#| "network, which acts as a ``gateway'' between your computer and the "
#| "Internet."
msgid ""
"The \\textbf{gateway} is the \\acronym{IP} address at your \\acronym{ISP}'s "
"end. It helps your computer connect or ``talk'' with their network, which "
"acts as a ``gateway'' between your computer and the Internet."
msgstr ""
"A {\\bfseries pasarela} é o enderezo \\acronym{IP} do final do seu \\acronym"
"{ISP}. Axúdalle ao seu computador a conectarse ou ``falar'' coa súa rede, e "
"actúa como unha ``porta de enlace'' entre o seu computador e Internet."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :86
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "{\\bfseries\\acronym{DNS} servers} are one or more \\acronym{IP} "
#| "addresses of ``Domain Name System'' servers. These servers convert "
#| "standard web addresses (like \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com}) into \\acronym"
#| "{IP} addresses such as 91.189.94.156. This step allows your computer to "
#| "``find'' the correct web site when you type in the web address you wish "
#| "to visit. A minimum of one \\acronym{DNS} server is required, and any "
#| "additional ones are used in case the first one fails."
msgid ""
"\\textbf{\\acronym{DNS} servers} are one or more \\acronym{IP} addresses of "
"``Domain Name System'' servers. These servers convert standard web addresses "
"(like \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com}) into \\acronym{IP} addresses such as "
"91.189.94.156. This step allows your computer to ``find'' the correct web "
"site when you type in the web address you wish to visit. A minimum of one "
"\\acronym{DNS} server is required, up to a maximum of three. The additional "
"ones are used in case the first one fails."
msgstr ""
"Os {\\bfseries servidores\\acronym{DNS}} son un ou máis enderezos \\acronym"
"{IP} de servidores de ``Sistemas de nomes de dominios''. Estes servidores "
"converten enderezos web estándar (como \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com} en "
"enderezos \\acronym{IP} como enderezo 91.189.94.156. Este paso permite que o "
"computador poida ''encontrar`` o sitio web correcto cando escriba o enderezo "
"do sitio web que desexa visitar. Requírese un mínimo de un servidor \\acronym"
"{DNS} e os  adicionais son usados no caso de que o primeiro falle."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :91
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To manually configure a wired connection, right-click on the "
#| "NetworkManager icon and select \\menu{Edit Connections}. Make sure you "
#| "are looking at the \\button{Wired} tab inside the \\window{Network "
#| "Connections} window that is displayed."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{If you do not already have these settings, you will need to "
"consult your network administrator or \\acronym{ISP} customer support to "
"receive them.} To manually configure a wired connection, right-click on the "
"NetworkManager icon and select \\menu{Edit Connections}. Make sure you are "
"looking at the \\button{Wired} tab inside the \\window{Network Connections} "
"window that is displayed."
msgstr ""
"Para configurar manualmente unha rede con fíos prema co botón dereito sobre "
"a icona do NetworkManager e seleccione \\menu{Editar conexións}. Asegúrese "
"que está vendo o separador \\button{Con fíos} dentro da xanela \\window"
"{Conexións de rede} que se mostra."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :94
msgid ""
"The list may already have an entry such as ``Auto eth$0$,'' or a similar "
"name. If a connection is listed, select it and then click the \\button{Edit} "
"button. If no connection is listed, click the \\button{Add} button instead."
msgstr ""
"A lista debe ter xa unha entrada como ``Auto eth$0$'', ou un nome similar. "
"Se se mostra unha conexión selecciónea e logo prema sobre o botón \\button"
"{Editar}. Se non se mostra unha conexión prema o botón \\button{Engadir}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :96
msgid ""
"If you are adding a connection, you first need to provide a name for the "
"connection so you can distinguish it from any others that are added later. "
"In the ``Connection name'' field, choose a name such as ``Wired connection "
"1.''"
msgstr ""
"Se está engadindo unha conexión, primeiro debe fornecer un nome para a mesma "
"para que se poida distinguir das outras que serán engadidas máis tarde. No "
"campo e o nome ``Nome da conexión'' introduza un nome como ``Conexión con "
"fíos 1''."

#. \screenshotTODO{manual connection editing screen, on the IPv4 tab}
#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :99
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-editing-ipv4.png}{ss:connection-editing-window}{In this "
"window you can manually edit a connection.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-editing-ipv4.png}{ss:connection-editing-window}{Nesta xanela "
"pode editar manualmente unha conexión.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :101
msgid "To set up the connection:"
msgstr "Para configurar a conexión:"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :119
msgid ""
"Under the connection name, make sure that the \\checkbox{Connect "
"automatically} option is selected."
msgstr ""
"Baixo o nome da conexión, asegúrese que a opción \\checkbox{Conectar "
"automaticamente} está seleccionada."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :119
msgid "Switch to the \\button{\\acronym{IP}v4 Settings} tab."
msgstr "Cambie ao separador \\button{Configuración \\acronym{IP}v4}."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :119
msgid "Change the \\dropdown{Method} to ``Manual.''"
msgstr "Cambie o \\dropdown{Método} a ``Manual.''"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :119
msgid "Click on the \\button{Add} button next to the empty list of addresses."
msgstr ""
"Prema no botón \\button{Engadir} ao lado da lista baleira de enderezos."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :119
msgid ""
"Type in your \\acronym{IP} address in the field below the \\textbf{Address} "
"header."
msgstr ""
"Escriba o seu enderezo \\acronym{IP} no campo de embaixo do título \\textbf"
"{Enderezo}."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :119
msgid ""
"Click to the right of the \\acronym{IP} address, directly below the \\textbf"
"{Netmask} header, and type in your network mask. If you are unsure of your "
"network mask, ``255.255.255.0'' is the most common."
msgstr ""
"Prema á dereita do enderezo \\acronym{IP}, xusto debaixo do título \\textbf"
"{Máscara de rede} e escriba a máscara da súa rede. Se non está seguro cal é "
"a mascara da súa rede normalmente ``255.255.255.0'' é a máis común."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :119
msgid ""
"Click to the right of the network mask, directly below the \\textbf{Gateway} "
"header, and type in the address of your gateway."
msgstr ""
"Prema á dereita da máscara de rede directamente debaixo do título \\textbf"
"{Pasarela} e escriba o enderezo da súa pasarela."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :119
msgid ""
"In the \\textfield{\\acronym{DNS} servers} field below, type in the "
"addresses of your \\acronym{DNS} server. If your network has more than one "
"\\acronym{DNS} server, enter them all, separated by spaces or commas."
msgstr ""
"No campo \\textfield{Servidores \\acronym{DNS} de embaixo escriba os "
"enderezos dos seus servidores \\acronym{DNS}. Se a súa rede ten máis de un "
"servidor \\acronym{DNS} insíraos todos separados por vírgulas.}"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :119
msgid "Click \\button{Apply} to save your changes."
msgstr "Prema no botón \\button{Aplicar"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :122
msgid ""
"\\advanced{A \\acronym{MAC} address is a hardware address for your "
"computer's network card, and entering it is sometimes important when using a "
"cable modem connection or similar. If you know the \\acronym{MAC} address of "
"your network card, this can be entered in the appropriate text field in the "
"\\button{Wired} tab of the editing window.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :126
msgid ""
"When you have returned to the \\application{Network Connections} screen, "
"your newly-added connection should now be listed. Click \\button{Close} to "
"return to the desktop. If your connection is configured correctly, the "
"NetworkManager icon should have changed to show an active connection. To "
"test if your connection is properly set up, refer to the instructions above "
"for checking a \\acronym{DHCP} connection."
msgstr ""
"Cando volva á pantalla \\application{Conexións de rede} a súa rede engadida "
"recentemente debería mostrarse. Prema \\button{Pechar} para volver ao "
"escritorio. Se a súa conexión foi configurada correctamente a icona do "
"NetworkManager debería cambiar para mostrarlle unha conexión activa. Para "
"comprobar se a súa conexión está configurada correctamente siga as "
"instrucións de embaixo para verificar a  conexión \\acronym{DHCP}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :128
msgid "Wireless"
msgstr "Sen fíos"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :132
msgid ""
"If your computer is equipped with a wireless (Wi-Fi) card and you have a "
"wireless network nearby, you should be able to set up a wireless connection "
"in Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Se o seu computador está equipado con unha tarxeta inarámica (Wi-Fi) e ten "
"unha rede inarámica perto, debería poder conectarse á rede en Ubuntu."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :134
msgid "Connecting to a wireless network for the first time"
msgstr "Conectarse a unha rede sen fíos pola primeira vez"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :138
msgid ""
"If your computer has a wireless network card, you should be able to connect "
"to a wireless network. Most laptop and netbook computers have a wireless "
"network card."
msgstr ""
"Se o seu equipo ten unha tarxeta de rede inarámica, debe poder conectarse a "
"unha rede inarámica. A maioría dos equipos portátiles e miniportátiles teñen "
"unha tarxeta de rede inarámica."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :145
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ubuntu is usually able to detect any wireless networks that are available "
#| "within range of your wireless card. To see a list of wireless networks, "
#| "click on the NetworkManager icon. Under the ``Wireless Networks'' "
#| "heading, you should see a list of available wireless networks. Each "
#| "network will be shown with a name on the left, and a signal meter on the "
#| "right. A signal meter looks like a series of bars \\dash the more bars "
#| "that are filled in, the stronger the connection will be."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{To improve speed and reliability of your connection, try to "
"move closer to your router or access point.} Ubuntu is usually able to "
"detect any wireless networks that are available within range of your "
"wireless card. To see a list of wireless networks, click on the "
"NetworkManager icon. Under the ``Wireless Networks'' heading, you should see "
"a list of available wireless networks. Each network will be shown with a "
"name on the left, and a signal meter on the right. A signal meter looks like "
"a series of bars \\dash the more bars that are filled in, the stronger the "
"connection will be."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu pode detectar calquera rede sen fíos dispoñíbel nun rango á súa "
"tarxeta sen fíos. Para ver unha lista das redes sen fíos, prema a icona do "
"NetworkManager. Baixo a cabeceira ``Redes sen fíos'' debería ver unha lista "
"das redes sen fíos dispoñíbeis. Cada rede mostrarase co nome á esquerda e un "
"medidor de sinal á dereita. Un medidor de sinal seméllase a unha serie de "
"barras \\dash cantas máis barras rachéeas máis potencia terá a conexión."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :148
msgid ""
"A wireless network may be open to anyone to connect, or may be protected "
"with network security. A small padlock will be displayed next to the signal "
"meter of any wireless networks that are protected. You will need to know the "
"correct password in order to connect to these."
msgstr ""
"Unha rede sen fíos pode estar aberta para que calquera poida conectarse ou "
"pode estar protexida con unha seguranza de rede. Para as redes que teñen "
"protección mostrarase un pequeno cadeado ao lado do medidor de sinal."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :150
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To connect to a wireless network, select the desired network's name from "
#| "the list. This will be the name that was set up when the wireless router "
#| "or access point was installed. If you are in a workplace or a location "
#| "with a publicly accessible wireless network, the network name will "
#| "usually make it easy to identify."
msgid ""
"To connect to a wireless network, select the desired network's name from the "
"list. This will be the name that was used when the wireless router or access "
"point was installed. If you are in a workplace or a location with a publicly "
"accessible wireless network, the network name will usually make it easy to "
"identify."
msgstr ""
"Para conectarse a unha rede sen fíos seleccione o nome da rede desexada "
"desde a lista. Este é o nome que foi configurado cando o router wireless ou "
"punto de acceso foi instalado. Se vostede está no seu lugar de traballo ou "
"nun lugar con unha rede sen fíos accesíbel publicamente o nome de rede "
"normalmente fará sinxela a súa identificación."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :152
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If the network is unprotected (\\ie, the network signal meter does not "
#| "display a padlock), a connection should be established within a few "
#| "seconds. The NetworkManager icon in the top panel will animate as Ubuntu "
#| "attempts to establish a connection, and if it connects successfully will "
#| "then change to display signal meter. A notification message in the upper "
#| "right of your screen will also appear, informing you that a connection "
#| "was established."
msgid ""
"If the network is unprotected (\\ie, the network signal meter does not "
"display a padlock), a connection should be established within a few seconds. "
"The NetworkManager icon in the top panel will animate as Ubuntu attempts to "
"establish a connection. If it connects successfully the icon will change to "
"display a signal meter. A notification message in the upper right of your "
"screen will also appear, informing you that a connection was established."
msgstr ""
"Se a rede non está protexida (p. ex., o medidor de sinal non mostra un "
"cadeado) a conexion debería estabelecerse nuns poucos segundos. A icona do "
"NetworkManager no panel superior animarase para indicar que Ubuntu está "
"tentando estabelecer unha conexión, e se conecta con éxito cambiara para "
"mostrar o medidor de sinal. Tamén aparecerá unha mensaxe de notificación na "
"parte superior dereita da súa xanela que lle informará que a conexión foi "
"estabelecida."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :154
msgid ""
"If the network is secured, Ubuntu will display a window called ``Wireless "
"Network Authentication Required'' once it tries to connect. This means that "
"a password is required in order to connect."
msgstr ""
"Se a rede está protexida Ubuntu mostrará unha xanela chamada ``Requírese "
"autenticación de rede sen fíos'' cando tente conectarse a ela. Isto "
"significa que necesita un contrasinal para conectarse."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :156
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-wireless-authentication.png}{ss:wireless-authentication}"
"{Type in your wireless network passphrase.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-wireless-authentication.png}{ss:wireless-authentication}"
"{Escriba a súa frase de paso da súa rede inarámica.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :158
msgid ""
"If you know the password, enter it in the \\textfield{Password} field, and "
"then click \\button{Connect}. As you type your password, it will be obscured "
"to prevent others from seeing it. If you prefer, you can select the "
"\\checkbox{Show password} option to see the password as you type."
msgstr ""
"Se coñece o contrasinal, escríbao no campo \\textfield{Contrasinal} e "
"despois prema \\button{Conectar}. Mentres escribe, o contrasinal mostrarase "
"oculto para evitar que outros o poidan ver. Se o prefire, pode seleccionar a "
"opción \\checkbox{Mostrar o contrasinal} para ver o contrasinal mentres "
"escribe."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :162
msgid ""
"After you click the \\button{Connect} button, the NetworkManager icon in the "
"top panel will animate as it tries to connect to the network. If you have "
"entered the correct password, a connection will be established and the "
"NetworkManager icon will change to show signal meter bars. Again, Ubuntu "
"will display a pop up message in the upper right of your screen informing "
"you that a connection was established."
msgstr ""
"Logo de premer no botón \\button{Conectar} icona do NetworkManager no panel "
"superior animarase para indicar que está tentando conectarse á rede. Se "
"inseriu o contrasinal correcto estabelecerase a conexión e a icona do "
"NetworkManager cambiará para mostrar un medidor de sinal con barras. "
"Finalmente, Ubuntu mostrará unha mensaxe na parte superior dereita da súa "
"pantalla para informarlle de que se estabeleceu a conexión."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :168
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you entered the wireless network's password incorrectly, "
#| "NetworkManager will attempt to establish a connection then return to the "
#| "\\window{Wireless Network Authentication Required} window. You can "
#| "attempt to enter the correct password again, or click \\button{Cancel} to "
#| "abort your connection. If you do not know the password to the network you "
#| "have selected, you will need to get the password from the network "
#| "administrator."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Select the \\checkbox{Show Password} option to make sure you "
"haven't made a mistake when entering the password.} If you entered the "
"wireless network's password incorrectly, NetworkManager will attempt to "
"establish a connection then return to the \\window{Wireless Network "
"Authentication Required} window. You can attempt to enter the correct "
"password again, or click \\button{Cancel} to abort your connection. If you "
"do not know the password to the network you have selected, you will need to "
"get the password from the network administrator."
msgstr ""
"Se inseriu o contrasinal da rede sen fíos de forma incorrecta, o "
"NetworkManager tentará estabelecer a conexión e logo volverá á xanela "
"\\window{Requírese autenticación de rede sen fíos}. Pode tentar inserir o "
"contrasinal correcto de novo ou premer \\button{Cancelar} para abortar a "
"conexión. Se non sabe o contrasinal para a rede que seleccionou necesitará "
"consultarllo ao administrador da rede."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :170
msgid ""
"Once you have successfully established a wireless network connection, Ubuntu "
"will store these settings (including the network password) in order to make "
"it easier to connect to the same wireless network in future. You may also be "
"prompted to select a \\emph{keyring} password here. The keyring stores "
"network and other important passwords in the one place, so you can access "
"them all in future by just remembering your keyring password."
msgstr ""
"Cando se estabeleza unha conexión de rede sen fíos con éxito, Ubuntu "
"almacenará as configuracións (incluíndo o contrasinal da rede), isto fará "
"moito máis sinxelo conectarse á mesma rede no futuro. Pode ser que se lle "
"pregunte para seleccionar un contrasinal do  \\emph{anel de chaves}. O anel "
"de chaves almacena información sobre as redes e contrasinais importantes no "
"mesmo lugar, podo que pode acceder a todos eles no futuro con só lembrar o "
"seu contrasinal do anel de chaves."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :172
msgid "Connecting to a saved wireless network"
msgstr "Conectarse a unha rede sen fíos gravada"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :177
msgid ""
"If you have previously successfully established a wireless connection, that "
"connection's password will be saved on your computer. This will allow you to "
"connect to the same network without having to re-enter the password."
msgstr ""
"Se antes xa estableceu con éxito unha conexión sen fíos, o contrasinal desa "
"conexión estará gravada no computador. Isto permite conectarse coa mesma "
"rede sen ter que volver a introducir o contrasinal."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :181
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In addition, Ubuntu will automatically try to connect to a wireless "
#| "network within range if it has its settings saved. This will work for "
#| "both open and secured wireless network."
msgid ""
"In addition, Ubuntu will automatically try to connect to a wireless network "
"within range if it has its settings saved. This will work for both open and "
"secured wireless networks."
msgstr ""
"Ademáis, Ubuntu tentará conectarse automaticamente a unha rede inarámica no "
"seu rango se ten as configuracións gardadas. Isto funcionará tanto para "
"redes abertas como para as redes con seguridade."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you have multiple saved wireless networks in range, Ubuntu may choose "
#| "to connect to one of them, while you may prefer to connect to another.  "
#| "In this case, click on the NetworkManager icon. You should see a list of "
#| "wireless networks in range, along with their signal meters. Click on your "
#| "desired network."
msgid ""
"If you have many saved wireless networks that are in range, Ubuntu may "
"choose to connect to one of them, while you may prefer to connect to "
"another.  In this case, click on the NetworkManager icon. You should see a "
"list of wireless networks in range, along with their signal meters. Click on "
"your desired network."
msgstr ""
"Se ten varias redes inarámicas gardadas dispoñíbeis, Ubuntu pode elexir "
"conectarse a unha delas, mentres que o usuario pode preferir conectarse a "
"unha. Neste caso, prema na icona do xestor de rede. Debería visualizar unha "
"lista de redes inarámicas dispoñíbeis, xunto cos medidores de sinal. Prema "
"na rede desexada."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :191
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If the password and other settings have not changed, Ubuntu will connect "
#| "to the wireless network you chose. If the password did change, Ubuntu "
#| "will open the \\window{Wireless Network Authentication Required} window. "
#| "In this case, follow instructions in the previous section."
msgid ""
"If the password and other settings have not changed, Ubuntu will connect to "
"the wireless network you chose. If the password has change, Ubuntu will open "
"the \\window{Wireless Network Authentication Required} window. In this case, "
"follow instructions in the previous section."
msgstr ""
"Se o contrasinal ou outras configuracións non foron cambiados, Ubuntu "
"conectarase á rede sen fíos que seleccione. Se o contrasinal cambiou Ubuntu "
"abrirá a xanela de \\window{Requírese autenticación de rede sen fíos}. Neste "
"caso siga as instrucións da sección anterior."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :193
msgid "Connecting to a hidden wireless network"
msgstr "Conectarse a unha rede sen fíos acochada"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :199
msgid ""
"In some circumstances, you may need to connect to a hidden wireless "
"network.  These hidden networks do not broadcast their names, which means "
"that they will not show up in the list of wireless networks in the "
"NetworkManager menu.  In order to be able to connect to a hidden network, "
"you will need to get its name and security settings from your network "
"administrator."
msgstr ""
"En ocasións pode necesitar conectarse a unha rede sen fíos oculta. Estas "
"redes ocultas non difunden os seus nomes, o que significa que non se mostran "
"na lista de redes sen fíos no menú do NetworkManager. Para poder conectarse "
"a unha rede oculta debe preguntarlle o nome e as configuracións de seguranza "
"ao administrador da rede."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :201
msgid "To connect to a hidden network:"
msgstr "Para conectarse cunha rede acochada:"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :217
msgid "Click on the NetworkManager icon in the top panel."
msgstr "Prema na icona do NetworkManager no panel superior."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :217
msgid ""
"Choose the \\menu{Connect to Hidden Wireless Network} option.  Ubuntu should "
"open the \\window{Connect to Hidden Wireless Network} window."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione a opción \\menu{Conectarse a unha rede inarámica oculta}. Ubuntu "
"debería abrir a xanela \\window{Conectar a unha rede inarámica oculta}."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :217
msgid ""
"By default, the \\textfield{Connection} field should show ``New\\ldots'' "
"\\dash you can leave this unchanged."
msgstr ""
"De forma predefinida o campo \\textfield{Conexión} debería mostrar ``Nova"
"\\ldots'' \\dash vostede pode deixar isto sen cambios."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :217
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In the \\textfield{Network name} field, enter the name of the wireless "
#| "network. This name is also known as an \\emph{\\acronym{SSID}}. Please "
#| "enter the network name exactly as it was given to you."
msgid ""
"In the \\textfield{Network name} field, enter the name of the wireless "
"network. This name is also known as a \\emph{\\acronym{SSID}}. Please enter "
"the network name exactly as it was given to you."
msgstr ""
"No campo \\textfield{Nome da conexión} introduza o nome da rede sen fíos. "
"Este nome tamén se coñece como un \\emph{\\acronym{SSID}}. Insira o nome da "
"rede exactamente como se lle forneceu."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :217
msgid ""
"In the \\dropdown{Wireless security} field, select one of the options.  If "
"the network is open, leave this field as ``None.'' If you do not know the "
"correct setting for the network you will not be able to connect to the "
"hidden network."
msgstr ""
"No campo \\dropdown{Seguranza da rede} seleccione unha das opcións. Se a "
"rede está aberta deixe este campo en ``Ningunha''. Se non sabe a "
"configuración correcta para a rede non poderá conectarse á rede oculta."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :217
msgid "Click on the \\button{Connect} button."
msgstr "Prema no botón \\button{Conectar}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :221
msgid ""
"The rest of the process should work exactly as in the section on the initial "
"connection to wireless networks. Once set up according to the instructions "
"above, the hidden network should show up in the list of saved networks."
msgstr ""
"O resto do proceso debería funcionar exactamente como na sección sobre a "
"conexión inicial a redes sen fíos. Unha vez configurada segundo as "
"instrucións anteriores, a rede acochada debería aparecer na listaxe de redes "
"gravadas."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :223
msgid "Disabling and enabling your wireless network card"
msgstr "Desactivar e activar a placa de rede sen fíos"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :228
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Wireless access in Ubuntu is enabled by default if you have a wireless "
#| "network card in your computer. In certain cases, for example on "
#| "airplanes, you may need or be required to turn your wireless radio off."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Some computers may have a physical switch or button to turn off "
"Wi-Fi.} Wireless access in Ubuntu is enabled by default if you have a "
"wireless network card in your computer. In certain cases, for example on "
"airplanes, you may need or be required to turn your wireless radio off."
msgstr ""
"O acceso sen fíos en Ubuntu actívase por omisión se se ten unha placa de "
"rede sen fíos no computador. En certos casos, por exemplo, nos avións, pode "
"que se lle pida que desactive a radio sen fíos."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :232
msgid ""
"To do this, right-click on the NetworkManager icon, and deselect the \\menu"
"{Enable Wireless} option. Your wireless network will be turned off, and your "
"computer will no longer search for available wireless networks."
msgstr ""
"Para facer isto, prema co botón dereito na icona do Xestor de rede, e "
"deseleccione a opción \\menu{Activar rede sen fíos}. A súa rede inarámica "
"apagaráse, e o seu computador non poderá buscar redes inarámicas dispoñíbeis."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :238
msgid ""
"To turn wireless networking back on, right-click on the NetworkManager icon, "
"and click on the \\menu{Enable Wireless} option to re-select it.  Your "
"wireless network will be turned back on. Ubuntu will then search for nearby "
"wireless networks and will connect to any saved networks within range."
msgstr ""
"Para activar de novo a rede inarámica, prema co botón dereito na icona do "
"Xestor de ree e active a opción \\menu{Activar rede sen fíos}. A súa rede "
"inarámica activarase de novo. Logo Ubuntu buscará polas redes inarámicas "
"cercanas e conectarase a calqeura das redes gardadas no rango."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :240
msgid "Changing an existing wireless network"
msgstr "Modificar unha rede sen fíos existente"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :245
msgid ""
"At times, you may want to change the settings for a wireless connection that "
"you have previously saved. Its password may have changed, or your system "
"administrator asked you to change some networking or security settings."
msgstr ""
"En ocasións, pode querer cambiar a configuración dunha rede inarámica que "
"previamente gardou. O seu contrasinal puido modificarse, ou o seu "
"administrador de sistemas puido solicitarlle realizar cambios na "
"configuración da conexión de rede ou na seguridade."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :247
msgid "To edit a saved wireless network connection:"
msgstr "Para modificar unha conexión de rede sen fíos gravada:"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"Right-click on the NetworkManager icon and select \\menu{Edit Connections"
"\\ldots}"
msgstr ""
"Prema co botón dereito na icona do Xestor de rede e seleccione \\menu{Editar "
"conexións\\ldots}"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"A \\window{Network Connections} window should open. Click on the \\textbf"
"{Wireless} tab to see a list of saved wireless connections"
msgstr ""
"Debería abrirse unha xanela de \\window{Conexións de rede}. Prema no "
"separador \\textbf{Sen fíos} para ver unha lista de conexións de rede sen "
"fíos gardada."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"By default, this list shows connections in the order of most recently used "
"to least recently used. Find the connection you want to edit, click on it, "
"and then click \\button{Edit}."
msgstr ""
"De forma predefinida, esta lista mostra as conexións ordenadas desde as "
"usadas máis recentemente ás menos usadas. Encontre a conexión que desexa "
"editar, prema nela, e logo prema no botón \\button{Editar}."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"Ubuntu should open a window called \\window{Editing \\variable{connection "
"name}}, where \\variable{connection name} is the name of the connection you "
"are editing.  The window should display a number of tabs."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu debería abrir unha xanela chamada \\window{Editando \\variable{nome "
"da conexión}}, onde \\variable{nome da conexión} é o nome da conexión que "
"está editando. A xanela debería mostrar varios separadores."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"Above the tabs, you may change the \\textfield{Connection name} field if you "
"want to give the connection a more recognizable name"
msgstr ""
"Sobre os separadores, vostede pode cambiar o campo \\textfield{Nome da "
"conexión} se quere arlle á conexión un nome recoñecíbel."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"If the \\checkbox{Connect automatically} option is not selected, Ubuntu will "
"detect the wireless network but will not automatically connect to it without "
"you choosing it from the NetworkManager menu. Select or deselect this "
"setting as needed."
msgstr ""
"Se a opción\\checkbox{Conectar automaticamente} non está seleccionada, "
"Ubuntu detectará a rede sen fíos pero non se conectará automaticamente a ela "
"sen que a escolla no menú NetworkManager. Seleccione ou non esta "
"configuración como necesite."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"On the \\textbf{Wireless} tab of the \\window{Editing \\variable{connection "
"name}} window, you may need to edit the \\textfield{\\acronym{SSID}} field. "
"A \\acronym{SSID} is the wireless connection's network name \\dash if set "
"incorrectly, the network may not be detected and a connection may not be "
"made. Please make sure that the \\acronym{SSID} is set according to your "
"network administrator's instructions."
msgstr ""
"No separador \\textbf{Sen fíos} da xanela \\window{Edición \\variable{nome "
"da conexión}}, pode necesitar editar o campo \\textfield{\\acronym{SSID}} . "
"Un \\acronym{SSID} é o nome da conexión á rede sen fíos \\dash de se "
"configurar incorrectamente,  a rede pode non se detectar e non ser posíbel "
"conectar. Asegúrese de que o \\acronym{SSID} está configurado conforme as "
"instrucións que teña por parte do administrador da rede."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"Below the \\acronym{SSID}, you should see the \\textfield{Mode} field. The "
"``Infrastructure'' mode means that you would be connecting to a wireless "
"router or access point. This is the most common mode for wireless networks.  "
"The ``Ad-hoc'' mode is a computer-to-computer mode and is often only used in "
"advanced cases."
msgstr ""
"Debaixo de \\acronym{SSID} debería ver o campo \\textfield{Modo}. O modo de "
"``Infraestrutura'' significa que podería conectarse a un router ou punto de "
"acceso sen fíos. É o modo máis común para as redes sen fíos. O modo ``Ad-"
"hoc'' é un modo computador-a-computador e é normalmente usado en casos máis "
"avanzados."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"On the \\textbf{Wireless Security} tab of the \\window{Editing \\variable"
"{connection name}} window, you may need to change the \\textfield{Security} "
"field to the correct setting. A selection of \\menu{None} means that you are "
"using an open network with no security. Other selections may require "
"slightly different additional information:"
msgstr ""
"No separador \\textbf{Seguranza de rede sen fíos} na xanela \\window{Edición "
"\\variable{nome da conexión}} pode necesitar cambiar o campo \\textfield"
"{Seguranza} á configuración correcta. Se selecciona \\menu{Ningunha} "
"significa que está usando unha rede aberta e sen seguranza. As outras "
"seleccións poden requirir información adicional sustancialmente diferente:"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"\\textbf{\\acronym{WEP} 40/128-bit Key} is an older security setting still "
"in use by some wireless networks. If your network uses this security mode, "
"you will need to enter a key in the \\textfield{Key} field that should "
"appear after you select this mode."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Chave \\acronym{WEP} de 40/128-bit} é unha configuración de "
"seguranza moi antiga que aínda se usa en algunhas redes sen fíos. Se a súa "
"rede usa este modo de seguranza necesitará introducir unha chave no campo "
"\\textfield{Chave} que debe aparecer despois de seleccionar este modo."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"\\textbf{\\acronym{WEP} 128-bit Passphrase} is the same older security "
"setting as the entry above. However, instead of a key, your network "
"administrator should have provided you with a text passphrase \\dash a "
"password \\dash to connect to the network. Once you select this security "
"mode, you will need to enter your passphrase in the \\textfield{Key} field."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Frase de paso de 128 bits \\acronym{WEB}} é a mesma opción de "
"seguranza antiga que a anterior pero no lugar dunha chave o seu "
"administrador da rede debería fornecerlle un texto de frase de paso  \\dash "
"un contrasinal \\dash  para conectarse á rede. Cando seleccione este modo de "
"seguranza terá que inserir a súa frase de paso no campo \\textfield{Chave}."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"\\textbf{\\acronym{WPA} \\& \\acronym{WPA}2 Personal} is the most common "
"security mode for wireless network connections at home and at businesses. "
"Once you select this mode, you will need to enter a password in the "
"\\textfield{Password} field."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{\\acronym{WPA} e \\acronym{WPA}2 Persoal}  son os modos de "
"seguranza máis comúns para as conexións de rede sen fíos na casa e nos "
"negocios. Cando seleccione este modo necesitará inserir o contrasinal no "
"campo \\textfield{Contrasinal}."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"If your network administrator requires \\acronym{LEAP}, Dynamic \\acronym"
"{WEP}, or \\acronym{WPA} \\& \\acronym{WPA2} Enterprise security, you will "
"need to have the administrator help you set up those security modes."
msgstr ""
"Se o seu administrador de rede require seguridade \\acronym{LEAP}, \\acronym"
"{WEP} dinámico ou \\acronym{WPA} e \\acronym{WPA2} empresarial, necesitará a "
"axuda do administrador para configurar ditos modos de seguridade."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"On the \\textbf{\\acronym{IP}v4 Settings} tab, you may need to change the "
"\\textfield{Method} field from ``Automatic (\\acronym{DHCP})'' to "
"``Manual,'' or one of the other methods. For setting up manual settings "
"(also known as static addresses), please see the section above on manual set "
"up for wired network connections."
msgstr ""
"No separador \\textbf{Configuración \\acronym{IP}v4} podería necesitar "
"cambiar o campo \\textfield{Método} de ``Automático (\\acronym{DHCP})'' a "
"``Manual'' ou un dos seguintes métodos. Para configurar manualmente as "
"opcións (tamén coñecido como enderezos estáticos) vexa a sección de embaxio "
"sobre como configurar as conexións de rede con fíos."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"When you finish making changes to the connection, click \\button{Apply} to "
"save your changes and close the window. You can click \\button{Cancel} to "
"close the window without making changes."
msgstr ""
"Cando remate de facer os cambios na conexión, prema \\button{Aplicar} para "
"gardar os seus cambiso e pechar a xanela. Vostede pode premer \\button"
"{Cancelar} para pechar a xanela sen gardar os cambios."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :307
msgid ""
"Finally, click \\button{Close} on the \\window{Network Connections} window "
"to return to the desktop."
msgstr ""
"Finalmente, prema en \\button{Pechar} na xanela \\window{Conexións de rede} "
"para voltar ao escritorio."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :309
msgid ""
"After making changes, your new settings should go into effect immediately."
msgstr ""
"Despois de facer os cambios, as súas novas configuracións terán efecto "
"inmediatamente."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :311
msgid "Other connection methods"
msgstr "Outros métodos de conexión"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :313
msgid "There are other ways to get connected with Ubuntu."
msgstr "Hai outros modos de conectarse co Ubuntu"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :316
msgid ""
"With NetworkManager, you can also configure Mobile Broadband connections to "
"keep online through your cellular or other mobile data carrier."
msgstr ""
"Co NetworkManager, tamén pode configurar as conexións de banda larga móbil "
"para manterse en liña empregando o seu móbil ou de outro operador de datos "
"por telefonía."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :320
msgid ""
"You can also connect to \\acronym{DSL}s (Digital Subscriber Lines), which "
"are a method of Internet connection that uses your telephone lines and a ``"
"\\acronym{DSL} modem.''"
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode conectarse a \\acronym{DSL}s (Digital Subscriber Lines), que é un "
"método de conexión á Internet que usa a súa liña de teléfono e un ``modem "
"\\acronym{DSL}''."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :325
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "It's also possible to use NetworkManager to establish a \\acronym{VPN} "
#| "(Virtual Private Network)  connection. These are commonly used to create "
#| "secure connectivity to a workplace."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{A \\acronym{VPN} is a ``Virtual Private Network,'' and is "
"sometimes used to help secure connections. \\acronym{DSL}s are ``Digital "
"Subscriber Lines,'' a type of broadband connection.} It's also possible to "
"use NetworkManager to establish a \\acronym{VPN} (Virtual Private Network)  "
"connection. These are commonly used to create secure connectivity to a "
"workplace."
msgstr ""
"Tamén é posíbel usar NetworkManager para estabelecer unha conexión \\acronym"
"{VPN} (Rede privada virtual). É normalmente usada para crear unha conexión "
"segura co seu lugar de traballo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/gettingonline.tex :328
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ubuntu can also connect using mobile broadband, \\acronym{VPN}s, or "
#| "\\acronym{DSL}s, however, these methods are beyond the scope of this "
#| "guide."
msgid ""
"The instructions for making connections using mobile broadband, \\acronym"
"{VPN}s, or \\acronym{DSL}s, are beyond the scope of this guide."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu tamén pode conectarse usando a banda larga móbil, \\acronym{VPN}s ou "
"\\acronym{DSL}s, porén, estes métodos están máis aló do ámbito de esta guía."

#. type: comment
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :5
msgid ""
"Most core Firefox help content here is adapted from Firefox help "
"documentation, licensed under the CC-BY-SA 3.0 license."
msgstr ""
"A maioría dos contidos básicos da axuda son unha adaptación da documentación "
"da axuda de Firefox, rexistrados baixo a licenza CC-BY-SA 3.0."

#. type: comment
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :9 :18
msgid "The following people are listed for attribution at the time of copy:"
msgstr "A seguinte xente está listada para atribución no momento da copia:"

#. type: comment
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :14
msgid "* Chris\\_Ilias * Bo * underpass * mozilla\\_help\\_viewer\\_project"
msgstr "* Chris\\_Ilias * Bo * underpass * mozilla\\_help\\_viewer\\_project"

#. type: comment
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :27
msgid ""
"* Bo * jehurd * cl58 * underpass * kjhass * djstsys * Chris\\_Ilias * mozilla"
"\\_help\\_viewer\\_project"
msgstr ""
"* Bo * jehurd * cl58 * underpass * kjhass * djstsys * Chris\\_Ilias * mozilla"
"\\_help\\_viewer\\_project"

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :31
msgid "Browsing the web"
msgstr "Navegando pola web"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :35
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Once you have connected to the Internet, you should be able to browse the "
#| "web with Ubuntu. \\application{Mozilla Firefox} is the default "
#| "application for browsing the web in Ubuntu."
msgid ""
"Once you have connected to the Internet, you should be able to browse the "
"web with Ubuntu. Mozilla \\application{Firefox} is the default application "
"for browsing the web in Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Cando se contecte a Internet poderá navegar pola web con Ubuntu. "
"\\application{Mozilla Firefox} é o aplicativo predefinido para navegar pola "
"Web en Ubuntu."

#.  Putting this here so LaTeX places it in a nice spot
#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :37
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\screenshot{03-ubuntu-start-firefox.png}{ss:firefox-home-page}{The "
#| "default Ubuntu home page for the Firefox web browser.}"
msgid ""
"\\screenshot[t]{03-ubuntu-start-firefox.png}{ss:firefox-home-page}{The "
"default Ubuntu home page for the Firefox web browser.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-ubuntu-start-firefox.png}{ss:firefox-home-page}{A páxina de "
"inicio predefinida de Ubuntu para o navegador web Firefox.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :39
msgid "Starting Firefox"
msgstr "Iniciar o Firefox"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :42
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To start Firefox, open the \\menu{Applications} menu, then choose \\menu"
#| "{Internet}, and choose \\menu{Firefox Web Browser}. If your keyboard has "
#| "a ``\\acronym{WWW}'' button, you can also press that button to start "
#| "Firefox."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{To set other keyboard shortcuts or to change the shortcut for "
"launching Firefox, go to \\menu{System \\then Preferences \\then Keyboard "
"Shortcuts}.} To start Firefox, click \\menu{Applications \\then Internet "
"\\then Firefox Web Browser}. If your keyboard has a ``\\acronym{WWW}'' "
"button, you can also press that button to start Firefox."
msgstr ""
"Para iniciar o Firefox abra o menú \\menu{Aplicativos} logo seleccione \\menu"
"{Internet} e finalmente \\menu{Navegador web Firefox}. Se o seu teclado ten "
"o botón ``\\acronym{WWW}'' tamén pode premer dito botón para iniciar o "
"Firefox."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :44
msgid "Navigating web pages"
msgstr "Navegar polas páxinas web"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :46
msgid "Viewing your homepage"
msgstr "Ver a súa páxina de inicio"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :49
msgid ""
"When you start Firefox, you will see your home page. By default, you will "
"see the Ubuntu Start Page."
msgstr ""
"Cando arranque Firefox verá a páxina de inicio. De forma predefinida verá a "
"Páxina de inicio de Ubuntu."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :51
msgid "To go to your home page quickly, press \\keystroke{Alt+Home}."
msgstr ""
"Para ir a súa páxina de inicio rapidamente, prema \\keystroke{ALT+Inicio}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :53
msgid "Navigating to another page"
msgstr "Navegar a outra páxina"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :59
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To navigate to a new web page, you need to type its Internet address "
#| "(also known as a \\acronym{URL}) into the Location Bar. \\acronym{URL}s "
#| "normally begin with ``http://'' followed by one or more names that "
#| "identify the address.  One example is ``\\url{http://www.ubuntu.com/.}''"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{\\acronym{URL} stands for uniform resource locator and \\acronym"
"{WWW} stands for world wide web.} To navigate to a new web page, you need to "
"type its Internet address (also known as a \\acronym{URL}) into the Location "
"Bar. \\acronym{URL}s normally begin with ``http://'' followed by one or more "
"names that identify the address.  One example is ``\\url{http://www.ubuntu."
"com/}''."
msgstr ""
"Para navegar por unha páxina web, necesita escribir o seu enderezo de "
"Internet (tamén coñecido como o \\acronym{URL}) na Barra de localización. O "
"\\acronym{URL} normalmente comeza con ``http://'' seguido de un ou máis "
"nomes que identifican o enderezo. Por exemplo \\url{``http://www.ubuntu."
"com/.}''"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :61
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\screenshot{03-firefox-location-bar.png}{ss:firefox-location-bar}{You "
#| "can enter a web address or search the internet by typing in the location "
#| "bar.}"
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-firefox-location-bar.png}{ss:firefox-location-bar}{You can "
"enter a web address or search the Internet by typing in the location bar.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-firefox-location-bar.png}{ss:firefox-location-bar}{Vostede "
"pode inserir un enderezo web ou buscar en internet escribindo na barra de "
"localización.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :63
msgid "To navigate:"
msgstr "Para navegar:"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :70
msgid ""
"Click on the Location Bar to select the \\acronym{URL} that is already there."
msgstr ""
"Prema na barra de localización para seleccionar o \\acronym{URL} que xa está "
"aí."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :70
msgid ""
"Type the \\acronym{URL} of the page you want to visit. The \\acronym{URL} "
"you type replaces any text already in the Location Bar."
msgstr ""
"Escriba o \\acronym{URL} da páxina que quere visitar. O \\acronym{URL} que "
"escriba substitúe calquera texto que xa estea na Barra de localización."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :70
msgid "Press \\keystroke{Enter}."
msgstr "Prema \\keystroke{Enter}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :73
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To quickly select the \\acronym{URL} of the Location Bar, press "
#| "\\keystroke{Ctrl+L}."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{You can also press \\keystroke{F6} on your keyboard to "
"highlight the location bar in Firefox.} To quickly select the \\acronym{URL} "
"of the Location Bar, press \\keystroke{Ctrl+L}."
msgstr ""
"Para seleccionar de forma rápida a \\acronym{URL} na Barra de localización, "
"prema \\keystroke{Ctrl+L}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :79
msgid ""
"If you don't know a \\acronym{URL}, try typing something specific to the "
"page you want to visit (for example a name or other search request) into the "
"Location Bar and press \\keystroke{Enter}. This will search your preferred "
"search engine\\dash Google by default\\dash for that term, and take you to "
"the web page that is the top result from the search."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :81
msgid "Clicking a link"
msgstr "Premer unha ligazón"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :83
msgid "Most web pages contain links you can click to move to other pages."
msgstr ""
"A maioría das páxinas web conteñen ligazóns que pode premer para pasar a "
"outras páxinas."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :85
msgid "To click a link:"
msgstr "Para premer unha ligazón:"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :93
msgid ""
"Move the mouse pointer until it changes to a pointing finger.  This happens "
"whenever the pointer is over a link. Most links are underlined text, but "
"buttons and pictures on a web page can also be links."
msgstr ""
"Mova o punteiro do rato até que este se torne nun dedo levantado. Isto "
"acontece sempre que o punteiro estea sobre unha ligazón. A maioría das "
"ligazóns son texto subliñado, mais os botóns e as imaxes dunha páxina web "
"tamén poden ser ligazóns."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :93
msgid ""
"Click on the link once. While Firefox locates the link's page, status "
"messages will appear at the bottom of the window."
msgstr ""
"Prema sobre a ligazón unha vez. Mentres Firefox localiza a páxina da "
"ligazón, o mensaxe de estado aparecerá na parte inferior da xanela."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :95
msgid "Retracing your steps"
msgstr "Volvendo sobre os seus pasos"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :99
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{To go backwards and forwards you can also use \\keystroke{Alt"
"+Left}to go backwards or \\keystroke{Alt+Right} to go forwards.} If you want "
"to visit a page you have seen before, there are several ways to do so."
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :118
msgid ""
"To go back or forward one page, click on the \\button{Back} or \\button"
"{Forward} button."
msgstr ""
"Vara ir atrás e adiante unha páxina prema no botón \\button{Atrás} ou "
"\\button{Adiante}."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :118
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To go back or forward more than one page, click on the small triangles on "
#| "the \\button{Back} and \\button{Forward} buttons. You should see a list "
#| "of pages you've recently visited. To return to a page, select it from the "
#| "list."
msgid ""
"To go back or forward more than one page, click on the small triangle next "
"to the \\button{Forward} button. You should see a list of pages you've "
"recently visited. To return to a page, select it from the list."
msgstr ""
"Para ir adiante e atrás máis de unha páxina, prema nos triángulos pequenos "
"dos botóns de \\button{Atrás} e \\button{Adiante}. Debería ver a lista de "
"páxinas que visitou recentemente. Para voltar a unha páxina, selecciónea "
"desde a lista."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :118
msgid ""
"To see a list of any \\acronym{URL}s you've typed into the Location Bar, "
"click on the down arrow at the right end of the Location Bar. To view a "
"page, select it from the list."
msgstr ""
"Para ver unha lista dos \\acronym{URL} que escribiu na Barra de localización "
"prema na frecha que apunta cara abaixo ao final da Barra de localización. "
"Para ver unha páxina selecciónea desde a lista."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :118
msgid ""
"To choose from pages you've visited during the current session, open the "
"\\menu{History} menu and choose from the list in the bottom section of the "
"menu."
msgstr ""
"Para seleccionar desde as páxinas que visitou durante a sesión actual, abra "
"o menú \\menu{Historial} e escolla desde a lista na sección inferior do menú."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :118
msgid ""
"To choose from pages you've visited during the past several sessions, open "
"the \\menu{History} menu and choose \\menu{Show All History}.  Firefox "
"should open a \\window{Library} window, which shows a list of folders.  "
"Click on the folders to displays sub-folders, or titles of web pages you've "
"visited in the past. Click on a page's title to view that page."
msgstr ""
"Para seleccionar desde as páxinas que visitou en varias sesións anteriores "
"abra o menú \\menu{Historial} e seleccione \\menu{Mostrar todo o historial}. "
"Firefox debería abrir unha xanela \\window{Biblioteca} que mostra unha lista "
"de cartafoles. Prema nos cartafoles para mostrar os subcartafoles ou nos "
"títulos das páxinas web que visitou no pasado. Prema sobre o título dunha "
"páxina web para abrila en Firefox."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :120
msgid "Stopping and reloading"
msgstr "Deter e recargar"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :123
msgid ""
"If a page is loading too slowly or you no longer wish to view a page, click "
"on the \\button{Stop} button."
msgstr ""
"Se unha páxina carga demasiado lenta ou xa non desexa ver unha páxina prema "
"no botón \\button{Deter}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :126
msgid ""
"To reload the current page or to get the most up-to-date version, click on "
"the \\button{Reload} button or press \\keystroke{Ctrl+R}."
msgstr ""
"Para recargar a páxina actual ou obter a versión máis actualizada, prema no "
"botón \\button{Recargar} ou prema \\keystroke{Ctrl+R}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :128
msgid "Opening new windows"
msgstr "Abrir xanelas novas"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :132
msgid ""
"At times, you may want to have more than one browsing window. This may help "
"you organize your browsing session better, or separate web pages that you "
"are viewing for different reasons."
msgstr ""
"En ocasións, quizáis queira ter máis dunha xanela de navegación. Isto "
"axudaralle a organizar mellor a súa sesión de navegación, ou separar as "
"páxinas web que está vendo por diferentes razóns."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :134
msgid "There are two ways to create a new window:"
msgstr "Hai dúas formas de crear unha nova xanela:"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :140
msgid ""
"On the menubar, open the \\menu{File} menu, then choose \\menu{New Window}."
msgstr ""
"Na barra de menú, abra o menú \\menu{Ficheiro} e logo seleccione \\menu{Nova "
"xanela}."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :140
msgid "Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+N}."
msgstr "Prema \\keystroke{Ctrl+N}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :143
msgid ""
"Once a new window has opened, you can use it just like the first window "
"\\dash including navigation and opening tabs."
msgstr ""
"Cando se abra unha nova xanela, pode usala como a primeira \\dash incluíndo "
"navegar e abrir separadores novos."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :145
msgid "Opening a link in a new window"
msgstr "Abrir unha ligazón nunha xanela nova"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :149
msgid ""
"Sometimes, you may want to click on a link to navigate to another web page, "
"but do not want the original page to close. To do this, you can open the "
"link you'd like to click in its own window."
msgstr ""
"En ocasións pode querer facer clic sobre unha ligazón para navegar a outra "
"páxina web, pero sen pechar a páxina orixinal. Para facer isto pode abrir a "
"ligazón que quere abrir unha xanela separada."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :151
msgid "There are two ways to open a link in its own window:"
msgstr "Hai dúas formas de abrir unha ligazón nunha nova xanela:"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :158
msgid ""
"Right-click on a link to open its popup menu. Choose the \\menu{Open Link in "
"New Window} option. A new window will open, containing the web page for the "
"link you clicked."
msgstr ""
"Prema co botón dereito sobre unha ligazón para abrir o seu menú emerxente. "
"Seleccione a opción \\menu{Abrir a ligazón nunha nova xanela}. Abrirase unha "
"nova xanela coa páxina web da ligazón que premeu."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :158
msgid ""
"Press-and-hold the \\keystroke{Shift} key while clicking a link. This will "
"also open the web page in a new window."
msgstr ""
"Prema e manteña a tecla \\keystroke{Shift} cando prema unha ligazón. Isto "
"abrirá a páxina web nunha nova xanela."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :160
msgid "Tabbed browsing"
msgstr "Navegación con separadores"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :164
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you would like to visit more than one web page at a time, you can use "
#| "\\emph{Tabbed Browsing} to navigate the web."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{You can alternate quickly between different tabs by using the "
"keyboard shortcut \\keystroke{Ctrl+Tab}.} If you would like to visit more "
"than one web page at a time, you can use \\emph{Tabbed Browsing} to navigate "
"the web."
msgstr ""
"Se quere visitar máis dunha páxina web á vez pode usar a \\emph{Navegación "
"con separadores} para navegar pola Web."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :170
msgid ""
"Tabbed browsing lets you open several web pages within a single Firefox "
"window, each displaying in its own tab. This frees up space on your desktop "
"since you don't have to have a window open for every web page you're "
"currently visiting. You can open, close, and reload web pages in one place "
"without having to switch to another window."
msgstr ""
"A navegación con separadores permite abrir varias páxinas web dentro dunha "
"única xanela do Firefox, aparecendo cada unha no seu propio separador. Isto "
"libera espazo no escritorio, dado que non hai que ter unha xanela aberta "
"para cada páxina web que se estea a visitar. Pódense abrir, fechar e "
"recargar páxinas web nun sitio sen ter que pasar a outra xanela."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :172
msgid "Opening a new blank tab"
msgstr "Abrir un separador novo en branco"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :174
msgid "There are three ways to create a new blank tab:"
msgstr "Hai tres xeitos de crear un separador novo en branco:"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :181
msgid ""
"Click on the \\button{New Tab} button on the right side of the last tab."
msgstr ""
"Prema no botón \\button{Novo separador} na parte dereita do último separador."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :181
msgid ""
"On the menubar, open the \\menu{File} menu, and then choose \\menu{New Tab}."
msgstr ""
"Na barra de menú, abra o meńu \\menu{Ficheiro} e logo seleccione \\menu{Novo "
"separador}."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :181
msgid "Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+T}."
msgstr "Prema \\keystroke{Ctrl+T}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :185
msgid ""
"When you create a new tab, it will contain a blank page with the Location "
"Bar focused. Start typing a web address (\\acronym{URL}) or other search "
"term to open a website in the new tab."
msgstr ""
"Cando cree un novo separador conterá unha páxina en branco coa Barra de "
"localización enfocada. Comece a escribir un enderezo web (\\acronym{URL}) ou "
"outro termo de busca para abrir un sistio web no novo separador."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :187
msgid "Opening a link in its own tab"
msgstr "Abrir unha ligazón no seu propio separador"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :191
msgid ""
"Sometimes, you may want to click on a link to navigate to another web page, "
"but do not want the original page to close. To do this, you can open the "
"link you'd like to click in its own tab."
msgstr ""
"En ocasións, pode querer premer nunha ligazón para dirixirse a outra páxina "
"web, pero sen pechar a páxina orixinal. Para facer isto, pode abrir a "
"ligazón que queira nun separador propio."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :193
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "There are three ways to open a link in its own tab:"
msgid "There are many ways to open a link in its own tab:"
msgstr "Hai tres xeitos de abrir unha ligazón no seu propio separador:"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :210
msgid ""
"If your mouse has a middle button, or a wheel, click on the link with the "
"middle mouse button or wheel. A new tab should open, containing the web page "
"for the link you clicked."
msgstr ""
"Se o seu rato ten o botón do medio ou unha roda, prema na ligazón co botón "
"do medio  ou roda do rato. Debería abrirse un novo separador coa páxina web "
"da ligazón que se premeu."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :210
msgid ""
"Click on the link with the left mouse button, and keep holding down the "
"mouse button. Drag the link up to a blank space on the tab bar, and release "
"the mouse button. A new tab should open, containing the web page for the "
"link you dragged."
msgstr ""
"Prema sobre a ligazón co botón esquerdo do rato e manteña pulsado o botón. "
"Arrastre a ligazón a un espazo branco na barra de separadores e solte o "
"botón do rato. Deberiase abrir un novo separador contendo a páxina web da "
"ligazón que arrastrou."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :210
msgid ""
"Press-and-hold the \\keystroke{Ctrl} key while clicking the left mouse "
"button on the link. A new tab should open, containing the web page for the "
"link you clicked."
msgstr ""
"Prema e manteña a tecla \\keystroke{Ctrl} mentres preme o botón esquerdo do "
"rato nunha ligazón. Abrirase un novo separador que conten a páxina web da "
"ligazón que presionou."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Right-click on a link to open its popup menu. Choose the \\menu{Open Link "
#| "in New Window} option. A new window will open, containing the web page "
#| "for the link you clicked."
msgid ""
"Right-click on a link to open its popup menu. Choose the \\menu{Open Link in "
"New Tab} option. A new tab will open, containing the web page for the link "
"you clicked."
msgstr ""
"Prema co botón dereito sobre unha ligazón para abrir o seu menú emerxente. "
"Seleccione a opción \\menu{Abrir a ligazón nunha nova xanela}. Abrirase unha "
"nova xanela coa páxina web da ligazón que premeu."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :210
msgid "Click on a link, holding both left and right mouse buttons."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :212
msgid "Closing a tab"
msgstr "Fechar un separador"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :214
msgid "Once you are done viewing a web page in a tab, you can close that tab."
msgstr ""
"Unha vez que vira unha páxina web nun separador, pode pechar ese separador."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :216
msgid "There are four ways to close a tab:"
msgstr "Hai catro formas de pechar un separador:"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :227
msgid ""
"Click on the \\button{Close} button on the right side of the tab you want to "
"close."
msgstr ""
"Prema no botón \\button{Pechar} no lado dereito do separador qeu desexe "
"pechar."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :227
msgid ""
"On the menubar, open the \\menu{File} menu, and then choose \\menu{Close "
"Tab}."
msgstr ""
"Na barra de menú abra o menú \\menu{Ficheiro} e logo seleccione \\menu"
"{Pechar separador}."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :227
msgid ""
"Click on the tab you want to close with the middle mouse button, or the "
"mouse wheel, if you have one."
msgstr ""
"Prema no separador que quere pechar co botón central do rato ou a roda do "
"rato, se a ten."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :227
msgid "Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+W}."
msgstr "Prema \\keystroke{Ctrl+W}."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :227
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click on the \\button{Connect} button."
msgid "Click on the tab with both mouse buttons."
msgstr "Prema no botón \\button{Conectar}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :229
msgid "Restoring a closed tab"
msgstr "Restaurar un separador fechado"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :231
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Sometimes, you have closed the wrong tab by accident, or for another "
#| "reason would want to bring back a tab that you've recently closed."
msgid ""
"Sometimes, you may close the wrong tab by accident, or want to bring back a "
"tab that you've recently closed."
msgstr ""
"En ocasions, pode ser que pechara o separador incorrecto por accidente, ou "
"por outra razón e desexa volver a un separador que pechara recentemente."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :233
msgid "To bring back a tab you've closed, do one of the following:"
msgstr "Para recuperar un separador que pechou, faga o seguinte:"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :240
msgid ""
"On the menubar, open the \\menu{History} menu, choose \\menu{Recently Closed "
"Tabs}, and then choose the name of the tab you want to restore."
msgstr ""
"Na barra de menú, abra o menú \\menu{Historial}, seleccione \\menu"
"{Separadores pechados recentemente} e logo escolla o nome do separador que "
"quere restaurar."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :240
msgid ""
"Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+Shift+T} to re-open the most recently closed tab."
msgstr ""
"Prema \\keystroke{CTRL+MAIÚS+T} para volver a abrir o separador pechado máis "
"recentemente."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :242
msgid "Changing the tab order"
msgstr "Mudar a orde dos separadores"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :247
msgid ""
"To move a tab to a different location on the tab bar, drag it there using "
"your mouse. Click-and-hold on the tab and drag the tab to a new place on the "
"tab bar. While you are dragging the tab, Firefox will display a small "
"indicator to show where the tab will be moved."
msgstr ""
"Para mover un separador a un lugar diferente na barra de separadores "
"arrástreo usando o seu rato. Prema e manteña o botón do rato sobre o "
"separador e arrástreo ata o novo lugar na barra de separadores. Mentres "
"arrastra o separador, Firefox amosará un pequeno indicador para mostrarlle "
"onde se situará finalmente o separador."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :249
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{When moving a tab to a new window it may reload the page. "
"remember to save your work before doing this.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :251
msgid "Moving a tab between windows"
msgstr "Mover un separador entre xanelas"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :254
msgid ""
"If you have more than one Firefox window open, you can move an open tab to a "
"different window. You can also split a tab off to become its own window."
msgstr ""
"Se ten máis de unha xanela de Firefox aberta, pode mover un separador aberto "
"a unha xanela distinta. Tamén pode separar o separador para ser unha xanela "
"de por si."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :259
msgid ""
"To move a tab from one Firefox window to another already open window, click-"
"and-hold on the tab and drag it to the tab bar on the other Firefox window. "
"When you release the mouse button, the tab will be attached to the new "
"window."
msgstr ""
"Para mover un separador dunha xanela de Firefox a outra xanela xa aberta, "
"prema e manteña sobre o separador e arrástreo á barra de separadores da "
"outra xanela de Firefox. Cando solte o botón do rato a xanela unirase á nova "
"xanela."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :263
msgid ""
"To move a tab from one window into its own window, click-and-hold on the tab "
"and drag the tab below the tab bar. When you release the mouse button, the "
"tab will become a new window."
msgstr ""
"Para mover un separador desde unha xanela á súa propia, prema e manteña o "
"separador e arrástreo cara embaixo da barar de separadores. Cando solte o "
"botón do rato, o separador convertirase nunha nova xanela."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :265
msgid "Searching"
msgstr "Procuras"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :268
msgid ""
"You can search the web, or other collections, from within Firefox without "
"first visiting the home page of the search engine."
msgstr ""
"Pode realizar buscas na web ou outros grupos desde Firefox sen ter que "
"visitar a páxina principal desde o motor de busca."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :270
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, Firefox will search the web using the Yahoo search engine."
msgid "By default, Firefox will search the web using the Google search engine."
msgstr ""
"De forma predefinida, Firefox buscará na web usando o motor de busca de "
"Yahoo."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :272
msgid "Searching the web"
msgstr "Procurar na web"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :274
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To search the web in Firefox, type a few words into the Firefox Search "
#| "bar."
msgid ""
"To search the web in Firefox, type a few words into the Firefox search Bar."
msgstr ""
"Para buscar na web en Firefox, escriba unhas poucas palabras na barra de "
"busca de Firefox."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :276
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "For example, if you want to find information about the \\emph{world cup}:"
msgid "For example, if you want to find information about the \\emph{Ubuntu}:"
msgstr ""
"Por exemplo, se desexa encontrar información sobre a \\emph{copa do mundo}:"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :282
msgid "Click on the \\menu{Search Bar}."
msgstr "Prema na \\menu{Barra de búsqueda}"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :282
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Type the phrase ``\\emph{world cup}.'' Your typing replaces any text "
#| "currently in the Search Bar."
msgid ""
"Type the phrase ``Ubuntu.'' Your typing replaces any text currently in the "
"Search Bar."
msgstr ""
"Escriba a frase ``\\emph{copa do mundo}''. A súa frase substituirá calquera "
"texto que estea actualmente na Barra de búsqueda."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :282
msgid "Press \\keystroke{Enter} to search."
msgstr "Prema \\keystroke{Enter} para buscar."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :285
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Search results from Yahoo for ``world cup'' should appear in the Firefox "
#| "window."
msgid ""
"Search results from Google for ``Ubuntu'' should appear in the Firefox "
"window."
msgstr ""
"Na xanela de Firefox deberá aparecer o resultado da busca de «Copa do mundo» "
"en Yahoo."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :287
msgid "Selecting search engines"
msgstr "Seleccionar os motores de procura"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :289
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\screenshot{03-searchbar-firefox.png}{ss:firefox-search-bar}{These are "
#| "the other search engines you can use from the search Firefox bar.}"
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-searchbar-firefox.png}{ss:firefox-search-bar}{These are the "
"other search engines you can use \\dash by default \\dash from the Firefox "
"search bar.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-searchbar-firefox.png}{ss:firefox-search-bar}{Estes eson os "
"motores de busca que pode usar na barra de busca de Firefox.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :292
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you do not want to use Yahoo as your search engine in the Search Bar, "
#| "you can change the search engine that Firefox uses."
msgid ""
"If you do not want to use Google as your search engine in the Search Bar, "
"you can change the search engine that Firefox uses."
msgstr ""
"Se non desexa usar Yahoo como o seu motor de busca na barra de buscas, pode "
"cambiar o botón de buscas que Firefox usa."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :294
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{The Ubuntu home page's search bar uses Google by default, but "
"will automatically use Yahoo if Yahoo is selected in the Search Bar.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :299
msgid ""
"To change the search engine, click on the icon on the left side of the "
"Search Bar. Choose one of the other search engines in the list. Some search "
"engines, like Google, search the whole web; others, like Amazon.com, only "
"search specific sites."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :303
msgid "Searching the web for words selected in a web page"
msgstr "Procurar na web palabras seleccionadas nunha páxina web"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :307
msgid ""
"Sometimes, you may want to search for a phrase that appears on a different "
"web page. Instead of copying and pasting the phrase into the Search Bar, "
"Firefox allows you to search the web for words you select within a web page."
msgstr ""
"En ocasións, pode querer buscar unha frase que aparece nunha páxina web "
"diferente. No lugar de copiar e pegar a frase na barra de buscas, Firefox "
"permítelle buscar pola rede palabras que vostede seleccione nunha páxina web."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :314
msgid "Highlight any words in a web page using your left mouse button."
msgstr ""
"Resalte calquera palabra na páxina web usando o botón esquerdo do rato."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :314
msgid ""
"Right-click on the text you've highlighted to open a popup menu.  Choose the "
"option \\menu{Search [Search Engine] for ``[your selected words]''}."
msgstr ""
"Prema co botón dereito sobre o texto que resaltou para abrir o menú "
"emerxente. Seleccione a opción \\menu{Buscar en [Motor de busca] por ``[as "
"súas palabras seleccionadas]''}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :317
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Firefox should open a new tab which should contain search results for "
#| "your highlighted words using the currently selected search engine."
msgid ""
"Firefox should open a new tab containing search results for your highlighted "
"words, found using the currently selected search engine."
msgstr ""
"Firefox debería abrir un novo separador que deberá conter os resultados de "
"busca para as súas palabras resaltadas a través do buscador seleccionado."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :319
msgid "Searching within a page"
msgstr "Procurar nunha páxina"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :321
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\screenshot{03-firefox-find-bar.png}{ss:firefox-find-toolbar}{You can "
#| "search within web pages using the find toolbar.}"
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-firefox-find-bar.png}{ss:firefox-find-toolbar}{You can "
"search within web pages using the \\button{Find Toolbar}.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-firefox-find-bar.png}{ss:firefox-find-toolbar}{Vostede pode "
"buscar nas páxinas web usando a barra de ferramentas de busca.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :324
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You may want to look for specific text within a web page you are "
#| "viewing.  To find text within the page you are currently viewing in "
#| "Firefox:"
msgid ""
"You may want to look for specific text within the web page you are viewing.  "
"To find text within the current page in Firefox:"
msgstr ""
"É posíbel de desexe buscar un texto específico dentro dunha páxina web que "
"está vendo. Para buscar texto dentro da páxina que está vendo actualmente en "
"Firefox:"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :343
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+F} or choose \\menu{Edit \\then Find} to open the "
#| "\\button{Find Toolbar} at the bottom of Firefox."
msgid ""
"Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+F} or choose \\menu{Edit \\then Find} to open the "
"\\textfield{Find Toolbar} at the bottom of Firefox."
msgstr ""
"Prema \\keystroke{CTRL+F} ou seleccione \\menu{Editar \\then Localizar} para "
"abrir a \\button{Barra de busca} na parte inferior de Firefox."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :343
msgid ""
"Enter the text you want to find into the \\button{Find} field in the Find "
"Toolbar. The search automatically begins as soon as you type something into "
"the field."
msgstr ""
"Insira o texto que quera buscar no campo \\button{Buscar} na barra de "
"ferramentas de búsqueda. A busca comezará automaticamente tan pronto como "
"escriba algo no campo."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :343
msgid "Once some text has been matched on the web page, you can:"
msgstr "Unha vez que un texto coincide na páxina web, vostede pode:"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :343
msgid ""
"Click \\button{Next} to find text in the page that is below the current "
"cursor position."
msgstr ""
"Prema \\button{Seguinte} para buscar o texto na páxina que está debaixo da "
"posición actual do cursor."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :343
msgid ""
"Click \\button{Previous} to find text that is above the current cursor "
"position."
msgstr ""
"Prema en \\button{Anterior} para encontrar o texto que está sobre a posición "
"actual do cursor."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :343
msgid ""
"Click on the \\button{Highlight all} button to highlight occurrences of your "
"search words in the current page."
msgstr ""
"Prema sobre o botón \\button{Resaltar todo} para resaltar as ocorrencias "
"para as súas palabras buscadas na páxina actual."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :343
msgid ""
"Select the \\checkbox{Match case} option to limit the search to text that "
"has the same capitalization as your search words."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione a opción \\checkbox{Diferenciar maiúsculas de minúsculas} para "
"limitar a busca do texto que ten a mesma capitalización que as palabras da "
"súa busca."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :346
msgid ""
"To find the same word or phrase again, press \\keystroke{F3} or choose \\menu"
"{Edit \\then Find Again} from the menubar."
msgstr ""
"Para buscar a mesma palabra ou frase de novo, prema \\keystroke{F3} ou "
"seleccione \\menu{Editar \\then Buscar de novo} desde a barra de menú."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :348
msgid "Viewing web pages full screen"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :353
msgid ""
"To display more web content on the screen, you can use \\emph{Full Screen "
"mode}. Full Screen mode condenses the Firefox's toolbars into one small "
"toolbar. To enable Full Screen mode, simply choose \\menu{View \\then Full "
"Screen} or press \\keystroke{F11}."
msgstr ""
"Para mostrar máis contido web na pantalla, pode usar o \\emph{Modo pantalla "
"completa}. O modo pantalla completa concentra as barras de ferramentas de "
"Firefox nunha pequena barra de ferramentas. Para activar o modo pantalla "
"completa simplemente seleccione \\menu{Ver \\then Pantalla completa} ou "
"prema \\keystroke{F11}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :355
msgid "Copying and saving pages"
msgstr "Copiando e gardando páxinas"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :358
msgid ""
"With Firefox, you can copy part of a page so that you can paste it "
"elsewhere, or save the page or part of a page as a file on your computer."
msgstr ""
"Con Firefox, pode copiar dunha páxina para que poida pegalo noutro lugar, ou "
"gardar a páxina ou parte dunha páxina como un ficheiro no seu computador."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :360
msgid "Copying part of a page"
msgstr "Copiar parte dunha páxina"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :362
msgid "To copy text from a page:"
msgstr "Para copiar un texto dunha páxina:"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :367
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Highlight the text with your mouse."
msgid "Highlight the text and/or images with your mouse."
msgstr "Resaltar o texto co seu rato."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :367
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Choose \\menu{Edit \\then Copy} from the menubar."
msgid ""
"Choose \\menu{Edit \\then Copy} from the menubar or press \\keystroke{Ctrl"
"+C}."
msgstr "Seleccione \\menu{Editar \\then Copiar} desde a barra de menú."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :369
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "You can paste the text into other programs."
msgid "\\noindent You can paste the text into other programs."
msgstr "Vostede pode copiar o texto noutros programas."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :371
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "To copy a link (\\acronym{URL}) or an image link from a page:"
msgid "\\noindent To copy a text or image link (\\acronym{URL}) from a page:"
msgstr ""
"Para copiar unha ligazón (\\acronym{URL} ou unha ligazón de imaxe desde unha "
"páxina:"

#.  Used to be "\item Choose \menu{Copy Link Location} or \menu{Copy Image Location}." - JasonCook599
#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :377
msgid "Position the pointer over the link or image."
msgstr "Posiciona o punteiro do rato sobre a ligazón ou a imaxe."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :377
msgid "Right-click on the link or image to open a popup menu."
msgstr ""
"Prema co botón dereito sobre unha ligazón ou unha imaxe para abrir un menú "
"emerxente."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :377
msgid "Choose \\menu{Copy Link Location}."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :379
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can paste the link into other programs or into Firefox's Location Bar."
msgid ""
"\\noindent You can paste the link into other programs or into Firefox's "
"Location Bar."
msgstr ""
"Vostede pode pegar a ligazón noutros programas ou na Barra de localización "
"do Firefox."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :381
msgid "Saving all or part of a page"
msgstr "Gravar toda unha páxina ou parte dela"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :383
msgid "To save an entire page in Firefox:"
msgstr "Para gardar unha páxina enteira no Firefox:"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :390
msgid ""
"Choose \\menu{File \\then Save Page As} from the menubar. Firefox should "
"open the \\window{Save As} window."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione \\menu{Ficheiro \\then Gardar páxina como} desde a barra de menú. "
"Firefox debería abrir a xanela \\window{Gardar como}."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :390
msgid "Choose a location for the saved page."
msgstr "Escolla unha localización para a páxina gardada."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :390
msgid "Type a file name for the page, and click \\button{Save}."
msgstr "Escriba un nome de ficheiro para a páxina e prema \\button{Gardar}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :392
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "To save an image from a page:"
msgid "\\noindent To save an image from a page:"
msgstr "Gardar unha imaxe de unha páxina:"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :401
msgid "Position the mouse pointer over the image."
msgstr "Posicione o punteiro do rato sobre a imaxe."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :401
msgid "Right-click on the image to display a popup menu."
msgstr "Prema o botón dereito na imaxe para mostrar o menú emerxente."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :401
msgid ""
"Choose \\menu{Save Image As}. Firefox should open the \\window{Save Image} "
"window."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione \\menu{Gardar imaxe como}. Firefox debería abrir a xanela \\window"
"{Gardar imaxe}."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :401
msgid "Choose a location for the saved image."
msgstr "Seleccione unha localización para a imaxe gardada."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :401
msgid "Enter a file name for the image and click \\button{Save}."
msgstr "Insira o nome do ficheiro para a imaxe e prema \\button{Gardar}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :403
msgid "Changing your homepage"
msgstr "Mudar de páxina de inicio"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :407
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, Firefox will show the \\textbf{Ubuntu Start Page} when you "
#| "start Firefox. If you prefer to display another page when you start "
#| "Firefox, you will need to change your homepage preference."
msgid ""
"By default, Firefox will show the \\textbf{Ubuntu Start Page} when you start "
"Firefox. If you prefer to view another page when you start Firefox, you will "
"need to change your homepage preference."
msgstr ""
"De forma predefinida, Firefox mostrará a \\textbf{páxina inicial de Ubuntu} "
"cando inice Firefox. Se prefire que mostre outra páxina cando inicie Firefox "
"necesitará cambiar a súa páxina de inicio preferida."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :409
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-firefox-preferences.png}{ss:firefox-preferences}{You can "
"change Firefox settings in this window.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-firefox-preferences.png}{ss:firefox-preferences}{Vostede "
"pode cambiar as configuracións de Firefox nesta xanela.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :411
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{The homepage can also be set by entering the addresses that "
"should be open in the \\textfield{Home Page}, with a pipe \\dash | \\dash "
"separating pages to be opened in a new tab}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :413
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "To change your homepage:"
msgid "\\noindent To change your homepage:"
msgstr "Para cambiar a súa páxina de inicio:"

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :422
msgid "Navigate to the page that you would like to become your new homepage."
msgstr "Navegue á páxina que desexa converter na súa nova páxina de inicio."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :422
msgid "Choose \\menu{Edit \\then Preferences} from the menubar."
msgstr "Seleccione \\menu{Editar \\then Preferencias} desde a barra de menú."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :422
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In the ``Startup'' section on the \\tab{Main} tab, which is shown by "
#| "default, click on the \\button{Use Current Page} button. If you had more "
#| "than one tab open then all the tabs will be opened when Firefox starts."
msgid ""
"In the ``Startup'' section on the \\tab{General} tab, which is shown by "
"default, click on the \\button{Use Current Page} button. If you had more "
"than one tab open then all the tabs will be opened when Firefox starts. If "
"you prefer to have one page open, close the other tabs and repeat Steps 2-4."
msgstr ""
"Na sección ``Inicio'' do separador \\tab{Xeral} que se mostra de forma "
"predefinida prema no botón \\button{Usar a páxina actual}. Se ten máis de un "
"separador aberto todos eles abriranse cando Firefox se abra."

#. type: enumerate
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :422
msgid "Click \\button{Close}."
msgstr "Prema \\button{Pechar}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :424
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Downloading Ubuntu"
msgid "Download settings"
msgstr "Descargando Ubuntu"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :426
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{The Downloads window shows the progress of currently "
"downloading files, and lists files downloaded in the past. It can be used to "
"open or re-download files.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :428
msgid ""
"In \\menu{Edit \\then Preferences} you can change how Firefox behaves with "
"downloads. You can tell Firefox where to place downloaded files, or to ask "
"where each time. You can also set the behavior of Firefox's Downloads "
"window. The Downloads window can be hidden entirely, or set to hide when "
"downloads finish."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :430
msgid "Bookmarks"
msgstr "Marcadores"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :433
msgid ""
"When browsing the web you may want to come back to certain web pages again "
"without having to remember the \\acronym{URL}."
msgstr ""
"Mentres navega pola Web pode querer volver atrás a certas páxinas web sen "
"ter que lembrar o seu \\acronym{URL}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :436
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In Firefox, you can create \\emph{Bookmarks}, which are saved in the web "
#| "browser and which you can use to navigate back to your picked web pages."
msgid ""
"In Firefox, you can create \\emph{bookmarks}, which are saved in the web "
"browser and which you can use to navigate back to your picked web pages."
msgstr ""
"En Firefox, pode crear \\emph{Marcadores}, que se gardan no navegador e que "
"pode usar para volver a navegar polas páxinas web elexidas."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :438
msgid "Bookmarking a page"
msgstr "Marcar unha páxina"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :440
msgid ""
"After navigating to a web page you can save its location by bookmarking it."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :442
msgid "There are two ways to bookmark a page:"
msgstr "Hai dous xeitos de marcar unha páxina:"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :450
msgid ""
"From the menubar, choose \\menu{Bookmarks} and then \\menu{Bookmark This "
"Page}. A window will open. Provide a descriptive name for the bookmark, and "
"click on the \\button{Done} button."
msgstr ""
"Desde a barra de menú, seleccione \\menu{Marcadores} e logo \\menu{Marcar "
"esta páxina}. Abrirase unha xanela. Forneza un nome descritivo para o "
"marcador e prema no botón \\button{Feito}."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :450
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+D}. A window will open. Provide a descriptive name "
#| "for the bookmark, and click on the \\button{Done} button."
msgid ""
"Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+D}. A pop-up will appear. Provide a descriptive name "
"for the bookmark, and click on the \\button{Done} button."
msgstr ""
"Prema \\keystroke {Ctrl+D}. Abrirase unha xanela. Forneza un nome descritivo "
"para o marcador e prema no botón \\button{Feito}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :452
msgid "Navigating to a bookmarked page"
msgstr "Navegar a unha páxina marcada"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :456
msgid ""
"To navigate to a bookmarked page, open the \\menu{Bookmarks} menu from the "
"menubar, and then choose your bookmark's name. Firefox should open the "
"bookmark in the current tab."
msgstr ""
"Para navegar a unha páxina marcada, abra o meńu \\menu{Marcadores} desde a "
"barra de menú, e logo seleccione o nome do seu marcador. Firefox debería "
"abrir o marcador no separador actual."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :460
msgid ""
"\\advanced{You can also press \\keystroke{Ctrl+B} to display bookmarks in a "
"sidebar on the left side of the browser window. Press \\keystroke{Ctrl+B} "
"again to hide the sidebar.}"
msgstr ""
"\\advanced{Tamén pode premer \\keystroke{CTRL+B} para mostrar os marcadores "
"nun panel lateral na parte esquerda da xanela do navegador. Prema \\keystroke"
"{CTRL+B} de novo para ocultar a barra lateral.}"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :462
msgid "Deleting a bookmark"
msgstr "Eliminar un marcador"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :468
msgid ""
"If you would like to delete a bookmark that you have previously made, open "
"the \\menu{Bookmarks} menu from the menubar, and then right-click on your "
"bookmark's name. Firefox should open a popup menu for your bookmark.  Choose "
"the \\menu{Delete} option from the menu. Your bookmark should then be "
"deleted."
msgstr ""
"Se quere borrar un marcador que engadiu abra o menú \\menu{Marcadores} desde "
"a barra de menú e prema co botón dereito do rato sobre o nome do marcador. "
"Firefox debería abrir un menú emerxente para o seu marcador. Seleccione a "
"opción \\menu{Borrar} desde o menú e o seu marcador debería borrarse."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :470
msgid "History"
msgstr "Historial"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :474
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Whenever you are browsing the web, Firefox is saving your browsing "
#| "history.  This allows you to come back to a web page that you have "
#| "previously visited without needing to remember the page's \\acronym{URL}, "
#| "or even bookmarking it."
msgid ""
"Whenever you are browsing the web, Firefox is saving your browsing history.  "
"This allows you to come back to a web page that you have recently visited, "
"without needing to remember the page's \\acronym{URL}, or even bookmarking "
"it."
msgstr ""
"Mentres está navegando o web, Firefox está gardando o seu historial de "
"navegación. Isto permítelle volver atrás a unha páxina web que visitara "
"anteriormente sen ter que lembrar o \\acronym{URL} da páxina ou marcala."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :478
msgid ""
"To see your most recent history, open the \\menu{History} menu from the "
"menubar. The menu should then display several of the most recent web pages "
"that you were viewing. Choose one of the pages to return to it."
msgstr ""
"Para ver o historial más recente, abra o menú \\menu{Historial} desde a "
"barra de menú. Deberían mostrarse as páxinas web que estivo vendo máis "
"recentes. Seleccione unha das páxinas para volver a ela."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :482
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To see history from an older time, press \\keystroke{Ctrl+H}. Firefox "
#| "should open a ``sidebar'' on the left side of the browser window, which "
#| "should contain your browsing history categorized as ``Today,'' "
#| "``Yesterday,'' ``Last 7 days,'' ``This month,'' and then monthly for the "
#| "times before that."
msgid ""
"To see the web pages you have visited recently, press \\keystroke{Ctrl+H}. "
"Firefox will open a ``sidebar'' on the left side of the browser window, that "
"contains your browsing history, categorized as ``Today,'' ``Yesterday,'' "
"``Last 7 days,'' ``This month,'' the past 6 months (listed month by month), "
"and finally ``Older than 6 months.''"
msgstr ""
"Para ver o historial de fai moito tempo prema \\keystroke{CTRL+H}. Firefox "
"debería abrir un ``panel lateral'' na parte esquerda da xanela do navegador "
"que contén o seu historial de navegación con categorías como ``Hoxe'', "
"``Onte'', ``Últimos días'', ``Este mes'' e logo mes por mes."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :486
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Click on one of the item categories in the sidebar to expand this "
#| "category, and see the pages you've visited during that time period. Then, "
#| "once you find the page you need, click on its title to return to it."
msgid ""
"Click on one of the date categories in the sidebar to expand it. Then it "
"will reveal the pages you visited during that period. Then, once you find "
"the page you need, click on its title to return to it."
msgstr ""
"Prema nun dos elementos das categorías na barra lateral para expandir esta "
"categoría, e vexa as páxinas que visitou durante ese período de empo. Entón, "
"cando encontre a páxina que necesita, prema no seu título para voltar a ela."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :491
msgid ""
"You can also search for a page by its title. Enter a few letters, or a word, "
"in the \\textbf{Search} field at the top of the history sidebar. The sidebar "
"should then display a list of web pages whose titles match your search "
"words.  Click on the title of the page you need to return to it."
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode buscar unha páxina polo seu título. Insira algunhas letras, ou "
"unha palabra, no campo \\textbf{Buscar} na parte superior da barra lateral "
"do historial. A barra lateral debe mostrar unha lista das páxinas web cuxos "
"títulos coincidan coas súas palabras de busca. Prema no título da páxina que "
"necesita para voltar a él."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :494
msgid ""
"If you would like to hide the history sidebar again, press \\keystroke{Ctrl"
"+H} again."
msgstr ""
"Se desexa ocultar a barra lateral do historial de novo, prema \\keystroke"
"{Ctrl+H}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :496
msgid "Clearing private data"
msgstr "Limpar os datos privados"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :500
msgid ""
"At times, you may want to delete all private data that Firefox stores about "
"your browsing history. While this data is stored only on your computer, you "
"may want to remove it if you share access to your computer."
msgstr ""
"En ocasións pode querer eliminar todos os seus datos privados que Firefox "
"almacena sobre o seu historial de navegación. Xa que estes datos só se "
"almacenan no seu computador, pode eliminalos se quere compartir o acceso ao "
"seu computador."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :505
msgid ""
"To delete your private data, open the \\menu{Tools} menu from the menubar, "
"and choose \\menu{Clear Recent History}. In the drop down list for the "
"\\dropdown{Time range to clear}, choose how far back you would like Firefox "
"to delete."
msgstr ""
"Para eliminar os seus datos privados abra o menú \\menu{Ferramentas} desde a "
"barra de menú e seleccione \\menu{Limpar historial}. Na lista despregábel "
"\\dropdown{Período para limpar} seleccione canto tempo cara atrás quere "
"eliminar."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :508
msgid ""
"If you would like more control over what you clear, click on the \\button"
"{Details} text to display a list of options."
msgstr ""
"Se quere ter máis control sobre o que se elmina, prema no texto \\button"
"{Detalles} para mostrar a lista de opcións."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :510
msgid "When done, click on the \\button{Clear Now} button."
msgstr "Ben feito, prema no botón \\button{Limpar agora}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :517
msgid "Using a different web browser"
msgstr "Empregar un navegador web diferente"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :519
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\screenshot{03-preferred-applications.png}{ss:preferred-aplications}{You "
#| "can change the default browser in this window.}"
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-preferred-applications.png}{ss:preferred-applications}{You "
"can change the default browser with the \"Preferred Applications\" utility. "
"To use it, open the \\menu{System \\then Preferences \\then Preferred "
"Applications.}}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-preferred-applications.png}{ss:preferred-aplications}"
"{Vostede pode cambiar o navegador web predefinido nesta xanela.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :522
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you install a different web browser on your computer, you may want to "
#| "have Ubuntu use that new browser by default when you click on links from "
#| "emails, instant messages, and other places."
msgid ""
"If you install a different web browser on your computer, you may want to use "
"it as the default browser when you click on links from emails, instant "
"messages, and other places."
msgstr ""
"Se instala un navegador web diferente no seu computador, vostede pode querer "
"que Ubuntu use ese navegador novo como o navegador predefinido cando prema "
"sobre ligazóns de correo electrónico, mensaxaría instantánea e outros "
"lugares."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/browsingtheweb.tex :527
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To change your preferred web browser, open the \\menu{System} menu from "
#| "Ubuntu's main menubar. Then, choose \\menu{System}, and choose \\menu"
#| "{Preferred Applications}. Ubuntu should then open the \\window{Preferred "
#| "Applications} window."
msgid ""
"To change your preferred web browser, open the \\menu{System} menu from "
"Ubuntu's main menubar. Then, choose \\menu{System} \\then{Preferences} \\then"
"{Preferred Applications}. Ubuntu should then open the \\window{Preferred "
"Applications} window."
msgstr ""
"Para cambiar o navegador web preferido abra o menú \\menu{Sistema} desde o "
"panel superior de Ubuntu, seleccione \\menu{Preferencias} e logo \\menu"
"{Aplicativos preferidos}. Ubuntu debería abrir a xanela \\window{Aplicativos "
"preferidos}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :2
msgid ""
"In the ``Web Browser'' section, choose your new preferred web browser, and "
"click \\button{Close}."
msgstr ""
"Na sección «Navegador web» seleccione o seu navegador web favorito, e logo "
"prema en \\button{Pechar}."

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :2
msgid "Reading and composing email"
msgstr "Ler e escribir correo electrónico"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :6
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To send and receive email in Ubuntu, you can use the \\application"
#| "{Evolution} mail application. To start \\application{Evolution}, open the "
#| "\\menu{Applications} menu, then choose \\menu{Internet} and then \\menu"
#| "{Evolution Mail}."
msgid ""
"To send and receive email in Ubuntu, you can use the \\application"
"{Evolution} mail application. To start \\application{Evolution}, open the "
"\\menu{Applications} menu, then choose \\menu{Office} and then \\menu"
"{Evolution Mail and Calendar}."
msgstr ""
"Para enviar e recibir correos electrónicos en Ubuntu pode usar o aplicativo "
"de correo electrónico  \\application{Evolution}.  Para iniciar \\application"
"{Evolution}, logo seleccione \\menu{Internet} e finalmente \\menu{Correo de "
"Evolution}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :9
msgid ""
"In addition to email, \\application{Evolution} also can help manage your "
"contact list, your calendar, and a list of tasks."
msgstr ""
"Ademais do correo electrónico, \\application{Evolution} tamén pode axudalo a "
"xestionar a súa lista de contactos, os seus calendarios e a súa lista de "
"tarefas."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :11
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\warning{You do not need to use \\application{Evolution} if you are "
#| "using a webmail system, such as Yahoo Mail, Hotmail, or Gmail. To access "
#| "these services, use the \\application{Firefox} web browser to access them "
#| "on the web.}"
msgid ""
"\\warning{Although \\application{Evolution} can be used with many webmail "
"systems, such as Yahoo! Mail, Hotmail, and Gmail, you may prefer to use the "
"\\application{Firefox} web browser to access them.}"
msgstr ""
"\\warning{Vostede non necesita usar \\application{Evolution} se está usando "
"un sistema de correo electrónico web, como Yahoo Mail, Hotmail ou Gmail. "
"Para acceder a estes servizos use o navegador web \\application{Firefox} "
"para acceder a eles no web.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :13
msgid "Running Evolution for the first time"
msgstr "Executando Evolution por primeira vez"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :16
msgid ""
"When you start \\application{Evolution} for the first time, you will need to "
"configure it to connect to your email account."
msgstr ""
"Cando inicie \\application{Evolution} por primeira vez, vostede debe "
"configuralo para que se conecte coa súa conta de correo electrónico."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :20
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When \\application{Evolution} starts you should see the \\window"
#| "{Evolution Setup Assistant} window, welcoming you to \\application"
#| "{Evolution}. Click \\button{Forward} to continue with the setup."
msgid ""
"When \\application{Evolution} starts, you should see the \\window{Evolution "
"Setup Assistant} window, welcoming you to \\application{Evolution}. Click "
"\\button{Forward} to continue with the setup."
msgstr ""
"Ao iniciarse o \\application{Evolution} debería ver a xanela do \\window"
"{Asistente de configuración de Evolution}, dándolle a benvida ao "
"\\application{Evolution}. Prema \\button{Seguinte} para continuar a "
"instalación."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :25
msgid ""
"Next, on the \\window{Restore from backup} screen, \\application{Evolution} "
"may ask you to restore from a previous backup. Since this is the first time "
"you are running \\application{Evolution}, you can click \\button{Forward} to "
"skip this step."
msgstr ""
"A continuación, na pantalla \\window{Restaurar desde unha copia de "
"seguranza}, \\application{Evolution} preguntaralle para restaurar unha copia "
"de seguranza anterior. Xa que esta é a primeira vez que inicia \\application"
"{Evolution} pode premer en \\button{Adiante} para saltar este paso."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :32
msgid ""
"On the next screen, \\window{Identity}, you need to enter your name and the "
"email address you wish to use with \\application{Evolution}. Enter your full "
"name in the \\textfield{Full Name} field, and the full email address in the "
"\\textfield{Email Address} field. You can fill in the optional information, "
"or leave it unchanged if you desire. Click \\button{Forward} when you are "
"done."
msgstr ""
"Na seguinte pantalla, \\window{Identidade}, debe inserir o seu nome e o "
"enderezo de correo electrónico que desexa usar en \\application{Evolution}. "
"Insira o seu nome completo no campo \\textfield{Nome completo}, e o enderezo "
"de correo electrónico no campo \\textfield{Enderezo de correo electrónico}. "
"Pode encher a información adicional ou deixala sen cambios se o desexa. "
"Prema en \\button{Adiante} cando remate."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :37
msgid ""
"Next, you should see the \\window{Receiving Email} screen. On this screen, "
"you need to provide \\application{Evolution} with the details of your email "
"servers. If you do not know these details, you will need to ask your network "
"administrator or check with your email provider."
msgstr ""
"A continaución, debería ver a pantalla \\window{Recibindo correo}. Nesta "
"pantalla, debe fornecer os detalles do seu servidor de correo. Se non coñece "
"esta información debe preguntarlle ao seu administrador de rede ou comprobar "
"o seu fornecedor de correo electrónico."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :43
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "There are two common types of Internet email connections: \\acronym"
#| "{IMAP}, and \\acronym{POP}.  These are described below. In work "
#| "environments there are sometimes other types, such as Microsoft Exchange "
#| "or Novell GroupWise\\dash for more information on those types of "
#| "connections, please see the documentation for \\application{Evolution}."
msgid ""
"There are two common types of Internet email connections: \\acronym{IMAP}, "
"and \\acronym{POP}.  These are described below. In work environments there "
"are sometimes other types, such as Microsoft Exchange or Novell GroupWise"
"\\dash for more information on those types of connections, please see the "
"documentation for \\application{Evolution} located in the \\menu{Help \\then "
"Contents} menu."
msgstr ""
"Hai dous tipos comúns de conexións de correo electrónico en Internet: "
"\\acronym{IMAP} e \\acronym{POP}. Describiranse máis adiante. Nos contornos "
"de traballo hai así mesmo dous tipos comúns, Microsoft Exchange e Novell "
"GroupWise\\dash para obter máis información sobre estes tipos de conexións "
"olle a documentación do \\application{Evolution}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :45
msgid "Setting up an IMAP connection"
msgstr "Estabelecendo unha conexión IMAP"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :49
msgid ""
"\\acronym{IMAP} connections allow you to manage your email remotely\\dash "
"the actual email and folders reside on your email server, while \\application"
"{Evolution} allows you to view, edit, and delete the messages and folders as "
"needed."
msgstr ""
"As conexións \\acronym{IMAP} permítenlle xestionar o seu correo electrónico "
"de forma remota \\dash o correo electrónico actual e os cartafoles residen "
"no seu servidor de correo mentres que \\application{Evolution} lle permitirá "
"ver, editar e eliminar as mensaxes e cartafoles que necesite."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If your email provider recommends an \\acronym{POP} connection, choose "
#| "\\menu{POP} from the \\dropdown{Server Type} drop-down list. In the "
#| "\\textfield{Server} field, enter the Internet name of your mail server.  "
#| "For example, \\textbf{pop.example.com}. In the \\textfield{Username} "
#| "field, enter the username that you use to log into your email system, for "
#| "example \\textbf{joe.x.user}, or \\textbf{joe.x.user@example.com}."
msgid ""
"If your email provider recommends an \\acronym{IMAP} connection, choose "
"\\menu{IMAP} from the \\dropdown{Server Type} drop-down list. In the "
"\\textfield{Server} field, enter the Internet address or \\acronym{URL} of "
"your mail server.  for example \\textbf{imap.example.com}. In the \\textfield"
"{Username} field; enter the username that you use to log into your email "
"system, for example \\textbf{joe.x.user} or \\textbf{joe.x.user@example."
"com}, as specified by your email provider."
msgstr ""
"Se o seu fornecedor de correo electrónico recoméndalle unha conexión "
"\\acronym{POP} seleccione \\menu{POP} desde a lista despregábel \\dropdown"
"{Tipo de servidor}. No campo \\textfield{Servidor} introduza o nome do seu "
"servidor de correo electrónico. Por exemplo \\textbf{pop.exemplo.com}. No "
"campo \\textfield{Nome de usuario} introduza o nome de usuario que usa para "
"iniciar a sesión no sistema de correo electrónico, por exemplo \\textbf{xoan."
"souto} ou \\textbf{xoan.souto@exemplo.com.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :62 :90
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Your email provider may specify the security settings you will need to "
#| "use in order to receive email. If your connection does not use security, "
#| "leave the \\dropdown{Use Secure Connection} drop-down list set to \\menu"
#| "{No encryption}.  Otherwise, choose either \\menu{\\acronym{TLS} "
#| "encryption} or \\menu{\\acronym{SSL} encryption} as recommended by your "
#| "email provider."
msgid ""
"Your email provider may specify the security settings you will need to use "
"in order to receive email. If your connection does not use security, leave "
"the \\dropdown{Use Secure Connection} drop-down list set to \\menu{No "
"encryption}.  Otherwise, choose either \\menu{\\acronym{TLS} encryption} or "
"\\menu{\\acronym{SSL} encryption}, as specified by your email provider."
msgstr ""
"O seu fornecedor de correo electrónico debería especificar as configuracións "
"de seguranza que require para recibir correo. Se a súa conexión non usa "
"seguranza deixe a lista despregábel \\dropdown{Usar conexión segura} "
"estabelecida a \\menu{Sen cifrado}. Noutro caso seleccione \\menu{Cifrado "
"\\acronym{TLS} } ou \\menu{Cifrado \\acronym{SSL} } segundo recomende o seu "
"fornecedor de correo electrónico."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "After choosing these options, click \\button{Forward} to proceed to "
#| "\\window{Receiving Options} screen. While it is normal to leave all "
#| "options unselected, you may want to select the \\checkbox{Check for new "
#| "messages} option to have \\application{Evolution} automatically check "
#| "email on a regular basis."
msgid ""
"After choosing these options, click \\button{Forward} to proceed to the "
"\\window{Receiving Options} screen. While it is normal to leave all options "
"unselected, you may want to select the \\checkbox{Check for new messages} "
"option to have \\application{Evolution} automatically check email on a "
"regular basis."
msgstr ""
"Logo de seleccionar estas opcións prema no botón \\button{Adiante} para "
"proceder á pantalla \\window{Opcións de recepción}. Aínda que é normal "
"deixar todas as opcións sen seleccionar, vostede pode seleccionar a opción "
"\\checkbox{Comprobar novas mensaxes} para que \\application{Evolution} "
"comprobe o seu correo electrónico regularmente."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :70 :107
msgid ""
"When you are finished setting the options, click \\button{Forward} to "
"continue to the next screen."
msgstr ""
"Cando remate de estabelecer as opcións prema no botón \\button{Adiante} para "
"continuar á seguinte pantalla."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :72
msgid "Setting up a POP connection"
msgstr "Estabelecendo unha conexión POP"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :77
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\acronym{POP} connections let you manage your email locally\\dash "
#| "\\application{Evolution} will connect to your email provider and download "
#| "any new messages you may have received, and store them in folders on your "
#| "computer. The messages will be deleted off the server."
msgid ""
"\\acronym{POP} connections let you manage your email locally\\dash "
"\\application{Evolution} will connect to your email provider and download "
"any new messages you may have received, and store them in folders on your "
"computer. The messages will be deleted from the server."
msgstr ""
"As conexións \\acronym{POP} permítenlle xestionar o seu correo electrónico "
"localmente\\dash \\application{Evolution} conectarase ao seu fornecedor de "
"correo electrónico e descargará calquera mensaxe nova que reciba e "
"almacenaraos en cartafoles no seu computador. Todas as mensaxes descargadas "
"eliminaranse do servidor."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :84
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If your email provider recommends an \\acronym{POP} connection, choose "
#| "\\menu{POP} from the \\dropdown{Server Type} drop-down list. In the "
#| "\\textfield{Server} field, enter the Internet name of your mail server.  "
#| "For example, \\textbf{pop.example.com}. In the \\textfield{Username} "
#| "field, enter the username that you use to log into your email system, for "
#| "example \\textbf{joe.x.user}, or \\textbf{joe.x.user@example.com}."
msgid ""
"If your email provider recommends a \\acronym{POP} connection, choose \\menu"
"{POP} from the \\dropdown{Server Type} drop-down list. In the \\textfield"
"{Server} field, enter the Internet address or \\acronym{URL} of your mail "
"server; for example \\textbf{pop.example.com}. In the \\textfield{Username} "
"field, enter the username that you use to log into your email system, for "
"example \\textbf{joe.x.user}, or \\textbf{joe.x.user@example.com}."
msgstr ""
"Se o seu fornecedor de correo electrónico recoméndalle unha conexión "
"\\acronym{POP} seleccione \\menu{POP} desde a lista despregábel \\dropdown"
"{Tipo de servidor}. No campo \\textfield{Servidor} introduza o nome do seu "
"servidor de correo electrónico. Por exemplo \\textbf{pop.exemplo.com}. No "
"campo \\textfield{Nome de usuario} introduza o nome de usuario que usa para "
"iniciar a sesión no sistema de correo electrónico, por exemplo \\textbf{xoan."
"souto} ou \\textbf{xoan.souto@exemplo.com.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :95
msgid ""
"After choosing these options, click \\button{Forward} to proceed to \\window"
"{Receiving Options} screen. While it is normal to leave all options "
"unselected, you may want to select the \\checkbox{Check for new messages} "
"option to have \\application{Evolution} automatically check email on a "
"regular basis."
msgstr ""
"Logo de seleccionar estas opcións prema no botón \\button{Adiante} para "
"proceder á pantalla \\window{Opcións de recepción}. Aínda que é normal "
"deixar todas as opcións sen seleccionar, vostede pode seleccionar a opción "
"\\checkbox{Comprobar novas mensaxes} para que \\application{Evolution} "
"comprobe o seu correo electrónico regularmente."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :104
msgid ""
"You may also wish to adjust the Message Storage options, which determine "
"what \\application{Evolution} does after downloading email to your computer. "
"Select the \\checkbox{Leave messages on server} option to have \\application"
"{Evolution} keep the messages on your email system after downloading them. "
"This will allow you to use another computer to re-download all of your new "
"messages.  Select the \\checkbox{Delete after 7 days} option to have "
"\\application{Evolution} keep the messages for a few days, and delete them "
"after a while. You can adjust the number of days that \\application"
"{Evolution} keeps the messages."
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode querer axustar as opcións de Almacenamento de mensaxes, que "
"determinan que fai \\application{Evolution} despois de descargar o correo "
"electrónico ao seu computador. Seleccione a opción \\checkbox{Deixar as "
"mensaxes no servidor} para que \\application{Evolution} manteña as mensaxes "
"no seu sistema de correo despois de descargalas. Isto permítelle usar outro "
"computador para volver a descargar as súas novas mensaxes. Seleccione "
"\\checkbox{Eliminar despois de 7 días} para que \\application{Evolution} "
"manteña as mensaxes por uns días e as elimine despois. Pode axustar o número "
"de días que \\application{Evolution} mantén as mensaxes."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Setting up your Sending options"
msgid "Setting up your sending options"
msgstr "Estabelecendo as súas opcións de envío"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :113
msgid ""
"The next screen should be the \\window{Sending Email} screen. Here, you will "
"need to configure your connection for sending email through your email "
"provider."
msgstr ""
"A seguinte pantalla debería ser a pantalla \\window{Enviando correo}. Aquí, "
"vostede necesitará configurar a súa conexión para enviar correo a través do "
"seu fornecedor de correo electrónico."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :116
msgid ""
"The most common type of sending connection is \\acronym{SMTP}, which is the "
"default server type selected."
msgstr ""
"O tipo de conexión de envío máis común é \\acronym{SMTP} que é o tipo de "
"servidor seleccionado de forma predefinida."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :120
msgid ""
"In the \\textfield{Server} field, type in the name of the outbound mail "
"server (also known as the \\acronym{SMTP} server), as described by your "
"email provider. For example, \\textbf{mail.example.com}."
msgstr ""
"No campo \\textfield{Servidor} escriba o nome do servidor de correo saínte "
"(tamén coñecido como servidor \\acronym{SMTP} como lle indica o seu "
"fornecedor de correo electrónico. Por exemplo, \\textbf{mail.exemplo.com}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :126
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If your email provider requires authentication, select the \\checkbox"
#| "{Server requires authentication} option. This is common for commercial "
#| "email providers. In the ``Authentication'' section of the screen, choose "
#| "the type of authentication from the \\dropdown{Type} drop-down list\\dash "
#| "the most common authentication type is ``\\acronym{PLAIN}.'' Enter your "
#| "username below, in the \\textfield{Username} field, for example \\textbf"
#| "{joe.x.user}, or \\textbf{joe.x.user@example.com}."
msgid ""
"If your email provider requires authentication, select the \\checkbox{Server "
"requires authentication} option. This is common for commercial email "
"providers. In the ``Authentication'' section of the screen, choose the type "
"of authentication from the \\dropdown{Type} drop-down list\\dash the most "
"common authentication type is ``\\acronym{PLAIN}.'' Below that, enter your "
"username, for example, \\textfield{joe.x.user}, or \\textfield{joe.x."
"user@example.com}, in the \\textfield{Username} field."
msgstr ""
"Se o seu fornecedor de correo require autenticación seleccione a opción "
"\\checkbox{O servidor require autenticación}. Isto é moi común en "
"fornecedores de correo comerciais. Na sección ``Autenticación'' da pantalla "
"seleccione o tipo de autenticación na lista despregábel \\dropdown{Tipo}"
"\\dash o tipo de autenticación máis común é ``\\acronym{PLAIN}''. Introduza "
"o seu nome de usuario debaixo do campo \\textfield{Nome de usuario} por "
"exemplo \\textbf{xoan.souto} ou \\textbf{xoan.souto@exemplo.com}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :132
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Your email provider may specify the security settings you will need to "
#| "use in order to send email. If your connection does not use security, "
#| "leave the \\dropdown{Use Secure Connection} drop-down list set to \\menu"
#| "{No encryption}.  Otherwise, choose either \\menu{\\acronym{TLS} "
#| "encryption} or \\menu{\\acronym{SSL} encryption} as recommended by your "
#| "email provider."
msgid ""
"Your email provider may specify the security settings you will need to use "
"in order to send email. If your connection does not use security, leave the "
"\\dropdown{Use Secure Connection} drop-down list set to \\menu{No "
"encryption}.  Otherwise, choose either \\menu{\\acronym{TLS} encryption} or "
"\\menu{\\acronym{SSL} encryption}, as specified by your email provider."
msgstr ""
"O seu fornecedor de correo electrónico debería especificar as configuracións "
"de seguranza que usar para enviar correos electrónicos. Se a súa conexión on "
"usa segurana deixe a lista despregábel \\dropdown{Usar conexión segura} "
"estabelecida a \\menu{Sen cifrado}. Noutro caso, seleccione entre \\menu"
"{Cifrado \\acronym{TLS}} ou \\menu{Cifrado \\acronym{SSL}} segundo  "
"recomende o seu fornecedor de correo electrónico."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :135
msgid ""
"After choosing these options, click \\button{Forward} to proceed to the next "
"screen."
msgstr ""
"Despois de seleccionar esas opcións prema en \\button{Adiante} para proceder "
"á seguinte pantalla."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :137
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Finalizing account options"
msgid "Finalizing your account options"
msgstr "Finalizando as opcións de conta"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :140
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "On the next screen, \\window{Account Management}, enter a descriptive "
#| "name for this account. If you plan to use more than one email provider "
#| "with \\application{Evolution}, you will use this name to distinguish "
#| "between the different accounts."
msgid ""
"On the next screen, \\window{Account Management}, enter a descriptive name "
"for this account. If you set up more email accounts with \\application"
"{Evolution} the name provided here will help distinguish those accounts."
msgstr ""
"Na seguinte pantalla, \\window{Xestión de contas}, introduza un nome "
"descritivo para esta conta. Se vai usar máis dun fornecedor de correo en "
"\\application{Evolution} usarase este nome para distinguir entre as "
"diferentes contas."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :147
msgid ""
"When finished, click \\button{Forward}. This should open the \\window{Done} "
"screen. If you believe that you've entered the correct options, click "
"\\button{Apply} to finish setup. Otherwise, click \\button{Back} to go back "
"one or more screens to correct your settings, or click \\button{Cancel} to "
"abort setup and discard your account settings."
msgstr ""
"Cando remate, prema en \\button{Adiante}. Isto debería abrir a pantalla "
"\\window{Feito}. Se cree que inseriu todas as opcións correctamente prema "
"\\button{Aplicar} para rematar a configuración. Noutro caso, prema en "
"\\button{Atrás} para volver ás pantallas anteriores para corrixir as súas "
"configuracións ou prema en \\button{Cancelar} para abortar a configuración e "
"rexeitar as configuracións da conta."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :152
msgid ""
"After you finish setup, \\application{Evolution} may ask you if you would "
"like to make it your default email client. Click \\button{Yes} if you plan "
"on reading and sending email only with \\application{Evolution}. Click "
"\\button{No} if you plan on installing or using a different email program."
msgstr ""
"Logo de rematar a configuración, \\application{Evolution} preguntaralle se o "
"quere facer o seu cliente de correo electrónico predefinido. Prema \\button"
"{Si} se quere ler e enviar correos só con \\application{Evolution}. Prema en "
"\\button{Non} se vai instalar un programa de correo electrónico diferente."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :154
msgid "Around the Evolution workspace"
msgstr "Sobre o espazo de traballo de Evolution"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :158
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-evolution.png}{ss:evolution}{Evolution allows you to manage "
"your mail, contacts and tasks.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-evolution.png}{ss:evolution}{Evolution permítelle xestionar "
"o seu correo electrónico, contactos e tarefas.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :163
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\application{Evolution} window is divided into four parts. At the "
#| "top are the menubar and toolbar. The menubar lets you access most of the "
#| "functionality of \\application{Evolution}, while the toolbar provides "
#| "some convenient shortcuts to some of the most frequently used features."
msgid ""
"The \\application{Evolution} window is divided into four parts. At the top "
"are the menubar and toolbar. The menubar lets you access most of the "
"functionality of \\application{Evolution}, while the toolbar provides "
"convenient shortcuts to some of the most frequently used features."
msgstr ""
"O aplicativo \\application{Evolution} está dividido en catro partes. Na "
"parte superior está a barra de menú e a barra de ferramentas. A barra de "
"menú permítelle acceder á maioría das funcionalidades do \\application"
"{Evolution}, mentres que a barra de ferramentas dalle acceso a atallos a "
"algunhas das características usadas máis miúdo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :166
msgid ""
"On the left side of the window is the folder list. Every message that you "
"send or receive will reside in one of the folders in this list."
msgstr ""
"Na parte esquerda da xanela encóntrase a lista de cartafoles. Cada mensaxe "
"que envía ou recibe residirá nunha deses cartafoles."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :171
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Below the folder list on the left side of the window are the \\button"
#| "{Mail}, \\button{Contacts}, \\button{Calendars}, \\button{Tasks}, and "
#| "\\button{Memos} buttons. When working with email, the \\button{Mail} "
#| "button is selected.  The other buttons take you to other parts of "
#| "\\application{Evolution}."
msgid ""
"Below the folder list on the left side of the window are the \\button{Mail}, "
"\\button{Contacts}, \\button{Calendars}, \\button{Tasks}, and \\button"
"{Memos} buttons. When working with email, the \\button{Mail} button is "
"selected.  The other buttons take you to those other parts of \\application"
"{Evolution}."
msgstr ""
"Debaixo da lista de cartafoles na parte esquerda da xanela están os botóns "
"de \\button{Correo}, \\button{Contactos}, \\button{Calendarios}, \\button"
"{Tarefas} e \\button{Notas}. Cando traballe co correo electrónico "
"seleccionarase o botón \\button{Correo}. Os outros botóns levaranlle a "
"outras partes do \\application{Evolution}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :177
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "On the right side of the window are the message list, and the message "
#| "preview beneath it. The message list shows all of the messages in the "
#| "currently selected folder, or matching your search request. The message "
#| "preview shows the contents of your currently selected message in the list "
#| "above the preview."
msgid ""
"On the right side of the window are the message list, and the message "
"preview beneath it. The message list shows all of the messages in the "
"currently selected folder, or matching your search request. If a message is "
"selected in this list, its contents are shown in the message preview pane "
"below."
msgstr ""
"Na parte dereita da xanela está a lista de mensaxes e unha previsualización "
"da propia mensaxe. A lista de mensaxes móstralle unha lista de mensaxes no "
"cartafol actual, ou aquelas que coincidan coa súa busca solicitada. A "
"previsualización  da mensaxe mostra os contidos da mensaxe actualmente "
"seleccionada na lista de enriba."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :179
msgid "Understanding the folder list"
msgstr "Entendendo as lista de cartafoles"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :185
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The folder list is the way that \\application{Evolution} separates and "
#| "categorizes your email.  The first group of folders in the list is titled "
#| "``On This Computer.'' This set of folders are your \\emph{local} folders"
#| "\\dash they reside on your computer only. If you use \\acronym{POP} "
#| "servers to retrieve your email, any new message will be placed in the "
#| "\\textbf{Inbox} local folder."
msgid ""
"The folder list is the way that \\application{Evolution} separates and "
"categorizes your email.  The first group of folders in the list is titled "
"``On This Computer.'' These are your \\emph{local} folders\\dash they reside "
"on your computer only.  If you use \\acronym{POP} servers to retrieve your "
"email, any new message will be placed in the \\textbf{Inbox} local folder."
msgstr ""
"A lista de cartafoles é unha das formas que \\application{Evolution} ten "
"para separar e categorizar o seu correo electrónico. O primeiro grupo de "
"cartafoles na lista ten o título ``Neste computador''. Este conxunto de "
"cartafoles está nos cartafoles \\emph{locais}\\dash só residen no seu "
"computador. Se usa un servidor \\acronym{POP} para obter o seu correo "
"electrónico, calquera mensaxe que descargue porase no cartafol local \\textbf"
"{Caixa de entrada}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :188
msgid ""
"You can click on any folder to see its contents appear in the message list "
"on the right side of the window."
msgstr ""
"Pode premer en calquera cartafol para ver o contido aparecer na lista de "
"mensaxes na parte dereita da xanela."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :211
msgid "Each of the initial folders in the list is special:"
msgstr ""
"Cada unha dos cartafoles que aparecen ao principio desta lista é especial:"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :211
msgid "\\textbf{Inbox} stores your incoming messages."
msgstr "\\textbf{Bandexa de entrada} almacena as súas mensaxes recibidas."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :211
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Drafts} stores messages that you've worked on, but have not yet "
"sent."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Borradores} garda as mensaxes nas que estivo traballando, pero que "
"aínda non enviou."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\textbf{Junk} stores messages that have been identified as being junk.  "
#| "Junk mail is also known as ``spam.''"
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Junk} stores messages that have been identified as unsolicited "
"email that you did not want. Junk mail is also known as ``spam.''"
msgstr ""
"O \\textbf{Correo non desexado} almacena as mensaxes que foran identificadas "
"como correo non desexado. O correo non desexado tamén é coñecido como "
"``spam.''"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\textbf{Outbox} contains messages that you've finished composing, but "
#| "which have not been sent yet. For example, if you are working on your "
#| "email while offline (such as in an airplane), you can still click the "
#| "\\button{Send} button on an email message that you finish writing. The "
#| "message will be moved to the Outbox, and will remain there until the next "
#| "time you are able to send and receive messages. Once you can send and "
#| "receive messages, all email messages in the Outbox will be sent out."
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Outbox} contains messages that you've finished composing, but which "
"have not been sent yet. For example, if you are in an airplane or another "
"location without an Internet connection, you can still click the \\button"
"{Send} button once you've finished writing an email. The message will be "
"moved to the Outbox, and will remain there until the next time you are able "
"to send and receive messages. Once you can send and receive messages, all "
"email messages in the Outbox will be sent out."
msgstr ""
"A \\textbf{Caixa de saída} contén as mensaxes que acaba de escribir pero que "
"non foron enviados aínda. Por exemplo, se está traballano no seu correo "
"electrónico mentres está desconectado (se está nun avión por exemplo), pode "
"premer no botón \\button{Enviar} cando remate de escribilo. A mensaxe "
"moverase á Caixa de saída e manterase alí até a seguinte vez que poida "
"enviar ou recibir mensaxes. Cando poida enviar e recibir mensaxes todas as "
"mensaxes de correo electrónico na súa caixa de saída enviaranse."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\textbf{Sent} contains copies of messages that you had sent. Once a "
#| "message from an Outbox is sent, it is copied to the Sent folder."
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Sent} contains copies of messages that have been sent "
"successfully.  Once a message from an Outbox is sent, it is copied to the "
"Sent folder."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Correo enviado} contén copias das mensaxes que enviou. Cando unha "
"mensaxe da Bandexa de saída se envía, cópiase no cartafol Correo enviado."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :211
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\textbf{Templates} stores email message templates\\dash partial messages "
#| "that you have composed and saved as templates. You can use a message "
#| "stored in the template folder as a starting point for other messages."
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Templates} stores any email message templates you have saved.  A "
"template is a partial message, for example, a blank invoice, that can be "
"used as the starting point for other messages."
msgstr ""
"Os \\textbf{Modelos} almacena as mensaxes de correo \\dash mensaxes parciais "
"que se compoñen e se gardan como modelos. Pode usar unha mensaxe almacenada "
"como modelo no cartafol de modelos como un punto de inicio para outra "
"mensaxe."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :211
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Trash} contains messages that you have deleted. By default, the "
"trash will be emptied every time you exit \\application{Evolution}."
msgstr ""
"O \\textbf{Lixo} contén as mensaxes que foron eliminadas. Baleirarase cada "
"vez que peche \\application{Evolution}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :215
msgid ""
"If a folder contains any unread messages, the folder's name will be "
"displayed in bold, and the number of unread messages will be displayed in "
"parentheses following the folder name."
msgstr ""
"Se un cartafol contén unha mensaxe sen ler, o nome do mesmo aparecerá en "
"negra ademais do número de mensaxes sen ler entre parénteses ao lado do nome "
"do cartafol."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :220
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you use an \\acronym{IMAP} server to retrieve your email, then your "
#| "remote \\acronym{IMAP} folders will be shown in the folder list below the "
#| "``On This Computer'' section.  The list of remote folders will be shown "
#| "with a heading of the name that you have given to the account. With "
#| "\\acronym{IMAP}, your email messages will arrive in your\\ remote Inbox."
msgid ""
"If you use an \\acronym{IMAP} server to retrieve your email, then your "
"remote \\acronym{IMAP} folders will also be shown in the folder list, below "
"the ``On This Computer'' section.  The heading for each folder list uses the "
"name you gave to that account.  Each \\acronym{IMAP}-enabled account has its "
"own \\textbf{Inbox} for new messages."
msgstr ""
"Se usa un servidor \\acronym{IMAP} para obter o seu correo entón mostraranse "
"os seus cartafoles \\acronym{IMAP} na lista de cartafoles embaixo da sección "
"``Neste computado''. A lista de cartafoles remoto mostrarase coa cabeceira "
"do nome que lle deu á conta. Con \\acronym{IMAP}, as súas mensaxes de correo "
"electrónico chegarán á súa Caixa de entrada remota."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :225
msgid ""
"Towards the bottom of the folder list, \\application{Evolution} will show a "
"list of ``Search Folders.'' These are special folders that represent certain "
"messages that match search rules. Please see the section on Finding Messages "
"for more on search folders."
msgstr ""
"Ao final da lista de cartafoles, o \\application{Evolution} mostra unha "
"lista dos ``Cartafoles de busca''. Estes cartafoles especiais mostran certas "
"mensaxes que coinciden con regras de busca. Consulte a sección Encontrar "
"mensaxes para saber máis sobre os cartafoles de busca."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :227
msgid "Managing folders"
msgstr "Xestionando os cartafoles"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :230
msgid ""
"In addition to the initial folders, you can create your own folders to "
"manage your email."
msgstr ""
"Ademáis dos cartafois iniciasi, pode crear os seus propios carafois para "
"xestionar o seu correo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :237
msgid ""
"To create a new folder, open the \\menu{Folder} menu, and then choose \\menu"
"{New}. Enter a name for the folder that you would like to create.  Then, "
"from the list of folders below, select the \\emph{parent} folder. For "
"example, if you would like your new folder to be placed under the Inbox then "
"select the Inbox folder. If you select ``On This Computer,'' then your new "
"folder will be placed under ``On This Computer'' in the folder list."
msgstr ""
"Para crear un novo cartafol abra o menú \\menu{Cartafol} e logo seleccione "
"\\menu{Novo}. Insira o nome do cartafol que quere crear e desde a lista de "
"cartafoles de embaixo seleccione o cartafol \\emph{pai}. Por exemplo, se "
"quere que o seu novo cartafol se poña baixo a Caixa de entrada seleccione o "
"cartafol Caixa de entrada. Se seleccione  ``Neste computador'' o seu "
"cartafol porase baixo ``Neste computador'' na lista de cartafoles."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :240
msgid ""
"Once you've made your selection, click on the \\button{Create} button to "
"create the folder. Your new folder should now be in the folder list."
msgstr ""
"No momento que faga a súa selección, prema no botón \\button{Crear} para "
"crear o cartafol. O seu novo cartafol debería estar agora na lista."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :245
msgid ""
"You can move folders that you have created. To do so, click on the folder "
"that you would like to move, hold down the mouse button, and drag the folder "
"to a new parent folder. Once the mouse cursor highlights a new parent "
"folder, release the mouse button to finish the move."
msgstr ""
"Pode mover os cartafoles que creou. Para facelo prema no cartafol que quere "
"mover, manteña premido o botón do rato e arrástreo ao seu cartafol pai novo. "
"Cando o cursor do rato resalte o novo cartafol pai solte o botón do rato "
"para rematar a operación."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :248
msgid ""
"You can also right-click on a folder, and choose the \\menu{Move\\ldots} "
"option.  Then, select the new parent folder, and click on the \\button{Move} "
"button."
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode premer co botón dereito sobre un cartafol e seleccionar a opción  "
"\\menu{Mover\\ldots}. Logo seleccione o cartafol pai novo e prema o botón "
"\\button{Mover}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :252
msgid ""
"To delete a folder, right-click on the folder and choose the \\menu{Delete} "
"option. To confirm that you want to delete the folder, click on the \\button"
"{Delete} button."
msgstr ""
"Para eliminar un cartafol prema co botón dereito no cartafol e seleccione a "
"opción \\menu{Eliminar}. Para confirmar que quere eliminar o cartafol prema "
"no botón \\button{Eliminar}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :254
msgid "Checking and reading messages"
msgstr "Comprobando e lendo as mensaxes"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :256
msgid "Checking mail"
msgstr "Comprobando o correo"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :261
msgid ""
"When you finish setup, or when you start \\application{Evolution} in the "
"future, \\application{Evolution} will first try to connect to your email "
"provider to check your email. In order to connect, \\application{Evolution} "
"will need to know your email account password, and will ask you for it."
msgstr ""
"Cando remate a configuración ou cando inicie \\application{Evolution} no "
"futuro, \\application{Evolution} tentará primeiro conectarse ao seu "
"fornecedor de correo para comprobar o seu correo electrónico. Para "
"conectarse, \\application{Evolution} necesita saber o seu contrasinal da "
"conta de correo electrónico e preguntarallo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :265
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-evolution-enter-password.png}{ss:enter-password}{You need to "
"enter your password to authenticate your account.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-evolution-enter-password.png}{ss:enter-password}{Vostede "
"debe inserir o seu contrasinal para autenticarse na súa conta.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :270
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In the \\window{Enter Password} window, enter your password and click "
#| "\\window{OK}. If you wish for \\application{Evolution} to remember this "
#| "password and not ask you in the future, you can select the \\checkbox"
#| "{Remember this password} option."
msgid ""
"In the \\window{Enter Password} window, enter your password and click "
"\\button{OK}. If you wish for \\application{Evolution} to remember this "
"password and not ask you in the future, you can select the \\checkbox"
"{Remember this password} option."
msgstr ""
"Na xanela \\window{Insira o contrasinal}, introduza o seu contrasinal e "
"prema \\window{Aceptar}. Se o desexa que \\application{Evolution} recorde "
"este contrasinal e non quere que llo pregunte no futuro pode seleccionar a "
"opción \\checkbox{Lembrar este contrasinal}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :273
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\application{Evolution} will then show a \\window{Send and Receive} "
#| "window, showing the progress of the operation such as how many messages "
#| "are being retrieved."
msgid ""
"\\application{Evolution} will then show a \\window{Send \\& Receive Mail} "
"window, showing the progress of the operation such as how many messages are "
"being retrieved."
msgstr ""
"\\application{Evolution} entón mostrará a xanela \\window{Enviar e recibir}, "
"onde se mostrará o progreso da operación como cantas mensaxes están "
"recolléndose."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :275
msgid "Listing messages"
msgstr "Listando mensaxes"

#. not including this as showing e-mails causes a privacy issue, also adding a real e-mail increase chances of spam etc showing in this window. luke jennings ubuntujenkins
#. \screenshotTODO{Small view of the message list, showing column headers and 
#. a few email messages}
#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :282
msgid ""
"The top right portion of the \\application{Evolution} window is the message "
"list. Here, you can see email messages for your currently selected folder, "
"or matching your search terms."
msgstr ""
"Na parte superior dereita da xanela \\application{Evolution} está a lista de "
"mensaxes. Aquí é onde pode ver as mensaxes de correo para o seu cartafol "
"seleccionado actualmente ou aquelas que coinciden cos termos dunha busca."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :287
msgid ""
"By default, the message list shows six columns of information for each "
"message.  The first column is a read/unread indicator. If a message has been "
"read, the column shows an icon of an open envelope. If a message has not "
"been read, the icon will show a closed envelope."
msgstr ""
"De forma predefinida a lista das mensaxes mostra seis columnas de "
"información para cada mensaxe. A primeira colúmna é o indicador de lido/non "
"lido. Se unha mensaxe foi lida a columna mostrará unha icona dun sobre "
"aberto. Se unha mensaxe non foi lida a icona mostrará un sobre pechado."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :291
msgid ""
"The second column is an attachment indicator. If a message contains an "
"attached file, \\application{Evolution} will show an icon of a paperclip in "
"this column. Otherwise, the column will be blank."
msgstr ""
"A segúnda columna é o indicador de anexos. Se unha mensaxe contén un "
"ficheiro anexo \\application{Evolution} mostrará unha icona dun clip de "
"papel nesta columna. No caso contrario, a columna estará en branco."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :295
msgid ""
"The third column is an importance indicator. If someone sends you a message "
"marked with high importance, \\application{Evolution} will show an "
"exclamation mark in this column. Otherwise, this column will be blank."
msgstr ""
"A terceira columna é un indicador de importancia. Se alguén lle envía unha "
"mensaxe marcada con importancia alta \\application{Evolution} mostrará unha "
"marca de exclamación nesta columna. No caso contrario, esta columna "
"permanecerá en branco"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :298
msgid ""
"The fourth column contains the sender of the message. Both the name and "
"email, or just the email address, may be displayed in this column."
msgstr ""
"A cuarta columna contén o remitente da mensaxe. Tanto o nome como o enderezo "
"de correo, ou só o enderezo de correo electrónico, deben mostrarse nesta "
"columna."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :300
msgid "The fifth column contains the subject of the email message."
msgstr "A quinta columna contén o asunto da mensaxe do correo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :302
msgid "Finally, the sixth column is the date that the email was sent."
msgstr ""
"Finalmente, a sexta columna é a data na que enviou o correo electrónico."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :309
msgid ""
"When you click on a message, its contents will be displayed in the preview "
"pane below the message list. Once you select a message by clicking it, you "
"can click on the \\button{Reply} button in the toolbar to begin composing a "
"reply message to be sent to the sender, or click on the \\button{Reply to "
"All} button to begin composing a reply message to be sent to the sender and "
"other recipients of your selected message."
msgstr ""
"Cando prema sobre unha mensaxe mostraranse os seus contidos no panel de "
"previsualización embaixo da lista de mensaxes. Cando teña seleccionada unha "
"mensaxe pode premer no botón \\button{Responder} na barra de ferramentas "
"para comezar a escribir unha mensaxe de resposta para enviarlla ao "
"remitente, ou premer no botón \\button{Responder a todos} para escribir unha "
"mensaxe de resposta para enviarlla ao remitente e todos os destinatarios da "
"mensaxe seleccionada."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :314
msgid ""
"You can also click on the \\button{Trash} button in the toolbar to put the "
"message in the Trash folder, or on the \\button{Junk} button to move the "
"message into the Junk folder. Note that \\application{Evolution}, or your "
"mail server, may automatically classify some mail as Junk."
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode premer no botón \\button{Lixo} na barra de ferramentas para poñer "
"unha mensaxe no cartafol de Lixo ou no botón \\button{Correo non desexado} "
"para movela ao cartafol Correo non desexado. Teña en conta que \\application"
"{Evolution} ou o seu servidor de correo pode clasificar algún correo como "
"Correo non desexado."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :318
msgid ""
"In addition to the buttons on the toolbar, you can right-click on a message "
"in the list. \\application{Evolution} will open a menu with actions that you "
"can perform for the message."
msgstr ""
"Ademais dos botóns da barra de ferramentas pode premer sobre unha mensaxe na "
"lista. \\application{Evolution} abrirá un menú con accións que pode levar a "
"cabo na mensaxe."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :328
msgid ""
"Sometimes, you may wish to take an action on multiple email messages (for "
"example, delete multiple messages, or forward them to a new recipient).  To "
"do this in \\application{Evolution}, press-and-hold the \\keystroke{Ctrl} "
"key while clicking on multiple messages\\dash the messages you click on will "
"be selected.  You can also click on one message to select it, then press-and-"
"hold the \\keystroke{Shift} key and click on another message in the list. "
"All messages in the list between the original selection and the one you just "
"clicked on will be selected. Once you have multiple messages selected, right-"
"click on one of them to perform your desired action."
msgstr ""
"En ocasións, pode querer levar a cabo unha acción en múltiples mensaxes de "
"correo (por exemplo, eliminar varias mensaxes, ou reenvialas a un "
"remitente). Para facer ito en \\application{Evolution}, prema e manteña a "
"tecla \\keystroke{CTRL} mentres preme sobre varias mensaxes\\dash as "
"mensaxes que prema seleccionaranse. Tamén pode premer sobre unha mensaxe "
"para seleccionala e logo premer e manter a tecla \\keystroke{Maiúsculas} e "
"premer noutra mensaxe da lista. Todas as mensaxes da lista entre a selección "
"orixinal e a última que premeu seleccionaranse. Cando teña varias mensaxes "
"seleccionadas prema co botón dereito sobre unha delas para levar a cabo a "
"acción desexada."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :332
msgid ""
"Directly above the message list are the \\dropdown{Show} drop-down list, and "
"the search options. You can use the \\dropdown{Show} drop-down list to "
"filter your view to show only unread messages, or only messages with "
"attachments, etc."
msgstr ""
"Xusto enriba da lista de mensaxes está a lista despregábel \\dropdown"
"{Mostrar}, e as opcións de busca. Pode usar a lista despregábel \\dropdown"
"{Mostrar} para filtrar a súa visualización e mostrar só as mensaxes sen ler "
"ou só as mensaxes con anexos, etc."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :334
msgid "The search options will be covered in a later section."
msgstr "As opcións de busca trataranse nunha sección posterior."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :336
msgid "Previewing messages"
msgstr "Previsualizando mensaxes"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :339
msgid ""
"When you select an email message, its contents will be shown in the preview "
"pane below the message list."
msgstr ""
"Cando seleccione unha mensaxe de correo electrónico, mostrarase o seu "
"contido no panel de vista previa situado debaixo da lista de mensaxes."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :344
msgid ""
"The top of the preview pane will show the message header, which contains the "
"sender, recipients, and subject of the message, as well as the date the "
"message was sent. Below the header, \\application{Evolution} shows the "
"contents of the message itself."
msgstr ""
"A parte superior do panel de vista previa mostrará a cabeceira da mensaxe "
"que contén o remitente, os destinatarios e o asunto da mensaxe así como a "
"data na que foi enviada. Debaixo da cabeceira \\application{Evolution} "
"mostrará os contidos da propia mensaxe."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :351
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If a message was sent with \\acronym{HTML} formatting, some of the images "
#| "may not be displayed when a message is previewed. To display the missing "
#| "images, open the \\menu{View} menu from the menubar, then \\menu{Load "
#| "Images}, or press \\keystroke{Ctrl+I}. If your Internet connection is "
#| "active, the missing images should then load."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Note that loading images may provide a way for the sender to "
"track your receipt of the message. We do not recommend loading images in "
"messages that you suspect are Junk.} If a message was sent with \\acronym"
"{HTML} formatting, some of the images may not be displayed when a message is "
"previewed. To display the missing images, open the \\menu{View} menu from "
"the menubar, then \\menu{Load Images}, or press \\keystroke{Ctrl+I}. If your "
"Internet connection is active, the missing images should then load."
msgstr ""
"Se unha mensaxe foi enviada con formato \\acronym{HTML} algunhas das "
"mensaxes poderán non verse na vista previa da mensaxe. Para mostrar as "
"imaxes que faltan abra o menú \\menu{Ver} desde a barra de menú e logo \\menu"
"{Cargar imaxes} ou prema \\keystroke{CTRL+H}. Se a súa conexión a Internet "
"está activa cargaranse as imaxes que faltan."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :353
msgid "Opening messages"
msgstr "Abrindo mensaxes"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :357
msgid ""
"At times, you may want to display multiple messages at the same time. To do "
"so, you can open each message in a separate window instead of just viewing "
"it in the preview pane."
msgstr ""
"En ocasións, pode que queira mostrar varias mensaxes ao mesmo tempo. Para "
"iso, pode abrir cada mensaxe nunha xanela aparte, no lugar de velas no panel "
"de vista previa."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :361
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The open a message in its own window, double click a message in the "
#| "message list. The message should then open in a separate window. You can "
#| "go back to the message list and open another message, if needed."
msgid ""
"To open a message in its own window, double click a message in the message "
"list. The message should then open in a separate window. You can go back to "
"the message list and open another message, if needed."
msgstr ""
"Para abrir unha mensaxe na súa propia xanela, prema dúas veces nunha mensaxe "
"da lista de mensaxes. Deberase mostrar a mensaxe nunha xanela independente. "
"Pode volver á lista de mensaxes e abrir outra mensaxe, se é preciso."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :365
msgid ""
"In the open message window, you can use the options in the menubar or on the "
"toolbar to reply to the message, categorize it, delete it, as well as "
"perform other message actions."
msgstr ""
"Na xanela da mensaxe aberta, pode usar as opcións da barra de menús ou de "
"ferramentas para responder a mensaxe, arquivala, borrala, así como levar a "
"cabo outras accións sobre a mensaxe."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :367
msgid "Finding messages"
msgstr "Buscando mensaxes"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :373
msgid ""
"There are three ways to search for messages in \\application{Evolution}: you "
"can use the search option at the top of the message list, use the Advanced "
"Search function, or create a search folder."
msgstr ""
"Hai tres formas de buscar mensaxes en \\application{Evolution}: pode usar a "
"opción de busca na parte superior da lista de mensaxes, usar a opción Busca "
"avanzada ou crear un cartafol de busca."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :377
msgid ""
"To use message list search, enter the text you want to find in the "
"\\textfield{Search} field at the top right of the message list, and press "
"\\keystroke{Enter}. The list of messages will change to show only those "
"messages containing the text you entered."
msgstr ""
"Para usar a busca de lista de mensaxes introduza o texto que queira buscar "
"no campo \\textfield{Buscar} na parte superior dereita da lista de mensaxes "
"e prema \\keystroke{Intro}. A lista de mensaxes cambiará para mostrar só as "
"mensaxes que conteñan o texto que inseriu."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :388
msgid ""
"To the right of the search field you should be able to see a drop-down list "
"of options such as ``Current Folder,'' ``Current Account,'' and ``All "
"Accounts.'' By default, \\application{Evolution} will use the ``Current "
"Folder'' option and will only show you results within the folder you've got "
"selected in the folder list on your left. If you choose the ``Current "
"Account'' option, \\application{Evolution} will search for messages in all "
"folders within the current email account \\dash such as all the folders ``On "
"This Computer'' or in your \\acronym{IMAP} folders, depending on your email "
"setup. If you have multiple email accounts added to \\application"
"{Evolution}, choosing the ``All Accounts'' option lets you search for "
"messages in all of your accounts."
msgstr ""
"Á dereita do campo de busca debería ver unha lista despregábel de opcións "
"como «Cartafol actual», «Conta actual»,'e  «Todas as contas». Por omisión, o "
"\\application{Evolution} usará a opción do cartafol actual e só mostrará "
"resultados dentro do cartafol que teña seleccionado na lista de cartafoles "
"do lado esquerdo. Se escolle a opción «Conta actual», \\application"
"{Evolution} buscará mensaxes en todos os cartafoles dentro do correo "
"electrónico da conta actual \\dash así como en todos os cartafoles «Neste "
"computador» ou nos seus cartafoles \\acronym{IMAP}, segundo sexa a súa "
"configuración de correo. Se ten múltiples contas de correo electrónico no "
"\\application{Evolution}, escoller a opción «Todas as contas» permite que "
"busque por mensaxes en todas as súas contas."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :393
msgid ""
"If no messages match the text you've entered, you can edit the text and try "
"searching again. To return to the folder display, open the \\menu{Search} "
"menu from the menubar and then choose \\menu{Clear}, or instead erase all "
"the text you've entered in the \\textfield{Search} field and press "
"\\keystroke{Enter}."
msgstr ""
"Se non hai mensaxes que coincidan co texto que inseriu pode editar o texto e "
"probar a buscar de novo. Para volver ao cartafol mostrado, abra o menú \\menu"
"{Buscar} desde a barra de menú e logo prema sobre \\menu{Limpar} ou borre "
"todo o texto que inseriu no campo \\textfield{Buscar} e prema \\keystroke"
"{Intro}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :398
msgid ""
"In some cases, you may want to search for messages using multiple criteria.  "
"For example, you may want to find a message from a particular user with some "
"specific words in the subject of the message. In \\application{Evolution}, "
"you can perform this search using the Advanced Search function."
msgstr ""
"Nalgúns casos pode necesitar buscar mensaxes con varios criterios. Por "
"exemplo, pode querer buscar as mensaxes dun usuario en particular con unhas "
"palabras específicas no asunto da mensaxe. En \\application{Evolution} pode "
"levar a cabo esta busca usando a función Busca avanzada."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :402
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-advanced-search.png}{ss:advanced-search}{To use more search "
"terms you can use the advanced search window.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-advanced-search.png}{ss:advanced-search}{Para usar máis de "
"un termo de busca vostede pode usar a xanela avanzada de busca.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :413
msgid ""
"To use Advanced Search, choose \\menu{Search \\then Advanced Search}. "
"\\application{Evolution} should open the \\window{Advanced Search} window. "
"In the middle section of the window, specify your search criteria. For our "
"example, to find messages from myfriend@example.com that contained ``boat'' "
"in the subject, you would enter \\userinput{myfriend@example.com} in the "
"text field to the right of the drop-down list with ``Sender'' selected, and "
"would enter \\userinput{boat} in the text field to the right of the drop-"
"down list with ``Subject'' selected.  Then, click on \\button{Remove} to the "
"right of all lines that are unused, and click \\button{OK} to perform the "
"search. The message list should then only display messages that match your "
"advanced search criteria."
msgstr ""
"Para usar a busca avanzada, escolla \\menu{Buscar \\then Busca avanzada}. "
"\\application{Evolution} debería abrir a \\window{Busca avanzada}. Na parte "
"intermedia da xanela, especifique os criterios de busca. Para o noso "
"exemplo, para atopar mensaxes de meuamigo@exemplo.com que conteña «barco» no "
"asunto, ten que escribir  \\userinput {meuamigo@exemplo.com} no campo de "
"texto á dereita da lista despregábel con «Remitente» seleccionado, e "
"introduza \\userinput{barco} no campo de texto á dereita da lista "
"despregábel co «Asunto» seleccionado. A continuación, prema no \\button"
"{Eliminar} á dereita de todas as liñas que non se utilizan, e botón prema no "
"\\button{Aceptar} para realizar a busca. A lista debería entón mostrar só as "
"mensaxes que coinciden cos seus criterios de busca avanzada."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :420
msgid ""
"When specifying the criteria for advanced search, you can click on the "
"\\button{Add Condition} button to add additional lines. You can also change "
"the selection in the drop-down list at the beginning of each line to specify "
"a different field to be checked, or change the drop-down with ``contains'' "
"selected by default in order to have a different type of a match. Please "
"refer to the \\application{Evolution} help documents for more information."
msgstr ""
"Cando especifique un criterio de busca avanzado pode premer sobre o botón "
"\\button{Engadir condición} para engadir liñas adicionais. Vostede pode "
"cambiar a selección na lista despregábel ao comezo de cada liña para "
"especificar un campo diferente para verificalo ou cambiar a lista "
"despregábel con ``contén'' seleccionado por omisión para ter un tipo de "
"coincidencia distinto. Refírase aos documentos de axuda de  \\application"
"{Evolution} para obter máis información."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :426
msgid ""
"In some cases, you may want to perform the same search request on a regular "
"basis. For example, you may want to always be able to see all messages from "
"myfriend@example.com regardless of which folder you've used to store the "
"message. To help with this type of a search, \\application{Evolution} allows "
"you to create Search Folders."
msgstr ""
"Nalgúns casos pode querer levar a cabo a mema busca con regularidade. Por "
"exemplo, pode querer ver todas as mensaxe de omeuamigodaalma@exemplo.com sen "
"importar o cartafol que usara para almacenalo. Para axudarlle con este tipo "
"de buscas, \\application{Evolution} permítelle crear cartafoles de busca."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :434
msgid ""
"To create a search folder, choose \\menu{Search \\then Create Search Folder "
"From Search} from the menubar. Give the folder a name by entering it in the "
"\\textfield{Rule name} field at the top. Then, specify search criteria in "
"the same way as in Advanced Search. Below the criteria, pick which folders "
"should be searched by this search folder \\dash for example, you can choose "
"``All local and active remote folders'' to search in all of your account's "
"folders. When you are finished, click \\button{OK}."
msgstr ""
"Para crear un cartafol de busca, escolla \\menu{Buscar \\then Crear cartafol "
"a partir da busca} na barra de menús. Déalle un nome ao cartafol, "
"introducíndoo no campo \\textfield{Nome da regra} da parte superior. Logo, "
"especifique os criterios de busca da mesma forma que na Busca avanzada. "
"Despois dos criterios, escolla os cartafoles que deben ser percorridos por "
"este cartafol de busca \\dash por exemplo, pode escoller «Todos os locais e "
"cartafoles remotos activos» para buscar en todos os seus cartafoles "
"configurados. Cando remate, prema en \\button{Aceptar}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :438
msgid ""
"The new search folder should now be added to the list of search folders "
"towards the bottom of the message list. If you click on the search folder to "
"select it, you should be able to see a list of messages that match your "
"search criteria."
msgstr ""
"Debería engadir o novo cartafol de busca á lista de cartafois de busca cara "
"o btoón da lista de mensaxes. Se preme nun cartafol de busca seleccioneo, "
"debería poder ver unha lista de mensaxes que coinciden co seu criterio de "
"busca."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :440
msgid "Subscribing to IMAP folders"
msgstr "Subscribindo a cartafoles IMAP"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :445
msgid ""
"If you use \\acronym{IMAP} to retrieve your email, you should see a set of "
"folders in the folder list on the left side of the window that is titled "
"with the name of your \\acronym{IMAP} account. Folders like Inbox, Drafts, "
"Junk and others should be displayed in the folder list."
msgstr ""
"Se usa \\acronym{IMAP} para obter o seu correo electrónico, debería ver os "
"cartafoles na lista de cartafoles na parte esquerda da xanela que ten o "
"título da súa conta de \\acronym{IMAP}. Os cartafoles como Caixa de entrada, "
"Borradores, Correo non desexado e outros deberían mostrarse na lista de "
"cartafoles."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :449
msgid ""
"If you have other folders in your \\acronym{IMAP} account, you will need to "
"subscribe to them. If you subscribe to a folder, \\application{Evolution} "
"will download messages for that folder whenever you check your email."
msgstr ""
"Se vostede ten outros cartafoles na súa conta \\acronym{IMAP} necesitará "
"subscribirse a eles. Se se subscribe a un cartafol \\application{Evolution} "
"descargará as mensaxes de ese cartafol cando comprobe o seu correo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :454
msgid ""
"To subscribe to a folder select \\menu{Folder \\then Subscriptions} from the "
"menubar. \\application{Evolution} should open the \\window{Folder "
"Subscriptions} window.  From the \\dropdown{Server} drop-down list choose "
"your account name. \\application{Evolution} should then show a list of "
"folders in the list below."
msgstr ""
"Para subscribirse a un cartafol seleccione \\menu{Cartafol \\then "
"Subscricións} desde a barra de menú. \\application{Evolution} debería abrir "
"a xanela  \\window{Subscricións de cartafoles}. Desde a lista despregábel "
"\\dropdown{Servidor} seleccione o seu nome de conta. \\application"
"{Evolution} debería mostrar unha lista dos cartafoles na lista de abaixo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :461
msgid ""
"Choose the folders you would like to subscribe to by selecting the check box "
"to the left of the folder name. When you are finished, click \\button"
"{Close}.  The folders will be updated the next time you check your email."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione os cartafoles aos que desexa subscribirse seleccionando a caixa "
"de verificación á esquerda do seu nome. Cando remate, prema \\button"
"{Pechar}. Os cartafoles actualizaranse a seguinte vez que comprobe o seu "
"correo electrónico."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :463
msgid "Composing and replying to messages"
msgstr "Creando e contestando mensaxes"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :466
msgid ""
"In addition to reading email, you will likely want to reply to the email you "
"read, or compose new messages."
msgstr ""
"Ademais de ler o seu correo electrónico, vostede pode querer respostar ao "
"correo que leu  ou escribir un novo mensaxe."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :468
msgid "Composing new messages"
msgstr "Creando un mensaxe novo"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :471
msgid ""
"To compose a new message, click on the \\button{New} button on the toolbar.  "
"\\application{Evolution} should open a \\window{Compose message} window."
msgstr ""
"Para redarctar unha nova mensaxe prema o botón \\button{Novo} na barra de "
"ferramentas. \\application{Evolution} debería abrir unha xanela \\window"
"{Redactar unha mensaxe}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :475
msgid ""
"In the \\textfield{To:} field, enter the email address of the destination "
"\\dash the contact to whom you are sending this email. If there is more than "
"one contact to whom you are writing, separate multiple recipients with "
"commas."
msgstr ""
"No campo \\textfield{Para:} introduza o enderezo de correo do destinatario "
"\\dash o contacto ao que quere enviarlle este correo electrónico. Se é máis "
"de un contacto ao que lle está escribindo separe os destinatarios con "
"vírgulas."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :481
msgid ""
"If a contact that you are addressing is in your address book, you can "
"address them by name. Start typing the name of the contact; \\application"
"{Evolution} will display the list of matching contacts below your text. Once "
"you see the contact you intend to address, click on their email address or "
"use the \\keystroke{down arrow} key and then \\keystroke{Enter} to select "
"the address."
msgstr ""
"Se un contacto ao que está enviándoll un correo está na axenda de enderezos, "
"pode enviarllo polo seu nome. Comece a escribir o nome do contacto e "
"\\application{Evolution} mostrará unha lista dos contactos que coinciden co "
"seu texto. Cando vexa o contacto ao co quere contactar prema no seu enderezo "
"de correo ou use a \\keystroke{frecha cara abaixo} e logo prema \\keystroke"
"{Intro} para seleccionar o enderezo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :486
msgid ""
"If you would like to carbon-copy some contacts, enter their email addresses "
"in the \\textfield{Cc:} field in the same manner as the To: recipients. "
"Contacts on the To: and Cc: lines will receive the email, and will see the "
"rest of the contacts to whom an email was sent."
msgstr ""
"Se quere mandar unha copia a varios contactos, introduza o seu enderezo de "
"correo no campo \\textfield{CC:} da mesma maneira que fixo no campo de "
"destinatarios ``Para:''. Os contacto na liña Para: e Cc: recibirán o correo "
"e verán o resto de contactos aos que se enviou ese correo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :494
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you would like to send an email to some contacts without disclosing to "
#| "whom your email was sent, you can send a blind carbon-copy, or ``Bcc.'' "
#| "To enable Bcc, select \\menu{View \\then Bcc Field} from the menubar. A "
#| "\\textfield{Bcc:} field should appear below the \\textfield{Cc:} field. "
#| "Any contacts entered in the Bcc field will receive the message, but none "
#| "of the recipients will see the names or emails of contacts on the Bcc "
#| "line."
msgid ""
"If you would like to send an email to some contacts without disclosing to "
"whom your email was sent, you can send a blind carbon-copy, or \\textfield"
"{Bcc}. To enable Bcc, select \\menu{View \\then Bcc Field} from the menubar. "
"A \\textfield{Bcc:} field should appear below the \\textfield{Cc:} field. "
"Any contacts entered in the \\textfield{Bcc:} field will receive the "
"message, but none of the recipients will see the names or emails of contacts "
"on the \\textfield{Bcc:} line."
msgstr ""
"Se quere enviar un correo a algúns contactos sen descubrir a quen se lle "
"enviou, pode enviar unha copia cega, ou «CCO». Para activar CCO, seleccione "
"\\menu{Ver \\then campo CCO} na barra de menús. Un campo \\textfield{CCO} "
"debería aparecer debaixo do \\textfield{CCO:}. Todos os contactos "
"introducidos no campo CCO recibirán a mensaxe, pero ningún dos receptores "
"verán os nomes ou correos dos contactos da liña CCO."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :503
msgid ""
"Instead of typing the email addresses, or names, of the contacts you are "
"addressing in the message, you can also select the contacts from your "
"address book. To do so, click on the \\button{To:}, \\button{Cc:} or \\button"
"{Bcc:} buttons to the left of the text fields. \\application{Evolution} "
"should open the \\window{Select Contacts from Address Book} window. Use the "
"list on the left side of the window to select your contact, or type a few "
"letters from your contact's first or last name in the \\textfield{Search} "
"field to filter the list to only show matching contacts."
msgstr ""
"En lugar de escribir os enderezos de correo, ou nomes, dos contactos aos que "
"está dirixindo a mensaxe, pode seleccionar os contactos da súa axenda de "
"enderezos. Para facer iso, prema sobre \\button{Para:}, \\button{CC:} ou os "
"botóns \\button{CCO:} á esquerda dos campos de texto. \\application"
"{Evolution} debería abrir a xanela \\window{Seleccionar contactos da Axenda "
"de enderezos}. Use a lista no lado esquerdo da xanela para seleccionar o seu "
"contacto, ou escriba unhas poucas letrs do nome ou apelido do seu contacto "
"no campo \\textfield{Buscar} para filtrar a lista de modo que se mostren só "
"os contactos  coincidentes."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :509
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Once you identify the contact you would like to address, click on their "
#| "name in the list. Then, click on the \\button{Add} button to the left of "
#| "either the ``To,'' ``Cc,'' or ``Bcc'' fields on the right of the screen. "
#| "Your selected contact will be added to that list. If you've added the "
#| "contact in error, click their name in the list on the right, and click on "
#| "the \\button{Remove} button. When you are finished picking contacts, "
#| "click \\button{Close} to return to the composing screen."
msgid ""
"Once you identify the contact you would like to address, click on their name "
"in the list. Then, click on the \\button{Add} button to the left of either "
"the \\textfield{To:}, \\textfield{Cc:}, or \\textfield{Bcc:} fields located "
"on the right of the screen. Your selected contact will be added to that "
"list. If you've added the contact in error, click their name in the list on "
"the right, and click on the \\button{Remove} button. When you are finished "
"picking contacts, click \\button{Close} to return to the composing screen."
msgstr ""
"Logo de identificar o contacto ao que quere dirixirse, prema sobre o seu "
"nome na lista. Logo, prema no botón \\button{Engadir} á esquerda ou ben os "
"campos «Para», «CC» ou «CCO» na dereita da pantalla. O seu contacto "
"seleccionado engadirase a esa lista. Se engadiu un contacto por erro, prema "
"sobre o seu nome na lista da dereita, e faga clic no bótón \\button"
"{Eliminar}. Cando acabe de escribir contactos, prema \\button{Cerrar} para "
"volver á pantalla de composición."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :513
msgid ""
"Enter a subject for your email. Messages should have a subject to help the "
"recipient to identify the email while glancing at their message list; if you "
"do not include a subject, \\application{Evolution} will warn you about this."
msgstr ""
"Insira un asunto para a súa mensaxe. As mensaxes deben ter un asunto para "
"axudarlle aos seus destinatarios a identificar o correo electrónico cando "
"están na súa lista de mensaxes. Se non inclúe un asunto \\application"
"{Evolution} avisaralle."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :517
msgid ""
"Enter the contents of your message in the big text field below the subject.  "
"There is no practical limit on the amount of text you can include in your "
"message."
msgstr ""
"Insira os contidos da súa mensaxe no campo de texto grande debaixo do "
"asunto. Non hai un límite práctico na cantidade de texto que pode incluir na "
"súa mensaxe."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :528
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "By default, new messages will be sent in ``Plain Text'' mode. This means "
#| "that no formatting or graphics will be shown to the recipient, but the "
#| "message is least likely to be rejected or displayed illegibly to the "
#| "recipients.  If you know that your recipient uses a contemporary computer "
#| "and a modern email program, you can send them messages that include "
#| "formatting. To switch to this mode, click the drop-down list button on "
#| "the left side directly above the text field for the message contents. "
#| "Change the selection from ``Plain Text'' to ``\\acronym{HTML}'' to enable "
#| "advanced formatting. When using \\acronym{HTML} mode, a new toolbar "
#| "should appear right under the mode selection that will allow you to "
#| "perform advanced advanced font styling and message formatting."
msgid ""
"By default, new messages will be sent in ``Plain Text'' mode. This means "
"that no formatting or graphics will be shown to the recipient, but the "
"message is least likely to be rejected or displayed illegibly to the "
"recipients.  If you know that your recipient uses a contemporary computer "
"and a modern email program, you can send them messages that include "
"formatting. To switch to this mode, click the drop-down list button on the "
"left side directly above the text field for the message contents. Change the "
"selection from ``Plain Text'' to ``\\acronym{HTML}'' to enable advanced "
"formatting. When using \\acronym{HTML} mode, a new toolbar should appear "
"right under the mode selection that will allow you to perform advanced font "
"styling and message formatting."
msgstr ""
"Por omisión, as novas mensaxes enviaranse no modo «Texto simple». Isto "
"significa que nin o formatado nin as imaxes se lle mostrarán ao receptor, "
"pero a mensaxe será dificilmente rexeitada ou mostrada como ilexíbel para os "
"receptores. Se sabe que o seu receptor usa un programa de correo e un "
"computador actual, pode enviar mensaxes que inclúan formatado. Ao usar o "
"modo \\acronym{HTML}, mostrarase unha nova barra de tarefas xusto debaixo do "
"modo de selección que lle permitirá aplicar estilos avanzados e formatado de "
"mensaxes."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :532
msgid ""
"When you have finished composing your email, click on the \\button{Send} "
"button on the window's toolbar. Your message will be placed in the Outbox, "
"and will be sent when you next check your email."
msgstr ""
"Cando remate de redactar o seu email prema o botón \\button{Enviar} na barra "
"de ferramentas da xanela. A súa mensaxe poñerase na Caixa de saída e "
"enviarase a próxima vez que comprobe o seu correo electrónico."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :534
msgid "Attaching files"
msgstr "Adxuntando ficheiros"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :537
msgid ""
"At times, you may want to send files to your contacts. To send files, you "
"will need to attach them to your email message."
msgstr ""
"En ocasións, vostede pode querer enviarlles ficheiros aos seus contactos. "
"Para enviar ficheiros necesita anexalos a unha mensaxe de correo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :541
msgid ""
"To attach a file to an email you are composing, click on the \\button{Add "
"Attachment} button at the bottom right of the email message window. "
"\\application{Evolution} should show the \\window{Add attachment} window."
msgstr ""
"Para anexar un ficheiro ao correo electrónico que está escribindo prema no "
"botón \\button{Engadir anexo} na parte inferior dereita da xanela da mensaxe "
"de correo. \\application{Evolution} debería mostrar unha xanela \\window"
"{Engadir anexo}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :546
msgid ""
"Select the file you would like to include in your message and click on the "
"\\button{Attach} button. \\application{Evolution} will return you to the "
"email message window, and your selected file should be listed in a section "
"below the \\button{Add Attachment} button."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione o ficheiro que quere incluír na súa mensaxe e prema no botón "
"\\button{Anexar}. \\application{Evolution} volverá á xanela da mensaxe de "
"correo e o ficheiro que seleccionou mostraráse na sección embaixo do botón "
"\\button{Engadir anexo}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :548
msgid "Replying to messages"
msgstr "Respondendo unha mensaxe"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :551
msgid ""
"In addition to composing new messages, you may want to reply to messages "
"that you receive."
msgstr ""
"Ademais de escribir mensaxes, vostede pode querer respostar as mensaxes que "
"reciba."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :553
msgid "There are three types of email replies:"
msgstr "Hai tres tipos de respostas de correo electrónico:"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :562
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Reply} (or ``Reply to Sender'') \\dash sends your reply only to the "
"sender of the message to which you are replying."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Respostar} (ou «Respostar ao remitente»') \\dash envía a súa mensaxe "
"só ao remitente da mensaxe que vostede está respostando."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :562
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Reply to All} \\dash sends your reply to the sender of the message, "
"as well as anyone else on the To or Cc lines."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Respostar a todos} \\dash envía a súa resposta ao remitente da "
"mensaxe, así como a calquera que estea nas liñas Para ou Cc."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :562
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Forward} \\dash allows you to send the message, with any additional "
"comments you may add, to some other contacts."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Reenviar} \\dash permítelle enviar unha mensaxe con algún "
"comentario adicional que vostede engada a varios destinatarios."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :566
msgid ""
"To use any of these methods, click on the message to which you want to reply "
"and then click the \\button{Reply}, \\button{Reply to All}, or \\button"
"{Forward} button on the toolbar."
msgstr ""
"Para usar calquera destes métodos prema na mensaxe que quere reenviar e logo "
"prema \\button{Responder}, \\button{Responder a todos} ou sobre o botón "
"\\button{Reenviar} na barra de ferramentas."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :572
msgid ""
"\\application{Evolution} should open the reply window. This window should "
"look much like the window for composing new messages, but the To, Cc, "
"Subject, and main message content fields should be filled in from the "
"message to which you are replying. Each line in the message should be "
"prefixed with a ``>'' character."
msgstr ""
"\\application{Evolution} debería abrir unha xanela de resposta. Esta xanela "
"debería semellarse moito á xanela de composición dunha nova mensaxe, pero os "
"campos de mensaxe, Para, Cc e asunto deberían estar recheos coa información "
"da mensaxe que vostede está respondendo. Cada liña da mensaxe anterior "
"debería estar prefixada con un caracter ``>''."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :576
msgid ""
"Edit the To, Cc, Bcc, Subject or main body as you see fit. When your reply "
"is finished, click on the \\button{Send} button on the toolbar. Your message "
"will be placed in the Outbox, and will be sent when you next check your "
"email."
msgstr ""
"Edite o A, CC, Bcc, Asunto ou o corpo principal para axustalo ao que "
"necesita. Cando remate a súa resposta prema sobre o botón \\button{Enviar} "
"na barra de tarefas. A súa mensaxe porase na Caixa de saída e enviarase "
"cando comprobe o correo electrónico a seguinte vez."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :578
msgid "Using signatures"
msgstr "Usando sinaturas"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :582
msgid ""
"In order to give your messages a footer, \\application{Evolution} allows you "
"to use a ``signature.'' Signatures in email are a bit of standard text that "
"is added to the bottom of any new messages or replies."
msgstr ""
"Para deixar a súa mensaxe no pe da mensaxe \\application{Evolution} "
"permítelle usar unha ``sinatura''. As sinaturas no correo electrónico son "
"pequeno texto estándar que se engade na parte inferior de calquera mensaxe e "
"contestación."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :589
msgid ""
"When composing of replying to a message, click on the \\dropdown{Signature} "
"drop-down list below the toolbar just above the \\textfield{To:} field.  "
"This list should contain any signatures that you have created, as well as an "
"``Autogenerated'' signature. If you select \\menu{Autogenerated}, "
"\\application{Evolution} will add two dashes, and then your name and email "
"address to the bottom of the email message."
msgstr ""
"Ao redactar ou responder a unha mensaxe, prema na lista despregábel "
"\\dropdown{Sinatura} baixo a barra de tarefas, xusto sobre o campo "
"\\textfield{Para:}. Esta lista debería conter as sinaturas que teña creadas, "
"así como unha sinatura ``Autoxerada''. Se selecciona \\menu{Autoxerada}, "
"\\application{Evolution} engadirá dous guións e logo o seu nome e enderezo "
"de correo-e na parte inferior da mensaxe."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :595
msgid ""
"You can also specify some custom signatures. To create a signature, open the "
"\\window{Evolution Preferences} window by selecting \\menu{Edit \\then "
"Preferences} from the menubar. On the left side of the \\application"
"{Evolution} Preferences window, select \\menu{Composer Preferences} and then "
"select the \\menu{Signatures} tab."
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode especificar algunhas sinaturas personalizadas. Para crear unha "
"sinatura abra a xanela \\window{Preferencias de Evolution} seleccoinando "
"\\menu{Editar \\then Preferencias} desde a barra de menú. Na parte esquerda "
"da xanela de preferencias de \\application{Evolution} seleccione \\menu"
"{Preferencias do editor} e logo seleccione o separador \\menu{Sinaturas}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :604
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Click on the \\button{Add} to add a new signature. \\application"
#| "{Evolution} should then open the \\window{Edit Signature} window. Give "
#| "your signature a name, and enter the contents of your signature in the "
#| "big text field below. When finished, click on the \\button{Save} button "
#| "on the toolbar (the button's icon looks like a floppy disk). Your new "
#| "signature's name should appear in the list in preferences. Close the "
#| "preferences window."
msgid ""
"Click on the \\button{Add} to add a new signature. \\application{Evolution} "
"should then open the \\window{Edit Signature} window. Give your signature a "
"name, and enter the contents of your signature in the big text field below.  "
"\\marginnote{Note that the two dashes are added automatically by Ubuntu, so "
"there is no need to include them in your custom signature.} When finished, "
"click on the \\button{Save} button on the toolbar (the button's icon looks "
"like a floppy disk). Your new signature's name should appear in the list in "
"preferences. Close the preferences window."
msgstr ""
"Prema en \\button{Engadir} para engadir unha nova sinatura. \\application"
"{Evolution} debería abrir a xanela \\window{Editar sinatura}. Déalle un nome "
"á súa sinatura e introduza o contido da sinatura no gran campo de texto "
"xusto embaixo. Cando remate, prema no botón \\button{Gardar} na barra de "
"ferramentas (a icona de botón que semella un disquete). O nome da súa nova "
"sinatura debería aparecer na lista das preferencias. Cerre a xanela de "
"preferencias para finalizar."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/readingcomposingemail.tex :607
msgid ""
"Your signature should now show up in the drop-down list in the compose/reply "
"window."
msgstr ""
"A súa sinatura debería mostrarse na lista despregábel na xanela de "
"composición/resposta."

#.   [intro to using evolution with or without an account]
#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :3
msgid "Staying organized"
msgstr "Manterse organizado"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :6
msgid ""
"The \\application{Evolution} application in Ubuntu can let you keep and "
"manage a list of your contacts, maintain a calendar, and a task list."
msgstr ""
"O aplicativo \\application{Evolution} en Ubuntu pode manter e xestionar a "
"súa lista de contactos."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :12
msgid ""
"If you have already set up Evolution with an email account, you do not need "
"to do any further setup to use these features. If you do not wish to use "
"Evolution for email, you can still use it for managing your contacts or "
"maintaining a schedule, as well as keep track of tasks and memos that you "
"can create for yourself."
msgstr ""
"Se xa ten configurado Evolution con unha conta de correo, non necesita máis "
"configuracións para usar estas funcionalidades. Se non desexa usar Evolution "
"para o correo electrónico, vostede pode usalo para xestionar os seus "
"contactos ou manter a súa axenda de planificación, así como xestionar as "
"súas tarefas e os recordatorios que pode crear."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :15
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To start Evolution, open the \\menu{Applications} menu, then choose \\menu"
#| "{Internet} and then \\menu{Evolution Mail}."
msgid ""
"To start Evolution, open the \\menu{Applications} menu, then choose \\menu"
"{Office} and then \\menu{Evolution Mail and Calendar}."
msgstr ""
"Para iniciar Evolution, abra o menú \\menu{Aplicativos} logo seleccione "
"\\menu{Internet} e finalmente \\menu{Correo electrónico do Evolution}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :20
msgid "Managing your contacts"
msgstr "Xestionando os seus contactos"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :24
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-contacts-evolution.png}{ss:evolution-contacts}{You can view, "
"edit, and add contacts.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-contacts-evolution.png}{ss:evolution-contacts}{Vostede pode "
"ver, editar e engadir contactos.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :28
msgid ""
"If you would like to keep a list of your contacts \\dash personal or "
"professional contact information for people and organizations \\dash you can "
"manage these contacts in Evolution."
msgstr ""
"Se quere manter unha lista dos seus contactos \\dash información de "
"contactos persoais ou profesionais da xente e organizacións \\dash vostede "
"pode xestionalos en Evolution."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :33
msgid ""
"To view contacts, click on the \\button{Contacts} button below the folder "
"list on the left side of the Evolution window. The folder list on the left "
"will be replaced by a list of address book types. Click on an address book, "
"for example ``Personal.''"
msgstr ""
"Para ver os contactos prema no botón \\button{Contacts} debaixo da lista de "
"cartafoles na parte esquerda da xanela do Evolution. A lista de cartafoles "
"na esquerda substituirase polos tipos de axendas de enderezos. Prema nunha "
"axenda de enderezos, por exemplo ``Persoal''."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :39
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The right side of the window will display a list of contacts. Click a "
#| "contact to show the contact's details in the lower portion of the right "
#| "side of the window."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{An address book is a collection of contacts and contact lists.  "
"It can either be stored on your computer, or on a remote server.} The right "
"side of the window will display a list of contacts. Click a contact to show "
"the contact's details in the lower portion of the right side of the window."
msgstr ""
"A parte dereita da xanela mostrará unha lista de contactos. Prema nun "
"contacto para mostrar os detalles do mesmo na porción inferior da parte "
"dereita da xanela."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :46
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you use \\application{Ubuntu One}, you may have two address books "
#| "\\dash a ``Personal'' address book stored on your computer, and an "
#| "``Ubuntu One'' address book. You can add contacts to either address book, "
#| "though only the ``Ubuntu One'' address book is synchronized to your "
#| "Ubuntu One account."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Ubuntu One is a free service you can use to sync and store "
"contacts, as well as other information. For more information on Ubuntu One "
"see the dedicated section later in this chapter.} If you use \\application"
"{Ubuntu One}, you may have two address books \\dash a ``Personal'' address "
"book stored on your computer, and an ``Ubuntu One'' address book. You can "
"add contacts to either address book, though only the ``Ubuntu One'' address "
"book is synchronized to your Ubuntu One account."
msgstr ""
"Se usa \\application{Ubuntu One}, pode ter dúas axendas de enderezos \\dash "
"unha axenda de enderezos «Persoal» gardada no seu computador, e unha axenda "
"de enderezos «Ubuntu One». Pode engadir contactos a calquera das dúas axendas "
"de enderezos, malia que só a axenda de enderezos «Ubuntu One» está "
"sincronizada coa súa conta Ubuntu One."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :48
msgid "Searching for contacts"
msgstr "Buscando contactos"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :53
msgid ""
"To find a contact, type in a few a few letters from the contact's first or "
"last name in the search text box on the upper right of the window, and press "
"\\keystroke{Enter}. The list below should change to only show contacts whose "
"name matches your search term."
msgstr ""
"Para buscar un contacto escriba algunhas letras do nome ou apelidos do "
"contacto na caixa de busca na parte superior dereita da xanela, e logo prema "
"\\keystroke{Enter}. A lista inferior debería cambiar para mostrar os "
"contactos cuxos nomes coincidan os seus termos de busca."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :55
msgid "Adding or editing a contact"
msgstr "Engadindo ou editando un contacto"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :59
msgid ""
"To make changes to an existing contact, find the contact in the list and "
"double-click on the entry. Evolution should open a \\window{Contact Editor} "
"window for the contact."
msgstr ""
"Para facer cambios nun contacto existente, encontre o contacto na lista e "
"prema dúas veces nunha entrada. Evolution debería abrir a xanela \\window"
"{Editor de contacto} para o contacto seleccionado."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :62
msgid ""
"Switch between the different tabs in the contact editor to make changes to "
"the contact. Click \\button{OK} when you have finished making your changes."
msgstr ""
"Cambie entre os distintos separadores no editor de contactos para facer os "
"cambios no contacto. Prema \\button{Aceptar} cando remate de facer os "
"cambios."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :66
msgid ""
"To add a new contact, click on the \\button{New} on the toolbar. Evolution "
"should open the \\window{Contact Editor} window. Enter the contact's details "
"in the contact editor window, and click \\button{OK} when finished."
msgstr ""
"Para engadir un contacto prema no botón \\button{Novo} na barra de "
"ferramentas. Evolution debería abrir a xanela \\window{Editor de contactos}. "
"Insira a información do contacto na xanela e prema \\button{Aceptar} cando "
"remate."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :68
msgid "Managing your schedule"
msgstr "Xestionando o seu calendario"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :71
msgid ""
"If you like to manage your schedule with a computer, you can maintain this "
"schedule in Ubuntu using Evolution."
msgstr ""
"Se quere xestionar a súa axenda con un computador, pode facelo en Ubuntu "
"usando Evolution."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :76
msgid ""
"To view your calendar, click on the \\button{Calendars} button below the "
"folder list on the left side of the Evolution window. The folder list on the "
"left will be replaced by a list of calendars, and a mini-calendar showing "
"the current month."
msgstr ""
"Para ver os seus calendarios prema no botón \\button{Calendarios} debaixo da "
"lista de cartafoles na parte esquerda da xanela do Evolution. A lista de "
"cartafoles da esquerda substituirase pola lista dos calendarios e un "
"minicalendario que lle mostra o mes actual."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :81
msgid ""
"Evolution allows you to manage more than one calendar. For example, you "
"could have a personal calendar and a school or work calendar. You can also "
"subscribe to the calendar of a friend or family member who may choose to "
"share their calendar with you."
msgstr ""
"Evolution permítelle xestionar máis de un calendario. Por exemplo, vostede "
"pode ter un calendario persoal e un calendario para os estudos ou traballo. "
"Vostede pode subscribirse a un calendario dun amigo ou membro da familia que "
"pode seleccionar para compartir o seu calendario con vostede."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :85
msgid ""
"Click on one of the calendars in the list. By default, you should have a "
"``Personal'' calendar in the list. The middle of the window should now show "
"a view of the current day, showing all the hours of the current day."
msgstr ""
"Prema nun dos calendarios da lista. De forma predefinida, debería mostrar o "
"calendario ``Persoal'' na lista. No medio da xanela debería ver agora o día "
"actual, que mostra todas as horas do día actual."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :90
msgid ""
"If the calendar already has some events, Evolution will show the event in "
"the day view between the hours when the event starts and finishes.  You can "
"double-click on the event to open its details, or drag the event to a "
"different time or date to reschedule it."
msgstr ""
"O calendario xa ten algúns eventos, Evolution debería mostrar o evento na "
"vista do día entre as horas onde o evento comeza e remata. Vostede pode "
"premer dúas veces para abrir os seus detalles, ou arrastrar o evento a unha "
"hora ou data distinta para replanificalo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :93
msgid ""
"In the day view, you can click on a different day on the mini-calendar on "
"the left side of the screen. Evolution will then display that day in the day "
"view."
msgstr ""
"Na vista do día, vostede pode premer nun día diferente no minicalendario na "
"parte esquerda da pantalla. Evolution mostrará dito día na vista do día."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :104
msgid ""
"You may also wish to see more than one day at a time. This will allow you to "
"compare schedules on different days, or find a free day for an event you "
"wish to schedule. In Evolution, you can click on the \\button{Work Week} or "
"\\button{Week} buttons on the toolbar to see an entire week at the same "
"time.  Click on the \\button{Month} button on the toolbar to see a view of "
"the entire month \\dash if an event is difficult to read due to the small "
"space allotted to each day, you can hover your mouse over the event to have "
"Evolution show the full title of the event. Finally, the \\button{List} "
"button on the toolbar shows upcoming appointments in a list, allowing you to "
"see all of your upcoming appointments at a glance."
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode querer ver máis dun día de cada vez. Isto permitiralle comparar "
"horarios en diferentes días, ou atopar un día libre para un evento que quere "
"programar. En Evolution, pode premer no botón \\button{Semana laboral} ou no "
"botón \\button{Semana} da barra de ferramentas para ver unha semana enteira, "
"ao mesmo tempo. Prema no botón \\button{mes} na barra de ferramentas para "
"ver unha vista do mes enteiro \\dash se un evento é de difícil lectura "
"debido ao pequeno espazo asignado a cada día, pode pasar o cursor do rato "
"sobre o evento para que Evolution mostre o título completo do evento. "
"Finalmente, o botón \\button{Lista} na barra de ferramentas mostra as citas "
"futuras nunha lista, o que lle permite ver todas as súas citas vindeiras dun "
"golpe."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :107
msgid ""
"On the right side of the window, Evolution displays a list of tasks and "
"memos.  You can add a new task or memo to Evolution"
msgstr ""
"Na parte dereita da xanela, Evolution mostra unha lista de tarefas e "
"recordatorios. Vostede pode engadir unha nova tarefa ou recordatorio a "
"Evolution"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :109
msgid "Adding a new event"
msgstr "Engadir un novo evento"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :114
msgid ""
"The simplest way to add a new task is to click a time in the day view, and "
"begin typing. An event ``bubble'' will appear, containing the text that you "
"are typing. If you want to add a longer event, drag your mouse from the "
"first time slot to the last before starting to type."
msgstr ""
"A forma máis sinxela de engadir unha nova tarefa é premer nunha hora na "
"vista do día e comezar a escribir. Aparecerá unha ``burbulla'' de evento que "
"contén o texto que está escribindo. Se quere engadir un evento máis longo, "
"arrastre o seu rato desde a hora de inicio até a de finalización e comeze a "
"escribir."

#. \screenshotTODO{visual example of adding an event in the day view by typing}
#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :117
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\screenshot{03-evolution-event.png}{ss:evolution-event}{You can stay "
#| "organized by adding events to your calender.}"
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-evolution-event.png}{ss:evolution-event}{You can stay "
"organized by adding events to your calendar.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-evolution-event.png}{ss:evolution-event}{Vostede pode "
"organizarse engadindo eventos ao seu calendario.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :126
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To add a new event without using the day view, click on the \\button{New} "
#| "button on the toolbar. Evolution should open the \\window{Appointment} "
#| "window.  In the \\textfield{Summary} field, enter a short title for the "
#| "event as you want it to appear on the calendar. Optionally specify the "
#| "location and enter a longer description if you would like. Make sure that "
#| "the time and date, as well as the duration, are as you want them. "
#| "Finally, click on the \\button{Save} button on the toolbar to save this "
#| "new event (the button looks like a floppy disk, and is the first button "
#| "on the toolbar)."
msgid ""
"To add a new event without using the day view, click on the \\button{New} "
"button on the toolbar. Evolution should open the \\window{Appointment} "
"window.  In the \\textfield{Summary} field, enter a short title for the "
"event as you want it to appear on the calendar. Optionally specify the "
"location and enter a longer description if you would like. Make sure that "
"the time and date, as well as the duration, are as you want them. Finally, "
"click on the \\button{Save} button on the toolbar to save this new event "
"(the button looks like a hard drive, and is the first button on the toolbar)."
msgstr ""
"Para engadir un novo evento sen usar a vista do día, prema no botón \\button"
"{Novo}. Evolution debería abrir a xanela \\window{Cita}. No campo \\textfield"
"{Resumo}, introduza un título breve para o evento tal como quere que apareza "
"no calendario. Opcionalmente especifique a localización e introduza unha "
"descrición máis longa se quere. Asegúrese de que a hora, o día, así como a "
"duración, son as que vostede quere. Finalmente, prema no botón \\button"
"{Gardar} na barra de tarefas para gardar este novo evento (o botón parece un "
"disquete, que está como primeiro botón na barra de tarefas)."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :128
msgid "Scheduling a meeting"
msgstr "Estabelecer una reunión"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :131
msgid ""
"If you would like to schedule a meeting with one of your contacts, Evolution "
"can assist you in sending out an invitation and processing replies."
msgstr ""
"Se quere programar un encontro con un dos seus contactos, Evolution pode "
"axudarlle enviándolle unha invitación e procesar as respostas."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :135
msgid ""
"To create a meeting invitation, choose \\menu{File \\then New \\then "
"Meeting} from the menubar. Specify the subject, location, time and duration, "
"and description as when you create a regular event."
msgstr ""
"Para crear unha invitación a unha reunión seleccione \\menu{Ficheiro \\then "
"Novo \\then Reunión} desde a barra de menú.  Especifique o asunto, "
"localización, hora e duración e por último a descrición para crear unha "
"reunión normal."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :139
msgid ""
"You will then need to add attendees to this meeting. To add an attendee, "
"click on the \\button{Add} button. In the list of attendees, Evolution will "
"add a new row \\dash type the attendee's email address or contact name."
msgstr ""
"Vostede necesitará engadir asistentes a esta reunión. Para engadir un "
"asistente prema no botón \\button{Engadir}. Na lista de asistentes, "
"Evolution engadirá unha nova fila \\dash escriba o enderezo de correo "
"electrónico do asistente ou o nome de contacto."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :145
msgid ""
"When you are finished adding attendees, click on the \\button{Save} button "
"on the toolbar. Evolution should then ask you if you would like to send "
"meeting invitations to your selected participants. Click \\button{Send} to "
"send out these invitations. The invitations will be sent the next time you "
"check email in Evolution."
msgstr ""
"Cando remate de engadir os asistentes prema no botón \\button{Gardar} na "
"barra de ferramentas. Evolution debería preguntarlle se quere enviar as "
"invitacións da reunión aos seus participantes seleccionados. Prema \\button"
"{Enviar} para enviar estas invitacións. As invitacións enviaranse a seguinte "
"vez que comprobe o correo en Evolution."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/staying-organized.tex :150
msgid ""
"If your contact chooses to reply to the meeting invitation, Evolution will "
"show you a new email message. In the body of the email message, Evolution "
"will display an \\button{Update Attendee Status} button. Click on that "
"button to mark your contact as attending the meeting."
msgstr ""
"Se o seu contacto selecciona respostar a invitación da reunión, Evolution "
"mostraralle unha nova mensaxe. No corpo da mensaxe de correo electrónico, "
"Evolution mostrará o botón \\button{Actualizar o estado dos asistentes}. "
"Prema nese botón para marcar o seu contacto como un asistente á reunión."

#. I haven't been able to find out if all of the protocols are a trademark or registered name, I will keep looking.
#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :5
msgid "Using instant messaging"
msgstr "Usando a mensaxaría instantánea"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :11
msgid ""
"Instant messaging allows you to communicate with people you know in real "
"time.  Ubuntu includes the \\application{Empathy} application that lets you "
"use instant messaging features to keep in touch with your contacts.  To "
"start Empathy, open the \\menu{Applications} menu from the menubar, then "
"choose \\menu{Internet} and then \\menu{Empathy IM Client}."
msgstr ""
"A mensaxaría instantánea permítelle comunicarse coas persoas que coñece en "
"tempo real. Ubuntu inclúe o aplicativo \\application{Empathy} que lle "
"permite usar a mensaxaría instantánea e manterse en contacto cos seus "
"amigos. Para iniciar Empathy, abra o menú \\menu{Aplicativos} desde a barra "
"de menú, seleccione \\menu{Internet} e logo \\menu{Cliente de mensaxaría "
"Empathy}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :16
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Empathy lets you connect to many instant messaging networks. You can "
#| "connect to \\acronym{AIM}, Gadugadu, Google Talk, Groupwise, \\acronym"
#| "{ICQ}, Jabber, \\acronym{MSN}, Myspace, qq, \\acronym{XMPP}, Sametime, "
#| "Silc, \\acronym{SIP}, Yahoo, or Zephyr."
msgid ""
"Empathy lets you connect to many instant messaging networks. You can connect "
"to \\acronym{AIM}, Gadu-Gadu, Google Talk, Groupwise, \\acronym{ICQ}, "
"Jabber, \\acronym{MSN}, MySpace, QQ, \\acronym{XMPP}, Sametime, Silc, "
"\\acronym{SIP}, Yahoo, or Zephyr."
msgstr ""
"Empathy permítelle conectar a varias redes de mensaxaría instantánea. "
"Vostede pode conectar a \\acronym{AIM}, Gadugadu, Google Talk, Groupwise, "
"\\acronym{ICQ}, Jabber, \\acronym{MSN}, Myspace, qq, \\acronym{XMPP}, "
"Sametime, Silc, \\acronym{SIP}, Yahoo, ou Zephyr."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :18
msgid "Running Empathy for the first time"
msgstr "Executando o Empathy por primeira vez"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :21
msgid ""
"When you open Empathy for the first time you will need to configure it with "
"the details of your instant messaging accounts."
msgstr ""
"Cando abra Empathy por primeira vez necesitará configuralo con detalles das "
"súas contas de mensaxaría instantánea."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :24
msgid ""
"When Empathy starts you will see the \\window{Welcome to Empathy} window. "
"Choose the option corresponding to your situation."
msgstr ""
"Cando se inicie Empathy poderá ver a xanela \\window{Benvido a Empathy}. "
"Seleccione a opción correspondente segundo o seu caso."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :26
msgid "You have an account"
msgstr "Vostede ten unha conta"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :30
msgid ""
"If you have an account that you have used previously with another instant "
"messaging program then select the \\checkbox{Yes, I'll enter my account "
"details now} option. Then, click \\button{Forward} to continue."
msgstr ""
"Se vostede ten unha conta que usou anteriormente con outro programa de "
"mensaxaría instantánea seleccione a opción \\checkbox{Si, introducirei os "
"meus detalles de conta agora}. Logo prema \\button{Adiante} para continuar."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :34
msgid ""
"On the next screen, choose your account type from the drop-down list below "
"\\dropdown{What kind of chat account do you have?}. Then, enter your account "
"details in the field below."
msgstr ""
"Na seguinte pantalla, seleccione o tipo da súa conta desde a lista "
"despregábel \\dropdown{Que tipo de conta de converta ten?} Logo insira os "
"detalles da súa conta no campo inferior."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :37
msgid ""
"Depending on the account type that you choose, Empathy may request that you "
"enter a username, or an \\acronym{ID} for your account, followed by a "
"password."
msgstr ""
"Dependendo do tipo de conta que seleccione, Empathy debe solicitarlle que "
"insira o seu nome de usuario ou un \\acronym{ID} para a súa conta, seguida "
"do seu contrasinal."

#. \screenshotTODO{Empathy enter user details for a google account example@googlemail.com}
#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :40
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-empathy-new-account.png}{ss:empathy-new-account}{Creating a "
"new instant messenger account in Empathy.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-empathy-new-account.png}{ss:empathy-new-account}{Creando "
"unha conta de mensaxaría instantánea en Empathy.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :43
msgid ""
"If you do not remember your account information, you will need to visit the "
"website of the instant messaging network to retrieve that information."
msgstr ""
"Se non recorda a informacón da súa conta, terá que visitar a páxina web da "
"rede de mensaxaría instantánea para recuperar esa información."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :49
msgid ""
"If you have another account to add then select the \\checkbox{Yes} option, "
"and click \\button{Forward} to repeat the above process. When you have "
"entered all the accounts leave the \\checkbox{No, that's all for now} option "
"selected, and click \\button{Apply} to finish the setup process."
msgstr ""
"Se ten outra conta para engadir seleccione a opción \\checkbox{Si}, e prema "
"\\button{Adiante} para repetir o proceso anterior. Cando remate de inserir "
"todas as contas deixe a opción \\checkbox{Non, é todo por agora} "
"seleccionada e prema no botón \\button{Aplicar} para rematar o proceso de "
"instalación."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :53
msgid ""
"Next, Empathy should display the \\window{Please enter personal details} "
"screen.  If you choose to fill out this information, you will be able to "
"communicate with people who are on your local network either at home or in "
"an office."
msgstr ""
"A continuación, Empathy debería mostrar a pantalla \\window{Insira os "
"detalles persoais}. Se selecciona completar esta información poderá "
"comunicarse coa xente que está na súa rede local tanto na casa como na "
"oficina."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :58
msgid ""
"Enter your first name in the \\textfield{First name} field, and your last "
"name in the \\textfield{Last name} field. Type in a way that you would like "
"to be identified on your local network in the \\textfield{Nickname} field. "
"When you have filled all of the information, click \\button{Apply}."
msgstr ""
"Insira o seu nome no campo \\textfield{Nome} e o seu apelido no campo "
"\\textfield{Apelido}. Escriba a forma pola que os usuarios da súa rede local "
"o identifican no campo \\textfield{Alcume}. Cando complete toda a "
"información prema en \\button{Aplicar}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :62
msgid ""
"If you don't want to communicate with people on your local network, select "
"the \\checkbox{I don't want to enable this feature for now} option and click "
"\\button{Apply}."
msgstr ""
"Se non quere comunicarse coas persoas da rede local, seleccione a opción "
"\\checkbox{Non quero activar esta característica por agora} e prema en "
"\\button{Aplicar}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :64
msgid "You would like an account"
msgstr "Gustaríalle ter unha conta"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :68
msgid ""
"If you don't have an account that you can use, then you can create one by "
"selecting the \\checkbox{No, I want a new account} option. Click \\button"
"{Forward} to display the next set of options."
msgstr ""
"Se non ten unha conta que poida usar, pode crear unha seleccionando a opción "
"\\checkbox{Non, quero unha nova conta}. Prema \\button{Adiante} para mostrar "
"o seguinte conxunto de opcións."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :74
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Choose the account type that you would like to create from the drop-down "
#| "list below \\dropdown{What kind of chat account do you want to create?} "
#| "You can create either a Jabber or a Google Talk account.  \\notecallout"
#| "{If you wish to create another account type then you will need to visit "
#| "the relevant website and follow the ``You have an account'' section.}"
msgid ""
"Choose the account type that you would like to create from the drop-down "
"list below \\dropdown{What kind of chat account do you want to create?} You "
"can create either a Jabber or a Google Talk account.  \\notecallout{If you "
"wish to create another account type then you will need to visit the relevant "
"website and create the account. Then follow the ``You have an account'' "
"section.}"
msgstr ""
"Seleccione o tipo de conta que quere engadir desde a lista despregábel de "
"abaixo \\dropdown{Que clase de conta de chat quere crear?} Vostede pode "
"crear tanto unha conta de Jabber como de Google Talk. \\notecallout{Se "
"desexa crear outro tipo de conta terá que visitar a páxina web relacionada e "
"ir á sección ``Xa ten unha conta''.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :79
msgid ""
"Next, enter the account name that you would like in the text field, and in "
"the proceeding text field enter a password of your choice. If you would like "
"to set up another account then select the \\checkbox{Yes} option, and repeat "
"the above process."
msgstr ""
"A continuación insira o nome de conta que quiera no campo de texto e no "
"campo de texto a continuación insira un contrasinal que desexe. Se quere "
"configurar outra conta seleccione a opcioń \\checkbox{Si}, e repita o "
"proceso anterior."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :82
msgid ""
"When you have entered all the accounts leave the \\checkbox{No, that's all "
"for now} option selected, and click \\button{Forward}."
msgstr ""
"Cando teña inseridas todas as contas deixe a opción \\checkbox{Non, isto é "
"todo por agora} e prema \\button{Adiante}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :86
msgid ""
"Empathy should display the \\window{Please enter personal details} window.  "
"Providing this information allows you to communicate with people who are on "
"your local network either at home or in the workplace."
msgstr ""
"Empathy debería mostrar a xanela \\window{Insira os detalles persoais}. Ao "
"fornecer esta información poderá comunicarse coa xente da súa rede local "
"tanto no traballo como na casa."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :91
msgid ""
"Enter your \\textfield{First name} in the text field, and enter your "
"\\textfield{Last name} in the next field. In the \\textfield{Nickname} field "
"enter a nickname by which you would like to be identified. When you have "
"filled all of the text fields click \\button{Apply} to save your settings."
msgstr ""
"Insira o seu \\textfield{Nome} no campo de texto e introduza o seu "
"\\textfield{Apelido} no seguinte texto. No campo \\textfield{Alcume} insira "
"o seu alcume polo que vostede vai ser identificado. Cando complete todos os "
"campos de texto prema en \\button{Aplicar} para gardar as súas preferencias."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :95
msgid ""
"If you don't want to talk to people on your local network then select the "
"\\checkbox{I don't want to enable this feature for now} option and click "
"\\button{Apply}."
msgstr ""
"Se non quere falar coa xente da súa rede local seleccione \\checkbox{Non "
"quero activar esta característica agora} e prema \\button{Aplicar}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :97
msgid "You want to talk to people nearby"
msgstr "Desexa falar con xente cercana"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :101
msgid ""
"If you would only like to communicate with people on your local network "
"either at home or in the workplace, then you should select the \\checkbox"
"{No, I just want to see people online nearby for now} option."
msgstr ""
"Se só quere comunicarse coa xente na súa rede local tanto na casa como no "
"lugar de traballo seleccione a opción \\checkbox{Non, só quero ver á xente "
"conectada que estea próxima por agora}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :107
msgid ""
"Click \\button{Forward} to display the next set of options. Then enter your "
"\\textfield{First name} in the text field, and enter your \\textfield{Last "
"name} in the next field. In the \\textfield{Nickname} field enter a nickname "
"by which you would like to be identified. When you have filled all of the "
"text fields, click \\button{Forward}."
msgstr ""
"Prema en \\button{Adiante} para mostrar o seguinte conxunto de opcións. "
"Insira o seu \\textfield{Nome} no campo de texto e introduza o seu "
"\\textfield{Apelido} no seguinte campo. No campo \\textfield{Alcume} insira "
"o seu alcume polo que será identificado. Cando teña completados todos os "
"campos prema en \\button{Adiante}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\screenshot{03-empathy-nearby.png}{ss:e-mpaty-new-account-local}{You can "
#| "talk to people nearby by entering you information.}"
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-empathy-nearby.png}{ss:empathy-new-account-local}{You can "
"talk to people nearby by entering your information.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-empathy-nearby.png}{ss:e-mpaty-new-account-local}{Vostede "
"pode falar coa xente próxima inserindo a súa información.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :113
msgid "Changing account settings"
msgstr "Cambiando configuracións da conta"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :117
msgid ""
"If you need to add more accounts after the first launch, then open the \\menu"
"{Edit} menu, then choose \\menu{Accounts}. Empathy will then display the "
"\\window{Accounts} window."
msgstr ""
"Se necesita engadir máis contas despois da primera exectución, abra o menu "
"\\menu{Editar} e logo seleccione \\menu{Contas}. Empathy mostrará a xanela "
"\\window{Contas}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :119
msgid "Adding an account"
msgstr "Engadindo unha conta"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :126
msgid ""
"To add an account click on the \\button{Add} button. Empathy should display "
"some options on the right hand side of the window. Choose your account type "
"from the \\dropdown{Protocol} drop-down list. Next, enter your account name "
"in the first text field. Then enter your password in the \\textfield"
"{Password} text field. Finally click on the \\button{Log in} button to save "
"and verify your settings."
msgstr ""
"Para engadir unha conta prema no botón \\button{Engadir}. O Empathy debería "
"mostrar algunhas opcións na parte dereita da xanela. Seleccione o seu tipo "
"de conta na lista despregábel \\dropdown{Protocolo}. A continuación, "
"introduza o nome da súa conta no primeiro campo de texto. Logo, introduza o "
"seu contrasinal no campo de texto \\textfield{Contrasinal}. Finalmente, "
"prema no botón \\button{Iniciar  sesión} para gardar e verificar as súas "
"preferencias."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :128
msgid "Editing an account"
msgstr "Editando unha conta"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :133
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You might need to edit and account if you change the password or get the "
#| "password wrong. Select the account you want to change on the left side of "
#| "the \\window{Accounts} window. Empathy should show the current settings "
#| "for the account. Once you have made your changes, click \\button{Save}."
msgid ""
"You might need to edit an account if you change the password or get the "
"password wrong. Select the account you want to change on the left side of "
"the \\window{Accounts} window. Empathy should show the current settings for "
"the account. Once you have made your changes, click \\button{Save}."
msgstr ""
"Pode necesitar editar unha conta se cambia o seu contrasinal ou se se obtén "
"un contrasinal equivocado. Seleccione a conta que quere cambiar no lado na "
"esquerda da xanela \\window{Contas}. Empathy debería mostrar a configuración "
"actual da conta. Unha vez feitos os cambios, prema \\button{Gardar}"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :135
msgid "Removing an account"
msgstr "Eliminando unha conta"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :141
msgid ""
"To remove an account select the account on the left hand side of the window "
"and click on the \\button{Remove} button. Empathy should open the \\window"
"{Do you want to remove} window. Click on the \\button{Remove} button to "
"confirm that you want to remove the account, or click \\button{Cancel} to "
"keep the account."
msgstr ""
"Para eliminar unha conta seleccionada desde a parte dereita da xanela "
"seleccione a que desexa e prema \\button{Eliminar}. Empathy debería abrir a "
"xanela \\window{Está seguro de que quere eliminar}. Prema no botón \\button"
"{Eliminar} para confirmar que quere eliminar a conta ou prema \\button"
"{Cancelar} para manter a conta."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :143
msgid "Editing contacts"
msgstr "Editando os contactos"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :145
msgid "Adding a contact"
msgstr "Engadindo un contacto"

#. TODO this bit needs some rewording, I am not sure if it is clear enough.
#. Note: I'm confused here... Agree that it needs rewording. --ilya
#. Agreed I think I've fixed it. Can someone check it? - JasonCook599
#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :151
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To add an account open the \\menu{Chat} menu, then choose \\menu{Add "
#| "contact}.  Empathy should open the \\window{New Contact} window."
msgid ""
"To add a contact open the \\menu{Chat} menu, then choose \\menu{Add "
"contact}.  Empathy should open the \\window{New Contact} window."
msgstr ""
"Para engadir unha conta abra o menú \\menu{Conversa} e seleccione \\menu"
"{Engadir contacto}. Empathy debería abrir a xanela \\window{Novo contacto}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :154
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In the \\dropdown{Account} drop-down list choose the account that you "
#| "want to add the contact to. Your must add you contact to an account type "
#| "that matched theirs."
msgid ""
"In the \\dropdown{Account} drop-down list choose the account that you want "
"to add the contact to. When creating a contact you must select a service "
"that matches the service you contact is using."
msgstr ""
"Na lista despregábel \\dropdown{Conta} seleccione a conta onde engadir o "
"contacto. Debe engadir o mesmo tipo de conta que coincida co deles."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :159
msgid ""
"For example if your contact's address ends in ``@googlemail.com'' then you "
"will need to add it to an account that ends in ``@googlemail.com.'' Likewise "
"if the contact's email ends in ``@hotmail.com'' then you would need to add "
"it to an account ending in ``@hotmail.com.''"
msgstr ""
"Por exemplo se o enderezo do seu contacto remata en ``@googlemail.com'' "
"entón terá que engadilo a unha conta que remata en ``@googlemail.com''. Por "
"outra banda se o enderezo do contacto remata en ``@hotmail.com'' terá que "
"engadilo a unha conta que remata en ``@hotmail.com''."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :163
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When you have chosen the account that you wish to add the contact to, you "
#| "will need to enter either their login \\acronym{ID}, username, screen "
#| "name or email address in the \\textfield{Identifier} text field."
msgid ""
"After choosing the account you wish to add the contact to, you will need to "
"enter their login \\acronym{ID}, their username, their screen name or their "
"email address in the \\textfield{Identifier} text field."
msgstr ""
"Cando escolla unha conta  á que quere engadir o contacto necesita inserir "
"entre o seu \\acronym{ID} de inicio de sesión, nome de usuario, nome en "
"pantalla ou o seu correo electrónico no campo \\textfield{Identificador}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :167
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Then, in the \\textfield{Alias} text field, enter the contact's name as "
#| "you would like to see it in your contact list. Click \\button{Add} to add "
#| "the contact to your list of contacts."
msgid ""
"Then, in the \\textfield{Alias} text field, enter the name that you would "
"like to see it in your contact list. Click \\button{Add} to add the contact "
"to your list of contacts."
msgstr ""
"Logo, no campo de texto \\textfield{Alias} introduza o nome do contacto da "
"forma na que quere velo na súa lista de contactos. Prema \\button{Engadir} "
"para engadir o contacto á súa lista de contactos."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :169
msgid "Removing a contact"
msgstr "Eliminando un contacto"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :173
msgid ""
"Click on the contact that you want to remove and then open the \\menu{Edit} "
"menu, then choose \\menu{Contact}, then \\menu{Remove}. This will open the "
"\\window{Remove contact} window."
msgstr ""
"Prema no contacto que quere elminar e abra o menú \\menu{Editar}, logo "
"seleccione \\menu{Contacto} e \\menu{Eliminar}. Isto abrirá a xanela \\window"
"{Eliminar contacto}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :176
msgid ""
"Click on the \\button{Remove} button to confirm that you want to remove a "
"contact, or click \\button{Cancel} to keep the contact."
msgstr ""
"Prema no botón \\button{Eliminar} para confirmar que quere eliminar un "
"contacto ou prema \\button{Cancelar} para mantelo."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :178
msgid "Communicating with contacts"
msgstr "Comunicarse cos seus contactos"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :180
msgid "Text"
msgstr "Texto"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :184
msgid ""
"To communicate with a contact, select the contact in Empathy's main window "
"and double-click their name. Empathy should open a new window where you can "
"type messages to your contact, and see a record of previously exchanged "
"messages."
msgstr ""
"Para comunicarse con un contacto, seleccione o contacto na xanela principal "
"de Empathy e prema dúas veces sobre o seu nome. Empathy debería abrir unha "
"xanela nova onde pode escribir as mensaxes ao seu contacto e ver un rexistro "
"das mensaxes anteriores."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :187
msgid ""
"To send a message to the contact, type your message in the text field below "
"the conversation history."
msgstr ""
"Para enviar unha mensaxe ao contacto, teclee a súa mensaxe no campo de texto "
"situado debaixo do historial de conversacións."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :191
msgid ""
"When you have typed your message press the \\keystroke{Enter} key to send "
"the message to your contact. If you are communicating with more than one "
"person then all of the conversations will be shown in tabs within the same "
"window."
msgstr ""
"Cando teña escrita a súa mensaxe prema a tecla \\keystroke{Intro} para "
"enviar unha mensaxe ao seu contacto. Se está comunicándose con máis dunha "
"persoa todas as conversas mostraranse en separadores na mesma xanela."

#. TODO more detail needed here.
#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :194
msgid "Audio"
msgstr "Son"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :199
msgid ""
"If your contact has audio capabilities then there will be an icon of a "
"microphone next to their name. Click on the microphone icon to open a popup "
"menu. Choose the \\menu{Audio call} option from the menu. Empathy should "
"then open the \\window{Call} window."
msgstr ""
"Se o contacto ten capacidade de recibir audio entón haberá unha icona dun "
"micrófono xunta o seu nome. Prema na icona do micrófono para abrir un menú "
"emerxente. Escolla a opción \\menu{Chamada de audio} do menú. Empathy "
"debería abrir a xanela \\window{Chamar}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :204
msgid ""
"This window shows your picture on the right and your contact's picture on "
"the left.  Ensure that your microphone and speakers are connected, and "
"proceed with the audio conversation. You can finish the conversation by "
"clicking on the \\button{Hang up} button."
msgstr ""
"Esta xanela mostra a súa imaxe á dereita e as imaxes do contacto á esquerda. "
"Asegúrese que o seu micrófono e altavoces están conectados e proceda coa "
"conversa de son. Vostede pode rematar a conversa premendo no botón \\button"
"{Colgar.}"

#. TODO more detail needed here.
#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :207
msgid "Video"
msgstr "Vídeo"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :212
msgid ""
"If your contact has video chat capabilities then there will be an icon of a "
"webcam next to their name. Click on the icon to open a popup menu. Choose "
"the \\menu{Video call} option from the menu. Empathy should then open the "
"\\window{Call} window."
msgstr ""
"Se o se contacto pode facer conversas de vídeo haberá unha icona cunha "
"cámara web ao lado do seu nome. Prema sobre a icona para abrir un menú "
"emerxente. Seleccione a opción \\menu{Chamada de vídeo} desde o menu. "
"Empathy debería abrir a xanela \\window{Chamada}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :215
msgid ""
"This window shows your webcam view in the top right and your contact's "
"webcam will be in the middle."
msgstr ""
"Esta xanela mostra a visualización da súa cámara web na parte superior "
"dereita e os contactos de cámara web no medio."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :218
msgid ""
"If you don't have a webcam then your picture will be shown instead. You can "
"finish the call by clicking on the \\button{Hang up} button."
msgstr ""
"Se non ten unha cámara web mostrarase a súa imaxe no seu lugar. Vostede pode "
"rematar a chamada premendo no botón \\button{Colgar}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :220
msgid "Sending and receiving files"
msgstr "Enviando e recibindo ficheiros"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :222
msgid "Sending a file"
msgstr "Enviando un ficheiro"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :225
msgid ""
"When you are in a conversation with a contact and you would like to send "
"them a file, open the \\menu{Contact} menu and then choose \\menu{Send file}."
msgstr ""
"Cando está nunha conversa con un contacto e desexe enviarlle un ficheiro "
"abra o menú \\menu{Contacto} e logo seleccione \\menu{Enviar ficheiro}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :229
msgid ""
"Empathy should open the \\window{Select file} window. Find the file that you "
"wish to send and click on the \\button{Send} button. A \\window{File "
"Transfers} window will open showing the chosen file and its transfer "
"progress."
msgstr ""
"Empathy debería abrir a xanela \\window{Seleccionar un ficheiro}. Busque o "
"ficheiro que desexa enviar e prema no botón \\button{Enviar}. Abrirase unha "
"xanela \\window{Transferencias de ficheiro} mostrando o ficheiro "
"seleccionado e o seu progreso de transferencia."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :232
msgid ""
"When the file transfer is complete, you can close the \\window{File "
"Transfers} window."
msgstr ""
"Cando remata unha transferencia de ficheiro, vostede pode pechar a xanela de "
"\\window{Transferencias de ficheiro}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :234
msgid "Receiving a file"
msgstr "Recibindo un ficheiro"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :237
msgid ""
"When a contact wants to send you a file, the status icon to the left of the "
"contact's name will flash with an icon of a paper plane."
msgstr ""
"Cando un contacto quere enviarlle un ficheiro, a súa icona de estado á "
"esquerda do nome do contacto parpadeará con unha icona dun avión de papel."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :242
msgid ""
"To receive the file double-click the contact's name. Empathy will open the "
"\\window{Select a destination} window. Choose a location where you would "
"like Empathy to save the file, and click \\button{Save}. Empathy should open "
"the \\window{File Transfers} window."
msgstr ""
"Para recibir un ficheiro prema dúas veces sobre o nome do contacto. Empathy "
"debería abrir a xanela \\window{Seleccione un destino}. Seleccione un lugar "
"onde quere que Empathy garde o ficheiro e prema \\button{Gardar}. Empathy "
"debería abrir a xanela \\window{Transferencias de ficheiro}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :247
msgid ""
"The \\window{File Transfers} window shows you the progress of current file "
"transfers. You can stop file transfers by clicking on the \\button{Stop} "
"button, open transferred files by clicking on the \\button{Open} button, and "
"clear the list of completed transfers by clicking on the \\button{Clear} "
"button."
msgstr ""
"A xanela \\window{Transferencia de ficheiros} móstralle o progreso das "
"transferencias de ficheiros actuais. Pode deter as transferencias de "
"ficheiros premendo no botón \\button{Deter}, abra os ficheiros transferidos "
"premendo no botón \\button{Abrir}, e limpe a lista de ficheiros "
"completamente transferidos premendo no botón \\button{Limpar}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :249
msgid "Changing your status"
msgstr "Cambiando o seu estado"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :253
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can use your status to show your contacts how busy you are or what "
#| "you are doing. You can use the standard statuses, which are "
#| "``Available,'' ``Busy,'' ``Invisible,'' and ``Off-line.'' These can be "
#| "changed in the main Empathy window from the drop-down list at the top of "
#| "the window."
msgid ""
"You can use your status to show your contacts how busy you are or what you "
"are doing. You can use the standard statuses, which are ``Available,'' "
"``Busy,'' ``Away,'' ``Invisible,'' and ``Off-line.'' These can be changed in "
"the main Empathy window from the drop-down list at the top of the window."
msgstr ""
"Pode usar o seu estado para mostrarlle aos seus contactos como está de "
"ocupado ou que está a facer. Pode usar o status estándar, que son "
"«Dispoñíbel», «Ocupado», «Invisíbel» e «Desconectado». Pódense cambiar na xanela "
"principal do Empathy mediante a lista despregábel que está na parte superior "
"da xanela."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :257
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The same drop-down list lets you set a custom status by choosing ``Custom "
#| "Message\\ldots'' next to the icon thats matches your status.  Type what "
#| "you would like your status to say, and click on the green check mark."
msgid ""
"The same drop-down list lets you set a custom status by choosing ``Custom "
"Message\\ldots'' next to the icon that matches your status.  Type what you "
"would like your status to say, and click on the green check mark."
msgstr ""
"A mesma lista despregábel permítelle estabelecer un estado personalizado "
"seleccionando ``Mensaxe personalizada\\ldots'' ao lado da icona que coincide "
"co seu estado. Escriba o que queira dicir no seu estado e prema sobre a "
"marca de verificación verde."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :259
msgid "Changing your picture"
msgstr "Cambiando a súa imaxe"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :263
msgid ""
"Your picture is what your contacts will see next to your name in their "
"contact list.  The default picture is the outline of a person. You can "
"change your picture by opening the \\menu{Edit} menu, then choosing \\menu"
"{Personal Information}."
msgstr ""
"A súa imaxe é o que os seus contactos ven ao carón do seu nome na súa lista "
"de contactos. A imaxe predefinida é unha silueta dunha persoa. Pode cambiar "
"a súa imaxe abrindo o menú \\menu{Editar} e logo seleccionando \\menu"
"{Información persoal}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/using-instant-messaging.tex :267
msgid ""
"Empathy should open the \\window{Personal Information} window. From the "
"\\dropdown{Account} drop-down list choose the account that you want to "
"change, then click on the picture on the right hand side of the window."
msgstr ""
"Empathy debería abrir a xanela \\window{Información persoal}. Desde a lista "
"despregábel \\dropdown{Conta} seleccione a conta que quere cambiar e logo "
"prema sobre a imaxe na parte dereita da xanela."

#. written by Luke Jennings ubuntujenkins@googlemail.com
#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :2
msgid ""
"Empathy should open the \\window{Select Your Avatar Image} window.  Find the "
"file containing your picture, and click \\button{Open}.  If you would like "
"to return it to the default avatar, click on the \\button{No Image} button "
"instead."
msgstr ""
"Empathy debería abrir a xanela \\window{Seleccione a súa imaxe de avatar}. "
"Atope o ficheiro que contén a súa imaxe, e prema \\button{Abrir}. Se quere "
"volver ao avatar predefinido, prema no entanto sobre o botón \\button{Sen "
"imaxe}."

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :4
msgid "Microblogging"
msgstr "Microblogging"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :8
msgid ""
"You can connect several microblogging services by opening the \\menu"
"{Applications} menu, then choosing \\menu{Internet} and then \\menu{Gwibber "
"Social Client}.  Until you add accounts, the \\window{Social Accounts} "
"window will open."
msgstr ""
"Pode conectarse a varios servizos de microbloguexo abrindo o menú \\menu"
"{Aplicativos}, escolla \\menu{Internet} e logo \\menu{Cliente social "
"Gwibber}. Até que engada as súas contas abrirase a xanela \\window{Contas de "
"difusión\\ldots}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :11
msgid ""
"After you have added accounts you will see the \\window{Social broadcast "
"messages} window."
msgstr ""
"Despois de engadir as contas a xanela \\window{Mensaxes de difusión sociais}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :14
msgid ""
"In this window in the \\dropdown{Add new} drop-down list you can choose the "
"from Flickr, Twitter, StatusNet, Qaiku, Facebook, FriendFeed, Digg, and "
"Identi.ca."
msgstr ""
"Nesta xanela na lista despregábel \\dropdown{Engadir novo} pode seleccionar "
"entre Flickr, Twitter, StatusNet, Qaiku, Facebook FriendFeed, Digg e Identi."
"ca."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :18
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-gwibber-identia-accounts.png}{ss:adding-an-identica account}"
"{Gwibber lets you add many different account types.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-gwibber-identia-accounts.png}{ss:adding-an-identica account}"
"{Gwibber permítelle engadir diferentes tipos de conta.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :20
msgid "MeMenu"
msgstr "MeMenu"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :24
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you click you name in the top panel, you will see the ``MeMenu,'' in "
#| "the box below your name you can type a message to post on the sites that "
#| "you have set up with Gwibber."
msgid ""
"If you click your name in the top panel, you will see the ``MeMenu,'' in the "
"box below your name you can type a message to post on the sites that you "
"have set up with Gwibber."
msgstr ""
"Se preme sobre o seu nome no panel superior verá o ``MeMenu'', na caixa de "
"embaixo do seu nome pode escribir unha mensaxe para enviar aos sitios que "
"ten configurados en Gwibber."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :27
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can also change your account settings by clicking \\dropdown"
#| "{Broadcast Accounts\\ldots}, this opens the \\window{Social accounts} "
#| "window."
msgid ""
"You can also change your account settings by clicking \\dropdown{Broadcast "
"Accounts\\ldots}, this opens the \\window{Broadcast Accounts} window."
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode cambiar as súas configuracións da conta ao premer sobre \\dropdown"
"{Contas de difusión\\ldots}, isto abrirá a xanela \\window{Contas de difusión"
"\\ldots}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :30
msgid "Changing accounts"
msgstr "Cambiar contas"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :33
msgid ""
"To add more accounts after you have already added some. Click \\menu{Edit} "
"then \\menu{Accounts}, the \\window{Social Accounts} window will open."
msgstr ""
"Para engadir máis contas despois de que engadira algunha, prema no menú "
"\\menu{Editar} e logo \\menu{Contas}, abrirase a xanela \\window{Contas de "
"difusión\\ldots}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :35
msgid "Adding accounts"
msgstr "Engadir contas"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :39
msgid ""
"In the \\window{Social Accounts} click \\button{Add\\ldots}, each account "
"will need you to enter your account details. The details that you require "
"for each account is detailed as follows."
msgstr ""
"En \\window{Contas de difusión\\ldots} prema \\button{Engadir\\ldots} cada "
"conta necesita que introduza os seus detalles da conta. Os detalles que se "
"requiren para cada conta móstranse a continuación."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :41
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Flickr:} To set up a Flickr account all you need is the account "
"login \\acronym{ID}."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Flickr:} para configurar unha conta de Flickr todo o que necesita é "
"unha \\acronym{ID} de inicio de sesión."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :43
msgid "\\textbf{Twitter:} Requires a user name and password."
msgstr "\\textbf{Twitter:} require un nome de usuario e un contrasinal."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :45
msgid ""
"\\textbf{StatusNet:} A login \\acronym{ID}, domain and password is needed."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{StatusNet:} require un \\acronym{ID}, un dominio e un contrasinal."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :48
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Qaiku:} You will need an \\acronym{API} key, instructions for this "
"are provided in the Gwibber window. You will also need your login \\acronym"
"{ID}."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Qaiku:} Necesitará unha chave de \\acronym{API}, as instrucións "
"para isto están na xanela de Gwibber. Tamén necesita o seu \\acronym{ID} de "
"inicio de sesión."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :54
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Facebook:} Click \\button{Authorize}, then enter your email address "
"and password and click \\button{Connect}. If you want to be able to post on "
"Facebook from Gwibber, click \\button{Allow publishing}, otherwise click "
"\\button{Don't allow}."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Facebook:} Prema \\button{Autorizar}, introduza o seu enderezo de "
"correo e o seu contrasinal e prema \\button{Conectar}. Se quere ser quen "
"mandar mensaxes a Facebook desde Gwibber, prema \\button{Permitir publicar}, "
"caso contrario prema \\button{Non permitir}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :59
msgid ""
"If you want Gwibber to show your news feed, you will need to click \\button"
"{Allow access}, otherwise click \\button{Don't allow}. You will also need to "
"allow status updates\\dash click \\button{Allow status updates}; if you "
"don't want Gwibber to be able to update your status, click \\button{Don't "
"allow}."
msgstr ""
"Se quere que Gwibber mostre as súas orixes de novas necesita premer en "
"\\button{Permitir acceso}, en caso contrario \\button{Non permitir}. Tamén "
"necesita permitir as actualizacións de estado\\dash prema \\button{Permitir "
"as actualizacións de estado}; se non quere que Gwibber poida actualizar os "
"seus estados, prema \\button{Non permitir}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :63
msgid ""
"In order for Gwibber to interact with Facebook each time it is used, it will "
"need to have constant authorization. If not, you will have to authorize it "
"each time you use it. To allow constant authorization click \\button{Allow}."
msgstr ""
"Para que Gwibber interactúe con Facebook cada vez que o usa terá que ter "
"autorización constante. Se non é así debe autorizalo cada vez que o use. "
"Para permitir a autorización constante prema \\button{Permitir}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :66
msgid ""
"\\textbf{FriendFeed:} A remote key is required for friend feed, Gwibber "
"provides information on where to get one from. You will also need a login "
"\\acronym{ID}."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{FriendFeed:} Requírese unha chave remota para o seu fluxo de "
"amigos, Gwibber fornece información sobre onde obtela. Tamén necesita un "
"\\acronym{ID} de inicio de sesión."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :68
msgid "\\textbf{Digg:} A login \\acronym{ID} is all that is required for Digg."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Digg:} o \\acronym{ID} de inicio de sesión é todo o que necesita "
"para Digg."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :70
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Identi.ca:} A login \\acronym{ID} and password is required for "
"Identi.ca."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Identi.ca:} require un login \\acronym{ID} e un contrasinal para "
"Identi.ca."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :72
msgid "Removing accounts"
msgstr "Eliminar contas"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :75
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In the \\window{Social accounts} window click the account that you want "
#| "to remove and click \\button{Remove}."
msgid ""
"In the \\window{Broadcast Accounts} window click the account that you want "
"to remove and click \\button{Remove}."
msgstr ""
"Na xanela \\window{Contas de difusión\\ldots} seleccione a conta que quere "
"eliminar e prema \\button{Eliminar}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :77
msgid "How Gwibber displays accounts"
msgstr "Como mostra as contas Gwibber"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :82
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Gwibber allows you to post to either all, one or a selection of accounts. "
#| "This can be set at the bottom of the \\window{Social broadcast message} "
#| "window, each of the accounts that you can post with will have an icon. "
#| "Clicking on an icon so that it is disabled (appears gray) means that you "
#| "will not post to that account."
msgid ""
"Gwibber allows you to post to either all, one or a selection of accounts. "
"This can be set at the bottom of the \\window{Social broadcast message} "
"window \\dash each of the accounts that you can post with will have an icon. "
"Clicking on an icon so that it is disabled (appears gray) means that you "
"will not post to that account."
msgstr ""
"Gwibber permítelle enviar mensaxes tanto a todos, a un como a unha selección "
"de contas. Isto pode estabelecerse na parte inferior da xanela \\window"
"{Mensaxe de difusión social}, para cada unha das contas coas que poida "
"enviar mensaxes terá unha icona. Premendo sobre unha icona que estea como "
"desactivada (aparece en gris) significa que non enviará mensaxes a esa conta."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/microblogging.tex :85
msgid ""
"Once you have decided on which accounts you want to post to you can type "
"your message in the text field above the icons, then click \\button{Send}."
msgstr ""
"Cando teña decididas as contas ás que quere enviar a súa mensaxe escriba a "
"mensaxe no campo de texto sobre as iconas, logo prema \\button{Enviar}."

#. written by Luke Jennings ubuntujenkins@googlemail.com
#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :2
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Each one of you accounts will have a set of icons to go with it, these "
#| "are displayed on the left hand size of the \\window{Social broadcast "
#| "message} window. The set of icons that goes with an account has a "
#| "background color, each one of these icons allows you to do tasks for that "
#| "specific account."
msgid ""
"Each one of your accounts will have a set of icons to go with it. These "
"icons are displayed on the left hand size of the \\window{Social broadcast "
"message} window. The set of icons that goes with an account has a background "
"color. Selecting each one of these icons allows you to do tasks for that "
"specific account."
msgstr ""
"Cada unha das súas contas terá un conxunto de iconas coas que ir, "
"mostraranse na man esquerda da xanela \\window{Mensaxe de difusión social}. "
"O conxunto de iconas que vai cunha conta ten unha cor de fondo, cada unha "
"destas iconas permítelle realizar tarefas desa conta específica."

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :6
msgid "Viewing and editing photos"
msgstr "Visualización e edición de fotos"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :12
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To view and edit photos in Ubuntu, you can use the \\application{F-Spot "
#| "Photo Manager} application. To start F-Spot, open the \\menu"
#| "{Applications} menu, then choose \\menu{Graphics}, then \\menu{F-Spot "
#| "Photo Manager}.  When you start F-Spot for the first time, you will see "
#| "the \\window{Import} window\\dash how to use this is covered in \\textbf"
#| "{`Importing'}."
msgid ""
"To view and edit photos in Ubuntu, you can use the \\application{F-Spot} "
"Photo Manager application. To start F-Spot, open the \\menu{Applications} "
"menu, then choose \\menu{Graphics}, then \\menu{F-Spot Photo Manager}.  When "
"you start F-Spot for the first time, you will see the \\window{Import} window"
"\\dash how to use this is covered in \\textbf{`Importing'}."
msgstr ""
"Para ver e editar fotos en Ubuntu, pode usar o aplicativo \\application"
"{Xestor de fotografías F-Spot }. Para iniciar F-Spot, abra o menú \\menu"
"{Aplicativos}, escolla \\menu{Gráficos}, logo \\menu{Xestor de fotografías F-"
"Spot}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :16
msgid ""
"By default, F-Spot displays your photos by date. You can view photos from a "
"specific month by clicking on that month in the timeline near the top of the "
"window."
msgstr ""
"De forma predefinida F-Spot mostra as fotos ordenadas por data. Pode ver as "
"súas fotos dun mes específico premendo sobre o mes na liña de tempo perto da "
"parte superior da xanela."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :19
msgid ""
"You can also play slide shows of your pictures by clicking on the Play "
"button on the toolbar (this button looks like a green triangle)."
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode reproducir unha presentación coas súas imaxes premendo sobre o "
"botón Reproducir na barra de ferramentas (este botón seméllase a un "
"triángulo verde)."

#. \screenshotTODO{Main F-Spot window}
#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :22
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-f-spot.png}{ss:f-spot}{F-Spot lets you store, tag, and edit "
"your photos.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-f-spot.png}{ss:f-spot}{F-Spot premítelle almacenar, "
"etiquetar e editar as súas fotos.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :26
msgid ""
"This guide often refers to the side bar on the left. If you can't see it, "
"open the \\menu{View} menu, then choose \\menu{Components}, and choose \\menu"
"{Sidebar}\\dash making sure the option is selected."
msgstr ""
"Esta guía continuamente se refire á barra lateral da esquerda. Se non pode "
"vela abra o menú \\menu{Ver} e logo seleccione \\menu{Compoñentes} "
"finalmente seleccione \\menu{Barra lateral}\\dash asegúrese que esta opción "
"está seleccionada."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :28
msgid "Version system"
msgstr "Versión do sistema"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :34
msgid ""
"When you edit a photo, F-Spot creates a new version so that the original is "
"not lost. You can create a new version by opening the \\menu{Photo} menu, "
"then choosing \\menu{Create New Version\\ldots}. This opens the \\window"
"{Create New Version} window. In the \\textfield{Name} text field you can "
"type what you would like to call the version and then click \\button{OK}. A "
"new version will then be created."
msgstr ""
"Ao editar unha foto, F-Spot crea unha nova versión de modo que o orixinal "
"non se perde. Pode crear unha nova versión abrindo o menú \\menu{Foto}, "
"escoller \\menu{Crear nova versiónldots}. Isto abre a xanela \\window{Crear "
"unha nova versión}. No campo de texto \\textfield{Nome} pode escribir como "
"lle gustaría que se chamase a versión e premer sobre o botón \\button"
"{Aceptar}. Unha versión nova se creará entón."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :40
msgid ""
"You can view previous versions of photos by clicking on the photo that you "
"wish to view, then clicking on the \\button{Edit Image} button. This changes "
"the side bar on the left to the ``Edit'' side bar. In the bottom left, the "
"\\dropdown{Version} drop-down list allows you to choose previous versions of "
"the photo."
msgstr ""
"Pode ver as versións anteriores das súas fotos premendo sobre a foto que "
"desexa ver e logo premendo sobre o botón \\button{Editar imaxe}. Isto cambia "
"a barra lateral da esquerda á barra lateral ``Editar''. Na parte inferior "
"esquerda a lista despregábel \\dropdown{Versión} permítelle seleccionar as "
"versións anteriores da foto."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :46
msgid ""
"You might want to rename a version so that you remember which version is "
"which.  To rename a version, click on the photo that you want to change, "
"then click on the \\button{Edit Image} button. This changes the side bar on "
"the left to the ``Edit'' side bar. In the bottom left the \\dropdown"
"{Version} drop-down list lets you choose the version of the photo that you "
"want to rename."
msgstr ""
"Pode querer renomear unha versión se recorda de que versión se trata. Para "
"renomear unha versión, prema sobre a foto que quere cambiar, prema sobre "
"botón \\button{Editar imaxe}. Isto cambia a barra lateral esquerda pola "
"barra lateral «Editar». Na esquina inferior esquerda da lista despregábel "
"\\dropdown{Version} pode escoller a versión da foto que quere renomear."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :51
msgid ""
"Open the \\menu{Photo} menu, then choose \\menu{Rename Version}. This will "
"open the \\window{Rename Version} window. Enter the new name in the "
"\\textfield{New name} text field, then if you want to rename the version "
"click \\button{OK}. If you don't want to rename the version, click \\button"
"{Cancel}."
msgstr ""
"Abra o menú \\menu{Foto} e seleccione \\menu{Renomear a versión}. Isto "
"abrirá a xenla \\window{Renomear versión}. Insira un nome novo no campo de "
"texto \\textfield{Novo nome} logo se quere renomear a versión prema \\button"
"{Aceptar}. Se non quere renomear a versión prema \\button{Cancelar}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :61
msgid ""
"When editing photos, you may make a mistake and may decide to remove that "
"version as you no longer need it. To delete a version, click on the photo "
"that you want to change, then click on the \\button{Edit Image} button. This "
"changes the side bar on the left to the ``Edit'' side bar. In the bottom "
"left the \\dropdown{Version} drop-down list choose the version of the photo "
"that you want to delete. Then open the \\menu{Photo} menu, then choose \\menu"
"{Delete Version}.  This will open the \\window{Really Delete?} window. If "
"you want to delete the version click \\button{Delete}. If you don't want to "
"delete the version, click \\button{Cancel}."
msgstr ""
"Cando edite fotos, pode cometer un erro e pode decidir eliminar esa versión "
"que xa non necesita. Para eliminar unha versión, prema sobre a foto que "
"desexa cambiar e prema no botón \\button{Editar imaxe}. Isto cambia a barra "
"lateral da esquerda pola de «Editar». No ángulo inferior esquerdo da lista "
"despregabel \\dropdown{Versión} escolla a versión da foto que quere borrar. "
"A seguir, abra o menú \\menu{Foto},  logo, escolla \\menu{Eliminar versión}. "
"Isto abrirá a xanela \\window{Está seguro de quer eliminar?}. Se desexa "
"eliminar a versión, prema versión \\button{Eliminar}. Se non quere borrar a "
"versión, prema sobre \\button{Cancelar}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :63
msgid "Importing"
msgstr "Importando"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :67
msgid ""
"When you launch F-Spot for the first time you will see the \\window{Import} "
"window.  After the first launch you can import more photos by clicking on "
"the \\button{Import} button."
msgstr ""
"Cando inicie F-Spot por primeira vez verá a xanela \\window{Importar}. "
"Despois do primeiro inicio vostede pode importar máis fotos premendo sobre o "
"botón \\button{Importar}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :71
msgid ""
"When you import some photos, only the photos that you have just imported are "
"shown. To show all of your photos, click on the gray \\textbf{X} to the "
"right of the blue \\textbf{Find}."
msgstr ""
"Cando vostede importe algunhas fotos só se mostrarán as fotos que acaba de "
"importar. Para mostrar todas as súas fotos prema sobre a \\textbf{X} gris á "
"dereita do \\textbf{Buscar} azul."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :73
msgid "Choosing where F-Spot saves photos"
msgstr "Seleccionando garda as fotos F-Spot"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :77
msgid ""
"When importing pictures in the \\window{Import} window, the \\checkbox{Copy "
"files to the Photos folder} option determines where the photos are saved."
msgstr ""
"Cando importe imaxes na xanela \\window{Importar} a opción \\checkbox{Copiar "
"os ficheiros do cartafol Fotos} determina onde se gardan as fotos."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :82
msgid ""
"If the \\checkbox{Copy files to the Photos folder} option is selected then F-"
"Spot will copy the photos into the \\textbf{Photos} folder, which is within "
"your \\textbf{Pictures} folder. The pictures are then sorted by year, month "
"and then date."
msgstr ""
"Se a opción \\checkbox{Copiar ficheiros ao cartafol de fotos} está "
"seleccionada, entón F-Spot abrirá unha copia das fotos no cartafol \\textbf"
"{Fotos}, que está dentro do seu cartafol \\textbf{Imaxes}. As imaxes "
"ordénanse entón por ano, mes e logo data."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :85
msgid ""
"If the \\checkbox{Copy files to the Photos folder} option is unselected then "
"F-Spot will not copy the pictures into the \\textbf{Photos} folder."
msgstr ""
"Se a opción \\checkbox{Copiar os ficheiros ao cartafol de fotos} non está "
"selecionado F-Spot non copiará as imaxes ao seu cartafol de \\textbf{Fotos}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :87
msgid "Importing from file"
msgstr "Importando desde un ficheiro"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :91
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-fspot-import.png}{ss:f-spot-import}{You can import all of "
"your photos.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-fspot-import.png}{ss:f-spot-import}{Vostede pode importar "
"todas as súas fotos.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To import photos that are saved on you computer, choose \\dropdown{Select "
#| "Folder} from the \\dropdown{Import Source} drop-down list. This opens the "
#| "\\window{Import} window. Navigate to the folder containing your photos "
#| "and click \\button{Open}."
msgid ""
"To import photos that are saved on your computer, choose \\dropdown{Select "
"Folder} from the \\dropdown{Import Source} drop-down list. This opens the "
"\\window{Import} window. Navigate to the folder containing your photos and "
"click \\button{Open}."
msgstr ""
"Para importar as fotos que están gardadas no seu computador seleccione "
"\\dropdown{Seleccionar cartafol} desde a lista despregábel \\dropdown{Fonte "
"de importación}. Isto abre a xanela \\window{Importar}. Navegue até o "
"cartafol que contén as súas fotos e prema \\button{Abrir}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :100
msgid ""
"When the loading bar says ``Done Loading'' all the photos in that folder and "
"any sub-folders are then displayed in the \\window{Import} window. You can "
"exclude importing photos from sub-folders by deselecting the \\checkbox"
"{Include subfolders} option."
msgstr ""
"Cando a barra de carga diga «Carga feita» todas as fotos nese cartafol e "
"calquera subcartafol se mostrarán entón na xanela \\window{Importar}. Pode "
"excluír a importación de fotos de subcartfoles deseleccionando a opción "
"\\checkbox{Incluír subcartafoles}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :105
msgid ""
"All of the photos are imported by default, but you can choose to import only "
"some photos. To do so, press-and-hold the \\textbf{Ctrl} key while clicking "
"the photos you do not want to import. Duplicates are automatically detected "
"when the \\checkbox{Detect duplicates} option is selected."
msgstr ""
"Todas as fotos se importan de modo predefinido, pero pode escoller importar "
"só algunhas delas. Para facelo así, manteña a tecla \\textbf{CTRL} premida "
"mentres fai clic sobre as fotos que quere importar. As duplicadas detéctanse "
"automaticamente cando a opción \\checkbox{Detectar duplicacións} está "
"seleccionada"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :109
msgid ""
"You can attach tags by typing the names of the your current tags in the "
"\\textfield{Attach Tags} text field. If you want to use multiple tags then "
"separate them with a comma."
msgstr ""
"Vostede pode engadir etiquetas escribindo os nomes das etiquetas actuais no "
"campo de texto \\textfield{Anexar etiquetas}. Se quere usar varias etiqueas "
"escribaas separadas por comas."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :112
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Once you have chosen the photos that you want import, click on the "
#| "\\button{Import} button."
msgid ""
"Once you have chosen the photos that you want to import, click on the "
"\\button{Import} button."
msgstr ""
"Cando teña seleccionadas as fotos que quere importar prema sobre o botón "
"\\button{Importar}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :114
msgid "From digital camera"
msgstr "Desde unha cámara dixital"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :121
msgid ""
"To import photos from a digital camera, plug your camera into the \\acronym"
"{USB} port of your computer, and turn your camera on. If your camera is "
"detected, Ubuntu should open a new window prompting you to import photos. "
"Ensure that \\dropdown{Open F-Spot} is chosen in the drop-down list and "
"click \\button{OK}.  This will show the \\window{Import} window. In the "
"\\dropdown{Import Source} drop-down list choose the option that looks like "
"\\dropdown{\\ldots Camera}."
msgstr ""
"Para importar fotos dunha cámara dixital, conecte a cámara no porto \\acronym"
"{USB}  do seu computador e acenda a cámara. Se a súa cámara se detecta, "
"Ubuntu debería abrir unha nova xanela solicitándolle a importación de fotos. "
"Asegúrese de que está seleccionado \\dropdown{Abrir F-Spot} na lista "
"despregábel e prema o botón \\button{Aceptar}. Isto mostrará a xanela "
"\\window{importar}. Na lista despregábel \\dropdown{Importar orixe} escolla "
"a opción que aparece como \\dropdown{\\ldots Cámara}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :126
msgid ""
"A \\window{Select Photos to Copy from Camera\\ldots} window will open. You "
"can then click the photos that you want to copy. All of the photos are "
"selected by default but you can add or remove individual photos by pressing-"
"and-holding the \\textbf{Ctrl} key while clicking on photos to deselect them."
msgstr ""
"Abrirase unha xanela \\window{Seleccionar fotos para copiar da cámara"
"\\ldots}. Poderá entón seleccionar as fotos que quere copiar. Todas as fotos "
"están seleccionadas de modo predeterminado pero pode engadir ou eliminar "
"fotos concretas mantendo a tecla \\textbf{CTRL} premida mentres fai clic "
"sobre as fotos que quere deseleccionar."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :130
msgid ""
"You can attach tags to all of them by clicking on the \\checkbox{Attach tag} "
"option and choosing the tag in the \\dropdown{Attach tag:} drop-down list. "
"For more information about tags see \\seclink{sec:organizing-photos}."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :134
msgid ""
"You can change where the files are saved in the \\dropdown{Target location} "
"drop-down list. The default is the \\dropdown{Photos} folder \\dash this is "
"where F-Spot saves the photos."
msgstr ""
"Pode cambiar onde se gardan os ficheiros na lista despregábel \\dropdown"
"{Localización de destino}. O cartafol predefinido é \\dropdown{Fotos} \\dash "
"isto é onde F-Spot garda as fotos."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :140
msgid ""
"Once you have chosen the photos that you want to import, click on the "
"\\button{Copy} button. The \\window{Transferring Pictures} window should "
"open, and will show the copying progress. When copying is complete, the "
"progress bar will display \\textbf{Download Complete}. Finally, click "
"\\button{OK} to show your photos in F-Spot."
msgstr ""
"Unha vez que escolleu as fotos que quere importar, prema no botón \\button"
"{Copiar}. Deberíase abrir a xanela \\window{Transferindo as fotografías} e "
"mostrarse o progreso da copia. Cando remate a copia, a barra de progreso "
"mostrará o texto \\textbf{Descarga rematada}. Por último, prema no botón "
"\\button{Aceptar} para mostrar as súas fotos no F-Spot."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :143
msgid "Organizing photos"
msgstr "Organizando as fotos"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :146
msgid ""
"F-Spot makes finding photos of the same type easier by using tags. You can "
"apply as many tags to a photo as you like."
msgstr ""
"F-Spot permítelle buscar fotos do mesmo tipo de forma sinxela usando "
"etiquetas. Pode aplicar tantas etiquetas a unha foto como queira."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :150
msgid ""
"To apply tags to photos, first select the photos. Then right-click on the "
"photos and choose \\menu{Attach Tag}. Click the tag you want add to your "
"photos. You can attach tags when importing photos, as covered in the "
"``Importing'' section."
msgstr ""
"Para aplicar etiquetas ás fotos primeiro seleccione as fotos. Logo prema co "
"botón dereito sobre as fotos e seleccione \\menu{Anexar etiqueta}. Prema a "
"etiqueta que quere engadir ás súas fotos. Pode entadir etiquetas ao importar "
"as fotos como se cubre na sección ``Importando''."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :156
msgid ""
"You can make new tags by opening the \\menu{Tags} and choosing \\menu{Create "
"New Tag\\ldots}. This will open up the \\window{Create New Tag} window.  "
"Enter the name of the tag in the \\textfield{Name of New Tag:} text field. "
"The \\dropdown{Parent Tag:} drop-down list allows you to choose the "
"``parent'' tag for your new tag."
msgstr ""
"Pode engadir novas etiquetas abrindo o menú \\menu{Etiquetas} e "
"seleccionando \\menu{Crear nova etiqueta\\ldots}. Isto abrirá a xanela "
"\\window{Crear nova etiqueta}. Insira o nome da etiqueta no campo  de texto "
"\\textfield{Nome da nova etiqueta:}, ademais a lista despregábel \\dropdown"
"{Etiqueta nai:} permítelle seleccionar a etiqueta ``nai'' para a súa nova "
"etiqueta."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :158
msgid "Editing Images"
msgstr "Editando as súas imaxes"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :168
msgid ""
"You may want to edit some of the photos you import into F-Spot. For example, "
"you may want to remove something at the edge, some discoloring, fix red "
"eyes, or straighten a photo. To edit a photo, click on the photo that you "
"want to edit and then click on the \\button{Edit Image} button. This changes "
"the side bar on the left of the \\window{F-Spot} window. The panel will show "
"eight options: \\button{Crop}, \\button{Red-eye Reduction}, \\button{De-"
"saturate}, \\button{Sepia Tone}, \\button{Straighten}, \\button{Soft Focus}, "
"\\button{Auto Color}, and \\button{Adjust Colors}. Some of these options are "
"explained in more detail in the next section."
msgstr ""
"Pode querer editar algunhas das fotos que importou a F-Spot. Por exemplo, "
"pode que queira eliminar algo nas marxes, algunha decoloración, arranxar os "
"ollos vermellos ou endereitar unha foto. Para editar unha foto prema sobre a "
"foto que queira editar e logo faga clic no botón \\button{Editar imaxe}. "
"Isto cambia a barra lateral na esquerda da xanela de  \\window{F-Spot}. O "
"panel mostrará oito opcións: \\button{Recortar}, \\button{Reducir ollos "
"vermellos}, \\button{Desaturar}, \\button{Efecto sepia}, \\button"
"{Enderezar}, \\button{Foco suave}, \\button{Cor automática}, e \\button"
"{Axustar cores}. Algunhas destas opcións explícanse con máis detalle na "
"seguinte sección."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :170
msgid "Cropping photos"
msgstr "Recortando fotos"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :176
msgid ""
"You might want to crop a photo to change the framing or remove part of the "
"edge of the photo. Click on the \\button{Crop} on the left panel, then in "
"the \\dropdown{Select an area to crop} drop-down list choose the ratio that "
"you would like to crop with. You might want choose the ratio that matches "
"the ratio that you would like to print, so that the photo is not stretched."
msgstr ""
"Pode querer recortar unha foto para cambiar o enmarcado ou eliminar partes "
"dos bordos da foto. Prema en \\button{Recortar} no panel lateral logo na "
"lista despregábel \\dropdown{Seleccione a área a recortar} e seleccione o "
"radio polo que quere recortar. Podería querer seleccionar o radio para que "
"coincida co radio que desexa imprimir polo que a foto non se estirará."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :182
msgid ""
"You can create custom constraints if one of the defaults does not meet your "
"requirements. This is done by choosing \\dropdown{Custom Ratios} from the "
"\\dropdown{Select an area to crop} drop-down list. This opens the \\window"
"{Selection Constraints} window. Click \\button{Add} to place a new entry on "
"the left of the window."
msgstr ""
"Pode crear as súas constantes se unha das predefinidas non se axusta aos "
"seus requirimentos. Isto faise seleccionando \\dropdown{Ratios "
"personalizados} desde a lista despregábel \\dropdown{Seleccionar a área a "
"recortar}. Isto abre a xanela \\window{Constantes de selección}. Prema en "
"\\button{Engadir} para crear unha nova entrada á esquerda da xanela."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :187
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Once you have chosen your constraint, move the cursor to one conner of "
#| "the section of the photo that you want to keep. Click-and-hold the left "
#| "mouse button and drag it to the opposite corner of the section that you "
#| "want to keep.  Release the the mouse button to finish your cropping "
#| "selection."
msgid ""
"Once you have chosen your constraint, move the cursor to one corner of the "
"section of the photo that you want to keep. Click-and-hold the left mouse "
"button and drag it to the opposite corner of the section that you want to "
"keep.  Release the the mouse button to finish your cropping selection."
msgstr ""
"Cando teña seleccionada a súa constante mova o cursor a unha das esquinas da "
"selección da foto que quere manter. Prema e manteña o botón esquerdo do rato "
"e arrástreo á esquina oposta da selección que quere manter. Solte o botón do "
"rato para rematar a selección de recorte."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :191
msgid ""
"To resize the cropping selection box, move the mouse until an arrow points "
"to the side of the cropping selection box that you want to move. Click-and-"
"hold the left mouse button, and move the mouse until the edge is in the "
"right place."
msgstr ""
"Para redimensionar a caixa de selección de recorte mova o rato até que unha "
"frecha apunte á caixa de selección de recorte que quere mover. Prema e "
"manteña co botón esquerdo do rato e mova o rato até que o borde estea no "
"lugar dereito."

#. TODO is this the best way of describing this?
#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :197
msgid ""
"All ratios work in portrait and landscape mode. To change between the two, "
"you need to click on the edge of the cropping selection box as if you were "
"to resize the box. Moving the cursor between top right and bottom left "
"switches between portrait and landscape modes."
msgstr ""
"Todas as proporcións funcionan tanto en modo retrato como apaisado. Para "
"cambiar entre elas debe premer no borde dunha caixa de selección de recorte "
"como se fora a redimensionar a caixa. Ao mover o cursor entre os trocadores "
"da parte superior dereita e a inferior esquerda cambiará entre os modos "
"retrato e apaisado."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :199
msgid "Red-eye Reduction"
msgstr "Reducción de ollos vermellos"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :205
msgid ""
"If you have taken a photo and the flash caused the subject to have red eyes, "
"you can fix this problem in F-Spot. First, click on the \\button{Red-eye "
"Reduction} button. Move the cursor to the one corner of the subject's eye "
"and click-and-hold the left mouse button as you drag the cursor to the "
"opposite corner of the eye. Then, release the mouse button."
msgstr ""
"Se tomou unha foto e o flash causou que a persoa teña os ollos vermellos, "
"este problema pode arranxarse no F-Spot. Primeiro, prema no botón \\button"
"{Reducir ollos vermellos}. Mova o cursor a unha esquina do ollo da persoa, "
"prema o botón esquerdo do rato e sen soltalo arrastre o cursor á esquina "
"oposta do ollo. Logo, solte o botón do rato."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :210
msgid ""
"This box can be moved by placing the cursor into the middle of the red eye "
"selection box until a hand cursor is shown. Then, click-and-hold the left "
"mouse button and move the selection box into the correct place. When it is "
"in the correct place you can release the left mouse button."
msgstr ""
"Esta caixa pode moverse poñendo o cursor no medio da selección de ollos "
"vermellos até que se mostre un cursor cunha man. Logo, prema e manteña o "
"botón esquerdo do rato e mova a caixa de selección ao lugar correcto. Cando "
"estea no lugar correcto solte o botón do rato."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :214
msgid ""
"To resize the box, move the mouse until an arrow points to the side of the "
"red eye selection box that you want to move. Click-and-hold the left mouse "
"button, move the mouse until the edge is in the right place."
msgstr ""
"Para redimensionar a caixa mova o rato até que unha frecha apunte á caixa de "
"selección de ollos vermellos que quere mover. Prema e manteña o botón "
"esquerdo do rato e mova o rato até que estea no lugar axeitado."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :218
msgid ""
"When the box covers all of the red in one eye, click the \\button{Fix} "
"button.  You will need to repeat the process for each of the subject's eyes "
"that is affected."
msgstr ""
"Cando a caixa cubra toda a parte vermella de un ollo prema no botón \\button"
"{Arranxar}. Debe repetir o proceso para cada un dos ollos das persoas que "
"están afectadas."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :220
msgid "Straighten"
msgstr "Endereitar"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :226
msgid ""
"If you have a photo where the subject is at an angle, you can straighten the "
"photo with F-Spot. First, click on the \\button{Straighten} button. Then "
"move the slider until the picture is straight again. F-Spot will auto crop "
"the picture to remove any white parts that occur due to the rotation. When "
"you are happy that the picture is straight, click on the \\button"
"{Straighten} button."
msgstr ""
"Se ten unha foto cunha persoa en ángulo pode endereitala foto con F-Spot. "
"Primeiro, prema no botón \\button{Enderezar}, logo mova o desprazador até "
"que a imaxe estea dereita de novo. F-Spot recortará automaticamente a imaxe "
"para eliminar calquera parte branca que poida aparecer debido á rotación. "
"Cando teña a súa imaxe endereitada prema no botón \\button{Enderezar}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :228
msgid "Auto Color"
msgstr "Axustar a cor"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :231
msgid ""
"To automatically correct the coloring of a photo, click on the \\button{Auto "
"Color} button."
msgstr ""
"Para corrixir automaticamente o coloreado dunha foto prema no botón \\button"
"{Cor automático}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :233
msgid "Exporting to web services"
msgstr "Exportando a servizos web"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/viewing-and-editing-photos.tex :236
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "F-Spot allows you to export you photos to a Web Gallery, Folder or "
#| "\\acronym{CD} and the following services: SmugMug, PicasaWeb, Flickr, "
#| "23hq and Zooomr."
msgid ""
"F-Spot allows you to export you photos to a Web Gallery, Folder or \\acronym"
"{CD} and the following services: SmugMug, Picasa Web, Flickr, 23hq and "
"Zooomr."
msgstr ""
"F-Spot permítelle exportar as súas fotos a unha galería Web, carpeta ou "
"\\acronym{CD} e aos seguintes servizos: SmugMug, PicasaWeb, Flickr, 23hq e "
"Zooomr."

#. written by Luke Jennings ubuntujenkins@googlemail.com
#. TODO when this is complete and totem works it needs checking for accuracy. 
#. I could only write biased on karmic due to bug #521482.
#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :4
msgid ""
"You can export to these services by selecting a picture and then opening the "
"\\menu{Photo} menu, then choosing \\menu{Export to} and clicking the service "
"that you require. This will open a window in which you can enter your "
"account name and password for the service. This will allow you to upload "
"pictures to this service."
msgstr ""
"Pode exportar a estes servizos seleccionando unha foto e abrindo o menú "
"\\menu{Foto}, escollendo \\menu{Exportar a} e premendo no servizo que "
"requira. Abrirase unha xanela na que pode introducir o nome da conta e o "
"contrasinal para o servizo. Isto permitíralle subir as fotografías a este "
"servizo."

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :6
msgid "Watching videos and movies"
msgstr "Vendo vídeos e filmes."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :11
msgid ""
"To watch videos or \\acronym{DVD}s in Ubuntu, you can use the \\application"
"{Movie Player} application. To start the Movie Player, open the \\menu"
"{Applications} menu, then choose \\menu{Sound \\& Video}, then choose \\menu"
"{Movie Player}. This will open the \\window{Movie Player} window."
msgstr ""
"Para ver vídeos ou \\acronym{DVD} en Ubuntu, pode usar o aplicativo "
"\\application{Reprodutor de filmes}. Para inicialo, abra o menú \\menu"
"{Aplicativos}, logo escolla \\menu{Son e vídeo} e \\menu{Reprodutor de "
"filmes}. Isto abrirá a xanela do \\window{Reprodutor de filmes}."

#. \screenshotTODO{Main totem window}
#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :14
msgid "\\screenshot{03-totem.png}{ss:totem}{Totem plays music and videos.}"
msgstr "\\screenshot{03-totem.png}{ss:totem}{Totem reproduce música e vídeos.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :16
msgid "Codecs"
msgstr "Códecs"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :20
msgid ""
"Watching \\acronym{DVD}s may require Ubuntu to install a ``codec,'' which is "
"a piece of software that allows your computer to understand the contents of "
"the \\acronym{DVD}, and display the video."
msgstr ""
"Para ver os \\acronym{DVD} debe instalr un ``códec'' en Ubuntu, que é unha "
"peza de software que lle permite ao seu computador entender os contidos dun "
"\\acronym{DVD} e mostrar o vídeo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :24
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\warning{Legal Notice Patent and copyright laws operate differently "
#| "depending on which country you are in. Please obtain legal advice if you "
#| "are unsure whether a particular patent or restriction applies to a media "
#| "format you wish to use in your country.}"
msgid ""
"\\warning{Legal Notice: Patent and copyright laws operate differently "
"depending on which country you are in. Please obtain legal advice if you are "
"unsure whether a particular patent or restriction applies to a media format "
"you wish to use in your country.}"
msgstr ""
"\\warning{Observación legal: As leis de patentes e dereitos de autor actúan "
"de forma diferente en función do país no que se encontra. Por favor, reciba "
"asesoramiento legal se non está seguro de se algunha patente ou restrición "
"en particular afecta a un formato de soporte que desexe usar no seu país.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :27
msgid ""
"So that you can play all videos and \\acronym{DVD}s, you will need to "
"install some codecs.  These are located within the \\textbf{Multiverse} "
"repository. This is now enabled by default."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :31
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Once you have enabled the repositories, open the \\menu{Applications} "
#| "menu, then choose \\menu{Ubuntu Software Center}. When the \\window"
#| "{Ubuntu Software Center} window opens, use the search box in the top "
#| "right and search for the following:"
msgid ""
"To install the codecs, open the \\menu{Applications} menu, then choose \\menu"
"{Ubuntu Software Center}. When the \\window{Ubuntu Software Center} window "
"opens, use the search box in the top right and search for the following:"
msgstr ""
"Cando teña activados os repositorios abra o menú \\menu{Aplicativos} e "
"seleccione \\menu{Centro de software de Ubuntu}. Cando a xanela \\window"
"{Centro de Software de Ubuntu} se abra use a caixa de busca na parte "
"superior dereita e busque polo seguinte:"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :43
msgid "gstreamer0.10-ffmpeg"
msgstr "gstreamer0.10-ffmpeg"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :43
msgid "gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad"
msgstr "gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :43
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "gstreamer0.10-plugins-base"
msgid "gstreamer0.10-plugins-bad-multiverse"
msgstr "gstreamer0.10-plugins-base"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :43
msgid "gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly"
msgstr "gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :43
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly"
msgid "gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly-multiverse"
msgstr "gstreamer0.10-plugins-ugly"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :43
msgid "gstreamer0.10-plugins-base"
msgstr "gstreamer0.10-plugins-base"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :43
msgid "gstreamer0.10-plugins-good"
msgstr "gstreamer0.10-plugins-good"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :43
msgid "libdvdread4"
msgstr "libdvdread4"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :43
msgid "libdvdnav4"
msgstr "libdvdnav4"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :46
msgid ""
"When you find each one, select it with a double-click and then click the "
"\\button{Install} button. This may open an \\window{Authenticate} window. If "
"so, enter your password then click \\button{Authenticate} to start the "
"installation process."
msgstr ""
"Cando encontre un, seleccióneo premendo dúas veces e logo prema no botón "
"\\button{Instalar}. Isto debería abrir unha xanela \\window{Autenticar}. "
"Polo que introduza o seu contrasinal e logo prema \\button{Autenticar} para "
"iniciar o proceso de instalación."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :51
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To finish codec installation, you also need to run a command in the "
#| "terminal.  Open the \\button{Applications} menu, then choose \\button"
#| "{Accessories} and then choose \\button{Terminal}. This will open the "
#| "\\window{Terminal} window."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{For more information on the terminal see \\chaplink{ch:command-"
"line}} To finish codec installation, you also need to run a command in the "
"terminal.  Open the \\button{Applications} menu, then choose \\button"
"{Accessories} and then choose \\button{Terminal}. This will open the \\window"
"{Terminal} window."
msgstr ""
"Para rematar a instalación de códecs tamén necesita executar unha orde na "
"terminal. Abra o menú \\button{Aplicativos} logo seleccione \\button"
"{Accesorios} e logo seleccione \\button{Terminal}. Isto abrirá unha xanela "
"de \\window{Terminal}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{Sudo is a way to gain temporary administrative rights to "
#| "perform certain tasks, such as installing new software. Usually, sudo is "
#| "presented in a window for you to enter your password. When you enter your "
#| "password in a terminal, it will not be shown.}"
msgid ""
"Type the command as shown below.  \\marginnote{Sudo is a way to gain "
"temporary administrative rights to perform certain tasks, such as installing "
"new software. Usually, sudo is presented in a window for you to enter your "
"password. When you enter your password in a terminal, it will not be shown.}"
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Sudo é unha forma de obter termporalmente os permisos para "
"levar a cabo certas tarefas, como a instalación de novo software. "
"Normalmente, sudo móstrase nunha xanela na que debe inserir o seu "
"contrasinal. Cando teña inserido o seu contrasinal nunha terminal non se "
"mostrará.}"

#. type: terminal
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :58
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo /usr/share/doc/libdvdread4/install-css.sh}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :62
msgid ""
"Once you have typed the command, press \\keystroke{Enter}. You will be asked "
"for your password \\dash to authorize this action, type in you password and "
"press \\keystroke{Enter}. Wait for the process to finish. Once it has "
"finished you can close the \\window{Terminal} window."
msgstr ""
"Unha vez inserida a orde, prema \\keystroke{INTRO}. Pedíraselle o seu "
"contrasinal \\dash para autorizar esta acción. Insira o seu contrasinal e "
"prema \\keystroke{INTRO}. Espere a que o proceso remate. Unha vez rematado "
"pode pechar a xanela da \\window{Terminal}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :64
msgid "Playing videos from file"
msgstr "Reproducindo vídeos desde un ficheiro"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :69
msgid ""
"Open the \\menu{Movie} menu, then choose \\menu{Open\\ldots}. This will open "
"the \\window{Select Movies or Playlists} window. Find the file or files that "
"you want to play and click on the \\button{Add} button. The video or videos "
"will start playing."
msgstr ""
"Abra o menú \\menu{Filme}, logo seleccione \\menu{Abrir\\ldots}. Isto abrirá "
"a xanela \\window{Seleccionar filmes ou listas de reprodución}. Busque o "
"ficheiro ou ficheiros que quere reproducir e prema o botón \\button"
"{Engadir}. O vídeo ou vídeos comezarán a reproducirse."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :71
msgid "Playing a DVD"
msgstr "Reproducir un DVD"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/watching-videos-and-movies.tex :77
msgid ""
"When you insert a \\acronym{DVD} in the computer, Ubuntu should open the "
"\\window{You have just inserted a Video \\acronym{DVD}. Choose what "
"application to launch} window. Make sure that \\dropdown{Open Movie Player} "
"is chosen in the drop-down list and then click \\button{OK}. The \\window"
"{Movie Player} window will open and the movie will start."
msgstr ""
"Cando introduza un \\acronym{DVD} no computador, Ubuntu debería abrir a "
"xanela \\window{Acaba de inserir un \\acronym{DVD} de vídeo. Elixir que "
"aplicativo hai que executar}. Asegúrese de que na lista despregábel está "
"seleccionado \\dropdown{Abrir reprodutor de filmes} e prema \\button"
"{Aceptar}.  Abrirase a xanela do \\window{Reprodutor de filmes} e iniciarase "
"o filme."

#.  Section by Matt Griffin matt.griffin@canonical.com
#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :2
msgid ""
"If the \\window{Movie Player} window is already open, open \\menu{Movie} "
"menu, then choose \\menu{Play Disc\\ldots} and the movie will start."
msgstr ""
"Se a xanela \\window{Reprodutor de filmes} xa está aberta abra o menú \\menu"
"{Filme} e logo seleccione \\menu{Reproducir disco\\ldots} e o filme comezará "
"a reproducirse."

#. type: comment
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :6 default-apps/ubuntuone.tex
msgid "OUTLINE"
msgstr "CONTORNO"

#. type: comment
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :22
msgid ""
"[DONE] - Launch Rhythmbox (Ubuntu and UNE)  [DONE] - Play music [DONE] - "
"Import and play audio files [DONE] - Use the toolbar [DONE] - Play from a CD "
"and import [DONE] - Listen to streaming radio [DONE] - Connect with digital "
"audio players [DONE] - with other users (DAAP)  [DONE] - Manage podcasts "
"[DONE] - Preferences overview [DONE] - Managing your music - playlists, "
"ratings, deleting/moving songs from library [DONE] - Plugins [DONE] - "
"Stores: Magnatune, Jamendo, Ubuntu One Music Store - give the basics and "
"refer people to one.ubuntu.com/music and the store Help system for more info "
"[DONE] - Installing codecs [DONE] - Where to get Rbox support"
msgstr ""
"[FEITO] - Iniciar o Rhythmbox (Ubuntu e UNE)  [FEITO] - Reproducir música "
"[FEITO] - Importar e reproducir ficheiros de audio [FEITO] - Usar a barra de "
"ferramentas [FEITO] - Reproducir un CD e importar [FEITO] - Escoitar unha "
"retransmisión de radio [FEITO] - Conectar con reprodutores de son dixital "
"[FEITO] - con outros usuarios (DAAP)  [FEITO] - Xestionar podcasts [FEITO] - "
"Revisión de preferencias [FEITO] - Xestión da súa música - listas de "
"reprodución, puntuacións, eliminar/mover cancións da fonoteca [FEITO] - "
"Engadidos [FEITO] - Tendas: Magnatune, Jamendo, Ubuntu One Music Store - dá "
"información básica e remite a xente a  one.ubuntu.com/música e ao sistema de "
"axuda da tenda para ampliar información  [FEITO] - Instalación de códecs "
"[FEITO] - De onde obter asistencia sobre Rbox"

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :27
msgid "Listening to audio and music"
msgstr "Escoitando audio e música"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :27
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ubuntu comes with the \\application{Rhythmbox Music Player} for listening "
#| "to your music, streaming Internet radio, managing playlists and podcasts, "
#| "and purchasing songs."
msgid ""
"Ubuntu comes with the \\application{Rhythmbox} Music Player for listening to "
"your music, streaming Internet radio, managing playlists and podcasts, and "
"purchasing songs."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu ven co \\application{Reprodutor de música Rhythmbox} para escoitar "
"música, radio por Internet, xestionar listas de reprodución e podcasts "
"ademais de poder mercar cancións."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :30
msgid "Starting Rhythmbox"
msgstr "Iniciar Rhythmbox"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :30
msgid ""
"To start Rhythmbox, open the \\menu{Applications} menu, then choose \\menu"
"{Sound \\& Video}, then \\menu{Rhythmbox Music Player}."
msgstr ""
"Para iniciar Rhythmbox abra o menú \\menu{Aplicativos}, seleccione \\menu"
"{Son e vídeo} e logo \\menu{Reprodutor de música Rhythmbox}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :32
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To quit Rhythmbox, choose \\menu{Music \\then Quit} or press \\keystroke"
#| "{Ctrl+Q}. Rhythmbox will continue to run if you choose \\menu{Music "
#| "\\then Close} or close the window. A few Rhythmbox tools (such as \\emph"
#| "{Play}, \\emph{Next}, and \\emph{Previous}) are available from the "
#| "Rhythmbox Music Player icon in the \\gls{notification area} (typically "
#| "the top right of your screen). You can also choose \\emph{Quit} from this "
#| "menu to quit Rhythmbox."
msgid ""
"To quit Rhythmbox, choose \\menu{Music \\then Quit} or press \\keystroke{Ctrl"
"+Q}. Rhythmbox will continue to run if you choose \\menu{Music \\then Close} "
"or close the window. A few Rhythmbox tools (such as \\button{Play}, \\button"
"{Next}, and \\button{Previous}) are available from the Rhythmbox Music "
"Player icon in the \\gls{notification area} (typically the top right of your "
"screen). You can also choose \\button{Quit} from this menu to quit Rhythmbox."
msgstr ""
"Para saír de Rhythmbox seleccione \\menu{Música \\then Saír} ou prema "
"\\keystroke{CTRL+Q}. Rhythmbox continuará executándose se selecciona \\menu"
"{Música \\then Pechar} ou pecha a xanela. Algunhas ferramentas de Rhythmbox "
"(como \\emph{Reproducir}, \\emph{Seguinte} e \\emph{Anterior}) están "
"dispoñíbeis desde a icona do Reprodutor de música de Rhythmbox na \\gls"
"{notification area} (normalmente na parte superior dereita da súa pantalla). "
"Tamén pode \\emph{Saír} desde este menú para saír de Rhythmbox."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :34
msgid "Playing music"
msgstr "Reproducir música"

#. \screenshotTODO{Rhythmbox application with a CD inserted}
#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :37
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\screenshot{03-rhythmbox-cd.png}{ss:rhythmbox-cd}{Rhythmbox with a CD "
#| "in.}"
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-rhythmbox-cd.png}{ss:rhythmbox-cd}{Rhythmbox with a \\acronym"
"{CD} in.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-rhythmbox-cd.png}{ss:rhythmbox-cd}{Rhythmbox con un CD "
"inserido.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :40
msgid ""
"In order to play music, you must first import music into your library. "
"Choose \\menu{Music \\then Import Folder} or press \\keystroke{Ctrl+O} on "
"your keyboard to import a folder of songs or \\menu{Import File} for single "
"songs."
msgstr ""
"Para reproducir música primeiro debe importala á súa fonoteca. Seleccione "
"\\menu{Música \\then Importar cartafol} ou prema \\keystroke{CTRL+O} no seu "
"teclado para importar un cartafol de cancións ou \\menu{Importar ficheiro} "
"para importar só unha única canción."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :42
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\emph{Rhythmbox toolbar} contains most of the controls that you will "
#| "use for browsing and playing your music."
msgid ""
"The Rhythmbox toolbar contains most of the controls that you will use for "
"browsing and playing your music."
msgstr ""
"A \\emph{barra de ferramentas de Rhythmbox} contén a maioría dos controles "
"que usará para navegar e reproducir a súa música."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :44
msgid ""
"If you want to play a song, select a track and click on the \\button{Play} "
"button on the toolbar (you can also choose \\menu{Control \\then Play} from "
"the menubar or press \\keystroke{Ctrl+Space}). Clicking on the \\button"
"{Play} button again will pause the song."
msgstr ""
"Se quere reproducir unha canción seleccione unha pista e prema o botón "
"\\button{Reproducir} na barra de ferramentas (tamén pode seleccionar \\menu"
"{Control \\then Reproducir} desde a barra de menú ou prema \\keystroke{CTRL"
"+Espazo}). Se volve a premer no botón \\button{Reproducir} pausarase a "
"canción."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :46
msgid ""
"\\button{Next} and \\button{Previous} buttons are next to the Play button. "
"You can click on these buttons to play the next and previous songs in your "
"library."
msgstr ""
"Os botóns \\button{Seguinte} e \\button{Anterior} están ao lado do botón "
"Reproducir. Pode premer nestes botóns para reproducir a anterior e seguinte "
"canción na súa fonoteca."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The Rhythmbox toolbar also has options to enable or disable \\emph"
#| "{Repeat} (\\menu{Control \\then Repeat} or \\keystroke{Ctrl+R}), \\emph"
#| "{Shuffle} (\\menu{Control \\then Shuffle} or \\keystroke{Ctrl+U}), the "
#| "\\emph{Artist/Album browser} (\\menu{Control \\then Browser} or "
#| "\\keystroke{Ctrl+B}), and \\emph{Visualization}."
msgid ""
"The Rhythmbox toolbar also has options to enable or disable \\button{Repeat} "
"(\\menu{Control \\then Repeat} or \\keystroke{Ctrl+R}), \\button{Shuffle} "
"(\\menu{Control \\then Shuffle} or \\keystroke{Ctrl+U}), the \\button{Artist/"
"Album browser} (\\menu{View \\then Browse} or \\keystroke{Ctrl+B}), and "
"\\button{Visualization}."
msgstr ""
"A barra de ferramentas de Rhythmbox ten a opción de activar ou desactivar a "
"opción \\emph{Repetir} (\\menu{Control \\then Repetir} ou \\keystroke{CTRL"
"+R}), \\emph{Aleatorio} (\\menu{Control \\then Aleatorio} ou \\keystroke{CTRL"
"+U}) ou \\emph{Explorador de artistas/álbumes} (\\menu{Control \\then "
"Explorador} ou \\keystroke{CTRL+B}) e \\emph{Visualización}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :50
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When you insert a \\acronym{CD} into your computer, it will appear in the "
#| "list of \\emph{Devices} in the \\emph{Side Pane}. Select the \\acronym"
#| "{CD} in the Devices list. Enable and disable the Side Pane by choosing "
#| "\\menu{View \\then Side Pane} or \\keystroke{F9}. Rhythmbox will attempt "
#| "to find the correct artist, album, and track names. To play the songs on "
#| "the \\acronym{CD}, choose the track and press Play."
msgid ""
"When you insert a \\acronym{CD} into your computer, it will appear in the "
"list of Devices in the Side Pane. Select the \\acronym{CD} in the Devices "
"list. Enable and disable the Side Pane by choosing \\menu{View \\then Side "
"Pane} or \\keystroke{F9}. Rhythmbox will attempt to find the correct artist, "
"album, and track names. To play the songs on the \\acronym{CD}, choose the "
"track and press Play."
msgstr ""
"Cando insire un \\acronym{CD} no seu computador, este aparecerá na lista de "
"\\emph{Dispositivos} no \\emph{Panel lateral}. Seleccione o \\acronym{CD} na "
"lista de dispositivos. Active ou desactive o panel lateral escollendo na "
"barra de menú \\menu{Vista \\then Panel lateral} ou premendo a tecla "
"\\keystroke{F9}. Rhythmbox tentará buscar o nome do artista, o álbum e as "
"cancións. Para reproducir as cancións do \\acronym{CD}, escolla a pista e "
"prema Reproducir."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :52
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To import the songs into your library, select the \\acronym{CD} in the "
#| "Devices list. You can review information about the \\acronym{CD}, make "
#| "any changes if needed, or deselect songs that you do not want to import. "
#| "The toolbar will display additional options to \\emph{reload album "
#| "information}, \\emph{eject the \\acronym{CD}}, and \\emph{copy the tracks "
#| "to your library}. Press the Copy button to import the songs."
msgid ""
"To import the songs into your library, select the \\acronym{CD} in the "
"Devices list. You can review information about the \\acronym{CD}, make any "
"changes if needed, or deselect songs that you do not want to import. The "
"toolbar will display additional options to \\button{reload album "
"information}, \\button{eject the \\acronym{CD}}, and \\button{copy the "
"tracks to your library}. Press the Copy button to import the songs."
msgstr ""
"Para importar as cancións na súa biblioteca, seleccione o \\acronym{CD} na "
"lista de dispositivos. Pode revisar a información sobre o \\acronym{CD}, "
"facer algúns cambios se é necesario ou deseleccionar as cancións que non "
"quere importar. A barra de ferramentas mostrará opcións adicionais como "
"\\emph{recargar a información do álbum}, \\emph{expulsar o \\acronym{CD}}, e "
"\\emph{copiar as pistas a súa biblioteca}. Prema no botón Copiar para "
"importar as cancións."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :54
msgid "Listening to streaming radio"
msgstr "Escoitar a radio por difusión"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Rhythmbox is pre-configured to enable you to stream radio from various "
#| "sources. These include Internet broadcast stations (\\emph{Radio} from "
#| "the Side Pane) as well as \\emph{Last.fm}. To listen to an Internet radio "
#| "station, choose a station from the list and click \\button{Play}. To "
#| "listen to music from Last.fm, configure your \\emph{Account Settings}."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Streaming radio are radio stations that are broadcast over the "
"Internet.} Rhythmbox is preconfigured to enable you to stream radio from "
"various sources. These include Internet broadcast stations (\\button{Radio} "
"from the Side Pane) as well as \\button{Last.fm}. To listen to an Internet "
"radio station, choose a station from the list and click \\button{Play}. To "
"listen to music from Last.fm, configure your \\button{Account Settings}."
msgstr ""
"Rhythmbox está configurado para activar as radios por Internet de varias "
"fontes. Estas inclúen as estacións de difusión de radio (\\emph{Radio} no "
"panel lateral) así como \\emph{Last.fm}. Para escoitar unha estación de "
"radio de Internet, seleccione unha estación desde a lista e prema \\button"
"{Reproducir}. Para escoitar a música de Last.fm configure as súas \\emph"
"{Opcións de conta}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :60
msgid "Connect digital audio players"
msgstr "Conectar reprodutores de son dixitais"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :60
msgid ""
"Rhythmbox can connect with many popular digital audio players. Connected "
"players will appear in the Devices list. Features will vary depending on the "
"player but common tasks like transferring songs and playlists should be "
"supported."
msgstr ""
"Rhythmbox pode conectarse con moitos reprodutores de son dixitais populares. "
"Os reprodutores conectados aparecerán na lista de Dispositivos. As "
"características dependerán segundo o reprodutor pero as tarefas comúns como "
"trasferir cancións ou as listas de reprodución deberían ser compatíbeis."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :64
msgid "Listen to shared music"
msgstr "Escoitar música compartida"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :64
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{\\textbf{\\acronym{DAAP}} stands for ``Digital Audio Access "
#| "Protocol,'' and is a method designed by Apple Inc. to let software share "
#| "media across a network.} If you are on the same network as other "
#| "Rhythmbox users (or any music player software with \\emph{\\acronym"
#| "{DAAP}} support), you can share your music and listen to their shared "
#| "music. Choose \\emph{Shared} from the Side Pane for a list of shared "
#| "libraries on your network. Clicking a shared library will enable you to "
#| "browse and play songs from other computers."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{\\textbf{\\acronym{DAAP}} stands for ``Digital Audio Access "
"Protocol,'' and is a method designed by Apple Inc. to let software share "
"media across a network.} If you are on the same network as other Rhythmbox "
"users (or any music player software with \\acronym{DAAP} support), you can "
"share your music and listen to their shared music. Choose \\button{Shared} "
"from the Side Pane for a list of shared libraries on your network. Usually "
"shares will be listed automatically but sometimes you will be required to "
"add the IP manually. To do this click \\menu{Music \\then Connect to DAAP "
"share\\ldots}. Then enter the IP address and the port number. Then click "
"\\button{Add}. Clicking a shared library will enable you to browse and play "
"songs from other computers."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{\\textbf{\\acronym{DAAP}} aparece en lugar de «Digital Audio "
"Access Protocol» e consiste nun método deseñado por Apple Inc. para permitir "
"que o software comparta a multimedia a través da rede.} Se vostede está na "
"mesma rede ca outros usuarios de Rhythmbox (ou de calquera software "
"reprodutor compatíbel con \\emph{\\acronym{DAAP}} ), pode compartir con "
"outros a súa música e escoitar a música que eles comparten. Escolla \\emph"
"{Compartida} unha lista no panel lateral de bibliotecas compartidas na súa "
"rede. Premendo sobre unha biblioteca compartida activarase para que explore "
"e reproduza cancións doutros computadores."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :67
msgid "Manage podcasts"
msgstr "Xestionar podcasts"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Rhythmbox can manage all of your favorite podcasts. Select \\emph"
#| "{Podcasts} from the Side Pane to view all added podcasts. The toolbar "
#| "will display additional options to \\emph{Subscribe to a new Podcast "
#| "Feed} and \\emph{Update all feeds}. Choose \\menu{Music \\then New "
#| "Podcast Feed}, \\keystroke{Ctrl+P}, or press the Subscribe button in the "
#| "toolbar to import a podcast \\acronym{URL}. Podcasts will be "
#| "automatically downloaded at regular intervals or you can manually update "
#| "feeds. Select an episode and click \\button{Play}. You can also delete "
#| "episodes."
msgid ""
"Rhythmbox can manage all of your favorite podcasts. Select \\button"
"{Podcasts} from the Side Pane to view all added podcasts. The toolbar will "
"display additional options to \\button{Subscribe to a new Podcast Feed} and "
"\\button{Update all feeds}. Choose \\menu{Music \\then New Podcast Feed}, "
"\\keystroke{Ctrl+P}, or press the Subscribe button in the toolbar to import "
"a podcast \\acronym{URL}. Podcasts will be automatically downloaded at "
"regular intervals or you can manually update feeds. Select an episode and "
"click \\button{Play}. You can also delete episodes."
msgstr ""
"Rhythmbox pode xestionar todos os seus podcasts favoritos. Seleccione \\emph"
"{Podcasts} desde o panel lateral para ver todos os podcasts engadidos. A "
"barra de ferramentas mostrará as opcións adicionais para \\emph{Subscribirse "
"a un provedor Podcast novo} e \\emph{Actualizar todos os provedores}. "
"Seleccione \\menu{Música \\then Novo provedor de podcast}, \\keystroke{CTRL"
"+P} ou prema o botón Subscribir para importar un \\acronym{URL} de provedor. "
"Os podcasts descargaranse automaticamente cada pouco tempo ou tamén pode "
"facelo de forma manual. Seleccione un capítulo e prema \\button{Reproducir}. "
"Tamén pode eliminar capítulos."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :72
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-rhythmbox-podcast.png}{ss:rhythmbox-podcasts}{You can add "
"and play your podcasts in Rhythmbox.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-rhythmbox-podcast.png}{ss:rhythmbox-podcasts}{Vostede pode "
"engadir e reproducir os seus podcasts en Rhythmbox.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :75
msgid "Rhythmbox preferences"
msgstr "Preferencias de Rhythmbox"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :75
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The default configuration of Rhythmbox may not be exactly what you want. "
#| "Choose \\menu{Edit \\then Preferences} to alter the application settings. "
#| "The \\emph{Preferences} tool is broken into four main areas: \\emph"
#| "{General}, \\emph{Playback}, \\emph{Music}, and \\emph{Podcasts}."
msgid ""
"The default configuration of Rhythmbox may not be exactly what you want. "
"Choose \\menu{Edit \\then Preferences} to alter the application settings. "
"The \\button{Preferences} tool is broken into four main areas: \\button"
"{General}, \\button{Playback}, \\button{Music}, and \\button{Podcasts}."
msgstr ""
"A configuración predefinida de Rhythmbox pode que non sexa exactamente a que "
"quere. Escolla na barra de menú \\menu{Edición \\then Preferencias} para "
"modificar as configuracións do aplicativo. A ferramenta de \\emph"
"{Preferencias} divídese en catro áreas: \\emph{Xeral}, \\emph{Reprodución}, "
"\\emph{Música}, e \\emph{Podcasts}."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :78
msgid ""
"\\textbf{General options} include music filtering and sorting options and a "
"configuration setting for toolbar button labels."
msgstr ""
"As \\textbf{opcións xerais} inclúen opcións de filtrado de música e "
"ordenamento e a configuración de opcións para as etiquetas dos botóns na "
"barra de ferramentas."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :80
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Playback options} allow you to customize the crossfading feature "
"and define the buffer setting for streamed music from sources such as "
"Internet radio and shared libraries."
msgstr ""
"As \\textbf{opcións de reprodución} permítenlle personalizar a "
"característica de mistura e definir a configuración do búfer para a música "
"por streaming desde orixes como as radios por Internet e fonotecas "
"compartidas."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :82
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\textbf{Music options} define the \\emph{Library Location} on your "
#| "computer where imported music is added, the \\emph{Library Structure} of "
#| "how folders are created based on your imported music, and the \\emph"
#| "{Preferred format} for imported music."
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Music options} define the \\button{Library Location} on your "
"computer where imported music is added, the \\button{Library Structure} of "
"how folders are created based on your imported music, and the \\button"
"{Preferred format} for imported music."
msgstr ""
"As \\textbf{opcións de música} definen a \\emph{Localización da súa "
"fonoteca} no seu computador, onde se engade a música importada, a \\emph"
"{Estrutura da fonoteca}, a forma coa que se crean os cartafoles segundo a "
"súa música importada e o \\emph{Formato preferido} para a música importada."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :85
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\textbf{Podcasts options} define the \\emph{Download location} podcast "
#| "episodes and the frequency to \\emph{Check for new episodes}."
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Podcasts options} define the \\button{Download location} podcast "
"episodes and the frequency to \\button{Check for new episodes}."
msgstr ""
"As \\textbf{Opcións de podcasts} definen a \\emph{localización de descarga} "
"dos capítulos dun podcast e a frecuencia de \\emph{comprobación de novos "
"episodios.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :88
msgid "Managing your music"
msgstr "Xestionando a súa música"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Rhythmbox supports creating playlists. Playlists are either static lists "
#| "of songs that are played in order or can be automatic playlists based on "
#| "your specific filter criteria. Playlists contain references to songs in "
#| "your library. They do not contain the actual song file. If you remove a "
#| "song from a playlist (\\emph{Remove from Playlist}), it will remain in "
#| "your library."
msgid ""
"Rhythmbox supports creating playlists. Playlists are either static lists of "
"songs that are played in order or can be automatic playlists based on your "
"specific filter criteria. Playlists contain references to songs in your "
"library. They do not contain the actual song file. If you remove a song from "
"a playlist (\\button{Remove from Playlist}), it will remain in your library."
msgstr ""
"Rhythmbox admite a creación de listas de reprodución. As listas de "
"reprodución poden ser listas estáticas de cancións que se reproducen en orde "
"ou poden ser listas de reprodución automática baseadas no seu criterio de "
"filtro específico. As listas de reprodución conteñen referenzas a cancións "
"na súa biblioteca. Non conteñen o ficheiro da canción. Se elimina unha "
"canción dunha lista de reprodución (\\emph{Eliminar desde a lista de "
"reprodución}) manterase na súa biblioteca."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :90
msgid ""
"To create a playlist, choose \\menu{Music \\then Playlist \\then New "
"Playlist} or \\keystroke{Ctrl+N} and give the new playlist a name. You can "
"then either drag songs from you library to the new playlist in the side pane "
"or right-click on songs and choose \\menu{Add to Playlist} and pick the "
"playlist."
msgstr ""
"Para crear unha lista de reprodución \\menu{Música \\then Lista de "
"reprodución \\then Nova lista de reprodución} ou \\keystroke{CTRL+N} e "
"déalle un nome á súa nova lista de reprodución. Tamén pode arrastrar as "
"cancións desde a súa fonoteca no panel lateral ou premer co botón dereito "
"sobre as cancións, premer \\menu{Engadir á lista de reprodución} e "
"seleccionar unha."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :92
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\emph{Automatic Playlists} are created almost the same way as static "
#| "playlists \\dash choose \\menu{Music \\then Playlist \\then New Automatic "
#| "Playlist}. Next, define the filter criteria. You can add multiple filter "
#| "rules. Finally, click \\button{Close} and give the new automatic playlist "
#| "a name. Automatic Playlists will appear in your side pane with a "
#| "different icon than any static playlists. You can update any playlist by "
#| "right-clicking on the name and choosing \\menu{Edit\\ldots}."
msgid ""
"\\button{Automatic Playlists} are created almost the same way as static "
"playlists \\dash choose \\menu{Music \\then Playlist \\then New Automatic "
"Playlist}. Next, define the filter criteria. You can add multiple filter "
"rules. Finally, click \\button{Close} and give the new automatic playlist a "
"name. Automatic Playlists will appear in your side pane with a different "
"icon than any static playlists. You can update any playlist by right-"
"clicking on the name and choosing \\menu{Edit\\ldots}."
msgstr ""
"As \\emph{listas automáticas} créanse do mesmo xeito que as listas estáticas "
"\\dash seleccione \\menu{Música \\then Lista de reprodución \\then Nova "
"lista de reprodución automática}. A continuación, defina o criterio do "
"filtrado, pode engadir múltiples regras de filtrado. Finalmente, prema "
"\\button{Pechar} e déalle un nome á súa nova lista de reprodución "
"automática. As listas de reprodución automáticas aparecerán no seu panel "
"lateral cunha icona diferente das listas de reprodución estáticas. Pode "
"actualizar calquera lista premendo co botón dereito sobre o nome e "
"seleccionando \\menu{Editar\\ldots}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Rhythmbox supports setting song ratings. Select a song in your library "
#| "and choose \\menu{Music \\then Properties}, \\keystroke{Alt+Enter}, or "
#| "right-click on the file and choose \\menu{Properties}. Select the \\emph"
#| "{Details} tab and set the rating by picking the number of stars. Other "
#| "song information such as \\emph{Title}, \\emph{Artist}, and \\emph{Album} "
#| "can be changed from the \\emph{Basic} tab. Click \\button{Close} to save "
#| "any changes."
msgid ""
"Rhythmbox supports setting song ratings. Select a song in your library and "
"choose \\menu{Music \\then Properties}, \\keystroke{Alt+Enter}, or right-"
"click on the file and choose \\menu{Properties}. Select the \\button"
"{Details} tab and set the rating by picking the number of stars. Other song "
"information such as \\button{Title}, \\button{Artist}, and \\button{Album} "
"can be changed from the \\button{Basic} tab. Click \\button{Close} to save "
"any changes."
msgstr ""
"Rhythmbox admite a configuración das valoracións de cancións. Seleccione "
"unha canción da súa fonoteca e prema \\menu{Música \\then Propiedades}, "
"\\keystroke{ALT+Intro} ou prema co botón dereito sobre un ficheiro e "
"seleccione \\menu{Propiedades}. Seleccione o separador \\emph{Detalles} e "
"estabeleza unha valoración seleccionando o número de estrelas. Pode cambiar "
"outra información da canción como \\emph{Título}, \\emph{Artista} e \\emph"
"{Álbum} desde o separador \\emph{Básico}. Prema \\button{Pechar} para gardar "
"calquera cambio."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :97
msgid ""
"To delete a song, select it in your library and choose \\menu{Edit \\then "
"Move to Trash} or right-click on the song and choose \\menu{Move to Trash}. "
"This will move the song file to your trash."
msgstr ""
"Para eliminar unha canción selecciónea desde a súa biblioteca e seleccione "
"\\menu{Editar \\then Mover ao lixo} ou prema co botón dereito sobre a "
"canción e seleccione \\menu{Mover ao lixo}. Isto moverá o ficheiro da "
"canción ao lixo."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :99
msgid ""
"If you ever want to move a song (for example to another computer), choose "
"the song (or group of songs) from your library and drag it to a folder or to "
"your desktop. This will make a copy in the new location."
msgstr ""
"Se quere mover unha canción (por exemplo a outro computador) seleccione a "
"canción (ou grupo de cancións) desde a súa fonoteca e arrástrea ao cartafol "
"ou ao seu escritorio. Isto creará unha copia na nova localización."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :102
msgid "Rhythmbox plugins"
msgstr "Engadidos de Rhythmbox"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :102
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Rhythmbox comes with a variety of plugins. These are tools that you can "
#| "enable and disable that add more features to Rhythmbox. Examples include "
#| "\\emph{Cover art}, \\emph{Song Lyrics}, and various music stores. A few "
#| "plugins are enabled by default."
msgid ""
"Rhythmbox comes with a variety of plugins. These are tools that you can "
"enable and disable that add more features to Rhythmbox. Examples include "
"\\button{Cover art}, \\button{Song Lyrics}, and various music stores. A few "
"plugins are enabled by default."
msgstr ""
"Rhythmbox ven con un conxunto de engadidos. Estes engadidos son ferramentas "
"que pode activar ou desactivar para engadir máis funcionalidades a "
"Rhythmbox. Algún deles son \\emph{Portadas}, \\emph{Cancións das cancións} e "
"varias tendas de música. Algúns destes engadidos están activados de forma "
"predefinida."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To view the list of available plugins, choose \\menu{Edit \\then "
#| "Plugins}. The \\emph{Configure Plugins} window allows you to enable or "
#| "disable individual plugins, view descriptions, and configure additional "
#| "options if they are available for the plugin."
msgid ""
"To view the list of available plugins, choose \\menu{Edit \\then Plugins}. "
"The \\button{Configure Plugins} window allows you to enable or disable "
"individual plugins, view descriptions, and configure additional options if "
"they are available for the plugin."
msgstr ""
"Para ver a lista dos engadidos dispoñíbeis seleccione \\menu{Editar \\then "
"Plugins}. A xanela \\emph{Configurar os engadidos} permítelle activar ou "
"desactivar engadidos de forma individual, ver as descricións e configurar as "
"opcións adicionais se están dispoñíbeis para o engadido."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :107
msgid "Music stores"
msgstr "Tendas de música"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :107
msgid ""
"Rhythmbox has three music stores which give you access to an extremely large "
"catalog of music with a variety of licensing options."
msgstr ""
"Rhythmbox ten tres tendas de música que lle dan acceso a un catálogo de "
"música incribelmente grande con distintas opcións de licenciamento."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :109
msgid ""
"The \\button{Jamendo} store sells free, legal and unlimited music published "
"under the six Creative Commons licenses. You can browse the catalog and play "
"songs by choosing \\button{Jamendo} in the \\button{Stores} list in the side "
"pane. More information about their catalog can be found at \\url{http://www."
"jamendo.com/}."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :111
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\emph{Magnatune} store sells music from independent musicians. They "
#| "work directly with artists and hand-pick the songs available. Their "
#| "catalog is composed of high quality, non-\\acronym{DRM} (no copy "
#| "protection) music and covers a variety of genres from Classical and Jazz "
#| "to Hip Hop and Hard Rock. You can browse the catalog and play songs by "
#| "choosing \\emph{Magnatune} in the \\emph{Stores} list in the side pane. "
#| "More information about their catalog and subscription service can be "
#| "found at \\url{http://www.magnatune.com/}."
msgid ""
"The \\button{Magnatune} store sells music from independent musicians. They "
"work directly with artists and hand-pick the songs available. Their catalog "
"is composed of high quality, non-\\acronym{DRM} (no copy protection) music "
"and covers a variety of genres from Classical and Jazz to Hip Hop and Hard "
"Rock. You can browse the catalog and play songs by choosing \\button"
"{Magnatune} in the \\button{Stores} list in the side pane. More information "
"about their catalog and subscription service can be found at \\url{http://"
"www.magnatune.com/}."
msgstr ""
"A tenda de música \\emph{Magnatune} vende música de músicos independentes. "
"Traballa directamente cos artistas e selecciona manualmente as cancións. O "
"seu catálogo está composto por música con alta calidade, e sen \\acronym"
"{DRM} (sen protección fronte a copia) e ten unha gran variedade de xéneros "
"desde a música clásica até o Jazz e Hip Hop ou Rock duro. Vostede pode "
"explorar o catálogo e reproducir as cancións seleccionando \\emph{Magnatune} "
"na lista de \\emph{Tendas} no panel lateral. Para ter máis información sobre "
"o seu catálogo e o servizo de subscrición pode visitar \\url{http://www."
"magnatune.com/}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\emph{Ubuntu One Music Store} sells music from major and minor music "
#| "labels around the world. The store offers non-\\acronym{DRM} (no copy "
#| "protection) songs encoded in either high quality \\acronym{MP3} or "
#| "\\acronym{AAC} format. Ubuntu does not come with support for \\acronym"
#| "{MP3} playback, but the store will install the proper codecs "
#| "automatically for free. You can browse the catalog, play previews, and "
#| "buy songs by choosing \\emph{Ubuntu One} in the \\emph{Stores} list in "
#| "the side pane."
msgid ""
"The \\button{Ubuntu One Music Store} sells music from major and minor music "
"labels around the world. The store offers non-\\acronym{DRM} (no copy "
"protection) songs encoded in either high quality \\acronym{MP3} or \\acronym"
"{AAC} format. Ubuntu does not come with support for \\acronym{MP3} playback, "
"but the store will install the proper codecs automatically for free. You can "
"browse the catalog, play previews, and buy songs by choosing \\button{Ubuntu "
"One} in the \\button{Stores} list in the side pane."
msgstr ""
"O \\emph{Ubuntu One Music Store} vende música da maioría das discográficas "
"ao redor do mundo. A tenda ofrece cancións sen \\acronym{DRM} (sen "
"protección de copia) codificada en alta calidade tanto en formato \\acronym"
"{MP3} como \\acronym{AAC}."

#. \marginnote{For more information on ubuntu one see \chaplink{ch:}
#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The Ubuntu One Music Store integrates with the Ubuntu One service. All "
#| "purchases are transfered to your personal cloud storage and then "
#| "automatically copied to all of your computers so an Ubuntu One account is "
#| "required. The catalog of music available for purchase will vary depending "
#| "on where you live in the world. More information about the Ubuntu One "
#| "Music Store can be found at \\url{http://one.ubuntu.com/}."
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu One Music Store integrates with the Ubuntu One service. All "
"purchases are transferred to your personal cloud storage and then "
"automatically copied to all of your computers so an Ubuntu One account is "
"required. The catalog of music available for purchase will vary depending on "
"where you live in the world. More information about the Ubuntu One Music "
"Store can be found at \\url{http://one.ubuntu.com/music/}."
msgstr ""
"A tenda de música de Ubuntu One (Ubuntu One Music Store) está integrada no "
"servizo de Ubuntu One. Todas as compras transfírense á súa nube de "
"almacenamento persoal e logo automaticamente copiada en todos os seus "
"computadores polo que requírese unha conta de Ubuntu One. O catálogo de "
"música dispoñíbel para comprar pode depender de onde estea situado no mundo. "
"Ten máis información sobre a Ubuntu One Music Store en \\url{http://one."
"ubuntu.com/}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :124
msgid "Audio codecs"
msgstr "Códecs de audio"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :124
msgid ""
"Different audio files (\\eg, \\acronym{MP3}, \\acronym{WAV}, \\acronym{AAC}) "
"require unique tools to decode them and play the contents. These tools are "
"called codecs. Rhythmbox will attempt to detect any missing codecs on your "
"system so you can play all of your audio files. If a codec is missing, it "
"will try to find the codec in online resources and guide you through "
"installation."
msgstr ""
"Diferentes ficheiros de son (p. ex., \\acronym{MP3}, \\acronym{WAV}, "
"\\acronym{AAC}) requiren ferramentas únicas para descodificalos e reproducir "
"os contidos. Estas ferramentas  son chamadas códecs. Rhythmbox tentará "
"detectar calquera falta de códecs no seu sistema para que poida reproducir "
"todos os seus ficheiros de son. Se falta un códec, tentará encontrar o códec "
"nos recursos en liña e guiarao a través da instalación."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :127
msgid "Rhythmbox support"
msgstr "Asistencia de Rhythmbox"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/listening-to-audio-and-music.tex :127
msgid ""
"Rhythmbox is used by many users throughout the world. There are a variety of "
"support resources available in many languages."
msgstr ""
"Rhythmbox é usado por moitos usuarios ao redor do mundo. Hai unha gran "
"variedade de recursos dispoñíbeis en distintos idiomas."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :2
msgid ""
"Choose the \\menu{Help} button for a variety of support options and "
"information about reporting Rhythmbox bugs."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione o botón \\menu{Axuda} para opter as distintas opcións de "
"asistencia e información sobre informar de erros en Rhythmbox."

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :2
msgid "The Rhythmbox website: \\url{http://projects.gnome.org/rhythmbox/}"
msgstr "O sitio web de Rhythmbox: \\url{http://projects.gnome.org/rhythmbox/}"

#. type: itemize
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :2
msgid ""
"The Multimedia \\& Video category of Ubuntu Forums: \\url{http://"
"ubuntuforums.org/forumdisplay.php?f=334}"
msgstr ""
"A categoría Multimedia \\& Video nos Ubuntu Forums: \\url{http://"
"ubuntuforums.org/forumdisplay.php?f=334}"

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :2
msgid "Working with documents, spreadsheets, and presentations"
msgstr "Traballando con documentos, follas de cálculo e presentacións"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :7
msgid ""
"Quite often, you may need to use your computer for work. You may have a need "
"to use a word processor to write a document. You may need to work on a "
"spreadsheet, do calculations on a table of data or create a data chart. You "
"may want to work on slides for a presentation."
msgstr ""
"A miúdo, vostede necesita usar o seu computador para traballar. Vostede "
"podería necesitar o uso dun procesador de textos para escribir un documento. "
"Vostede pode necesitar para traballar unha folla de cálculo, facer cálculos "
"nunha táboa ou crear unha gráfica de dtos. Vostede podería querer traballar "
"en presentacións."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :10
msgid ""
"In Ubuntu, you can use the OpenOffice.org suite of applications for these "
"tasks."
msgstr ""
"En Ubuntu, vostede pode usar a suite de aplilcativos de OpenOffice.org para "
"estas tarefas."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :12
msgid "Working with documents"
msgstr "Traballando con documentos"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :20
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you need to work with documents, you can use the OpenOffice.org Word "
#| "Processor. To start the word processor, open the \\menu{Applications} "
#| "menu, choose \\menu{Office}, and then choose \\menu{OpenOffice.org Word "
#| "Processor}. Ubuntu should then open the main window for the word "
#| "processor.  \\marginnote{The OpenOffice.org Word Processor is also known "
#| "as the OpenOffice.org Writer. Spreadsheet is also known as Calc, and "
#| "Presentation is known as Impress.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{The OpenOffice.org Word Processor is also known as the "
"OpenOffice.org Writer. Spreadsheet is also known as Calc, and Presentation "
"is known as Impress.} If you need to work with documents, you can use the "
"OpenOffice.org Word Processor. To start the word processor, open the \\menu"
"{Applications} menu, choose \\menu{Office}, and then choose \\menu"
"{OpenOffice.org Word Processor}. Ubuntu should then open the main window for "
"the word processor."
msgstr ""
"Se precisa traballar con documentos, pode usar o Procesador de textos de "
"OpenOffice.org. Para iniciar o procesador de textos, abra o menú \\menu"
"{Aplicativos}, seleccione o menú \\menu{Ofimática}, e logo escolla \\menu"
"{Procesador de textos de OpenOffice.org}. Ubuntu debería abrir a xanela "
"principal do procesador de textos. \\marginnote{O procesador de textos de "
"OpenOffice.org tamén se coñece como OpenOffice.org Writer. A folla de "
"cálculo como Calc e o de presentacións como Impress.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :22
msgid "Working with spreadsheets"
msgstr "Traballando con follas de cálculo"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :27
msgid ""
"If you need to work with spreadsheets, you can use the OpenOffice.org "
"Spreadsheet. To start the spreadsheet application, open the \\menu"
"{Applications} menu, choose \\menu{Office}, and then choose \\menu"
"{OpenOffice.org Spreadsheet}."
msgstr ""
"Se necesita traballar con follas de cálculo pode usar a Folla de cálculo de "
"OpenOffice.org. Para iniciar o aplicativo de folla de cálculo, abra o menú "
"\\menu{Aplicativos}, seleccione o menú \\menu{Ofimática} e logo escolla "
"\\menu{Folla de cálculo de OpenOffice.org}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :29
msgid "Working with presentations"
msgstr "Traballando con presentacións"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :34
msgid ""
"If you need to work with slides for a presentation, you can use the "
"OpenOffice.org Presentation. To start the presentation application, open the "
"\\menu{Applications} menu, choose \\menu{Office}, and then choose \\menu"
"{OpenOffice.org Presentation}."
msgstr ""
"Se necesita traballar con diapositivas para unha presentación pode usar "
"Presentación de OpenOffice.org. Para iniciar o aplicativo de presentacións "
"abra o menú \\menu{Aplicativos}, seleccione o menú \\menu{Ofimática} e logo "
"escolla \\menu{Presentación de OpenOffice.org}."

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :36 troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :256
msgid "Getting more help"
msgstr "Obtendo máis axuda"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/office-apps.tex :40
msgid ""
"Each of these applications comes with a comprehensive set of help screens.  "
"If you are looking for more assistance with these applications, press the "
"\\keystroke{F1} key after starting the application."
msgstr ""
"Cada un destes aplicativos ven con un conxunto de pantallas de axuda. Se "
"está buscando máis asistencia nestes aplicativos, prema na tecla \\keystroke"
"{F1} logo de arrincar o aplicativo."

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :4
msgid "Taking notes"
msgstr "Tomando notas"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :8
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can take notes in a program called \\textbf{Tomboy Notes}, you can "
#| "use it to make a shopping or a to do list. Click \\menu{Applications}, "
#| "then click \\menu{Accessories} and click \\menu{Tomboy Notes}."
msgid ""
"You can take notes in a program called \\textbf{Tomboy Notes}. You can use "
"it to make a shopping or a to do list. Click \\menu{Applications}, then "
"click \\menu{Accessories} and click \\menu{Tomboy Notes}."
msgstr ""
"Pode tomar notas no programa chamado \\textbf{Notas do Tomboy}, pode usalo "
"para facer unha lista da compra ou de quefaceres. Prema en \\menu"
"{Aplicativos} e logo \\menu{Accesorios} e finalmente \\menu{Notas do Tomboy}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :12
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{03-tomboy.png}{ss:tomboy-notes}{You can record information that "
"you need to remember.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{03-tomboy.png}{ss:tomboy-notes}{Vostede pode gardar información "
"que necesite lembrar.}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :15
msgid ""
"You can search all of your notes by typing a word in the \\textfield"
"{Search:} text field in the main tomboy window."
msgstr ""
"Vostede pode buscar en todas as súas notas escribindo unha palabra no campo "
"de texto \\textfield{Buscar:} na xanela principald e tomboy."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :17
msgid "Making notes"
msgstr "Creando notas"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :20
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To create a new note click \\menu{File}, then click \\menu{New}, the "
#| "\\window{New Note} window will open."
msgid ""
"To create a new note click \\menu{File}, then click \\menu{New}. The \\window"
"{New Note} window will open."
msgstr ""
"Para crear unha nova nota prema \\menu{Ficheiro} logo prema \\menu{Nova}, "
"para abrir a xanela \\window{Nova nota}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :25
msgid ""
"The \\window{New Note} window will contain a blue title ``New Note'' \\dash "
"this can be deleted and changed to a title that makes the note more "
"memorable. The main content of the note can be typed where it says "
"``Describe your new note here.'' Once you have entered your text just close "
"your note as all changes are automatically saved."
msgstr ""
"A xanela \\window{Nova nota} conterá o título azul ``Nova nota'' \\dash isto "
"pode eliminarse e cambiarse a un título que fai que a nota sexa máis "
"recordábel. O contido principal da nota pode escribirse onde está ``Describa "
"a súa nova nota aquí''. Cando remate de escribir o seu texto peche a súa "
"nota e os cambios gardaranse automaticamente."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :29
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To delete the note click the red delete note button, this will open a "
#| "\\window{Really delete this note?} window. If you do want to delete the "
#| "note click the \\button{Delete} button, otherwise click the \\button"
#| "{Cancel} button."
msgid ""
"To delete the note click the red delete note button. This will open a "
"\\window{Really delete this note?} window. If you do want to delete the note "
"click the \\button{Delete} button, otherwise click the \\button{Cancel} "
"button."
msgstr ""
"Para eliminar a nota prema o botón de eliminación de nota vermello, isto "
"abrirá unha xanela \\window{Desexa eliminar esta nota?}. Se non quere "
"eliminar a nova prema no botón \\button{Eliminar}, doutro xeito prema no "
"botón \\button{Cancelar}"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :32
msgid ""
"You can add a note to a notebook by clicking the \\button{Notebook} button "
"and clicking the option next to the notebook that you want to move the note "
"to."
msgstr ""
"Vostede pode engadir unha nota ao caderno premendo no botón \\button"
"{Caderno} e logo premendo na opción ao lado do caderno ao que quere mover a "
"nota."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :35
msgid "Organizing notes"
msgstr "Organizando as notas"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :39
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can organize your notes in Tomboy using ``Notebooks,'' This makes "
#| "finding you notes quicker and in a more logical location. To create a new "
#| "note book click \\menu{File}, then \\menu{Notebooks}, and click \\menu"
#| "{New Notebook\\ldots}."
msgid ""
"You can organize your notes in Tomboy using ``Notebooks.'' This makes "
"finding you notes quicker and in a more logical location. To create a new "
"note book click \\menu{File}, then \\menu{Notebooks}, and click \\menu{New "
"Notebook\\ldots}."
msgstr ""
"Pode organizar as súas notas en Tomboy usando ``Cadernos''. Isto fai que a "
"busca das súas notas sexan máis rápidas e un lugar máis lóxico. Para crear "
"un novo caderno de notas prema \\menu{Ficheiro} logo \\menu{Cadernos} e "
"prema \\menu{Novo caderno\\ldots}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :43
msgid ""
"The \\window{Create a new notebook} window will open, type the name of the "
"notebook in the \\textfield{Notebook name:} text field. Once you have typed "
"the notebook name click the \\button{Create} button."
msgstr ""
"Abriráse a xanela \\window{Crear un novo caderno}, escriba o nome do caderno "
"no campo de texto \\textfield{Nome do caderno:}. Cando teña escrito o nome "
"do caderno prema no botón \\button{Crear}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :46
msgid ""
"The notebook will now show up in the sidebar of Tomboy Notes. You can click "
"and hold on the note of your choice and drag it on top of the notebook that "
"you want to move it to."
msgstr ""
"Agora mostrarase o caderno no panel lateral das Notas de Tomboy. Vostede "
"pode premer e manter na nota que escolla e arrástrea á parte superior do "
"caderno á que a quere mover."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :48
msgid "Synchronizing"
msgstr "Sincronizando"

#. TODO Uncomment when the ubuntu one section is written.
#. \marginnote{For more information on ubuntu one see \chaplink{ch:}
#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :54
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can synchronize you notes with your Ubuntu One account, this means "
#| "that you can access them across all of your ubuntu computer. You can also "
#| "access them from \\url{https://one.ubuntu.com/}."
msgid ""
"You can synchronize your notes with your Ubuntu One account, which means "
"that you can access them across all of your Ubuntu computers. You can also "
"access them from \\url{https://one.ubuntu.com/}."
msgstr ""
"Pode sincronizar as súas notas coa súa conta de Ubuntu One, isto significa "
"que pode ter acceso a eles en todos os seus computadores Ubuntu. Tamén pode "
"ter acceso a eles desde \\url{https://one.ubuntu.com/}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To synchronize you notes click the \\menu{Edit}, then click \\menu"
#| "{Preferences}, this will open the \\window{Tomboy Preferences} window. "
#| "Click the \\textbf{Synchronization} tab and then in the \\dropdown"
#| "{Service} drop down click \\dropdown{Tomboy Web}."
msgid ""
"To synchronize your notes click the \\menu{Edit}. Then click \\menu"
"{Preferences}.  This will open the \\window{Tomboy Preferences} window. "
"Click the \\textbf{Synchronization} tab and then in the \\dropdown{Service} "
"drop down click \\dropdown{Tomboy Web}."
msgstr ""
"Para sincronizar as súas notas prema \\menu{Editar} e logo \\menu"
"{Preferencias}. Isto abrirá a xanela \\window{Preferencias de Tomboy}. Prema "
"no separador \\textbf{Sincronización} e logo na lista despregábel \\dropdown"
"{Servizo} prema \\dropdown{Web de Tomboy}."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :65
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Next click the \\button{Connect to Server} button, this will open a web "
#| "page in \\textbf{Firefox} you will need to enter the email address that "
#| "you use for ubuntu one and your password. Then click the \\button"
#| "{Continue} button, then in the \\textfield{Computer Name} text field "
#| "enter a name that reminds you of that computer and click the \\button{Add "
#| "This Computer} button. Firefox will then display a page that says "
#| "something similar to ``Tomboy Web Authorization Successful.''"
msgid ""
"Next click the \\button{Connect to Server} button. This will open a web page "
"in \\textbf{Firefox} you will need to enter the email address that you use "
"for Ubuntu One and your password. Then click the \\button{Continue} button, "
"then in the \\textfield{Computer Name} text field enter a name that reminds "
"you of that computer and click the \\button{Add This Computer} button. "
"Firefox will then display a page that says something similar to ``Tomboy Web "
"Authorization Successful.''"
msgstr ""
"A seguir prema o botón \\button{Conectar co servidor}, abrirase unha páxina "
"de web en \\textbf{Firefox}; deberá introducir o enderezo de correo que use "
"para Ubuntu One e o seu contrasinal. Logo prema o botón \\button{Continuar}, "
"despois, no campo de texto \\textfield{Nome do computador} introduza un nome "
"que lle recorde ese computador e prema o botón \\button{Engadir este "
"computador}. Firefox mostrará entón unha páxina que di algo semellante a "
"«Autorización web correcta de Tomboy»."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/taking-notes.tex :70
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Back at the \\window{Tomboy Preferences} window click the \\button{Save} "
#| "button.  A new window will pop up asking if you want to ``synchronize "
#| "your notes now,'' click the \\button{Yes} button and the \\window"
#| "{Synchronizing Notes\\ldots} window will show, once the synchronization "
#| "is complete click the \\button{Close} button."
msgid ""
"Back at the \\window{Tomboy Preferences} window click the \\button{Save} "
"button.  A new window will pop up asking if you want to ``synchronize your "
"notes now.'' Click the \\button{Yes} button and the \\window{Synchronizing "
"Notes\\ldots} window will show. Once the synchronization is complete click "
"the \\button{Close} button."
msgstr ""
"De volta na xanela de \\window{Preferencias de Tomboy} prema o botón \\button"
"{Gardar}. Abrirase unha nova xanela que lle pregunta se quere ``sincronizar "
"as súas notas agora'', prema o botón \\button{Si} e aparecerá a xanela "
"\\window{Sincronizando as notas\\ldots}. Cando remate a sincronización prema "
"o botón \\button{Pechar}."

#. written by Matt Griffin me+ubuntu@mattgriffin.com
#. type: document
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :2
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you want to synchronize the notes again click \\menu{Tools} and click "
#| "\\menu{Synchronize Notes}.  Your notes will start synchronizing, when "
#| "they are done, click the \\button{close} button."
msgid ""
"If you want to synchronize the notes again click \\menu{Tools} and click "
"\\menu{Synchronize Notes}.  Your notes will start synchronizing. When they "
"are done, click the \\button{close} button."
msgstr ""
"Se quere sincronizar as notas prema \\menu{Ferramentas} e logo \\menu"
"{Sincronizar as notas}. Comezarán as sincronizarse as súas notas, ao rematar "
"prema no botón \\button{pechar}."

#. type: comment
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :13
msgid ""
"[DONE] - Intro - What does Ubuntu One do [DONE] - What are the Ubuntu 10.04 "
"LTS features (files, notes, contacts, bookmarks, music sync)  [DONE] - How "
"to setup? Launch the Preferences application for new and existing users, "
"create an Ubuntu SSO account and subscribe to a plan. Add computer - add "
"screenshot of Ubuntu One launcher under System > Preferences [DONE] - Tour "
"of Preferences application [DONE] - Website features - http://one.ubuntu."
"com/ [DONE] - Where to get support - /support/, check blog, and read twitter/"
"identi.ca"
msgstr ""
"[DONE] - Intro - What does Ubuntu One do [DONE] - What are the Ubuntu 10.04 "
"LTS features (files, notes, contacts, bookmarks, music sync)  [DONE] - How "
"to setup? Launch the Preferences application for new and existing users, "
"create an Ubuntu SSO account and subscribe to a plan. Add computer - add "
"screenshot of Ubuntu One launcher under System > Preferences [DONE] - Tour "
"of Preferences application [DONE] - Website features - http://one.ubuntu."
"com/ [DONE] - Where to get support - /support/, check blog, and read twitter/"
"identi.ca"

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :17
msgid "Ubuntu One"
msgstr "Ubuntu One"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :19
msgid ""
"It is common for many people to use multiple computers in the course of "
"their work, school, and personal life. You might have a desktop at your "
"office as well as a laptop for traveling or just going to a coffee shop. "
"Ensuring that all of your files are accessible no matter what computer "
"you're using is quite a difficult task. The same could be said for the "
"complexity of keeping your Evolution address book, Tomboy notes, or Firefox "
"bookmarks in sync."
msgstr ""
"É común para moitas persoas usar varios computadores no seu traballo, escola "
"e vida persoal. Pode querer ter un escritorio na súa oficina así como un "
"computador portátil ou ir a un cibercafé. Se se asegura que os seus "
"ficheiros están accesíbeis non importa que computador estea usando. Pode "
"dicirse o mesmo para a complexidade de manter sincronizadas as súas axendas "
"de enderezos de Evolution, as notas de Tomboy ou os marcadores de Firefox."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :21
msgid ""
"\\application{Ubuntu One} can help you keep your digital life in sync. All "
"of your documents, music, bookmarks, address book contacts, and notes stay "
"in sync across all of your computers. In addition, they're all stored in "
"your personal cloud so you can use a web browser from any computer to access "
"all of your stuff from the Ubuntu One website (\\url{http://one.ubuntu."
"com/})."
msgstr ""
"\\application{Ubuntu One} pode axudarlle a manter a súa vida dixital "
"sincronizada. Todos os seus documentos, música, marcadores, axendas de "
"enderezos e notas estarán sincronizados en todos os seus computadores. "
"Ademais, estarán almacenados na súa nube persoal polo que pode usar o seu "
"navegador web desde calquera computador para acceder a todas as súas cousas "
"desde o sitio web de Ubuntu One (\\url{http://one.ubuntu.com/})."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :23
msgid ""
"Ubuntu One provides all Ubuntu users with 2~\\acronym{GB} of storage for "
"free. More storage capacity and contacts synchronization with mobile phones "
"is available for a monthly fee. After you set up Ubuntu One you can continue "
"to use your computer as you normally would, with Ubuntu One taking care of "
"making your data appear on all your other computers with Ubuntu One "
"installed."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu One fornécelle a todos os usuarios de Ubuntu 2~\\acronym{GB} de "
"almacenamento de balde. Se precisa máis capacidade e sincronización de "
"contactos con teléfonos móbiles teno dispoñíbel con un pagamento mensual. "
"Despois de configurar Ubuntu One pode usar o seu computador como o fai "
"normalmente, Ubuntu One preocuparase de que os seus datos aparezan en todos "
"os seus computadores con Ubuntu One instalado."

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :26
msgid "Setting up Ubuntu One"
msgstr "Configurando Ubuntu One"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :26
msgid ""
"To set up Ubuntu One, first open the \\menu{System} menu, then choose \\menu"
"{Preferences}, then \\menu{Ubuntu One}. If this is your first time running "
"the \\emph{Ubuntu One Preferences} application, it will add your computer to "
"your Ubuntu One account."
msgstr ""
"Para configurar Ubuntu One primeiro abra o menú \\menu{Sistema}, logo "
"seleccione \\menu{Preferencias} e \\menu{Ubuntu One}. Se é a primeira vez "
"que executa o aplicativo \\emph{Preferencias de Ubuntu One}, engadirá o seu "
"computador á súa conta de Ubuntu One."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :31
msgid ""
"Ubuntu One uses the Ubuntu Single Sign On (\\acronym{SSO}) service for user "
"accounts. If you don't already have an Ubuntu \\acronym{SSO} account, the "
"setup process will let you create one. When you're finished, you will have "
"an Ubuntu \\acronym{SSO} account, a free Ubuntu One subscription, and your "
"computer will be setup for synchronization."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu One usa o servizo Ubuntu Single Sign On (\\acronym{SSO}) para as "
"contas de usuario. Se non ten unha conta de Ubuntu \\acronym{SSO} o proceso "
"de configuración permitiralle crear unha. Cando remate terá unha conta de "
"Ubuntu \\acronym{SSO}, unha subscrición de Ubuntu One e o seu computador "
"configurado para sincronizar."

#. type: section{#2}
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :34
msgid "Ubuntu One Preferences"
msgstr "Preferencias do Ubuntu One"

#. type: document
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :34
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu One Preferences application shows how much of your storage "
"capacity you are currently using as well as provides account management "
"tools."
msgstr ""
"O aplicativo Preferencias do Ubuntu One mostra canto espazo de almacenamento "
"está usando actualmente así como ferramentas de xestión da conta."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :36
msgid ""
"The \\emph{Account} tab displays your account information like name and "
"email address and links to more account management and technical support "
"resources."
msgstr ""
"O separador \\emph{Conta} mostra información da súa conta como o nome e "
"enderezo de correo electrónico e ligazóns á xestión da conta e recursos de "
"asistencia técnica."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :38
msgid ""
"The \\emph{Devices} tab lists all of the devices that are currently added to "
"synchronize with your account. Devices are either computers or mobile "
"phones. For the computer that you are currently using, you can adjust how "
"much of your bandwidth is used by synchronization and connect or reconnect "
"to Ubuntu One. You can also remove computers and mobile phones from your "
"Ubuntu One account."
msgstr ""
"O separador \\emph{Dispositivos} mostra todos os dispositivos que están "
"actualmente engadidos para sincronizar coa súa conta. Os dispositivos poden "
"ser tanto computadores como teléfonos móbiles. Pode axustar o ancho de banda "
"que usa o computador que está usando actualmente para a sincronización e "
"conectar e reconectar a Ubuntu One. Tamén pode renomear computadores e "
"teléfonos móbiles desde a súa conta de Ubuntu One."

#. type: document
#: default-apps/ubuntuone.tex :40
msgid ""
"The \\emph{Services} tab is where you manage what Ubuntu One features "
"synchronize with your cloud storage and other computers. You can enable or "
"disable the synchronization of files, purchased music, contacts, and "
"bookmarks."
msgstr ""
"O separador \\emph{Servizos} é onde vostede xestiona as características de "
"sincronización de Ubuntu One co seu almacenamento na nube e outros "
"computadores. Pode activar ou desactivar a sincronización de ficheiros, "
"música comprada, contactos e marcadores."

#.  Chapter 4
#. type: section{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/prefs-hardware.tex :2
msgid "More information"
msgstr "Máis información"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/prefs-hardware.tex :2
msgid ""
"For more information about Ubuntu One, its services, and technical support "
"resources, visit the Ubuntu One website at \\url{http://one.ubuntu.com/}. "
"Follow the Ubuntu One blog at \\url{http://one.ubuntu.com/blog} for news on "
"the latest features."
msgstr ""
"Para obter máis información sobre Ubuntu One, os seus servizos e recursos de "
"asistencia técnica visite a páxina web de Ubuntu One en \\url{http://one."
"ubuntu.com/}. Siga o blog de Ubuntu One en \\url{http://one.ubuntu.com/blog} "
"para ter novas das últimas características."

#. type: chapter{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/prefs-hardware.tex :5
msgid "Hardware"
msgstr "Hardware"

#. Written by Rudolph du Plooy <rudidu@gmail.com>
#. type: section{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/introduction.tex :3
msgid "Using your devices"
msgstr "Empregar dispositivos"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/introduction.tex :5
msgid ""
"Ubuntu supports a wide range of hardware, and support for new hardware "
"improves with every release."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu é compatíbel con un conxunto moi grande de hardware, e tamén mellora "
"a compatibilidade co novo harware con cada nova versión."

#. type: section{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/introduction.tex :7
msgid "Hardware identification"
msgstr "Identificación do Hardware"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/introduction.tex :10
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To identify your hardware you can install the following application: "
#| "Click \\menu{Applications}, scroll down to \\menu{Ubuntu Software "
#| "Center}. When the \\window{Ubuntu Software Center} window opens, use the "
#| "search box in the top right and search for the following: ``sysinfo.'' "
#| "Now click \\menu{More Info\\then Install} to install the application."
msgid ""
"To identify your hardware you can install the following application: Click "
"\\menu{Applications}, scroll down to \\menu{Ubuntu Software Center}. When "
"the \\window{Ubuntu Software Center} window opens, use the search box in the "
"top right and search for the following: ``sysinfo.'' Now select the "
"Application click \\button{Install} and enter your password to install the "
"application."
msgstr ""
"Para identificar o seu hardware pode instalar o seguinte aplicativo: prema "
"no menú \\menu{Aplicativos}, e desprázase cara abaixo até o \\menu{Centro de "
"software de Ubuntu}. Cando se abra a xanela do \\window{Centro de software "
"de Ubuntu}, use a caixa de busca  situada na parte superior dereita para "
"buscar o seguinte: ``sysinfo''. Agora prema en \\menu{Máis información\\then "
"Instalar} para instalar o aplicativo."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/introduction.tex :12
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Now to run the application go to \\menu{Applications\\then System Tools"
#| "\\then Sysinfo.} The program should open up providing you with access to "
#| "information about all your hardware on your system."
msgid ""
"To run the application, choose \\menu{Applications\\then System Tools\\then "
"Sysinfo.} The Sysinfo program will then open a window with information about "
"the hardware that is part of your system."
msgstr ""
"Agora para executar o aplicativo vaia a \\menu{Aplicativos \\then "
"Ferramentas do sistema \\then Sysinfo.} O programa debería abrirse dándolle "
"acceso á información sobre o seu hardware no seu sistema."

#.  Written by Saad Bin Javed <sbjaved@gmail.com>, irc nick: koogee
#. type: section{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/displays.tex :4
msgid "Displays"
msgstr "Pantallas"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/displays.tex :4
msgid "Hardware drivers"
msgstr "Controladores do hardware"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/displays.tex :6
msgid ""
"A driver is some code packaged in a file, which tells your computer how to "
"utilize a piece of hardware. Every component in a computer requires a driver "
"to function, whether it's the printer, \\acronym{DVD} player, hard disk, or "
"graphics card."
msgstr ""
"Un controlador é un código empaquetado nun ficheiro que lle di ao seu "
"computador como usar unha parte de hardware. Cada compoñente nun computador "
"require un controlador para funcionar, tanto se é unha impresora, reprodutor "
"de \\acronym{DVD}, disco ríxido ou tarxeta gráfica."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/displays.tex :9
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "A majority of graphics cards are manufactured by three well known "
#| "companies: Intel, \\acronym{AMD}/\\acronym{ATI}, and \\acronym{NVIDIA} "
#| "Corp. You can find your card manufacturer by referring to your computer "
#| "manual or looking for the specifications of your particular model on the "
#| "internet. The Ubuntu Software Center houses a number of programs that "
#| "allow detailed system information to be obtained. \\textbf{SysInfo} is "
#| "one such program that you can use to find relevant information about your "
#| "System devices. Ubuntu comes with support for graphics devices "
#| "manufactured by the above companies, and many others, out of the box. "
#| "That means that you don't have to find and install any drivers by "
#| "yourself, Ubuntu takes care of it on its own."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Your graphics card is the component in your computer that "
"powers your display. When you're watching videos on YouTube or \\acronym{DVD}"
"s or simply enjoying the smooth transition effects when you maximize/"
"minimize your windows, your graphics device is doing the hard work behind "
"the scenes.} A majority of graphics cards are manufactured by three well "
"known companies: Intel, \\acronym{AMD}/\\acronym{ATI}, and \\acronym{NVIDIA} "
"Corp. You can find your card manufacturer by referring to your computer "
"manual or looking for the specifications of your particular model on the "
"Internet. The Ubuntu Software Center houses a number of programs that allow "
"detailed system information to be obtained. \\textbf{SysInfo} is one such "
"program that you can use to find relevant information about your System "
"devices. Ubuntu comes with support for graphics devices manufactured by the "
"above companies, and many others, out of the box. That means that you don't "
"have to find and install any drivers by yourself, Ubuntu takes care of it on "
"its own."
msgstr ""
"A maior parte das tarxetas gráficas son fabricadas por compañías ben "
"coñecidas: Intel, \\acronym{AMD}/\\acronym{ATI}, e \\acronym{NVIDIA} Corp. "
"Pode atopar o fabricante da súa tarxeta consultando o manual do seu "
"computador ou procurando as especificacións do seu particular modelo na "
"Internet. O Centro de software de Ubuntu aloxa un certo número de programas "
"que lle permiten obter información detallada. \\textbf{SysInfo} é un de "
"tales programas cos que pode atopar información relevante sobre os "
"dispositivos do seu sistema. Ubuntu trae asistencia para dispositivos "
"gráficos fabricados polas compañías anteriores, e algunhas outras, de serie. "
"Iso significa que non ten que atopar e instalar ningún dispositivo por si "
"mesmo, Ubuntu xa o fai por si mesmo."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/displays.tex :11
msgid ""
"In keeping with Ubuntu's philosophy, the drivers that are used by default "
"for powering graphics devices are open source. This means that the drivers "
"can be modified by the Ubuntu developers and problems with them can be "
"fixed. However, in some cases the proprietary driver (restricted driver) "
"provided by the company may provide better performance or features that are "
"not present in the open source driver written by the developer community. In "
"other cases, your particular device may not be supported by the open source "
"drivers yet. In those scenarios, you may want to install the restricted "
"driver provided by the manufacturer."
msgstr ""
"Mantendo a filosofía de Ubuntu, os controladores que se usan de forma "
"predefinida nos dispositivos gráficos son de código aberto. Isto significa "
"que os controladores poden ser modificados polos desenvolvedores de Ubuntu "
"polo que se poden arranxar os problemas. Porén, nalgúns casos o controlador "
"privativo (controlador restrinxido) fornecido pola compañía pode ter mellor "
"rendemento ou máis características que o controlador de código aberto "
"escrito pola comunidade de desenvolvedores. Aínda así, o seu dispositivo "
"pode que aínda non sexa compatíbel polos controladores de código aberto. "
"Dado o momento podería querer instalar os controladores restrinxidos "
"fornecidos polo fabricante."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/displays.tex :13
msgid ""
"For both philosophical and practical reasons, Ubuntu does not install "
"restricted drivers by default but allows the user to make an informed "
"choice. Remember that restricted drivers, unlike the open source drivers for "
"your device, are not maintained by Ubuntu. Problems caused by those drivers "
"will be resolved only when the manufacturer wishes to address them. To see "
"if restricted drivers are available for your system, click \\textbf{System} "
"in the top panel, go to \\textbf{Administration} and find \\textbf{Hardware "
"Drivers}. If a driver is provided by the company for your particular device, "
"it will be listed there. You can simply click \\textbf{Activate} and use the "
"driver if you want. This process will require an active Internet connection "
"and will ask for your password."
msgstr ""
"Tanto por motivos filosóficos como prácticos, Ubuntu non instala "
"controladores restrinxidos por omisión, pero permítelle ao usuario facer "
"unha escolla informada. Lembre que os controladores restrinxidos, ao "
"contrario dos controladores de código aberto para seu dispositivo, non son "
"sostidos por Ubuntu. Os problemas causados por estes controladores "
"resolveranse só cando o fabricante queira facelo. Para ver se os "
"controladores restrinxidos están dispoñíbeis para o seu sistema, prema en "
"\\textbf{Sistema} no panel superior, vaia a \\textbf {Administración} e "
"atope \\textbf{Controladores de hardware}. Se un controlador fornecido polo "
"fabricante para o seu dispositivo especial, serán listado aquí. Pode "
"simplemente premer en \\textbf{Activar} e usar o controlador, se quere. Este "
"proceso esixe unha conexión á Internet activa e pediralle o seu contrasinal."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/displays.tex :16
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The Ubuntu developers prefer open source drivers because they allow the "
#| "problem to be identified and fixed by anyone with knowledge in the "
#| "community. Ubuntu development is extremely fast and it is a good chance "
#| "that your device will be supported by open source drivers. You can use "
#| "the Ubuntu Live \\acronym{CD} to check for your device compatibility "
#| "before installing Ubuntu or go online in the Ubuntu forums to ask about "
#| "your particular device."
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu developers prefer open source drivers because they allow the "
"problem to be identified and fixed by anyone with knowledge in the "
"community. Ubuntu development is extremely fast and it is likely that your "
"device will be supported by open source drivers. You can use the Ubuntu Live "
"\\acronym{CD} to check for your device compatibility before installing "
"Ubuntu or go online in the Ubuntu forums to ask about your particular "
"device.  \\marginnote[-3\\baselineskip]{Another useful resource is the "
"official online documentation (\\url{http://help.ubuntu.com}), which "
"contains detailed information about various graphics drivers and known "
"problems.}"
msgstr ""
"Os desenvolvedores de Ubuntu prefiren os controladores de código aberto xa "
"que lles permite identificar os problemas e que sexan arranxados por alguén "
"que teña coñecementos na comunidade. O desenvolvemento de Ubuntu é "
"extremadamente rápido e a mellor elección é que o seu controlador teña "
"compatíbel por controladores de código aberto. Vostede pode usar o \\acronym"
"{CD} vivo para verificar que a compatibilidade do dispositivo antes de "
"instalar Ubuntu ou ir aos foros de Ubuntu para preguntar sobre un "
"dispositivo en particular."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/displays.tex :18
msgid "Setting up your screen resolution"
msgstr "Configurando a súa resolución de pantalla"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/displays.tex :20
msgid ""
"One of the most common display related tasks is setting up your screen "
"resolution."
msgstr ""
"Unha das tarefas máis comúns relacionadas é a configuración da súa "
"resolución de pantalla."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/displays.tex :23
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{Displays are made up of thousands of tiny pixels. Each pixel "
#| "displays a different color, and when combined they all display the image "
#| "that you see. The native screen resolution is a measure of the amount of "
#| "actual pixels on your display.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Displays are made up of thousands of tiny pixels. Each pixel "
"displays a different color, and when combined they all display the image "
"that you see. The native screen resolution is a measure of the amount of "
"actual pixels on your display.} Ubuntu correctly identifies your native "
"screen resolution by itself and sets it for you. However, due to a huge "
"variety of devices available, sometimes it can make a mistake and set up an "
"undesirable resolution."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{A pantalla está construída con milleiros de píxeles pequenos. "
"Cada píxel mostra unha cor distinta e cando se combinan todos mostra a imaxe "
"que vostede pode ver. A resolución de pantalla nativa é a medida da "
"cantidade de píxeles da súa pantalla.}"

#. written by Luke Jennings ubuntujenkins@googlemail.com
#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :2
msgid ""
"To set up or just check your screen resolution, go to \\menu{System \\then "
"Preferences \\then Monitors}. The \\emph{Monitors} application shows you "
"your monitor name and size, the screen resolution and refresh rate. Clicking "
"on the displayed resolution (\\eg, ``1024$\\times$768 (4$\\mathrel{:}$3)'') "
"would open a drop-down menu where you can select the resolution of your "
"choice."
msgstr ""
"Para configurar ou comprobar a resolución da súa pantalla, vaia ao menú "
"\\menu{Sistema \\then Preferencias \\then Monitores}. O aplicativo \\emph"
"{Monitores} mostralle o nome do seu monitor e o tamaño, a resolución de "
"pantalla e a taxa de actualización. Premendo na resolución mostrada (p. ex., "
"``1024$\\times$768 (4$\\mathrel{:}$3)'') debería abrirse un menú despregábel "
"onde pode seleccionar a resolución que desexe."

#. type: section{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :4
msgid "Connecting and using your printer"
msgstr "Conectar e empregar a impresora"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :7
msgid ""
"You can add, remove, and change printer properties by navigating to \\menu"
"{System \\then Administration \\then Printing}.  This will display the "
"\\window{Printing-localhost} window."
msgstr ""
"Vostede pode engadir, eliminar e cambiar as preferencias dunha impresora "
"premendo en \\menu{Sistema \\then Administración \\then Impresoras}. Isto "
"mostrará a xanela \\window{Imprimindo: localhost}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :9
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When you add a printer it will need to be plugged in with a \\acronym"
#| "{USB} cable or connected to you network. It will also need to be switched "
#| "on."
msgid ""
"When you want to add a printer, you will need to make sure that it switched "
"on, and plugged into your computer with a \\acronym{USB} cable or connected "
"to your network."
msgstr ""
"Cando engade unha impresora debe estar conectada co cable \\acronym{USB} ou "
"conectada á súa rede. Tamén debe estar accesa."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :11
msgid "Adding a local printer"
msgstr "Engadindo unha impresora local"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :14
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you have a printer that is connected to your computer with a \\acronym"
#| "{USB} cable then this is a local printer. You can add a printer by "
#| "clicking the \\button{Add Printer} button."
msgid ""
"If you have a printer that is connected to your computer with a \\acronym"
"{USB} cable then this is termed a \\emph{local printer}. You can add a "
"printer by clicking on the \\button{Add Printer} button."
msgstr ""
"Se ten unha impresora conectada ao seu computador con un cable \\acronym"
"{USB} entón é unha impresora local. Vostede pode engadir unha impresora "
"premendo o botón \\button{Engadir impresora}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :17
msgid ""
"In the left hand pane of the \\window{New Printer} window any printers that "
"you can install will be listed. Select the printer that you would like to "
"install and click \\button{Forward}."
msgstr ""
"No panel da esquerda da xanela \\window{Nova impresora} mostrarase calquera "
"impresora que poida instalar. Seleccione a impresora que quera instalar e "
"prema en \\button{Adiante}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :25
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{If your printer can automatically do double sided printing "
#| "it will probably have a duplexer.  Please refer to the instructions that "
#| "came with the printer if you are unsure. If you do have a duplexer you "
#| "will need to make sure the \\checkbox{Duplexer Installed} option is "
#| "checked and then click the \\button{Forward} button.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{If your printer can automatically do double sided printing it "
"will probably have a duplexer.  Please refer to the instructions that came "
"with the printer if you are unsure. If you do have a duplexer you will need "
"to make sure the \\checkbox{Duplexer Installed} option is checked and then "
"click the \\button{Forward} button.} You can now specify the printer name, "
"description and location. Each of these should remind you of that particular "
"printer so that you can choose the right one to use when printing. Finally, "
"click \\button{Apply}."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Se a súa impresora pode imprimir a dobre cara automaticamente "
"probabelmente terá un duplexador. Consulte as instrucións que viñeron coa "
"impresora se non está seguro. Se ten un duplexador terá que asegurarse que a "
"opción \\checkbox{Duplexador instalado} está activada e logo prema o botón "
"\\button{Adiante}.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :27
msgid "Adding a network printer"
msgstr "Engadindo unha impresora en rede"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :31
msgid ""
"Make sure that your printer is connected to your network with an Ethernet "
"cable and is turned on. You can add a printer by clicking \\button{Add "
"Printer}. The \\window{New Printer} window will open. Click the ``+'' sign "
"next to \\emph{Network Printer}."
msgstr ""
"Asegúrese de que a impresora está conectada a súa rede cun cable Ethernet e "
"que está acesa. Pode engadir unha impresora premendo no botón \\button"
"{Engadir impresora}, isto abrirá a xanela \\window{Nova impresora}. Prema no "
"``+'' ao lado de \\emph{Impresora de rede}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :36
msgid ""
"If your printer is found automatically it will appear under \\emph{Network "
"Printer}.  Click the printer name and then click \\button{Forward}. In the "
"text fields you can now specify the printer name, description and location. "
"Each of these should remind you of that particular printer so that you can "
"choose the right one to use when printing. Finally click \\button{Apply}."
msgstr ""
"Se detectou automaticamente a súa impresora, esta aparecerá debaixo de \\emph"
"{Impresora de rede}. Prema no nome da impresora e logo no botón \\button"
"{Adiante}. Agora nos campos de texto pode especificar o nome da impresora, a "
"descrición e a localización. Cada un destes deberíalle recordar a aquela "
"impresora en particular que pode escoller para usar ao imprimir. Por último, "
"prema no botón \\button{Aplicar}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can also add your network printer by entering the \\acronym{IP} "
#| "address of the printer. Select \\textbf{Find Network Printer}, type in "
#| "the \\acronym{IP} address of the printer in the box that reads \\textbf"
#| "{Host:} and press the \\button{Find} button. Ubuntu will find the printer "
#| "and add it. Most recent printers are detected by Ubuntu automatically. If "
#| "Ubuntu cannot detect the printer automatically, it will ask you to enter "
#| "the make and model number of the printer."
msgid ""
"You can also add your network printer by entering the \\acronym{IP} address "
"of the printer. Select \\textbf{Find Network Printer}, type in the \\acronym"
"{IP} address of the printer in the box that reads \\textbf{Host:} and press "
"the \\button{Find} button. Ubuntu will find the printer and add it. Most "
"printers are detected by Ubuntu automatically. If Ubuntu cannot detect the "
"printer automatically, it will ask you to enter the make and model number of "
"the printer.  \\marginnote[-4\\baselineskip]{The default printer is the one "
"that is automatically selected when you print a file.  To set a printer as "
"default, right-click the printer that you want to set as default and then "
"click \\menu{Set As Default}.}"
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode engadir unha impresora de rede introducindo o enderezo \\acronym"
"{IP} da impresora. Seleccione \\textbf{Buscar impresora de rede}, na caixa "
"que leva a etiqueta  \\textbf{Host:} introduza o enderezo \\acronym{IP} da "
"impresora e logo prema o botón \\button{Localizar}. Ubuntu localizará a "
"impresora e engadiraa. As impresoras máis recentes son detectadas "
"automaticamente por Ubuntu. Se non é posíbel que Ubuntu detecte "
"automaticamente a impresora, pedíraselle que introduza a marca e o número de "
"modelo da impresora."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :43
msgid "Changing printer options"
msgstr "Cambiando as opcións da impresora"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :47
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Printer options allow you to change the printing quality, paper size and "
#| "media type. They can be changed by right clicking a printer and choosing "
#| "\\menu{Properties}. The \\window{Printer Properties} window will show, in "
#| "the left pane choose \\emph{Printer Options}."
msgid ""
"Printer options allow you to change the printing quality, paper size and "
"media type. They can be changed by right-clicking a printer and choosing "
"\\menu{Properties}. The \\window{Printer Properties} window will show, in "
"the left pane choose \\emph{Printer Options}."
msgstr ""
"As opcións de impresora permítenlle cambiar a calidade de impresión, o "
"tamaño do papel e o tipo de soporte. Pódense cambiar   premendo co botón "
"dereito nunha impresora e escollendo  \\menu{Propiedades}. A xanela \\window"
"{Propiedades da impresora} mostraraase, no panel esquerdo escolla \\emph"
"{Opcións de impresora}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :50
msgid ""
"You can now specify settings by changing the drop-down entries. Some of the "
"options that you might see are explained."
msgstr ""
"Vostede pode especificar as configuracións cambiando as entradas da lista "
"despregábel. Algunha das opcións que pode ver están explicadas."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :52
msgid "Media Size"
msgstr "Tamaño do papel"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :54
msgid "This is the size of the paper that you put into your printer tray."
msgstr "Este é o tamaño do papel que pon na bandexa da súa impresora."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :56
msgid "Media source"
msgstr "Orixe do soporte"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :58
msgid "This is the tray that the paper comes from."
msgstr "Esta é a bandexa de onde se extrae o papel."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :60
msgid "Color Model"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :62
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This is very useful if you want to print in \\dropdown{Black Only "
#| "Grayscale} to save on ink, or to print in \\dropdown{Color}, or \\dropdown"
#| "{High Quality Grayscale}."
msgid ""
"This is very useful if you want to print in \\dropdown{Grayscale} to save on "
"ink, or to print in \\dropdown{Color}, or \\dropdown{Inverted Grayscale}."
msgstr ""
"Isto é moi útil se quere imprimir en \\dropdown{Só escala de grises} para "
"aforrar tinta, ou imprimir en \\dropdown{Cor} ou \\dropdown{Escala de grises "
"de alta calidade}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :64
msgid "Media type"
msgstr "Tipo de soporte"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :66
msgid "Depending on the printer you can change between:"
msgstr "Dependendo da súa impresora pode cambiar entre:"

#. type: itemize
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :74
msgid "Plain Paper"
msgstr "Papel normal"

#. type: itemize
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :74
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "Automático"

#. type: itemize
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :74
msgid "Photo Paper"
msgstr "Papel fotográfico"

#. type: itemize
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :74
msgid "Transparency Film"
msgstr "Filme transparente"

#. type: itemize
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :74
msgid "\\acronym{CD} or \\acronym{DVD} Media"
msgstr "Soportes \\acronym{CD} ou \\acronym{DVD}"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/printing.tex :76
msgid "Print Quality"
msgstr "Calidade de impresión"

#.  Chapter 4 : Preferences and Hardware. Section : Sound
#.  Written by Sayantan Das - sayantan13@gmail.com
#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/sound.tex :3
msgid ""
"This specifies how much ink is used when printing, \\dropdown{Fast Draft} "
"using the least ink and \\dropdown{High-Resolution Photo} using the most ink."
msgstr ""
"Isto especifica canta tinta se usa ao imprimir, o \\dropdown{Borrador "
"rápido} usa a tinta mínima e a \\dropdown{Fotografía de alta resolucion} usa "
"o máximo de tinta."

#. type: section{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/sound.tex :11
msgid "Sound"
msgstr "Son"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/sound.tex :16
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ubuntu usually detects the audio hardware of the system automatically "
#| "during installation. The audio in Ubuntu is provided by a sound server "
#| "named PulseAudio. The audio preferences are easily configurable with the "
#| "help of a very easy to use \\gls{GUI} which comes pre-installed with "
#| "Ubuntu."
msgid ""
"Ubuntu usually detects the audio hardware of the system automatically during "
"installation. The audio in Ubuntu is provided by a sound server named "
"PulseAudio. The audio preferences are easily configurable with the help of a "
"very easy to use \\gls{GUI} which comes preinstalled with Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Polo xeral, Ubuntu detecta o hardware de son do sistema automaticamente "
"durante a instalación. En Ubuntu o son fornéceo un servidor de son chamado "
"PulseAudio. As preferencias de son son facilmente configurábeis coa axuda "
"dunha \\gls{GUI} moi fácil de usar que ven preinstalada con Ubuntu."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/sound.tex :24
msgid ""
"A volume icon, sitting on the top right corner of the screen, provides quick "
"access to different audio related functions. Left clicking on the volume "
"icon shows up a slider button which you can move horizontally to increase/"
"decrease volume. Left clicking on the volume icon also allows you to choose "
"between muting the sound and Sound Preferences. Selecting \\emph{Sound "
"Preferences} opens up another window which provides access to sound themes, "
"hardware, input and output preferences.  Sound Preferences can also be found "
"if you go to \\menu{System \\then Preferences \\then Sound.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/sound.tex :27
msgid ""
"The first tab which shows up by default is \\emph{sound themes.} You can "
"disable the existing sound theme or configure it with the options available."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/sound.tex :33
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\emph{hardware tab} will have a list of all the sound cards "
#| "available in your system.  Usually there is only one listed, however, if "
#| "you have a graphics card which supports \\acronym{HDMI} audio it will "
#| "also show up in the list. This section should be configured only if you "
#| "are an advanced user."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{You can add new sound themes by installing them from Software "
"Center (\\eg, Ubuntu Studio Sound theme.)  You will get the installed sound "
"themes from the drop down menu. You can also enable window and button "
"sounds.} The \\emph{hardware tab} will have a list of all the sound cards "
"available in your system.  Usually there is only one listed, however, if you "
"have a graphics card which supports \\acronym{HDMI} audio it will also show "
"up in the list. This section should be configured only if you are an "
"advanced user."
msgstr ""
"O \\emph{separador hardware} terá unha lista de todas as tarxetas de son "
"dispoñíbeis no seu sistema. Polo xeral só hai unha, porén, se ten unha "
"tarxeta gráfica que soporta audio \\acronym{HDMI}, esta tamén se mostrará na "
"lista. Esta sección só debería configurarse se é un usuario avanzado."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/sound.tex :38
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{A microphone is used for making audio/video calls which are "
#| "supported by applications like Skype or Empathy. It can also used for "
#| "sound recording.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{A microphone is used for making audio/video calls which are "
"supported by applications like Skype or Empathy. It can also be used for "
"sound recording.} The third tab is for configuring \\emph{input audio.} You "
"will be able to use this section when you have an inbuilt microphone in your "
"system or if you add an external microphone."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{O micrófono úsase para facer chamadas de son/vídeo que son "
"admitidas por aplicativos como Skype ou Empathy. Tamén pode usarse para "
"gravar son.}"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/sound.tex :44
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{You should note that by default in any Ubuntu installation, "
#| "the input sound is muted. You will have to manually unmute to enable your "
#| "microphone to record sound or use it during audio/video calls.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{You should note that by default in any Ubuntu installation, the "
"input sound is muted. You will have to manually unmute to enable your "
"microphone to record sound or use it during audio/video calls.} You can "
"increase/decrease and mute/unmute input volume from this tab. If there is "
"more than one input device, you will see them listed in the white box which "
"reads \\emph{Choose a device for sound input.}"
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Debería ter en conta que de forma predefinida en calquera "
"instalación de Ubuntu, o son de entrada está enmudecido. Terá que "
"desenmudecelo para activar o seu micrófono para gravar son ou usalo durante "
"as chamadas de son/vídeo.}"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/sound.tex :48
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\emph{output tab} is used for configuring the output audio. You can "
#| "increase/decrease and mute/unmute output volume and select your preferred "
#| "output device."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{By default, the volume in Ubuntu is set to maximum during "
"installation.} The \\emph{output tab} is used for configuring the output "
"audio. You can increase/decrease and mute/unmute output volume and select "
"your preferred output device."
msgstr ""
"O \\emph{separador saída} usase para configurar a saída do son. Pode "
"incrementar ou reducir e enmudecer ou desenmudecer o volume de saída e "
"seleccionar o seu dispositivo de saída preferido."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/sound.tex :53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you have more than one output device, it will be listed in the section "
#| "which reads ``Choose a device for sound output.'' The default output "
#| "hardware, which is automatically detected by Ubuntu during installation "
#| "will be selected."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{If you change your sound output device, it will remain as "
"default.} If you have more than one output device, it will be listed in the "
"section which reads ``Choose a device for sound output.'' The default output "
"hardware, which is automatically detected by Ubuntu during installation will "
"be selected."
msgstr ""
"Se ten máis de un dispositivo de saída mostrarase na sección co título "
"``Escolla un dispositivo para o son de saída''. O hardware de saída de son "
"predefinido que é o detectado automaticamente durante a instalación de "
"Ubuntu estará seleccionado."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/sound.tex :58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\emph{Applications tab} is for changing the volume for running "
#| "applications.  This comes in very handy if you have multiple audio "
#| "programs running \\eg if you have Rhythmbox, Totem Movie Player and a web-"
#| "based video playing at the same time. In this situation, you will be able "
#| "to increase/decrease, mute/unmute volume for each application from this "
#| "tab."
msgid ""
"The \\emph{Applications tab} is for changing the volume for running "
"applications.  This comes in very handy if you have multiple audio programs "
"running, for example, if you have Rhythmbox, Totem Movie Player and a web-"
"based video playing at the same time. In this situation, you will be able to "
"increase/decrease, mute/unmute volume for each application from this tab."
msgstr ""
"O \\emph{separador Aplicativos} é para cambiar o volume dos aplicativos en "
"execución. É moi axeitado para cando ten varios programas de son en "
"execución, p. ex. se ten Rhythmbox, o reprodutor de filmes Totem e un vídeo "
"baseado en web reproducíndose á vez. Nesta situación pode subir ou baixar o "
"volume e incluso enmudecer e desenmudecer o son para cada aplicativo por "
"separado."

#. type: section{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :4
msgid "Burning CDs and DVDs"
msgstr "Crear CD e DVD"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :8
msgid ""
"To create a \\acronym{CD} or \\acronym{DVD} go to \\menu{Applications \\then "
"Sound and Video \\then Brasero Disc Burner}. This opens \\application"
"{Brasero}, which gives you five options to choose from. Each one of these is "
"explained below."
msgstr ""
"Para crear un \\acronym{CD} ou \\acronym{DVD} vaia ao menú \\menu"
"{Aplicativos \\then Son e vídeo \\then Gravador de discos Brasero}. Isto "
"abre o \\application{Brasero}, que lle dá a escoller cinco opcións. Cada "
"unha destas é explicada máis abaixo."

#. \screenshotTODO{Main Brasero window}
#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :11
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{04-brasero.png}{ss:brasero}{Brasero burns music, video, and "
"data \\acronym{DVD}s and \\acronym{CD}s.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{04-brasero.png}{ss:brasero}{Brasero grava \\acronym{DVD}s e  "
"\\acronym{CD}s de música, vídeo e datos.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :13
msgid "Universal options"
msgstr "Opciones universais"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :16
msgid ""
"These options apply for all projects except \\textbf{Disc copy} and \\textbf"
"{Burn Image}."
msgstr ""
"Estas opcións aplícanse para todos os proxectos excepto \\textbf{Copiar "
"disco} e \\textbf{Gravar imaxe}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :18
msgid "Adding files to a project"
msgstr "Engadindo ficheiros a un proxecto"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :23
msgid ""
"To add files to the list, click the \\button{Green +} button, which opens "
"the \\window{Select Files} window. Then navigate your way to the file you "
"want to add, click it, and then click the \\button{Add} button. Repeat this "
"process for each file that you want to add."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :25
msgid "Saving a project"
msgstr "Gardando un proxecto"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :30
msgid ""
"To save a project so that you can finish it later, choose \\menu{Project "
"\\then Save}.  The \\window{Save Current Project} window will be opened. "
"Choose where you would like to save the project. Then, in the \\textfield"
"{Name:} text field, enter a name for the project so that you will remember "
"it. Now click the \\button{Save} button."
msgstr ""
"Para gardar un proxecto que queira rematar máis tarde seleccione \\menu"
"{Proxecto \\then Gardar}. Na xanela \\window{Gardar o proxecto actual} que "
"se abre seleccione onde quere gardar o proxecto. Feito isto, no campo de "
"texto \\textfield{Nome:} introduza o nome do proxecto para que o recorde e "
"prema o botón \\button{Gardar}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :32
msgid "Removing files"
msgstr "Eliminando ficheiros"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :36
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Icons of a broom are often used in Ubuntu to represent clearing "
"a text field or returning something to its default state.} If you want to "
"remove a file from the project, click the file in the list and click on the "
"\\button{Red -} button.  To remove all the files in the list click on the "
"\\button{Broom shaped} button."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :38
msgid "Burning the disc"
msgstr "Gravando el disco"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :40
msgid ""
"When you click the burn button you will see the \\window{Properties of "
"\\ldots} window."
msgstr ""
"Cando prema o botón de gravación verá a xanela \\window{Propiedades de "
"\\ldots}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :42
msgid ""
"You can specify the burning speed in the \\dropdown{Burning speed} drop "
"down. It is best to choose the highest speed."
msgstr ""
"Vostede pode especificar a velocidade de gravación na lista despregábel "
"\\dropdown{Velocidade de gravación}. O mellor é seleccionar a velocidade "
"máis grande."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :44
msgid ""
"To burn your project directly to the disc, select the \\checkbox{Burn the "
"image directly without saving it to disc} option. With this option selected, "
"no image file is created and no files are saved to the hard disk."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :52
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\checkbox{Simulate before burning} option is useful if you encounter "
#| "problems burning discs. Selecting this option allows you to simulate the "
#| "disc burning process without actually writing data to a disc \\dash a "
#| "wasteful process if your computer isn't writing data correctly. If the "
#| "simulation is successful, Brasero will burn the disc after a ten second "
#| "pause. During that ten second pause, you have the option to cancel the "
#| "burning process."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Temporary files are saved in the /tmp folder by default. Should "
"you wish to save these files in another location, you will need to change "
"the setting in the \\dropdown{Temporary files} drop down menu. Under normal "
"conditions, you should not need to change this setting.} The \\checkbox"
"{Simulate before burning} option is useful if you encounter problems burning "
"discs. Selecting this option allows you to simulate the disc burning process "
"without actually writing data to a disc \\dash a wasteful process if your "
"computer isn't writing data correctly. If the simulation is successful, "
"Brasero will burn the disc after a ten second pause. During that ten second "
"pause, you have the option to cancel the burning process."
msgstr ""
"A opción \\checkbox{Simular antes de gravar} é práctica se se encontra con "
"problemas para gravar discos. Ao seleccionar esta opción permitese que se "
"simule o proceso de gravación do disco sen realmnete escribir datos nel "
"\\dash, un custoso proceso se o seu computador non grava datos "
"correctamente. De a simulación ser correcta, Brasero gravará o disco logo "
"dunha pausa de dez segundos. Durante a pausa de dez segundos, ten a opción "
"de cancelar o proceso de gravación."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :54
msgid "Blanking a disk"
msgstr "Borrando un disco"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you are using a disc that has \\acronym{RW} written on it and you have "
#| "used it before, then you can blank it so that you can use it again. Doing "
#| "this will cause you to lose all of the data currently on the disc. To "
#| "blank a disc, open the \\menu{Tools} menu, then choose \\menu{Blank}. The "
#| "\\window{Disc Blanking} window will be open. In the \\dropdown{Select a "
#| "disc} drop down choose the disc that you would like to blank."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{\\acronym{RW} stands for Re-Writable which means that disc can "
"be used more than once.} If you are using a disc that has \\acronym{RW} "
"written on it and you have used it before, then you can blank it so that you "
"can use it again. Doing this will cause you to lose all of the data "
"currently on the disc. To blank a disc, open the \\menu{Tools} menu, then "
"choose \\menu{Blank}. The \\window{Disc Blanking} window will be open. In "
"the \\dropdown{Select a disc} drop down choose the disc that you would like "
"to blank."
msgstr ""
"Se está a usar un disco que ten escrito \\acronym{RW} e que xa ten usado "
"anteriormente, entón pode baleiralo para poder reutilizalo. Ao facer isto, "
"perderá todos os datos do disco. Para baleirar un disco, abra o menú \\menu"
"{Ferramentas}, logo escolla \\menu{Borrar}. A xanela \\window{Borrado do "
"disco} abrirase. Na lista despregábel \\dropdown{Seleccione un disco} "
"escolla o disco que quere baleirar."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :59
msgid ""
"You can enable the \\checkbox{Fast blank} option if you would like to "
"shorten the amount of time to perform the blanking process. However, "
"selecting this option will not fully remove the files; if you have any "
"sensitive data on your disc, it would be best not to enable the \\checkbox"
"{Fast blank} option."
msgstr ""
"Pode activar a opción \\checkbox{Borrado rápido} se quere reducir a "
"cantidade de tempo que leva o proceso de borrar o disco. Porén, se "
"selecciona esta opción non se eliminarán completamente os ficheiros. Se ten "
"datos sensíbeis no seu disco será mellor non activar a opción \\checkbox"
"{Borrado rápido}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :61
msgid ""
"Once the disc is blank the you will see \\emph{The disc was successfully "
"blanked.} Click the \\button{Close} button to finish."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :64
msgid "Audio project"
msgstr "Proxecto de audio"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :66
msgid ""
"If you record your own music, then you may want to transfer this music onto "
"an audio \\acronym{CD} so your friends and family can listen. You can start "
"an audio project by clicking \\menu{Project}, then \\menu{New Project} and "
"then \\menu{New Audio Project}."
msgstr ""
"Se grava a súa propia música entón quererá transferir esta música a un "
"\\acronym{CD} para que os seus amigos e familiares a poidan escoitar. Pode "
"iniciar un proxecto de audio premendo en \\menu{Proxecto \\then Proxecto "
"novo \\then Novo proxecto de son}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :70
msgid ""
"So that each file does not play straight after each other you can add a two "
"second pause after a file. This can be done by clicking the file and then "
"clicking the \\button{||} button."
msgstr ""
"Xa que cada ficheiro non se reproduce un a continuación do outro pode "
"engadir unha pausa de dous segundos despois de un ficheiro. Isto pode "
"facerse premendo sobre o ficheiro e logo premendo o botón \\button{||}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :75
msgid ""
"You can slice files into parts by clicking the \\button{Knife} button. This "
"opens a \\window{Split Track} window. The \\dropdown{Method} drop down gives "
"you four options each one of these lets you split the track in a different "
"way. Once you have split the track click \\button{OK}."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :78 :90 :98
msgid ""
"In the drop down at the bottom of the main \\window{Brasero} window make "
"sure that you have selected the disc that you want to burn the files to. "
"Then click the \\button{Burn} button."
msgstr ""
"Na lista despregábel da parte inferior da xanela de \\window{Brasero} "
"asegúrese que ten seleccionado o disco onde quere gravar os ficheiros. Logo "
"prema o botón \\button{Gravar}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :80
msgid "Data project"
msgstr "Proxecto de datos"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :84
msgid ""
"If you want to make a back up of your documents or photos it would be best "
"to make a data project.  You can start a data project by clicking \\menu"
"{Project} then clicking \\menu{New Project} and then \\menu{New Data "
"Project}."
msgstr ""
"Se quere facer unha copia de respaldo dos seus documentos ou fotos a mellor "
"opción é facer un proxecto de datos. Pode iniciar un proxecto de datos "
"premendo en \\menu{Proxecto}, \\menu{Proxecto novo} e logo \\menu{Novo "
"proxecto de datos}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :87
msgid ""
"If you want to add a folder you can click the \\button{Folder} picture, then "
"type the name of the folder."
msgstr ""
"Se quere engadir un cartafol pode premer sobre a imaxe do \\button{Cartafol} "
"e logo escribir o nome do cartafol."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :92
msgid "Video project"
msgstr "Proxecto de vídeo"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :95
msgid ""
"If you want to make a \\acronym{DVD} of your family videos it would be best "
"to make a video project.  You can start a video project by clicking \\menu"
"{Project}, then \\menu{New Project} and then \\menu{New Video Project}."
msgstr ""
"Se quere facer un \\acronym{DVD} cos vídeos da súa familia a mellor opción é "
"facer un proxecto de vídeo. Pode iniciar un proxecto de vídeo premendo en "
"\\menu{Proxecto}, \\menu{Proxecto novo} e logo \\menu{Novo proxecto de "
"vídeo}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :100
msgid "Disc copy"
msgstr "Copiar disco"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :103
msgid ""
"You can copy a disc clicking \\menu{Project}, then \\menu{New Project} and "
"then \\menu{Disc copy}. This opens the \\window{Copy \\acronym{CD}/\\acronym"
"{DVD}} window."
msgstr ""
"Pode copiar un disco premendo \\menu{Proxecto}, logo \\menu{Proxecto novo} e "
"finalmente \\menu{Copiar o disco}. Isto abrirá a xanela \\window{Copiar "
"\\acronym{CD} e \\acronym{DVD}}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :109
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you have two \\acronym{CD/DVD} drives you can copy a disc from one to "
#| "the other, the disc that you want to copy to must be in the \\acronym{CD-"
#| "RW/DVD-RW} drive. If you have only one drive you will need to make and "
#| "image and then burn it to a disc. In the \\dropdown{Select disc to copy} "
#| "drop-down choose the disc to copy. In the \\dropdown{Select a disc to "
#| "write to} drop-down either choose image file or the disc that you want to "
#| "copy to."
msgid ""
"If you have two \\acronym{CD/DVD} drives you can copy a disc from one to the "
"other, the disc that you want to copy to must be in the \\acronym{CD-RW/DVD-"
"RW} drive. If you have only one drive you will need to make an image and "
"then burn it to a disc. In the \\dropdown{Select disc to copy} drop-down "
"choose the disc to copy. In the \\dropdown{Select a disc to write to} drop-"
"down either choose image file or the disc that you want to copy to."
msgstr ""
"Se ten dúas unidades de \\acronym{CD/DVD} pode copiar discos de un a outro, "
"o disco que queira compiar debe estar na unidade \\acronym{CD-RW/DVD-RW}. Se "
"só ten unha unidade necesita facer unha imaxe e logo gravala no disco. Na "
"lista despregábel \\dropdown{Seleccione o disco para copiar} escolla o disco "
"a copiar. Na lista despregábel \\dropdown{Seleccione un disco que copiar} "
"seleccione unha imaxe de disco ou outro disco a onde queira copiar."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :111
msgid "Image file"
msgstr "Ficheiro de imaxe"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :115
msgid ""
"You can change where the image file is saved by clicking \\button"
"{Properties}, this shows the \\window{Location for Image File}. You can edit "
"the name of the file in the \\textfield{Name:} text field."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :119
msgid ""
"The default save location is your home folder, you can change this by "
"clicking the + next to \\textbf{Browse for other folders} . Once you have "
"chosen where you want to save it click \\button{Close}."
msgstr ""
"A localización de gardado predefinida é o seu cartafol persoal, pode "
"cambialo premendo no + ao lado de \\textbf{Explorar por outros cartafoles}. "
"Cando teña seleccionado onde o quere gardar prema \\button{Pechar}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :122
msgid ""
"Back in the \\window{Copy \\acronym{CD}/\\acronym{DVD}} window click \\button"
"{Create Image}. Brasero will open the \\window{Creating Image} and will "
"display the job progress. When the process is complete click \\button{Close}."
msgstr ""
"De volta na xanela \\window{Copiar \\acronym{CD}/\\acronym{DVD}} prema "
"\\button{Crear imaxe}. Brasero abrirá a xanela \\window{Creando a imaxe} e "
"mostrará o progreso do traballo. Cando se complete o proceso prema \\button"
"{Pechar}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :125
msgid "Burn image"
msgstr "Gravar imaxe"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/burning.tex :127
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To burn an image, open the \\menu{Project} menu, then choose \\menu{New "
#| "Project}, and then \\menu{Disc copy}. Brasero will open the \\window"
#| "{Image Burning Setup} window. Click on the \\dropdown{Select a disc image "
#| "to write} drop-down and the \\window{Select Disc Image} window will "
#| "appear. Navigate your way to the image you wish to burn, click on it, and "
#| "then click \\button{Open}."
msgid ""
"To burn an image, open the \\menu{Project} \\then{New Project}, and then "
"\\menu{Burn Image}. Brasero will open the \\window{Image Burning Setup} "
"window. Click on the \\button{Click here to select a disc image} drop-down "
"and the \\window{Select Disc Image} window will appear. Navigate your way to "
"the image you wish to burn, click on it, and then click \\button{Open}."
msgstr ""
"Para gravar unha imaxe, abra o menú \\menu{Proxecto \\then Proxecto novo} e "
"logo \\menu{Copiar o disco}. Brasero abrirá unha xanela \\window"
"{Configuración de gravación da imaxe}. Prema na lista despregábel \\dropdown"
"{Seleccione unha imaxe de disco para gravar} e aparecerá a xanela \\window"
"{Seleccione a imaxe de disco}. Navegue até encontrar a imaxe que desexa "
"gravar, selecciónea e logo prema \\button{Abrir}."

#.  Written by Sayantan Das - sayantan13@gmail.com
#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/webcam.tex :3
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In the \\dropdown{Select a disc to write to} drop-down menu, click on the "
#| "disc to which you'd like to write, then click \\button{Burn}."
msgid ""
"In the \\dropdown{Select a disc to write to} drop-down menu, click on the "
"disc to which you'd like to write, then click \\button{Create Image}."
msgstr ""
"Na lista despregábel \\dropdown{Seleccione un disco en que gravar} "
"seleccione o disco onde quere gravar e logo prema \\button{Gravar}."

#. type: section{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/webcam.tex :3
msgid "Using a webcam"
msgstr "Empregar unha cámara web"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/webcam.tex :5
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Webcams often come built into most laptops and netbooks. Some computers, "
#| "such as Apple desktops, also have webcams built into the monitors. The "
#| "rest of the webcams typically use \\acronym{USB} connections. To use a "
#| "\\acronym{USB} webcam, plug it into an open \\acronym{USB} port in your "
#| "computer."
msgid ""
"Webcams often come built into laptops and netbooks. Some computers, such as "
"Apple desktops, also have webcams built into the monitors. The rest of the "
"webcams typically use \\acronym{USB} connections. To use a \\acronym{USB} "
"webcam, plug it into an open \\acronym{USB} port in your computer."
msgstr ""
"As cámaras web veñen integradas na meirande parte dos portátiles e netbooks. "
"Algúns computadores, como os computadores de escritorio de Apple, tamén "
"teñen cámaras web integradas nos seus monitores. O resto das cámaras web "
"teñen conexións  \\acronym{USB}. Para usar unha cámara web \\acronym{USB}, "
"conéctea a un porto \\acronym{USB} libre no seu computador."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/webcam.tex :8
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Almost all new webcams are detected by Ubuntu automatically. You can "
#| "configure webcams for individual applications such as \\application"
#| "{Skype} and \\application{Empathy} from the application's setup menu. For "
#| "webcams which do not work right away with Ubuntu, visit \\url{https://"
#| "wiki.ubuntu.com/Webcam} for help."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{There are quite a few applications which are useful for "
"webcams. \\application{Cheese} can capture pictures with your webcam and "
"\\application{VLC} media player can capture video streaming from your "
"webcam. You can install these from the Ubuntu Software Center.} Almost all "
"new webcams are detected by Ubuntu automatically. You can configure webcams "
"for individual applications such as \\application{Skype} and \\application"
"{Empathy} from the application's setup menu. For webcams which do not work "
"right away with Ubuntu, visit \\url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Webcam} for help."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu pode detectar a maioría das cámaras web. Pode configurar as cámaras "
"web de forma individual para cada aplicativo como \\application{Skype} e "
"\\application{Empathy} desde o menú de configuración do aplicativo. Para "
"obter axuda coas cámaras web que non funcionan correctamente con Ubuntu "
"consulte \\url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com/Webcam}."

#. Written by Rudolph du Plooy: <rudidu@gmail.com>
#. Editied by JasonCook599s
#. type: section{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :4
msgid "Scanning text and images"
msgstr "Dixitalizar texto e imaxes"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :6
msgid ""
"Most of the time, Ubuntu will simply detect your scanner and you should just "
"be able to use it. To scan a document, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
"A maioría das veces Ubuntu detectará o seu escáner e poderá usalo sen máis. "
"Para escanear un documento siga os seguintes pasos:"

#. type: enumerate
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :14
msgid "Place what you want to scan on the scanner."
msgstr "Coloque o que queira escanear no escáner."

#. type: enumerate
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :14
msgid "Go to \\menu{Applications\\then Graphics\\then Simple Scan}."
msgstr "Vaia a \\menu{Aplicativos\\then Gráficos\\then Escaneado simple}."

#. type: enumerate
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :14
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click \\button{Close}."
msgid "Click \\button{Scan}."
msgstr "Prema \\button{Pechar}."

#. type: enumerate
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :14
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click \\button{Apply} to save your changes."
msgid "Click the \\button{Paper Icon} to add a another page."
msgstr "Prema no botón \\button{Aplicar"

#. type: enumerate
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :14
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Click \\button{Close}."
msgid "Click \\button{Save} to save."
msgstr "Prema \\button{Pechar}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :17
msgid "Does my scanner work with Ubuntu?"
msgstr "Funcionará o meu escáner con Ubuntu?"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :17
msgid "There are three ways to see if you scanner works in Ubuntu:"
msgstr "Hai tres maneiras de comprobar se o seu escáner funciona en Ubuntu:"

#. type: enumerate
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :23
msgid ""
"Simply plug it in.  If it is a newer \\acronym{USB} scanner, it is likely "
"that it will just work."
msgstr ""
"Simplemente conécteo. Se é un dos escáneres \\acronym{USB} novos o máis "
"seguro e que funcione."

#. type: enumerate
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :23
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Check \\url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com/HardwareSupportComponentsScanners} "
#| "which is Ubuntu specific."
msgid ""
"Check \\url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com/HardwareSupportComponentsScanners} to "
"find out which scanners work with Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Consulte \\url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com/HardwareSupportComponentsScanners} "
"que é específico de Ubuntu."

#. type: enumerate
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :23
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\acronym{SANE} project listing of support scanners. The \\acronym{SANE} "
#| "(Scanner Access Now Easy) project provides most of the back-ends to the "
#| "scanning software on Ubuntu."
msgid ""
"\\acronym{SANE} project listing of supported scanners. The \\acronym{SANE} "
"(Scanner Access Now Easy) project provides most of the back-ends to the "
"scanning software on Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"O proxecto \\acronym{SANE} mostra unha lista dos escáneres compatíbeis. O "
"proxecto \\acronym{SANE} (Scanner Access Now Easy) fornece a maioría das "
"infraestruturas para o software de escaneado en Ubuntu."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :30
msgid "Ubuntu can't find my scanner"
msgstr "Ubuntu non pode encontrar o meu escáner"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :30
msgid ""
"There are a few reason why Ubuntu may give you a ``No devices available "
"message'':"
msgstr ""
"Hai algunhas razóns polas que Ubuntu pode mostrarlle a mensaxe ``Non hai "
"dispositivos dispoñíbeis'':"

#. type: itemize
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :30
msgid ""
"Your scanner is not supported in Ubuntu. The most common type of scanner not "
"supported is old parallel port or Lexmark All-in-One printer/scanner/faxes."
msgstr ""
"O seu scanner non é compatíbel por Ubuntu. O tipo máis común de escáner non "
"recoñecido son os que teñen os antigos portos paralelos ou as impresoras/"
"scanner/faxes All-in-One de Lexmark."

#. type: itemize
#: prefs-hardware/scanning.tex :30
msgid "The driver for your scanner is not being automatically loaded."
msgstr "O controlador para o seu escáner non se carga automaticamente."

#. type: section{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/other.tex :11
msgid "Other devices"
msgstr "Outros dispositivos"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/other.tex :13
msgid "Firewire"
msgstr "Firewire"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/other.tex :16
msgid ""
"Firewire is a special type of port that makes use of Firewire technology to "
"transfer data. This port is generally used by camcorders and digital cameras."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/other.tex :20
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you want to import video from your camcorder you can do so by "
#| "connecting your camcorder to the Firewire port.  You will need to install "
#| "a program called \\application{Kino} which is available in the "
#| "\\application{Ubuntu Software Center}."
msgid ""
"If you want to import video from your camcorder you can do so by connecting "
"your camcorder to the Firewire port.  You will need to install a program "
"called \\application{Kino} which is available in the \\application{Ubuntu "
"Software Center}.  \\marginnote[-1\\baselineskip]{To find out more about "
"Kino, visit \\url{http://www.kinodv.org/}.}"
msgstr ""
"Se quere importar un vídeo desde a súa cámara de vídeo pode facelo "
"conectando a súa cámara ao porto Firewire. Debe instalar un programa chamado "
"\\application{Kino} que está dispoñíbel no \\application{Centro de Software "
"de Ubuntu}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: prefs-hardware/other.tex :22
msgid "Bluetooth"
msgstr "Bluetooth"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/other.tex :27
msgid ""
"Bluetooth is widely used on \\acronym{GPS} devices, mouses, mobile phones, "
"headsets, music players, desktops and laptops for data transfer, listening "
"to music, playing games and for various other activities. All modern "
"operating systems support Bluetooth and Ubuntu is no exception."
msgstr ""
"O Bluetooth é amplamente usado en dispositivos \\acronym{GPS}, ratos, "
"teléfonos móbiles, auriculares, reprodutores de música, computadores de "
"escritorio e portátiles para transferir datos, escoitar música, xogar a "
"xogos e moitas máis actividades. Todos os sistemas operativos modernos son "
"compatíbeis co Bluetooth e Ubuntu non é a excepción."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/other.tex :31
msgid ""
"You can access the Bluetooth preferences by left-clicking on the Bluetooth "
"icon on the right hand side of the top panel. It is usually located next to "
"the volume icon.  Left-clicking on the Bluetooth icon opens a popup menu "
"with several choices, such as an option to \\menu{Turn off Bluetooth}."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/other.tex :33
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{04-bluetooth-left-click.png}{ss:bluetooth-left-click}{The "
"Bluetooth applet menu.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{04-bluetooth-left-click.png}{ss:bluetooth-left-click}{O menú do "
"miniaplicativo Bluetooth.}"

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/other.tex :37
msgid ""
"The Bluetooth preferences can also be accessed from \\menu{System\\then "
"Preferences\\then Bluetooth}. If you want to setup a new device such as a "
"mobile phone to synchronize with your computer, choose the option that reads "
"\\textbf{Setup new device..}."
msgstr ""
"Pode acceder ás preferencias de Bluetooth desde \\menu{Sistema \\then "
"Preferencias \\then Bluetooth}. Se quere configurar un novo dispositivo como "
"un teléfono móbil para sincronizar co seu computador, seleccione a opción "
"que di \\textbf{Configurar un novo dispositivo...}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/other.tex :44
msgid ""
"Ubuntu will then open a window for new device setup.  When you click \\button"
"{Forward}, Ubuntu will open the second screen which will show you how many "
"Bluetooth devices are present within the range of your system. The list of "
"available devices might take a minute or so to appear on the screen as your "
"system will be scanning for the devices.  The scan and display is in real "
"time, which means that every device will be displayed as soon as it is "
"found. Click on the required Bluetooth device from the list of devices.  "
"Then, select the \\acronym{PIN} number by selecting \\button{PIN options}."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu abrirá a xanela de configuración de novo dispositivo. Cando prema "
"\\button{Adiante} Ubuntu abrirá a segunda pantalla   que lle mostrará cantos "
"dispositivos Bluetooth están presentes nun radio até o seu sistema. A lista "
"dos dispositivos dispoñíbeis pode tardar un minuto en aparecer xa que o seu "
"sistema ten que buscar os dispositivos. A análise e o mostrado son en tempo "
"real o que significa que todos os dispositivos móstranse no momento en que "
"se encontren. Prema sobre o dispositivo Bluetooth requirido desde a lista de "
"dispositivos. Logo, seleccione o número de \\acronym{PIN} seleccionando "
"\\button{opcións de PIN}."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/other.tex :47
msgid ""
"Three predefined \\acronym{PIN} numbers are available but you can create a "
"custom \\acronym{PIN} if you like.  You will need to enter this \\acronym"
"{PIN} on the device you will be pairing with Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Hai tres números \\acronym{PIN} predefinidos pero pode crear o seu propio "
"\\acronym{PIN} se o prefire. Debe inserir este \\acronym{PIN} no seu "
"dispositivo para emparellalo con Ubuntu."

#. type: document
#: prefs-hardware/other.tex :49
msgid ""
"Once the device has been paired, Ubuntu will open the ``Setup completed'' "
"screen."
msgstr ""
"Cando o dispositivo se emparelle, Ubuntu abrirá a xanela ``Configuración "
"completada''."

#.  Chapter 5 - Software and Packaging
#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :2
msgid ""
"In Ubuntu, your computer is hidden by default for security reasons.  This "
"means that your Ubuntu system can search other Bluetooth enabled systems but "
"they cannot search for your Ubuntu system. You will have to enable the "
"option, if you want your Bluetooth device to find your Ubuntu system. You "
"can do this by selecting the option ``Make computer discoverable'' in "
"Bluetooth preferences. You can also add a fancy name for your Bluetooth-"
"enabled Ubuntu system by changing the text under \\textbf{Friendly Name}."
msgstr ""
"En Ubuntu, por razóns de seguranza o seu computador está oculto. Isto "
"significa que o seu sistema Ubuntu pode buscar outros sistemas con Bluetooth "
"pero non pode ser encontrado por outros computadores. Terá que activar a "
"opción se quere que o seu dispositivo Bluetooth poida encontrar o seu "
"sistema Ubuntu. Pode facer isto seleccionando a opción ``Facer o computador "
"visíbel'' nas preferencias de Bluetooth. Tamén pode engadir un nome ao seu "
"sistema Ubuntu con Bluetooth cambiando o texto de debaixo de \\textbf{Nome "
"amigábel}."

#. type: chapter{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :10
msgid "Software Management"
msgstr "Xestión de software"

#. type: section{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :12
msgid "Software management in Ubuntu"
msgstr "Xestión de software en Ubuntu"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :14
msgid ""
"As discussed in \\chaplink{ch:default-applications}, a range of default "
"applications are available in Ubuntu that are suitable for many everyday "
"tasks. At some point you may decide to test out an alternative web browser, "
"set up a different email client, edit an audio file, or try some new games "
"(for example), and to do any of these you will need to install new software. "
"Ubuntu keeps track of many different software \\glspl{package}, and finding "
"and installing what you are after is designed to be as quick and easy as "
"possible. Alternatively, you may prefer to browse through the extensive "
"library of available applications, and try any that catch your interest."
msgstr ""
"Como se comentou no \\chaplink{ch:default-applications}, hai moitos "
"aplicativos dispoñíbeis en Ubuntu que se adaptan a cada tarefa diaria. No "
"momento que decida probar algún navegador alternativo, configurar un cliente "
"de correo electrónico diferente, editar un ficheiro de audio ou probar "
"algúns xogos necesitará instalar novo software. Ubuntu mantén os distintos "
"\\glspl{package} de software polo que buscar e instalar o que busca está "
"pensado para que sexa o máis rápido e sinxelo posíbel. De forma alternativa, "
"pode explorar a extensa biblioteca de aplicativos dispoñíbeis e probar o que "
"teña o seu interese."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :16
msgid "Differences from other operating systems"
msgstr "Diferenzas con outros sistemas operativos"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :18
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Most other operating systems generally require a user to purchase "
#| "commercial software (online or through a physical store), or otherwise "
#| "search the internet for a free alternative (if one is available). The "
#| "correct installation file must then be downloaded and located on the "
#| "computer, followed by the user proceeding through a number of "
#| "installation prompts and options."
msgid ""
"Most other operating systems generally require a user to purchase commercial "
"software (online or through a physical store), or otherwise search the "
"Internet for a free alternative (if one is available). The correct "
"installation file must then be downloaded and located on the computer, "
"followed by the user proceeding through a number of installation prompts and "
"options."
msgstr ""
"A maioría dos sistemas operativos xeralmente requiren que o usuario compre "
"software comercial (en liña ou en tendas físicas), ou no caso cantrario "
"buscar na Internet unha alternativa libre (se existe). Debe descargarse o "
"ficheiro de instalación axeitado e localizado no computador, ademais "
"dalgunhas preguntas e opcións."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :20
msgid ""
"While at times a similar process may be used for installing software in "
"Ubuntu, the quickest and easiest way to find and install new applications is "
"through the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center}. This is a central "
"location for accessing new software, and is based on the concept of \\emph"
"{repositories}. A repository can be thought of as a catalog of packages that "
"are available for downloading from a single location. You automatically have "
"access to the official Ubuntu repositories when the operating system is "
"installed; however, additional repositories can be added later in order to "
"access more software."
msgstr ""
"Aínda que pode usar un proceso similar para instalar software en Ubuntu, a "
"forma máis rápida e sinxela de encontrar e instalar novos aplicativos é "
"mediante o \\application{Centro de software de Ubuntu}. Este aplicativo é un "
"lugar centralizado para acceder ao novo software e basease no concepto de "
"\\emph{repositorios}. Un repositorio é un catálogo de paquetes dispoñíbeis "
"para descargar desde un lugar centralizado. Vostede terá automaticamente "
"acceso aos repositorios oficiais de Ubuntu cando o seu sistema operativo se "
"instale, aínda que pode engadir repositorios máis tarde para ter acceso a "
"máis software."

#. type: section{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :28
msgid "Using the Ubuntu Software Center"
msgstr "Usando o Centro de software de Ubuntu"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :32
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{Some software packages have more advanced purposes, such as "
#| "programming or running a \\gls{server}, and cannot be installed using the "
#| "\\application{Software Center}. You will need to use the \\application"
#| "{Synaptic Package Manager} (discussed towards the end of this chapter) to "
#| "install these packages.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Some software packages have more advanced purposes, such as "
"programming or running a \\gls{server}, and cannot be installed using the "
"\\application{Software Center}. You will need to use the \\application"
"{Synaptic Package Manager} (discussed towards the end of this chapter) to "
"install these packages.} The \\application{Software Center} can be used to "
"install most applications that are available in the official Ubuntu "
"repositories."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Algúns paquetes de software teñen algúns propósitos avanzados, "
"como a programación ou a execución de un \\gls{server} e non poden "
"instalarse usando o \\application{Centro de software}. Terá que usar o "
"\\application{Xestor de paquetes Synaptic} (discutido ao final deste "
"capítulo) para instalar estes paquetes.}"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :35
msgid ""
"To start the \\application{Software Center}, open the \\menu{Applications} "
"menu and choose \\menu{Ubuntu Software Center}."
msgstr ""
"Para iniciar o \\application{Centro de software}, abra o menú \\application"
"{Aplicativos} e seleccione \\menu{Centro de software de Ubuntu}."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :37
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{05-software-center.png}{ss:software-center}{You can install and "
"remove applications from your computer using the Software Center.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{05-software-center.png}{ss:software-center}{Vostede pode "
"instalar e eliminar aplicativos usando o Centro de Software.}"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :42
msgid ""
"The \\application{Software Center} window has two parts\\dash a list of "
"sections on the left, and a set of icons on the right. Each icon represents "
"a \\emph{department}, which is a category of software.  For example, the "
"``Games'' department contains ``Sudoku.''"
msgstr ""
"A xanela \\application{Centro de software} ten dúas partes \\dash unha lista "
"de seccións á esquerda, e un conxunto de iconas á dereita. Cada icona "
"representa un \\emph{departamento}, que se corresponde a unha categoría de "
"software. Por exemplo, o departamento ``Xogos'' contén ``Sudoku''."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :46
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The sections on the left side of the window represent your current view "
#| "of the \\application{Software Center's} catalog. Click the \\button{Get "
#| "Software} button on the left to see software that is available to "
#| "install, and \\button{Installed Software} to see a list of software that "
#| "is already installed on your computer."
msgid ""
"The sections on the left side of the window represent your current view of "
"the \\application{Software Center}'s catalog. Click the \\button{Get "
"Software} button on the left to see software that is available to install, "
"and \\button{Installed Software} to see a list of software that is already "
"installed on your computer."
msgstr ""
"As seccións da parte esquerda da xanela representan a súa vista actual do "
"catálogo do \\application{Centro de software}. Prema no botón \\button{Obter "
"software} da esquerda para ver o software que está dispoñíbel para descargar "
"e \\button{Software instalado} para ver a lista do software que xa está "
"instalado no seu computador."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :48
msgid "Finding software"
msgstr "Buscando software"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :50
msgid ""
"If you are looking for an application, you may already know a specific name "
"(for example, ``Thunderbird'' is a popular email client), or otherwise you "
"may just have a general category in mind (for example, the ``sound and "
"video'' category includes a number of different software applications such "
"as video converters, audio editors, and music players)."
msgstr ""
"Se está buscando un aplicativo xa pode saber o seu nome específico (por "
"exemplo, ``Thunderbird'' é un cliente de correo electrónico moi popular), ou "
"no caso contrario pode ter unha categoría xeral en mente (por exemplo, a "
"categoría ``son e vídeo'' contén moitos aplicativos de software diferentes "
"como conversores de vídeo, editores de audio e reproductores de música)."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :52
msgid ""
"To help you find the right application, you can browse the \\application"
"{Software Center} catalog by clicking on the department that reflects the "
"category of software you are after, or alternatively use the built-in search "
"at the top-right of the window to look for specific names or keywords."
msgstr ""
"Para axudarlle a encontrar o aplicativo axeitado pode explorar o catálogo do "
"\\application{Centro de Software} premendo no departamento que reflexa a "
"categoría do software que está buscando, ou de forma alternativa use a busca "
"interna na parte superior dereita da xanela para buscar por palabras chave "
"ou nomes específicos."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :56
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When you select a department, you will be shown a list of applications "
#| "that fit within that category. Some departments have sub-categories\\dash "
#| "for example, the ``Games'' department has subcategories for "
#| "``Simulation'' and ``Card Games.''"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Check out the \\emph{Featured Applications} department to see a "
"list of highly recommended applications.} When you select a department, you "
"will be shown a list of applications that fit within that category. Some "
"departments have sub-categories\\dash for example, the ``Games'' department "
"has subcategories for ``Simulation'' and ``Card Games.''"
msgstr ""
"Cando seleccione o departamento, mostrarase unha lista dos aplicativos que "
"se adaptan á categoría. Algúns departamentos teñen subcategorías\\dash por "
"exemplo, o departamento de ``Xogos'' ten subcategorías para ``Simulación'' e "
"``Xogos de cartas''."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :58
msgid ""
"To move through categories you can use the back and forward buttons at the "
"top of the window, as well as the navigational buttons (often referred to as "
"``breadcrumbs'') next to these."
msgstr ""
"Para moverse polas categorías pode usar os botóns de adiante a atrás na "
"parte superior da xanela, así como os botóns de navegación (a miúdo "
"denominados como ``migas de pan'') ao lado dos anteriores."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :60
msgid "Installing software"
msgstr "Instalando software"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :65
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Note that you will need to be connected to the Internet for the "
"Software Center to work. To learn how to set up your connection, see "
"\\chaplink{ch:default-applications}.} Installing applications is practically "
"only one click away. Once you have found an application that you would like "
"to try:"
msgstr ""

#.  FIXME insert the stock cancel icon in place of the \textsf{X} above
#. type: enumerate
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :73
msgid ""
"\\emph{Click the \\button{Install} button to the right of the selected "
"package.} If you would like to read more about the software package before "
"installing it, first click on \\button{More Info}. This will take you to a "
"short description of the application, as well as a screenshot and a web link "
"when available. If you wish to proceed, you can also click \\button{Install} "
"from this page."
msgstr ""
"\\emph{Prema o botón \\button{Instalar} á dereita do paquete seleccionado.} "
"Se lle gustaría ler máis sobre o paquete de software antes de o instalar, "
"prema antes en \\button{Máis información}. Daralle unha descrición curta do "
"aplicativo, así coma unha captura de pantalla e unha ligazón web, se está "
"dispoñíbel. Se quere proceder, pode tamén premer \\button{Instalar} desde "
"esa páxina."

#. type: enumerate
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :73
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\emph{Type your password into the authentication window that appears.} "
#| "This is the same password you use to log in to your account. You are "
#| "required to enter it whenever installing new software, in order to "
#| "prevent someone without administrator access from making unauthorized "
#| "changes to your computer.  \\notecallout{If you receive an "
#| "``Authentication Failure'' message after typing in your password, check "
#| "that you typed it correctly by trying again. If the error continues, this "
#| "may mean that your account is not authorized to install software on the "
#| "computer.}"
msgid ""
"\\emph{Type your password into the authentication window that appears.} This "
"is the same password you use to log in to your account. You are required to "
"enter it whenever installing new software, in order to prevent someone "
"without administrator access from making unauthorized changes to your "
"computer.  \\marginnote[-4\\baselineskip]{If you receive an ``Authentication "
"Failure'' message after typing in your password, check that you typed it "
"correctly by trying again. If the error continues, this may mean that your "
"account is not authorized to install software on the computer.}"
msgstr ""
"\\emph{Escriba o seu contrasinal na xanela de autenticación que aparece.} É "
"o mesmo contrasinal que usa para iniciar a sesión coa súa conta. Debe "
"inserila cada vez que instale novo sofware para previr que algúen sen acceso "
"de administración faga cambios non autorizados no seu computador. "
"\\notecallout{Se recibe unha mensaxe ``Fallo de autenticación'' logo de "
"escribir o seu contrasinal comprobe que o escribiu correctamente e ténteo de "
"novo. Se o erro persiste significa que a súa conta non está autorizada para "
"instalar software no computador.}"

#. type: enumerate
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :73
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\emph{Wait until the package is finished installing}. During the "
#| "installation (or removal) of software packages, you will see an animated "
#| "icon of rotating arrows to the left of the \\tab{In Progress} button in "
#| "the sidebar. If you like, you can now go back to the main browsing window "
#| "and queue additional software packages to be installed by following the "
#| "steps above. At any time, clicking the \\button{In Progress} button on "
#| "the left will take you to a summary of all operations that are currently "
#| "processing. Here you can also click the \\textsf{X} icon to cancel any "
#| "operation."
msgid ""
"\\emph{Wait until the package is finished installing}. During the "
"installation (or removal) of software packages, you will see an animated "
"icon of rotating arrows to the left of the \\button{In Progress} button in "
"the sidebar. If you like, you can now go back to the main browsing window "
"and queue additional software packages to be installed by following the "
"steps above. At any time, clicking the \\button{In Progress} button on the "
"left will take you to a summary of all operations that are currently "
"processing. Here you can also click the \\textsf{X} icon to cancel any "
"operation."
msgstr ""
"\\emph{Espere mentres o paquete remata de se instalar}. Durante a "
"instalación (ou a desinstalación) de paquetes de software, verá unha icona "
"animada de frechas rotatorias á esquerda do botón \\tab{En progreso} na "
"barra lateral. Se quere, pode agora volver á xanela principal de navegación "
"e meter en cola paquetes adicionais de software para que se instalen "
"seguindo os pasos anteriores. En calquera momento, premendo sobre o botón "
"\\button{En progreso} da esquerda poderá ver un resumo de todas as "
"operacións que se están a procesar actualmente. Aí pode tamén premer sobre a "
"icona \\textsf{X} para cancelar calquera operación."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :80
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Once the \\application{Software Center} has finished installing an "
#| "application, it is now ready to be used. Ubuntu will place a launcher in "
#| "your \\menu{Applications} menu under the relevant sub-menu\\dash its "
#| "exact location will depend on the purpose of the application. If you "
#| "cannot find it, in some cases an application will appear in one of the "
#| "\\menu{System\\then Preferences} or \\menu{System\\then Administration} "
#| "menus instead."
msgid ""
"Once the \\application{Software Center} has finished installing an "
"application, it is now ready to be used. Ubuntu will usually place an entry "
"in your \\menu{Applications} menu under the relevant sub-menu\\dash its "
"exact location will depend on the purpose of the application. In some cases "
"an application will appear in one of the \\menu{System\\then Preferences} or "
"\\menu{System\\then Administration} menus instead."
msgstr ""
"Cando o \\application{Centro de software de Ubuntu} remate de instalar un "
"aplicativo estará listo para usalo. Ubuntu poñera un iniciador no seu menú "
"\\menu{Aplicativos} baixo o submenú relevante\\dash o lugar exacto dependerá "
"do propósito do aplicativo. Se non o encontra, nalgúns casos un aplicativo "
"pode aparecer nos menús \\menu{Sistema \\then Preferencias} ou \\menu"
"{Sistema \\then Administración}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :82
msgid "Removing software"
msgstr "Desinstalando software"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :89
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Removing applications is very similar to installing them. First, click on "
#| "the \\button{Installed Software} button in the \\application{Software "
#| "Center's} sidebar. Scroll down to the application you wish to remove (or "
#| "use the search field to quickly find it), and then:"
msgid ""
"Removing applications is very similar to installing them. First, click on "
"the \\button{Installed Software} button in the \\application{Software "
"Center}'s sidebar. Scroll down to the application you wish to remove (or use "
"the search field to quickly find it), and then:"
msgstr ""
"Desinstalar aplicativos é moi similar a instalalos. Primeiro, prema no botón "
"\\button{Software instalado} na barra lateral do \\application{Centro de "
"software}. Desprácese cara abaixo até encontrar o aplicativo a desinstalar "
"(ou use o campo de busca para encontralo rapidamente) e logo:"

#. type: enumerate
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :89
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\emph{Click the \\button{Remove} button} to the right of the selected "
#| "application.  \\notecallout{To completely remove a package and all its "
#| "configuration, you will need to \\emph{purge} it. You can do this with "
#| "the more advanced \\application{Synaptic Package Manager}, which is "
#| "discussed further in the \\seclink{sec:synaptic} section below.}"
msgid ""
"\\emph{Click the \\button{Remove} button} to the right of the selected "
"application.  \\marginnote{To completely remove a package and all its "
"configuration, you will need to \\emph{purge} it. You can do this with the "
"more advanced \\application{Synaptic Package Manager}, which is discussed "
"further in the \\seclink{sec:synaptic} section below.}"
msgstr ""
"\\emph{Prema o botón \\button{Eliminar}} á dereita do aplicativo "
"seleccionado. \\notecallout{Para eliminar completamente un paquete e as súas "
"configuracións debe \\emph{purgalo}. Pode facer isto co \\application{Xestor "
"de paquetes Synaptic}, que se discutirá na sección \\seclink{sec:synaptic}.}"

#. type: enumerate
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :89
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\emph{Type your password into the authentication window that appears.} "
#| "Removing software also requires that you enter your password to help "
#| "protect your computer against unauthorized changes. The package will then "
#| "be queued for removal, and will appear under the \\tab{In Progress} "
#| "section in the sidebar."
msgid ""
"\\emph{Type your password into the authentication window that appears.} "
"Removing software also requires that you enter your password to help protect "
"your computer against unauthorized changes. The package will then be queued "
"for removal, and will appear under the \\button{In Progress} section in the "
"sidebar."
msgstr ""
"\\emph{Escriba o seu contrasinal na xanela de autenticación que aparece.} A "
"desinstalación de software tamén require que introduza o seu contrasinal "
"para axudarlle a protexer o seu computador fronte a cambios non autorizados. "
"O paquete porase na cola para eliminar e aparecerá baixo a sección \\tab{En "
"progreso} na barra lateral."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :91
msgid "Removing a package will also update your menus accordingly."
msgstr ""
"Ao eliminar un paquete tamén actualizará os seus menús de forma axeitada."

#. type: section{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :93
msgid "Managing additional software"
msgstr "Xestionando software adicional"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :95
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Although the \\application{Software Center} provides a large library of "
#| "applications to choose from, initially only those packages available "
#| "within the official Ubuntu repositories are listed. At times, a "
#| "particular application you are after may not be available in these "
#| "repositories. If this happens, it is important to understand some "
#| "alternative methods for accessing and installing software in Ubuntu, such "
#| "as downloading an installation file manually from the internet, or adding "
#| "extra repositories. First, we will look at how to manage your "
#| "repositories through \\application{Software Sources}."
msgid ""
"Although the \\application{Software Center} provides a large library of "
"applications to choose from, initially only those packages available within "
"the official Ubuntu repositories are listed. At times, a particular "
"application you are after may not be available in these repositories. If "
"this happens, it is important to understand some alternative methods for "
"accessing and installing software in Ubuntu, such as downloading an "
"installation file manually from the Internet, or adding extra repositories. "
"First, we will look at how to manage your repositories through \\application"
"{Software Sources}."
msgstr ""
"Aínda que o \\application{Centro de software} fornece unha gran biblioteca "
"de aplicativos dos que escoller, inicialmente só se mostrarán aqueles "
"paquetes dispoñíbeis nos repositorios de Ubuntu. En ocasións, pode que un "
"aplicativo non estea dispoñíbel neses repositorios. Nese caso é importante "
"entender que existen métodos alternativos para acceder e instalar software "
"en Ubuntu, como por exemplo descargar un ficheiro de instalación manualmente "
"desde Internet ou engadir repositorios adicionais. Primeiro ollaremos como "
"xestionar os seus repositorios mediante o aplicativo \\application{Fontes de "
"software}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :98
msgid "Software Sources"
msgstr "Fontes de software"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :104
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\application{Software Center} lists only those applications that are "
#| "available in your enabled repositories. Repositories can be added or "
#| "removed through the \\application{Software Sources} application.  "
#| "\\notecallout{You can also open \\application{Software Sources} from the "
#| "\\application{Software Center}. Simply go to \\menu{Edit \\then Software "
#| "Sources}.} To open this, click \\menu{System \\then Administration \\then "
#| "Software Sources} in the top panel. You will be asked to enter your "
#| "password, then the \\window{Software Sources} window will open. There are "
#| "five tabs at the top of this window: \\tab{Ubuntu Software}, \\tab{Other "
#| "Software}, \\tab{Updates}, \\tab{Authentication}, and \\tab{Statistics}."
msgid ""
"The \\application{Software Center} lists only those applications that are "
"available in your enabled repositories. Repositories can be added or removed "
"through the \\application{Software Sources} application.  \\marginnote{You "
"can also open \\application{Software Sources} from the \\application"
"{Software Center}. Simply go to \\menu{Edit \\then Software Sources}.} To "
"open this, click \\menu{System \\then Administration \\then Software "
"Sources} in the top panel. You will be asked to enter your password, then "
"the \\window{Software Sources} window will open. There are five tabs at the "
"top of this window: \\tab{Ubuntu Software}, \\tab{Other Software}, \\tab"
"{Updates}, \\tab{Authentication}, and \\tab{Statistics}."
msgstr ""
"O \\application{Centro de software} só mostra aqueles aplicativos que están "
"dispoñíbeis nos repositorios que ten activados. Pódense engadir e eliminar "
"repositorios a través do aplicativo \\application{Fontes de software}.  "
"\\notecallout{Tamén pode abrir as \\application{Fontes de software} desde o "
"\\application{Centro de software}. Simplemente vaia ao menú \\menu{Editar "
"\\then Fontes de software}.} Para abrir este, prema no panel en \\menu"
"{Sistema \\then Administración \\then Fontes de software}. Solicitaráselle "
"que introduza o seu contrasinal, entón abrirase a xanela \\window{Fontes de "
"software}. Hai cinco separadores na parte superior da xanela: \\tab{Software "
"de Ubuntu}, \\tab{Outro software}, \\tab{Actualizacións}, \\tab"
"{Autenticación} e \\tab{Estatísticas}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :106
msgid "Managing the official repositories"
msgstr "Xestionando os repositorios oficiais"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :108
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\tab{Ubuntu Software} tab lists the four official Ubuntu "
#| "repositories, each containing different types of packages. When Ubuntu is "
#| "first installed, only two of these are enabled\\dash \\emph{main}, and "
#| "\\emph{universe}."
msgid ""
"The \\tab{Ubuntu Software} tab lists the five official Ubuntu repositories, "
"each containing different types of packages. When Ubuntu is first installed, "
"four of these are enabled\\dash \\emph{main}, \\emph{universe}, \\emph"
"{restricted}, and \\emph{multiverse}."
msgstr ""
"O separador \\tab{Software de Ubuntu} mostra os catro repositorios oficiais "
"de Ubuntu, cada un deles con tipos diferentes de paquetes. Cando Ubuntu se "
"instala por primeira vez só dous deles están activados\\dash \\emph{main}, e "
"\\emph{universe}."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\textbf{Canonical-supported Open Source software (main)}: This "
#| "repository contains all the open-source packages that are maintained by "
#| "\\gls{Canonical}."
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Canonical-supported open source software (main)}: This repository "
"contains all the open-source packages that are maintained by \\gls"
"{Canonical}."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Software de código aberto asistido por Canonical (main)}: Este "
"repositorio contén todos os paquetes de código aberto que son mantidos por "
"\\gls{Canonical}."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\textbf{Canonical-supported Open Source software (main)}: This "
#| "repository contains all the open-source packages that are maintained by "
#| "\\gls{Canonical}."
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Community-maintained open source software (universe)}: This "
"repository contains all the open-source packages that are developed and "
"maintained by the Ubuntu community."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Software de código aberto asistido por Canonical (main)}: Este "
"repositorio contén todos os paquetes de código aberto que son mantidos por "
"\\gls{Canonical}."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\textbf{Community-maintained Open Source software (universe)}: This "
#| "repository contains all the open-source packages that are developed and "
#| "maintained by the Ubuntu community.  \\marginnote{Closed-source packages "
#| "are sometimes referred to as \\emph{non-free}. This a reference to "
#| "freedom of speech, rather than monetary cost. Payment is not required to "
#| "use these packages, however, they are disabled by default in Ubuntu to "
#| "give users the choice of a completely open-source operating system.}"
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Proprietary drivers for devices (restricted)}: \\marginnote{Closed-"
"source packages are sometimes referred to as \\emph{non-free}. This is a "
"reference to freedom of speech, rather than monetary cost. Payment is not "
"required to use these packages.} This repository contains \\gls{proprietary} "
"drivers, which may be required to utilize the full capabilities of some of "
"your devices or hardware."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Software de código aberto mantido pola comunidade (universe)}: Este "
"repositorio contén todos os paquetes de código aberto que son desenvolvidos "
"e mantidos pola comunidade de Ubuntu. \\marginnote{Os paquetes de código "
"pechado normalmente son denominados como \\emph{non libres}. Isto é unha "
"referencia á liberdade de expresión e non ao custo monetario. Non se require "
"o pagamento polo uso destes paquetes, porén, están desactivados de forma "
"predefinida en Ubuntu para darlle aos usuarios a elección de ter un sistema "
"operativo de código aberto.}"

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\textbf{Software restricted by copyright or legal issues (multiverse)}: "
#| "This repository contains software that may be protected from use in some "
#| "states or countries by copyright or licensing laws, and is therefore not "
#| "enabled by default. You may choose to enable this repository, but in "
#| "doing so assume responsibility for the usage of any packages that you "
#| "install."
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Software restricted by copyright or legal issues (multiverse)}: "
"This repository contains software that may be protected from use in some "
"states or countries by copyright or licensing laws. By using this repository "
"you assume responsibility for the usage of any packages that you install."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Software restrinxido por razóns de copyright ou legais "
"(multiverse)}: Este repositorio contén software que pode ter un uso "
"protexido nalgúns estados ou países por protección dos dereitos de autor  "
"ou  outras leis, e polo tanto no está activado de forma predefinida. Pode "
"activar este repositorio pero facéndoo asume a responsabilidade polo uso de "
"calquera paquete que instale."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :115
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Source code}: This repository contains the source code that is used "
"to build the software packages from some of the other repositories."
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :119
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{\\textbf{Building applications from source} is an advanced "
#| "process for creating packages, and usually only concerns developers. You "
#| "may also require source files when using a custom \\gls{kernel}, or if "
#| "trying to use the latest version of an application before it is released "
#| "for Ubuntu. As this is a more advanced area, it will not be covered in "
#| "this manual.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{\\textbf{Building applications from source} is an advanced "
"process for creating packages, and usually only concerns developers. You may "
"also require source files when using a custom \\gls{kernel}, or if trying to "
"use the latest version of an application before it is released for Ubuntu. "
"As this is a more advanced area, it will not be covered in this manual.} The "
"\\checkbox{Source code} option should not be selected unless you have "
"experience with building applications from source."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{\\textbf{Compilar aplicativos a partir do código fonte} é un "
"proceso avanzado para a creación de paquetes e só adoita concernir aos "
"desenvolvedores. Pode requirir ficheiros fonte cando usa un \\gls{kernel} "
"personalizado, ou ao tentar usar a última versión dun aplicativo antes de "
"que se publique para Ubuntu. Como isto é unha área máis avanzada, non será "
"cuberta por este  manual.}"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :121
msgid "Selecting the best software server"
msgstr "Seleccionar o mellor servidor de software"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :123
msgid ""
"Ubuntu grants permission to many servers all across the world to act as "
"\\emph{mirrors}. That is, they host an exact copy of all the files contained "
"in the official Ubuntu repositories. In the \\tab{Ubuntu Software} tab, you "
"can select the server that will give you the best possible download speeds."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu dalle permiso a varios servidores ao redor do mundo para actuar como "
"\\emph{espellos (mirrors)}. Isto é, almacenan unha copia exacta de todos os "
"ficheiros que están nos repositorios oficiais de Ubuntu. No separador \\tab"
"{Software de Ubuntu}, pode seleccionar o servidor que lle fornece as "
"mellores velocidades de descarga."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :125
msgid "When selecting a server, you may want to consider the following:"
msgstr "Ao seleccionar un servidor debe considerar o seguinte:"

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :135
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Connection speed}. Depending on the physical distance between you "
"and a server, the connection speed may vary. Ubuntu provides a tool for "
"selecting the server that provides the fastest connection with your "
"computer.  \\subitem First, click the dropdown box next to ``Download "
"from:'' in the \\window{Software Sources} window, and select \\button{Other} "
"from the menu. In the \\window{Server Selection} window that appears, click "
"the \\button{Select Best Server} button in the upper right. Your computer "
"will now attempt a connection with all the available servers, then select "
"the one with the fastest speed. If you are happy with the automatic "
"selection, click \\button{Choose Server} to return to the \\window{Software "
"Sources} window."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Velocidade da conexión}. Dependendo da distancia física entre "
"vostede e o servidor, a velocidade da conexión pode variar. Ubuntu fornece "
"unha ferramenta para seleccionar o servidor que fornece a conexión máis "
"rápida co seu equipo. \\subitem Primeiro prema no menú despregábel xunto a "
"``Descargar desde:'' na xanela \\window{Fontes de software} e seleccione "
"\\button{Outros...} desde o menú. Na xanela \\window{Escolla un servidor de "
"descargas} que aparece, prema no botón \\button{Seleccionar o mellor "
"servidor} na parte superior dereita. Agora seu computador intentará "
"conectarse con todos os servidores dispoñíbeis, logo seleccionará o de maior "
"velocidade. Se está de acordo coa selección automática, prema no botón "
"\\button{Escoller servidor} para volver á xanela \\window{Fontes de "
"software}."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :135
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Location}. Choosing a server that is close to your location will "
"often provide the best connection speed.  \\subitem To select a server by "
"country, choose your location in the \\window{Server Selection} window. If "
"there are multiple servers available in your location, select one then click "
"\\button{Choose Server} when you are finished."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Localización}. Seleccionar un servidor que está preto de vostede "
"ofreceralle unha mellor velocidade de descarga. \\subitem Para seleccionar "
"un servidor por país, prema sobre a súa localización na xanela \\window"
"{Escolla un servidor de descargas}. Se hai varios servidores dispoñíbeis na "
"súa localización, seleccione un e logo prema \\button{Escoller servidor} "
"cando remate."

#. type: comment
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :135
msgid ""
"This needs to be reworded - dropping for now. --jaminday \\item \\textbf"
"{Security}. This should not concern you at all, as Canonical ensures the "
"third party servers are trustworthy. However, if you still think you might "
"be at risk with just any server, you could select one of the Ubuntu secure "
"servers, such as the \\textbf{Main server} or the \\textbf{http://ubuntu."
"securedservers.com} server."
msgstr ""
"This needs to be reworded - dropping for now. --jaminday \\item \\textbf"
"{Security}. This should not concern you at all, as Canonical ensures the "
"third party servers are trustworthy. However, if you still think you might "
"be at risk with just any server, you could select one of the Ubuntu secure "
"servers, such as the \\textbf{Main server} or the \\textbf{http://ubuntu."
"securedservers.com} server."

#. type: comment
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :138
msgid ""
"JasonCook599 - How is this: This should not concern you much. Canonical "
"ensures that the third party servers are trustworthy. All of the third party "
"servers listed can be used, but if you don't trust a server you can use the "
"default server."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :148
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Finally, if you do not have a working internet connection, Ubuntu can "
#| "install some software packages straight from your installation \\acronym"
#| "{CD}. To do this, insert the disc into your computer's \\acronym{CD} "
#| "drive, then select the check box next to \\button{Installable from the "
#| "\\acronym{CD-ROM}/\\acronym{DVD}}.  Once this check box is ticked, the "
#| "disc will be treated just like an online repository, and applications "
#| "will be installable straight from the \\acronym{CD} through the "
#| "\\application{Software Center}."
msgid ""
"Finally, if you do not have a working Internet connection, Ubuntu can "
"install some software packages straight from your installation \\acronym"
"{CD}. To do this, insert the disc into your computer's \\acronym{CD} drive, "
"then select the check box next to \\button{Installable from the \\acronym{CD-"
"ROM}/\\acronym{DVD}}.  Once this check box is ticked, the disc will be "
"treated just like an online repository, and applications will be installable "
"straight from the \\acronym{CD} through the \\application{Software Center}."
msgstr ""
"Por último, se non ten unha conexión a Internet funcionando, Ubuntu pode "
"instalar paquetes de software directamente desde o seu \\acronym{CD} de "
"instalación. Para facer isto, introduza o disco na unidade de \\acronym{CD} "
"do seu computador e logo seleccione a caixa de verificación ao lado de "
"\\button{Instalábel desde \\acronym{CD-ROM}/\\acronym{DVD}}. Cando esta "
"caixa de verificación está activada, o disco tratarase como un repositorio "
"en liña e os aplicativos instalaranse directamente desde o \\acronym{CD} "
"mediante o \\application{Centro de software}."

#. type: comment
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :176
msgid ""
"Not sure about this bit - probably needs to be fleshed out some more for "
"next release --jaminday"
msgstr ""
"Non estou seguro deste anaco - probabelmente necesita darlle corpo algo máis "
"para a seguinte versión --jaminday"

#.  However, it is very rare to find a malicious third-party repository.
#.  Wolter: Does this make PPAs look bad? The embedded comment makes it look to long, but I could uncomment it, if necessary.
#.   \item \textbf{Building from source}, which consists in downloading
#.     applications' source code files and building them yourself in your computer.
#.     This task is considered rather advanced, hence not explained.
#. type: enumerate
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :176
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Official repositories}, the standard method of downloading "
"software. By getting software through the official repositories you ensure "
"that your software is free of viruses or any other malware, that it is "
"stable, and that it works with Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Repositorios oficiais}, o método estándar de descargar software. Ao "
"obter software mediante os repositorios oficiais vostede asegúrase de que o "
"seu software está libre de virus e outros programas malintencionados, isto "
"é, son estábeis e funcionará en Ubuntu."

#. type: enumerate
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :176
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Third-party repositories} that you can add to expand your software "
"sources. These repositories are not as reliable as the official ones: the "
"repository maintainer can put whatever they want into them. There is no "
"solid guarantee that the software inside them is secure, stable, or that it "
"works with your system.  Read more instructions on this matter at \\seclink"
"{sec:software-sources}."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Repositorios de terceiros} que poida engadir para ampliar as súas "
"fontes de software. Estes repositorios non son tan fiábeis como os oficiais: "
"o sostedor do repositorio pode poñer calquera cousa que queira dentro del. "
"Non hai unha garantía sólida de que o software de aí sexa seguro, estábel ou "
"que funcione non seu sistema. Lea máis instrucións  sobre este asunto en "
"\\seclink{sec:software-sources}."

#. type: enumerate
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :176
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Installers / deb packages} that you can download from software "
"websites, \\acronym{CD}s, \\acronym{USB} drives, etc. This method is the "
"most insecure of all.  You should only obtain software this way when you "
"trust the source. If you are new to Ubuntu, then you are probably accustomed "
"to obtain software this way as it's similar to .exe files in Windows."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Instaladores / paquetes deb} que poida descargar de sitios de "
"software, \\acronym{CD}, unidades \\acronym{USB}, etc. Este método é o máis "
"inseguro de todos. Só debería obter sofware desta maneira cando confíe na "
"orixe. Se vostede é novo en Ubuntu, entón se cadra está afeito a obter "
"software desta maneira parecida aos ficheiros .exe en Windows."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :178
msgid "Adding more software repositories"
msgstr "Engadir máis repositorios de software"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :181
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ubuntu makes it easy to add additional, third-party repositories to your "
#| "list of software sources. The most common repositories added to Ubuntu "
#| "are called \\acronym{PPA}s. These allow you to install software packages "
#| "that are not available in the official repositories, and automatically be "
#| "notified whenever updates for these packages are available."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{A \\acronym{PPA} is a \\emph{Personal Package Archive}. These "
"are online repositories used to host the latest versions of software "
"packages, digital projects, and other applications.} Ubuntu makes it easy to "
"add additional, third-party repositories to your list of software sources. "
"The most common repositories added to Ubuntu are called \\acronym{PPA}s. "
"These allow you to install software packages that are not available in the "
"official repositories, and automatically be notified whenever updates for "
"these packages are available."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu fai fácil engadir repositorios adicionais de terceiras partes na súa "
"lista de fontes de software. Os repositorios máis comúns engadidos a Ubuntu "
"chámanse \\acronym{PPA}. Estes permítenlle instalar paquetes de software que "
"non están dispoñíbeis nos repositorios oficiais e automaticamente "
"notificaranlle cando as actualizacións destes paquetes estean dispoñíbeis."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :183
msgid ""
"Providing you know the web address of a \\acronym{PPA}'s Launchpad site, "
"adding it to your list of software sources is relatively simple. To do so, "
"you will need to use the \\tab{Other Software} tab in the \\window{Software "
"Sources} window."
msgstr ""
"Obter o enderezo dun sitio web de PPA de Launchpad e engadilo á súa lista de "
"fontes de software é relativamente sinxelo. Para facelo debe usar o "
"separador \\tab{Outro software} na xanela \\window{Fontes de software}."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :185
msgid ""
"On the Launchpad site for a \\acronym{PPA}, you will see a heading to the "
"left called ``Adding this PPA to your system.'' Underneath will be a short "
"paragraph containing a unique \\acronym{URL} in the form of \\textbf{ppa:"
"test-ppa/example}. Highlight this \\acronym{URL} by selecting it with your "
"mouse, then right-click and choose \\menu{copy}."
msgstr ""
"No sitio de Launchpad para un \\acronym{PPA} verá un título á esquerda  "
"chamado ``Adding this PPA to your system''. Baixo ela haberá un parágrafo "
"que contén un \\acronym{URL} único coa forma \\textbf{ppa:test-ppa/exemplo}. "
"Resalte este \\acronym{URL} seleccionandoo co seu rato e prema co botón "
"dereito seleccionando \\menu{Copiar}."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :189
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{05-firefox-ppa.png}{ss:firefox-ppa}{This is an example of the "
"Launchpad page for the \\application{Lifesaver} PPA. \\application"
"{Lifesaver} is an application that is not available in the official Ubuntu "
"repositories. However, by adding this PPA to your list of software sources, "
"it would then be easy to install and update this application through the "
"\\application{Software Center}.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{05-firefox-ppa.png}{ss:firefox-ppa}{Este é un exemplo de páxina "
"en Launchpad para o PPA de \\application{Lifesaver}. \\application"
"{Lifesaver} é un aplicativo que non está dispoñíbel nos repositorios "
"oficiais de Ubuntu. Porén, se engade o PPA á súa lista de fontes de software "
"poderá instalalo e actualizalo de forma sinxela mediante o \\application"
"{Centro de software}.}"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :191
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Return to the \\window{Software Sources} window, and in the \\tab{Other "
#| "Software} tab click \\button{Add\\ldots} at the bottom. A new window will "
#| "appear, and you will see the words ``Apt line:'' followed by a text "
#| "field. Right-click on the empy space in this text field and select \\menu"
#| "{Paste}, and you should see the \\acronym{URL} appear that you copied "
#| "from the \\acronym{PPA}s Launchpad site earlier. Click \\button{Add "
#| "Source} to return to the \\window{Software Sources} window. You will see "
#| "a new entry has been added to the list of sources in this window, with a "
#| "ticked check box in front meaning it is enabled."
msgid ""
"Return to the \\window{Software Sources} window, and in the \\tab{Other "
"Software} tab click \\button{Add\\ldots} at the bottom. A new window will "
"appear, and you will see the words ``Apt line:'' followed by a text field. "
"Right-click on the empty space in this text field and select \\menu{Paste}, "
"and you should see the \\acronym{URL} appear that you copied from the "
"\\acronym{PPA}s Launchpad site earlier. Click \\button{Add Source} to return "
"to the \\window{Software Sources} window. You will see a new entry has been "
"added to the list of sources in this window, with a ticked check box in "
"front meaning it is enabled."
msgstr ""
"Volver á xanela \\window{Fontes de software}, e no separador \\tab{Outro "
"software} premer \\button{Engadir\\ldots} na parte inferior. Unha nova "
"xanela aparecerá, e verá as palabras «Liña de APT:» seguida dun campo de "
"texto. Prema co botón dereito sobre o espazo baleiro neste campo de texto e "
"seleccione \\menu{Pegar}, e debería ver aparecer o \\acronym{URL} que copiou "
"do sitio \\acronym{PPA} de Launchpad anteriormente. Prema \\button{Engadir "
"fonte} para volver á xanela \\window{Fontes de software}. Verá que unha nova "
"entrada acaba de ser engadida á lista de fontes de software nesta xanela, "
"cunha caixa de verificación marcada fronte a ela que significa que está "
"activada."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :193
msgid ""
"If you click \\button{Close} in the bottom right corner of this window, a "
"message will appear informing you that ``The information about available "
"software is out-of-date.'' This is because you have just added a new "
"repository to Ubuntu, and it now needs to connect to that repository and "
"download a list of the packages that it provides. Click \\button{Reload}, "
"and wait while Ubuntu refreshes all of your enabled repositories (including "
"this new one you just added). When it has finished, the window will close "
"automatically."
msgstr ""
"Se preme en \\button{Pechar} no ángulo inferior dereito desta xanela,  "
"aparecerá unha mensaxe informándoo de que «A información sobre software "
"dispoñíbel está anticuada». Isto é porque acaba de engadir un repositorio "
"novo a Ubuntu, e agora cómpre conectar a ese repositorio e descargar unha "
"lista dos paquetes que fornece. Prema \\button{Recargar},  e espere un rato "
"mentres Ubuntu refresca todos os repositorios activos (incluíndo este novo "
"que acaba de engadir). Cando finalice, a xanela pecharase automaticamente."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :195
msgid ""
"Congratulations, you have just added a \\acronym{PPA} to your list of "
"software sources. You can now open the \\application{Software Center} and "
"install applications from this \\acronym{PPA}, in the same way you "
"previously installed programs from the default Ubuntu repositories."
msgstr ""
"Parabéns, vostede acaba de engadir un \\acronym{PPA} a súa lista de fontes "
"de software. Agora pode abrir o \\application{Centro de software} e instalar "
"os aplicativos desde este \\acronym{PPA} do mesmo xeito que anteriormente "
"instalou programas desde os repositorios de Ubuntu."

#. type: section{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :198
msgid "Synaptic Package Manager"
msgstr "Xestor de paquetes Synaptic"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :200
msgid ""
"The \\application{Synaptic Package Manager} is a more advanced tool for "
"managing software in Ubuntu. It can be used to perform the same tasks as the "
"\\application{Ubuntu Software Center}, such as installing and removing "
"applications, but also allows for more control over your packages. For "
"example, it provides the following options:"
msgstr ""
"O \\application{Xestor de paquetes Synaptic} é a ferramenta máis avanzada "
"para xestionar software en Ubuntu. Pode usarse para efectuar as mesmas "
"tarefas que o \\application{Centro de software de Ubuntu}, como a "
"instalación e eliminación de aplicativos, pero tamén permite un maior "
"control sobre os paquetes. Por exemplo, fornece as seguintes opcións:"

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :210
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Install} any package in your repositories. In many cases you can "
"even select which version of a package to install, although this option is "
"only available if there are multiple versions in the repository."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Instalar} calquera paquete nos seus repositorios. Nalgúns casos "
"pode seleccionar a versión do paquete a instalar, aínda que esta opción só "
"está dispoñíbel se existen varias versións no repositorio."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :210
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Reinstall} a package. This may be useful if you wish to revert a "
"package to its default state, or repair any conflicts or damaged files."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Reinstalar} un paquete. Isto pode ser útil se desexa devolver un "
"paquete ao seu estado predefinido, ou reparar calquera conflito ou ficheiro "
"danado."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :210
msgid "\\textbf{Update} a package when a newer version is released."
msgstr "\\textbf{Actualizar} un paquete cando se libere unha nova versión."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :210
msgid "\\textbf{Remove} any package you no longer need."
msgstr "\\textbf{Eliminar} calquera paquete que xa non necesite."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\textbf{Purge}. This is when you wish to completely remove a package, "
#| "including any stored preferences or configuration files (which are often "
#| "left behind when a package is removed)."
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Purge} a package to completely remove it, including any stored "
"preferences or configuration files (which are often left behind when a "
"package is removed)."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Purgar}. Isto é cando quere eliminar completamente un paquete "
"incluíndo tamén as preferencias almacenadas e os ficheiros de configuración "
"(que normalmente se manteñen cando elimina un paquete)."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :210
msgid "\\textbf{Fix} broken packages."
msgstr "\\textbf{Arranxar} os paquetes rotos."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :210
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Check properties} of any package, such as the version number, "
"contained files, package size, dependencies, and more."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Comprobar as preferencias} de calquera paquete, como o número de "
"versión, os ficheiros contidos, o tamaño do paquete, as dependencias e moito "
"máis."

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To open the \\application{Synaptic Package Manager}, navigate to \\menu"
#| "{System \\then Administration \\then Synaptic Package Manager}. As "
#| "explained above, \\application{Synaptic} is a more complex tool than the "
#| "\\application{Software Center}, and generally not essential for a new "
#| "user just getting started with Ubuntu. If you want to read more "
#| "information on how to use this program, or require more support managing "
#| "the software on your system, head to \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/"
#| "community/SynapticHowto}."
msgid ""
"To open the \\application{Synaptic Package Manager}, navigate to \\menu"
"{System \\then Administration \\then Synaptic Package Manager}. As explained "
"above, Synaptic is a more complex tool than the \\application{Software "
"Center}, and generally not essential for a new user just getting started "
"with Ubuntu. If you want to read more information on how to use this "
"program, or require more support managing the software on your system, head "
"to \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/SynapticHowto}."
msgstr ""
"Para abrir o \\application{Xestor de paquetes Synaptic}, navegue a \\menu"
"{Sistema \\then Administración \\then Xestor de paquetes Synaptic}. Como se "
"explicou enriba, o \\application{Synaptic} é unha ferramenta máis complexa "
"que o \\application{Centro de software}, e xeralmente non é esencial para un "
"novo usuario que se inicia con Ubuntu. Se quere ler máis información sobre "
"como usar este programa, ou require máis asistencia técnica para xestionar o "
"software no seu sistema, vaia a \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
"SynapticHowto}."

#. type: comment
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :215
msgid ""
"Using this package manager is very simple once you understand the basics "
"behind it. Ideally, you will mark different actions to perform on different "
"packages first, and then apply your changes. When you click the \\button"
"{Apply} button, the \\application{Synaptic Package Manager} will do each of "
"your marked actions, one by one. Then you will be free to close the program, "
"or wait until the process is complete to make more changes."
msgstr ""
"O uso do xestor de paquetes é moi sinxelo se entende as bases que hai "
"detrás. De forma ideal, primeiro marcará distintas accións en diferentes "
"paquetes para levar a cabo, e logo aplica os cambios. Cando prema no botón "
"\\button{Aplicar} o \\application{Xestor de paquetes Synaptic} fará todas as "
"accións marcadas, unha por unha. Logo poderá pechar o programa ou agardar "
"até que o proceso se complete para facer máis cambios."

#. type: comment
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :217
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\notecallout{The If you are not very familiar with advanced computing in "
#| "Ubuntu you may wish to stick with the \\application{Software Center}.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{If you are not very familiar with advanced computing in Ubuntu "
"you may wish to stick with the \\application{Software Center}.}"
msgstr ""
"\\notecallout{Se non está acostumado á informática avanzada en Ubuntu "
"debería quedarse en \\application{Centro de software}.}"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :219
msgid "Finding what you want"
msgstr "Encontrar o que busca"

#. type: comment
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :221
msgid ""
"If you are having difficulties finding the package you are looking for, you "
"may try the \\textbf{Quick search} box, the \\button{Search} button (which "
"opens a search dialog) or sort by the categories in the left side pane."
msgstr ""
"Si ten dificultades para encontrar o paquete que está buscando, pode probar "
"coa casilla de \\textbf{Búsqueda rápida}, o botón \\button{Buscar} (que "
"abrirá unha xanela de búsqueda) ou ordenar as categorías no panel esquerdo."

#. type: comment
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :223
msgid ""
"You can use the \\button{Reload} button when you have made changes to your "
"software sources, such as adding or removing repositories, so that the "
"package manager can notice the changes and act accordingly."
msgstr ""
"Pode usar o botón \\button{Recargar} cando cambie as súas fontes de "
"software, por exemplo ao engadir ou quitar repositorios, para que o xestor "
"de paquetes detecte os cambios e actúe en consecuencia."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :225
msgid "Applying your changes"
msgstr "Aplicando os seus cambios"

#. type: comment
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :227
msgid ""
"Once you find the package you are looking for, you can just open its right-"
"click menu and there you will see listed all the actions you can perform on "
"it. You can alternatively access these options through the \\menu{Package} "
"menu."
msgstr ""
"Cando encontre o paquete que estaba buscando pode abrir o menú premendo co "
"botón dereito do rato e logo ver todas as accións mostradas e que pode levar "
"a cabo nel. De forma alternativa pode acceder a estas opcións mediante o "
"menú \\menu{Paquete}."

#. type: comment
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :230
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When you are ready marking actions, click the \\button{Apply} button and "
#| "wait until the changes are made. Afterwards, you can close the "
#| "application or mark more changes."
msgid ""
"When you are ready marking actions, click the \\button{Apply} button and "
"wait until the changes are made. Afterward, you can close the application or "
"mark more changes."
msgstr ""
"Cando remate de marcar todas as súas accións, prema o botón \\button"
"{Aplicar} e agarde a que se realicen todos os cambios. Despois de iso, "
"poderá pechar o aplicativo ou marcar máis cambios."

#. type: section{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :233
msgid "Updates and Upgrades"
msgstr "Actualizacións"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :235
msgid ""
"Ubuntu also allows you to decide how to manage package updates through the "
"\\tab{Updates} tab in the \\application{Software Sources} window."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu tamén lle permite decidir como xestionar as actualizacións dos "
"paquetes mediante o separador \\tab{Actualizacións} na xanela \\application"
"{Fontes de software}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :237
msgid "Ubuntu updates"
msgstr "Actualizacións de Ubuntu"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :239
msgid ""
"In this section, you are able to specify the kinds of updates you wish to "
"install on your system, and usually depends on your preferences around "
"stability, versus having access to the latest developments."
msgstr ""
"Nesta sección pode especificar os tipos de actualizacións que desexa "
"instalar no seu sistema, e normalmente a estabilidade dependerá das súas "
"preferencias, fronte a ter que acceder aos últimos desenvolvementos."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :246
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Important security updates}: These updates are highly recommended "
"to ensure your system remains as secure as possible. These are enabled by "
"default."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Actualizacións de seguranza importantes}: Estas actualizacións son "
"altamente recomendábeis para asegurarse de que o seu sistema mantense tan "
"seguro como sexa posíbel. Están activadas de forma predefinida."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :246
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Recommended updates}: These updates are not as important for "
"keeping your system secure, but will mean your packages always have the most "
"recent bug fixes or minor updates that have been tested and approved. This "
"option is also enabled by default."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Actualizacións recomendadas}: Aquelas actualizacións que non son "
"importantes para manter o seu sistema seguro pero que poden ter arranxos dos "
"erros máis recentes ou actualizcións menor que non foron comprobadas ou "
"aprobadas. Esta opción tamén está activada de forma predefinida."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :246
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Pre-released updates}: This option is for those who would rather "
"remain up-to-date with the very latest releases of applications, at the risk "
"of installing an update that has unresolved bugs or conflicts. Note that it "
"is possible that you will encounter problems with these updated "
"applications, therefore this option is not enabled by default. However, if "
"this happens it is possible to ``roll-back'' to a previous version of a "
"package through \\application{Synaptic Package Manager}."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Actualizacións aconselladas}: Esta opción é para aqueles que queren "
"manterse actualizados coas últimas versións dos aplicativos e co risco de "
"instalar unha actualización con erros ou conflitos sen resolver. Teña en "
"conta que é posíbel que encontre problemas con estas actualizacións de "
"aplicativos, polo que esta opción non está activada de forma predefinida. "
"Porén, se isto acontece pode ``volver'' á versión anterior dun paquete "
"mediante o \\application{Xestor de paquetes Synaptic}."

#. type: itemize
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :246
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Unsupported updates}: These are updates that have not yet been "
"fully tested and reviewed by Canonical. Some bugs may occur when using these "
"updates, and so this option is also not enabled by default."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Actualizacións sen asistencia}: son actualizacións que non foron "
"comprobadas nin revisadas completamente por Canonical. Pode encontrar algúns "
"erros cando use estas actualizacións, polo que esta opción non está activada "
"de forma predefinida."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :249
msgid "Automatic updates"
msgstr "Actualizacións automáticas"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :249
msgid ""
"The middle section of this window allows you to customize how your system "
"manages updates, such as the frequency with which it checks for new "
"packages, as well as whether it should install important updates right away "
"(without asking for your permission), download them only, or just notify you "
"about them."
msgstr ""
"A sección do medio desta xanela permítelle personalizar como o seu sistema "
"xestiona as actualizacións, como a frecuencia na que se comprobarán os novos "
"paquetes así como indicarlle se se deberían instalar actualizacións "
"importantes sen máis (isto é, sen pedirlle permiso a vostede), só "
"descargalas ou só notificarllas."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :251
msgid "Release upgrade"
msgstr "Actualización de versión"

#. type: document
#: software-packaging/software-packaging.tex :254
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\notecallout{Every 6 months, Ubuntu releases a new version of the "
#| "operating system. These are called \\textit{normal releases}. Every four "
#| "normal releases\\dash or 24 months\\dash Ubuntu releases a \\textit{Long "
#| "Term Support (LTS)} release. Long Term Support releases are intended to "
#| "be the most stable releases available, and are supported for longer.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Every 6 months, Canonical will release a new version of the "
"Ubuntu operating system. These are called \\textit{normal releases}. Every "
"four normal releases\\dash or 24 months\\dash Canonical releases a \\textit"
"{Long Term Support (LTS)} release. Long Term Support releases are intended "
"to be the most stable releases available, and are supported for a longer "
"period of time.} Here you can decide which system upgrades you would like to "
"be notified about."
msgstr ""
"\\notecallout{Cada 6 meses, Ubuntu libera unha nova versión do sistema "
"operativo. Estas versións chámanse \\textit{versións normais}. Máis, cada 4 "
"versións normais\\dash ou 24 meses\\dash Ubuntu liber unha versión con "
"\\textit{Asistencia por longo tempo (LTS)}. As versións de asistencia por "
"longo tempo teñen unha maior estabilidade e tenen asistencia técnica durante "
"máis tempo.}"

#. type: itemize
#: main.tex:47
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Never}: Choose this if you would rather not be notified about any "
"new Ubuntu releases."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Nunca}: Seleccione isto se non quere ser notificado cando exista "
"unha nova versión de Ubuntu."

#. type: itemize
#: main.tex:47
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Normal releases}: Choose this if you always want to have the latest "
"Ubuntu release, regardless of whether it is a Long Term Support release or "
"not. This option is recommended for normal home users."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Edicións normais}: Seleccione esta se sempre quere ter a última "
"edición de Ubuntu, aínda que non sexa unha con Asistencia por longo tempo. "
"Esta opción recoméndase para usuarios domésticos."

#. type: itemize
#: main.tex:47
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Long Term Support releases only}: Choose this option if you need a "
"release that will be more stable and have support for a longer time. If you "
"use Ubuntu for business purposes, you may want to consider selecting this "
"option."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Só edicións asistidas por longo tempo}: Seleccione esta opción se "
"necesita unha versión que sexa máis estábel e teñan asistencia por un tempo "
"maior. Se vostede usa Ubuntu para o negocio, pode considerar seleccionar "
"esta opción."

#. \part{Advanced topics}
#. type: chapter{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :3
msgid "The Command Line"
msgstr "A liña de ordes"

#. type: section{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :5
msgid "Introduction to the terminal"
msgstr "Introdución á terminal"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :9
msgid ""
"Throughout this manual, we have focused primarily on the graphical desktop "
"user interface. However, in order to fully realize the power of Ubuntu, you "
"may want to learn how to use the terminal."
msgstr ""
"Aínda que neste manual enfocámonos primordialmente na interface de "
"escritorio gráfico, para obter o máximo beneficio de Ubuntu debería aprender "
"como usar a terminal."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :11
msgid "What is the terminal?"
msgstr "Qué é a terminal?"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :17
msgid ""
"Most operating systems, including Ubuntu, have two types of user "
"interfaces.  The first is a graphical user interface (\\acronym{GUI}). This "
"is the desktop, windows, menus, and toolbars that you click to get things "
"done.  The second, and much older, type of interface is the command-line "
"interface (\\acronym{CLI})."
msgstr ""
"A maioría dos sistemas operativos, incluído Ubuntu, teñen dous tipos de "
"interfaces de usuario. A primeira é unha interface de usuario gráfica "
"(\\acronym{GUI}). Esta ten o escritorio, xanelas, menús e barras de "
"ferramentas nas que premes para obter cousas feitas. A segunda e moito máis "
"antiga e a interface da liña de ordes (\\acronym{CLI})."

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :21
msgid ""
"The \\emph{terminal} is Ubuntu's command-line interface. It is a method of "
"controlling some aspects of Ubuntu using only commands that you type on the "
"keyboard."
msgstr ""
"A \\emph{terminal} é a interface de liña de ordes de Ubuntu. É un método de "
"controlar algúns aspectos de Ubuntu usando só as ordes que escriba no seu "
"computador."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :23
msgid "Why would I want to use the terminal?"
msgstr "Porque quixera usar a terminal?"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :25
msgid ""
"For the average Ubuntu user, most day-to-day activities can be completed "
"without ever needing to open the terminal. However, the terminal is a "
"powerful and invaluable tool that can be used to perform many useful tasks. "
"For example:"
msgstr ""
"Para o usuario medio de Ubuntu a maioría das actividades do día a día poden "
"ser completadas sen necesitar en ningún momento abrir unha terminal. Porén, "
"a terminal é unha ferramenta moi potente e de incalculábel valor que pode "
"usarse para levar a cabo tarefas comúns. Por exemplo:"

#. type: itemize
#: command-line/command-line.tex :34
msgid ""
"Troubleshooting any difficulties that may arise when using Ubuntu sometimes "
"requires you to use the terminal."
msgstr ""
"Para a resolución de problemas de calquera dificultade que aparecer ao usar "
"Ubuntu pode precisar do uso da terminal."

#. type: itemize
#: command-line/command-line.tex :34
msgid ""
"A command-line interface is sometimes a faster way to accomplish a task. For "
"example, it is often easier to perform operations on many files at once "
"using the terminal."
msgstr ""
"Unha interface de liña de ordes é moitas veces a forma máis rápida de levar "
"a cabo unha tarefa. Por exemplo, pode levar a cabo operacións en moitos "
"ficheiros á vez usando a terminal."

#. type: itemize
#: command-line/command-line.tex :34
msgid ""
"Learning the command-line interface is the first step towards more advanced "
"troubleshooting, system administration, and software development skills. If "
"you are interested in becoming a developer or an advanced Ubuntu user, "
"knowledge of the command-line will be essential."
msgstr ""
"Aprender a interface de liña de ordes é o primeiro paso cara unha resolución "
"máis avanzada de problemas, administración de sistemas e tarefas de "
"desenvolvemento de software. Se está interesado en ser un desenvolvedor ou "
"un usuario avanzado de Ubuntu, o coñecemento da liña de ordes é esencial."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :36
msgid "Opening the Terminal"
msgstr "Abrir a terminal"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :41
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{The \\emph{terminal} gives you access to what is called a "
#| "\\emph{shell}. When you type a command in the \\gls{terminal} the \\gls"
#| "{shell} interprets this command, resulting in the desired action. There "
#| "are different types of shells that accept slightly different commands. "
#| "The most popular is called ``bash,'' and is the default shell in Ubuntu.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{The \\emph{terminal} gives you access to what is called a \\emph"
"{shell}. When you type a command in the \\gls{terminal} the \\gls{shell} "
"interprets this command, resulting in the desired action. There are "
"different types of shells that accept slightly different commands. The most "
"popular is called ``bash,'' and is the default shell in Ubuntu.} You can "
"open the terminal by clicking \\menu{Applications \\then Accessories \\then "
"Terminal}."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{A \\emph{terminal} dálle acceso ao que se chama o \\emph"
"{intérprete de ordes}. Cando vostede escribe unha orde na \\gls{terminal} o "
"\\gls{shell} procesa a orde e mostra o resultado da acción desexada. Hai "
"moitos tipos de intérpretes de ordes que aceptan moitas ordes distintas.O "
"máis popular é o chamado ``bash'' e é o que Ubuntu ten como predefinido.}"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :52
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When the terminal window opens, it will be largely blank apart from some "
#| "text at the top left of the screen, followed by a blinking block. This "
#| "text is your \\gls{prompt}\\dash it displays your login name and your "
#| "computer's name, followed by the current directory. The tilde "
#| "(\\textasciitilde)  means that the current directory is your home "
#| "directory. Finally, the blinking block is the \\gls{cursor}\\dash this "
#| "marks where text will be entered as you type."
msgid ""
"When the terminal window opens, it will be largely blank apart from some "
"text at the top left of the screen, followed by a blinking block. This text "
"is your \\gls{prompt}\\dash it displays your login name and your computer's "
"name, followed by the current directory.  \\marginnote{In \\acronym{GUI} "
"environments the term ``folder'' is commonly used to describe a place where "
"files are stored. In \\acronym{CLI} environments the term ``directory'' is "
"used to describe the same thing and this metaphor is exposed in many "
"commands (\\ie, \\code{cd} or \\code{pwd}) throughout this chapter.} The "
"tilde (\\textasciitilde)  means that the current directory is your home "
"directory. Finally, the blinking block is the \\gls{cursor}\\dash this marks "
"where text will be entered as you type."
msgstr ""
"Cando a xanela da terminal se abra estará en branco salvo algún texto na "
"parte superior esquerda da pantalla, seguido dun bloque parpadeante. Este "
"texto é o seu \\gls{prompt}\\dash mostra o seu nome de usuario e o nome do "
"seu computador, seguido do directorio actual. O til (\\textasciitilde) "
"significa que o cartafol actual é o seu cartafol persoal. Por último o "
"bloque parpadeando é o \\gls{cursor}\\dash isto marca onde se insire o texto "
"que escriba."

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :57
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To test things out, type \\userinput{pwd} and press \\keystroke{Enter}. "
#| "The terminal should display \\code{/home/\\emph{ubuntu-manual}}.  This "
#| "text is called the ``\\gls{output}.'' You have just used the "
#| "\\commandlineapp{pwd} (print working directory) command, and the output "
#| "that was displayed shows the current directory."
msgid ""
"To test things out, type \\userinput{pwd} and press \\keystroke{Enter}. The "
"terminal should display \\code{/home/\\emph{yourusername}}.  This text is "
"called the ``\\gls{output}.'' You have just used the \\commandlineapp{pwd} "
"(print working directory) command, and the output that was displayed shows "
"the current directory."
msgstr ""
"Para probar escriba \\userinput{pwd} e prema \\keystroke{Intro}. A terminal "
"debería mostrar \\code{/home/\\emph{ubuntu-manual}}. Este texto chámase ``"
"\\gls{output}''. Vostede acaba de usar a orde \\commandlineapp{pwd} "
"(imprimir o cartafol actual) e a saída mostra o cartafol actual."

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :59
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{06-default-terminal.png}{ss:default-terminal}{The default "
"terminal window allows you to run hundreds of useful commands.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{06-default-terminal.png}{ss:default-terminal}{A xanela da "
"terminal predefinida permítelle executar centos de ordes útiles.}"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :67
msgid ""
"All commands in the terminal follow the same approach. Type in the name of a "
"command, possibly followed by some \\glspl{parameter}, and press \\keystroke"
"{Enter} to perform the specified action.  \\marginnote{\\emph{Parameters} "
"are extra segments of text, usually added at the end of a command, that "
"change how the command itself is interpreted. These usually take the form of "
"\\userinput{-h} or \\userinput{--help}, for example. In fact, \\userinput{--"
"help} can be added to most commands to display a short description of the "
"command, as well as a list of any other parameters that can be used with "
"that command.} Often some output will be displayed that confirms the action "
"was completed successfully, although this depends on the command. For "
"example, using the \\commandlineapp{cd} command to change your current "
"directory (see below) will change the prompt, but will not display any "
"output."
msgstr ""
"Todas as ordes na terminal seguen o mesmo acercamento. Escriba o nome da "
"orde, posibelmente seguido dalgún \\glspl{parameter} e prema \\keystroke"
"{Intro} para levar a cabo a acción especificada. \\marginnote{Os \\emph"
"{parámetros} son segmentos de texto adicionais que se engaden normalmente ao "
"final dunha orde e que pode cambiar a interpretación da orde en si mesma. "
"Normalmente teñen a forma \\userinput{-h} ou \\userinput{--help}, por "
"exemplo. De feito \\userinput{--help} pode engadirse á maioría das ordes.} "
"Normalmente mostrarase algunha saída que confirme que a acción foi levada a "
"cabo con éxito, aínda que isto depende da orde. Por exemplo. se usa a orde "
"\\commandlineapp{cd} para cambiar o seu cartafol de traballo (vexa máis "
"abaixo) cambiará o prompt pero non se mostrará ningunha saída."

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :70
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The rest of this chapter covers some very common uses of the terminal, "
#| "however, there are almost infinite possibilities available to you when "
#| "using the command-line interface in Ubuntu. Throughout the second part of "
#| "this manual we will continue to refer to the command line, particularly "
#| "when discussing steps involved in troubleshooting and the more advanced "
#| "management of your computer."
msgid ""
"The rest of this chapter covers some very common uses of the terminal. "
"However, there are almost infinite possibilities available to you when using "
"the command-line interface in Ubuntu. Throughout the second part of this "
"manual we will continue to refer to the command line, particularly when "
"discussing steps involved in troubleshooting and the more advanced "
"management of your computer."
msgstr ""
"O resto do capítulo abarca algúns dos usos máis comúns da terminal, porén, "
"existen infinitas posibilidades de usar a interface de liña de ordes en "
"Ubuntu. Na segunda parte deste manual continuaremos a referirnos á liña de "
"ordes, particularmente cando discutamos os pasos a levar a cabo para "
"resolver problemas e a xestión máis avanzada do seu computador."

#. type: section{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :73
msgid "Ubuntu file system structure"
msgstr "Estructura do sistema de ficheiros de Ubuntu"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :75
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Ubuntu uses the Linux file system structure based on a series of folders "
#| "in the root directory. Each of these folders contain important system "
#| "files that cannot be modified unless you are running as the root user or "
#| "use \\emph{sudo}. This is for both security and safety reasons so that "
#| "viruses cannot access the core system files, and users cannot damage "
#| "anything."
msgid ""
"Ubuntu uses the Linux file system, which is based on a series of folders in "
"the root directory. Each of these folders contain important system files "
"that cannot be modified unless you are running as the root user or use \\emph"
"{sudo}. This restriction exists for both security and safety reasons: "
"computer viruses will not be able to change the core system files, and users "
"should not be able to accidentally damage anything vital."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu usa a estrutura de ficheiros de Linux baseada nun conxunto de "
"cartafoles no cartafol raíz. Cada un destes cartafoles contén ficheiros "
"importantes do sistema que non poden ser modificados a menos que estea "
"executando como o usuario root ou use \\emph{sudo}. Isto é por razóns de "
"seguranza e protección fronte a virus, para evitar o acceso aos ficheiros do "
"núcleo do sistema e que os usuario non poidan danar nada."

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :77
msgid "Below are some of the most important directories."
msgstr "Debaixo hai algúns dos máis importantes cartafoles."

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :79
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{root-directories.png}{ss:root-directories}{Some of the most "
"important directories in the root file system.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{root-directories.png}{ss:root-directories}{Algún dos cartafoles "
"máis importantes do sistema de ficheiros raíz.}"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :81
msgid ""
"The root directory \\dash denoted by \\code{/} \\dash contains all other "
"directories and files. Here are the contents of some system essential "
"directories:"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: command-line/command-line.tex :92
msgid "\\code{/bin} \\& \\code{/sbin}: Many essential system programs"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: command-line/command-line.tex :92
msgid "\\code{/etc}: System-wide configuration files"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: command-line/command-line.tex :92
msgid ""
"\\code{/home}: Each user will have a subdirectory to store personal files "
"(for example \\code{/home/your-username})"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: command-line/command-line.tex :92
msgid "\\code{/lib}: Library files, similar to \\code{.dll} files on Windows"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: command-line/command-line.tex :92
msgid ""
"\\code{/media}: Removable media (\\acronym{CD-ROMs} and \\acronym{USB} "
"drives) will be mounted in this directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: command-line/command-line.tex :92
msgid ""
"\\code{/root}: This contains the root user's files (not to be confused with "
"the root directory)"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: command-line/command-line.tex :92
msgid ""
"\\code{/usr}: Pronounced `user', it contains most program files (not to be "
"confused with each user's home directory)"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: command-line/command-line.tex :92
msgid "\\code{/var/log}: Contains log files written by many programs"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :94
msgid ""
"Every directory has a \\emph{path}. The path is a directory's full name "
"\\dash it describes a way to navigate the directory from anywhere in the "
"system."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :96
msgid ""
"For example, the directory \\code{/home/your-username/Desktop} contains all "
"the files that are on your Ubuntu desktop. The path, /home/your-username/"
"Desktop, can be broken down into a few pieces:"
msgstr ""

#. type: enumerate
#: command-line/command-line.tex :103
msgid "/ \\dash indicates that the path starts at the root directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: enumerate
#: command-line/command-line.tex :103
msgid ""
"home/ \\dash from the root directory, the path goes into the home directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: enumerate
#: command-line/command-line.tex :103
msgid ""
"your-username/ \\dash from the home directory, the path goes into the your-"
"username directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: enumerate
#: command-line/command-line.tex :103
msgid ""
"Desktop \\dash from the your-username directory, the path ends up in the "
"Desktop directory"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :105
msgid ""
"Every directory in Ubuntu has a complete path that starts with the \\code{/} "
"(the root directory) and ends in the directory's own name."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :107
msgid ""
"Directories and files that begin with a period are hidden directories. These "
"are usually only visible with a special command or by selecting a specific "
"option. In the \\application{Nautilus} you can show hidden files and "
"directories by selecting \\menu{View\\then Show Hidden Files}, or by "
"pressing \\keystroke{Ctrl+H}. There are many hidden directories in your home "
"folder used to store program preferences. For example, \\code{/home/your-"
"username/.evolution} stores preferences used by the \\application{Evolution} "
"mail application."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :109
msgid "Mounting and unmounting removable devices."
msgstr "Montando e desmontando dispositivos removíbeis."

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :111
msgid ""
"Any time you add storage media to your computer \\dash an internal or "
"external hard drive, a \\acronym{USB} flash drive, a \\acronym{CD-ROM} "
"\\dash it needs to be \\emph{mounted} before it is accessible. Mounting a "
"device means to associate a directory name with the device, allowing you to "
"navigate to the directory to access the device's files."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :113
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When a device such as a \\acronym{USB} flash drive or a media player is "
#| "mounted in Ubuntu, a folder is created for it under \\emph{media} and you "
#| "are given the appropriate permissions to be able to read and write to the "
#| "device."
msgid ""
"When a device such as a \\acronym{USB} flash drive or a media player is "
"mounted in Ubuntu, a folder is automatically created for it in the \\emph"
"{media} directory and you are given the appropriate permissions to be able "
"to read and write to the device."
msgstr ""
"Cando se monta un dispositivo, como unha unidade flash \\acronym{USB} ou "
"reprodutor de música, crease un cartafol baixo \\emph{media} e dáselle os "
"permisos axeitados para que poida ler e escribir no dispositivo."

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\application{Nautilus File Manager} will automatically add a shortcut to "
#| "the mounted device in the side bar so it's easy for you to get to. You "
#| "shouldn't have to physically navigate to the \\emph{media} directory in "
#| "Ubuntu."
msgid ""
"Most File Managers will automatically add a shortcut to the mounted device "
"in its side bar so it's easy for you to get to. You shouldn't have to "
"physically navigate to the \\emph{media} directory in Ubuntu, unless you "
"choose to do so from the command line."
msgstr ""
"O \\application{Xestor de ficheiros Nautilus} engadirá un atallo ao "
"dispositivo montado na barra lateral polo que será moi sinxelo acceder a "
"ela. Non debería ter que navegar ao cartafol \\emph{media} en Ubuntu."

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :117
msgid ""
"When you are done using a device, you can \\emph{unmount} it. Unmounting a "
"device means to disassociate the device from its directory, allowing you to "
"eject it."
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :119
msgid "Getting started with the command line"
msgstr "Comezar coa liña de ordes"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :121
msgid "Navigating directories"
msgstr "Navegando por cartafoles"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :124
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\commandlineapp{pwd} command is short for \\emph{print working "
#| "directory}. It can be used to display the directory you are currently in. "
#| "Note that the prompt (the text just before the blinking cursor) also "
#| "displays your current directory, so this command is not usually necessary."
msgid ""
"The \\commandlineapp{pwd} command is short for \\emph{print working "
"directory}. It can be used to display the directory you are currently in. "
"Note that the prompt (the text just before the blinking cursor) also "
"displays your current directory."
msgstr ""
"A orde \\commandlineapp{pwd} é un resumo de \\emph{print working directory}. "
"Pode usarse para mostrar o directorio no que está actualmente. Teña en conta "
"que o prompt (o texto xusto antes do cursor parpadeante) tamén mostra o seu "
"cartafol actual, polo que esta orde non é normalmente necesaria."

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :129
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{pwd} /home/your-username/"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{pwd} /home/o-seu-nome-de-usuario/"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :131
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "The \\commandlineapp{cd} command is short for \\emph{change directory}. "
#| "It allows you to change from one directory to another."
msgid ""
"The \\commandlineapp{cd} command is short for \\emph{change directory}. It "
"allows you to navigate from your current working directory to another of "
"your choosing."
msgstr ""
"A orde \\commandlineapp{cd} é unha forma rápida de \\emph{cambiar de "
"directorio}. Permítelle cambiar de un directorio a outro."

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :135
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{cd /directory/you/want/to/go/to/}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{cd /directorio/a/onde/quere/ir/}"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :137
msgid ""
"If there are spaces in one of the directories, you will need to put "
"quotation marks around the path:"
msgstr ""
"Se hai espazos nun dos cartafoles, debe poñer comiñas ao redor do camiño:"

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :141
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\prompt \\userinput{cd \"\\textasciitilde/Music/The Beatles/Sgt. "
#| "Pepper's Lonely Hearts Club Band/\"}"
msgid ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{cd \\textasciitilde/\"Music/The Beatles/Sgt. Pepper's "
"Lonely Hearts Club Band/\"}"
msgstr ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{cd \"\\textasciitilde/Música/Xabarín Club/As bolas "
"máxicas/\"}"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :143
msgid ""
"If you leave out the quotation marks, the terminal will think that you are "
"trying to change to a directory named \\code{\\textasciitilde/Music/The}."
msgstr ""
"Se non escribe as comiñas a terminal pensará que está tentando cambiar a un "
"cartafol chamado  \\code{\\textasciitilde/Música/Xabarín}."

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :145
msgid ""
"There are some special directory names. \\code{\\textasciitilde} is a "
"special name that always refers to your home directory. You can type "
"\\userinput{cd \\textasciitilde} to navigate to your home directory from "
"anywhere in the system. The name \\code{..} (two periods) is a special name "
"that refers to the directory's ``parent'' \\dash the directory one level "
"above it in the directory tree. For example, if your current working "
"directory is \\code{/home/your-username} then typing \\userinput{cd ..} will "
"navigate to the \\code{/home} directory."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :147
msgid "Getting a list of files"
msgstr "Obtendo a listas de ficheiros"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :149
msgid ""
"The \\commandlineapp{ls} command is used to get a \\emph{list} of all the "
"files and directories that exist inside the current directory."
msgstr ""
"A orde \\commandlineapp{ls} úsase para obter unha \\emph{lista} de todos os "
"ficheiros e cartafoles que existen dentro do cartafol actual."

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :157
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{ls} alligator-pie.mp3 squirm.mp3 baby-blue.mp3"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{ls} alligator-pie.mp3 squirm.mp3 baby-blue.mp3"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :159
msgid "Moving things around"
msgstr "Movendo cousas ao redor"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :162
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{Note that the terminal is case-sensitive. For example, if "
#| "you have a directory called \\texttt{Directory1}, you must remember to "
#| "include the capital letter whenever referring to it in the terminal, "
#| "otherwise the command will not work.}"
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{Note that the terminal is case-sensitive. For example, if you "
"have a directory called \\texttt{Directory1}, you must remember to include "
"the capital letter whenever referring to it in the terminal, otherwise the "
"command will not work.} The \\commandlineapp{mv} command is used to move a "
"file from one directory to another."
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Teña en conta que a terminal é sensíbel a maiúsculas. Por "
"exemplo, se ten un cartafol co nome \\texttt{Cartafol1}, debe lembrar "
"incluir a letra en maiúscula cando se refira a el na terminal, en caso "
"contrario a orde non funcionará.}"

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :166
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{mv /dmb/big-whiskey/grux.mp3 /home/john}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{mv /dmb/big-whiskey/grux.mp3 /home/john}"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :168
msgid "You can also use the \\code{mv} command to rename a file. For example:"
msgstr ""

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :172
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{mv /dmb/big-whiskey/grux.mp3 /home/john}"
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{mv grux.mp3 frub.mp3}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{mv /dmb/big-whiskey/grux.mp3 /home/john}"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :174
msgid ""
"The \\commandlineapp{cp} command is used to copy a file from one directory "
"into another."
msgstr ""
"A orde \\commandlineapp{cp} úsase para copiar un ficheiro desde un "
"directorio a outro."

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :178
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{cp /dmb/big-whiskey/grux.mp3 /media/ipod}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{cp /dmb/big-whiskey/grux.mp3 /media/ipod}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :180
msgid "Creating directories"
msgstr "Creando directorios"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :182
msgid ""
"The \\commandlineapp{mkdir} command is short for \\emph{make directory}, and "
"is used to create a new directory in the current directory or another "
"specified location. For example, this command will make a directory called "
"\\texttt{newdirectory} inside the current directory:"
msgstr ""
"A orde \\commandlineapp{mkdir} é a abreviatura de \\emph{make directory}, "
"utilizase para crear un novo directorio no directorio actual ou noutro lugar "
"especificado. Por exemplo, esta orde crea un directorio chamado \\texttt"
"{novocartafol} dentro do directorio actual:"

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :186
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{mkdir newdirectory}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{mkdir novocartafol}"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :188
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "This command will ignore your current directory, and instead make one "
#| "called \\texttt{newdirectory} inside a hypothetical directory called "
#| "\\texttt{/tmp/example/}:"
msgid ""
"The following command will ignore your current directory, and instead make "
"one called \\texttt{newdirectory} inside a hypothetical directory called "
"\\texttt{/tmp/example/}:"
msgstr ""
"Esta orde ignorará o seu directrorio actual, e no seu lugar creará un "
"directorio chamado \\texttt{novocartafol} dentro do directorio hipotético "
"chamado \\texttt{/tmp/exemplo/}:"

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :192
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{mkdir /tmp/example/newdirectory}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{mkdir /tmp/example/novocartafol}"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :194
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You could then ``move into'' this new directory (\\ie, make it your "
#| "current working directory), by using the \\commandlineapp{cd} command."
msgid ""
"You could then navigate to this new directory by using the \\commandlineapp"
"{cd} command."
msgstr ""
"Vostede pode ``moverse dentro'' deste novo cartafol (p. ex., facer deste "
"cartafol o cartafol de traballo) usando a orde \\commandlineapp{cd}."

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :198
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{cd /tmp/example/newdirectory}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{cd /tmp/example/novocartafol}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :200
msgid "Deleting files and directories"
msgstr "Eliminando ficheiros e cartafoles"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :202
msgid ""
"The \\commandlineapp{rm} command is used to delete files. For example, to "
"delete a file named \\texttt{deleteme.txt} located in the current directory:"
msgstr ""
"A orde \\commandlineapp{rm} úsase para eliminar ficheiros. Por exemplo, para "
"eliminar un ficheiro co nome \\texttt{borrame.txt} no seu cartafol actual:"

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :206
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{rm deleteme.txt}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{rm borrame.txt}"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :208
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To delete a file located in another directory (\\ie, not inside your "
#| "current working directory), you would need to include the \\emph{path} to "
#| "the file. In other words, you are specifying the file's location. For "
#| "example, to delete the file \\texttt{deleteme.txt} located in the \\texttt"
#| "{/tmp/example} directory, use the following command:"
msgid ""
"To delete a file located in another directory (\\ie, not inside your current "
"working directory), you would need to include the \\emph{path} to the file. "
"In other words, you are specifying the file's location. For example, to "
"delete the file \\texttt{deleteme.txt} located in the \\texttt{/tmp/"
"example/} directory, use the following command:"
msgstr ""
"Para eliminar un ficheiro localizado noutro directorio (p. ex., fora do seu "
"directorio de traballo actual), terá que que incluír o \\emph{camiño} no "
"ficheiro. Noutras palabras, especificase a localización do ficheiro. Por "
"exemplo, para eliminar o ficheiro \\texttt{borrame.txt} localizado no "
"directorio \\texttt{/tmp/exemplo}, utilice a seguinte orde:"

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :212
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{rm /tmp/example/deleteme.txt}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{rm /tmp/exemplo/borrame.txt}"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :214
msgid ""
"The \\commandlineapp{rmdir} command is similar to the \\commandlineapp{rm} "
"command, except it is used to delete folders. For example, this command "
"would delete the directory called \\texttt{newdirectory} that we created "
"earlier."
msgstr ""
"A orde \\commandlineapp{rmdir} é similar a \\commandlineapp{rm}, excepto que "
"se usa para eliminar directorios. Por exemplo, esta orde podería eliminar o "
"directorio chamado \\texttt{novocartafol} que creou anteriormente."

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :218
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{rmdir /tmp/example/newdirectory/}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{rmdir /tmp/exemplo/novocartafol/}"

#. type: section{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :220
msgid "Introducing sudo"
msgstr "Introducción a sudo"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :222
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When Ubuntu is first installed two accounts are created: your primary "
#| "user account, and a ``root'' account that operates behind the scenes. "
#| "This root account has the necessary privileges required for modifying "
#| "system files and settings, whereas your primary user account does not. "
#| "Rather than logging out of your primary user account and then logging "
#| "back in as root, you can use the \\commandlineapp{sudo} command to borrow "
#| "root account privileges for performing administrative tasks such as "
#| "installing or removing software, creating or removing new users, and "
#| "modifying system files."
msgid ""
"When you installed Ubuntu, the system automatically created two user "
"accounts: your primary user account, and a ``root'' account that operates "
"behind the scenes. This root account has the necessary privileges required "
"for modifying system files and settings, whereas your primary user account "
"does not. Rather than logging out of your primary user account and then "
"logging back in as root (which can be very dangerous), you can use the "
"\\commandlineapp{sudo} command (for command line applications) and "
"\\commandlineapp{gksudo} to borrow root account privileges for performing "
"administrative tasks such as installing or removing software, creating or "
"removing new users, and modifying system files."
msgstr ""
"Cando Ubuntu se instala por primeira vez creanse dúas contas: as súa conta "
"de usuario principal e unha conta ``root'' que opera por detrás. Esta conta "
"de administración ten os privilexios necesarios para modificar os ficheiros "
"e configuracións do sistema, mentres que a súa conta principal non os ten. "
"Fronte a saír da sesión da súa conta de usuario principal e logo volver a "
"entrar como root pode usar a orde \\commandlineapp{sudo} para darlle os "
"permisos da conta de root para levar a cabo tarefas de administración como "
"pode ser a instalación e desinstalación de software, crear ou eliminar novos "
"usuarios e modificar ficheiros do sistema."

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :225
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "For example, the following command would open Ubuntu's default text "
#| "editor \\application{gedit} with root privileges. You will then be able "
#| "to edit important system files that would otherwise be protected. The "
#| "password you use with \\commandlineapp{sudo} is the same password that "
#| "you use to log in to your primary account, and is set up during the "
#| "Ubuntu installation process."
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{When using \\commandlineapp{sudo} in the terminal, you will be "
"prompted to enter your password. You will not see any dots, stars, or other "
"characters appearing in the terminal as you type your password \\dash this "
"is an extra security feature to help protect your password from any prying "
"eyes.} For example, the following command would open Ubuntu's default text "
"editor \\application{gedit} with root privileges. You will then be able to "
"edit important system files that would otherwise be protected. The password "
"you use with \\commandlineapp{sudo} is the same password that you use to log "
"in to your primary account, and is set up during the Ubuntu installation "
"process."
msgstr ""
"Por exemplo, a seguinte orde abre o editor de texto predeterminado de Ubuntu "
"\\application{gedit} con privilexios de root. A continuación, poderá editar "
"ficheiros importantes do sistema que doutro xeito estarían protexidos. O "
"contrasinal que se utiliza con \\commandlineapp{sudo} é o mesmo contrasinal "
"que se usa para acceder á súa conta principal, é estabelecese durante o "
"proceso de instalación de Ubuntu."

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :231
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo gedit} [sudo] password for \\emph{username}: "
#| "Opening gedit\\ldots"
msgid ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{gksudo gedit} [sudo] password for \\emph{username}: "
"Opening gedit..."
msgstr ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{sudo gedit} [sudo] password for \\emph{nome de "
"usuario}: Abrindo gedit\\ldots"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :233
msgid ""
"\\warning{The {\\ttfamily sudo} command gives you virtually unlimited access "
"to important system files and settings. It is important you only use "
"{\\ttfamily sudo} if you understand what you are doing. You can find out "
"more about using {\\ttfamily sudo} in \\chaplink{ch:security}.}"
msgstr ""
"\\warning{A orde {\\ttfamily sudo} dalle un acceso prácticamente ilimitado "
"aos ficheiros importantes do sistema e á configuración. É moi importante que "
"só use {\\ttfamily sudo} se entende o que está a facer. Pode atopar máis "
"información sobre o uso de {\\ttfamily sudo} en \\chaplink{ch:security}.}"

#. type: section{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :235
msgid "Managing software through the terminal"
msgstr "Xestionando os programas coa terminal"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :243
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "In Ubuntu there are a number of ways to manage your software. \\acronym"
#| "{GUI} tools such as the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center} and "
#| "\\application{Synaptic Package Manager} were discussed in \\chaplink{ch:"
#| "software-management}, however, many people prefer to use the "
#| "\\commandlineapp{apt} command (Advanced Packaging Tool) to manage their "
#| "software from within the terminal. \\commandlineapp{Apt} is extremely "
#| "versatile and encompasses several tools, however, the most commonly used "
#| "\\commandlineapp{apt} tool is \\commandlineapp{apt-get}."
msgid ""
"In Ubuntu there are many ways to manage your software. Graphical tools such "
"as the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center} and \\application{Synaptic "
"Package Manager} were discussed in \\chaplink{ch:software-management}, "
"however, many people prefer to use the \\commandlineapp{apt} command "
"(Advanced Packaging Tool) to manage their software from within the terminal. "
"The \\commandlineapp{apt} command is extremely versatile and encompasses "
"several tools, the most commonly used of which is \\commandlineapp{apt-get}."
msgstr ""
"En Ubuntu hai varias formas de xestionar o seu software. Existen ferramentas "
"de \\acronym{GUI} como o \\application{Centro de software de Ubuntu} e o "
"\\application{Xestor de paquetes Synaptic} que se discutirán no \\chaplink"
"{ch:software-management}, porén, algunhas persoas prefiren usar a orde "
"\\commandlineapp{apt} (Advanced Packaging Tool) para xestionar o seu "
"software desde a terminal. \\commandlineapp{Apt} é extremadamente versátil e "
"contén varias ferramentas, porén, a ferramenta \\commandlineapp{apt} máis "
"usada é \\commandlineapp{apt-get}."

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :246
msgid ""
"The various \\commandlineapp{apt} commands should be prefixed with the "
"\\commandlineapp{sudo} command, since they typically require root privileges."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :248
msgid "Using apt-get"
msgstr "Usando apt-get"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :250
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\commandlineapp{Apt-get} is used for installing and removing packages "
#| "from your system. It can also be used to refresh the list of packages "
#| "available in the repositories, as well as download and install any new "
#| "updates for your software."
msgid ""
"The \\commandlineapp{apt-get} command is used for installing and removing "
"packages from your system. It can also be used to refresh the list of "
"packages available in the repositories, as well as download and install any "
"new updates for your software."
msgstr ""
"\\commandlineapp{Apt-get} é usado para instalar e eliminar paquetes do seu "
"sistema. Tamén se usa para actualizar a lista de paquetes dispoñíbeis nos "
"repositorios, así como para descargar e instalar novas actualizacións para o "
"seu software."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :252
msgid "Updating and upgrading"
msgstr "Actualizando e anovando"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :257
msgid ""
"The \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{update} command can be used to quickly "
"refresh the list of packages that are available in the default Ubuntu "
"repositories, as well as any additional repositories added by the user (see "
"\\chaplink{ch:software-management} for more information on repositories)."
msgstr ""

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :261
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get update}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get update}"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :267
msgid ""
"You can then use \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{upgrade} to download and "
"install any available updates for your currently installed packages. It is "
"best to run \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{update} prior to running "
"\\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{upgrade}, as this will ensure you are "
"getting the most recent updates available for your software."
msgstr ""

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :280
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get upgrade} Reading package lists\\ldots "
#| "Done Building dependency tree Reading state information\\ldots Done The "
#| "following packages will be upgraded: \\space\\space tzdata 1 upgraded, 0 "
#| "newly installed, 0 to remove and 0 not upgraded.  Need to get 683kB of "
#| "archives.  After this operation, 24.6kB disk space will be freed.  Do you "
#| "want to continue [Y/n]?"
msgid ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get upgrade} Reading package lists... Done "
"Building dependency tree Reading state information... Done The following "
"packages will be upgraded: \\space\\space tzdata 1 upgraded, 0 newly "
"installed, 0 to remove and 0 not upgraded.  Need to get 683kB of archives.  "
"After this operation, 24.6kB disk space will be freed.  Do you want to "
"continue [Y/n]?"
msgstr ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get update} \r\n"
"Lendo a lista de paquetes\\ldots Done \r\n"
"Construíndo o árbore de dependencias\r\n"
"Lendo a información de estado\\ldots Done\r\n"
"Os seguintes paquetes vanse instalar:\\space\\space tzdata\r\n"
"1 paquetes anovados, 0 instalados, Vanse eliminar 0  e deixar 0 sen anovar."
"\r\n"
"Ten que recibir 683Kb de arquivos. Despois de desempaquetar liberaranse "
"24,6Kb de espazo en disco.\r\n"
"Quere continuar? [S/n/?]"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :282
msgid ""
"The terminal will give you a summary of what packages are to be upgraded, "
"the download size, and how much extra disk space will be used (or freed), "
"and then ask you to confirm before continuing. To proceed with the "
"installation, press \\keystroke{y} and then \\keystroke{Enter}, and the "
"upgrades will be downloaded and installed for you. If you do not want to "
"proceed with the installation, press \\keystroke{n} and then \\keystroke"
"{Enter}."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :284
msgid "Installing and removing"
msgstr "Instalando e desinstalando"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :288
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\marginnote{Notice the sudo command before the apt-get command. In most "
#| "cases it will be necessary to use sudo when installing software, as you "
#| "will be modifying protected parts of your system. Many of the commands we "
#| "will be using from here on require root access, so expect to see sudo "
#| "appearing frequently.}"
msgid ""
"The following command would be used to install \\acronym{VLC} media player "
"using \\commandlineapp{apt-get}: \\marginnote{Notice the sudo command before "
"the apt-get command. In most cases it will be necessary to use sudo when "
"installing software, as you will be modifying protected parts of your "
"system. Many of the commands we will be using from here on require root "
"access, so expect to see sudo appearing frequently.}"
msgstr ""
"\\marginnote{Teña en conta que a orde sudo precedendo á orde apt-get. Na "
"maioría dos casos será necesario usar sudo cando queira instalar software, "
"xa que está modificando partes protexidas do seu sistema. Algunha das ordes "
"que usará a partires de aquí necesitarán acceso de root, polo que espere ver "
"sudo de forma frecuente.}"

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :293
msgid ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get install vlc} [sudo] password for \\emph"
"{username}:"
msgstr ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get install vlc} [sudo] contrasinal para \\emph"
"{nome-de-usuario}:"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :295
msgid "To remove \\acronym{VLC}, you would type:"
msgstr "Para elimianr o \\acronym{VLC}, debe escribir:"

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :300
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get install vlc} [sudo] password for \\emph"
#| "{username}:"
msgid ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get remove vlc} [sudo] password for \\emph"
"{username}:"
msgstr ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get install vlc} [sudo] contrasinal para \\emph"
"{nome-de-usuario}:"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :302
msgid "Cleaning up your system"
msgstr "Limpando o seu sistema"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :304
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Often software in Ubuntu depends on other packages being installed on "
#| "your system in order to run correctly. If you attempt to install a new "
#| "package and these \\emph{dependencies} are not already installed, Ubuntu "
#| "will automatically download and install them for you at the same time "
#| "(provided the correct packages can be found in your repositories). When "
#| "you remove a package in Ubuntu, however, any dependencies that were "
#| "installed alongside the original package are not also automatically "
#| "removed. These packages sit in your system and can build up over time, "
#| "taking up disk space. A simple way to clean up your system is to use the "
#| "\\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{autoremove} command. This will select "
#| "and remove any packages that were automatically installed but no longer "
#| "required."
msgid ""
"Often software in Ubuntu depends on other packages being installed on your "
"system in order to run correctly. If you attempt to install a new package "
"and these \\emph{dependencies} are not already installed, Ubuntu will "
"automatically download and install them for you at the same time (provided "
"the correct packages can be found in your repositories). When you remove a "
"package in Ubuntu, any dependencies that were installed alongside the "
"original package are not also automatically removed. These packages sit in "
"your system and can build up over time, taking up disk space. A simple way "
"to clean up your system is to use the \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code"
"{autoremove} command. \\marginnote{Another useful cleaning command is "
"\\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{autoclean} which removes cache files left "
"over from downloading packages.} This will select and remove any packages "
"that were automatically installed but no longer required."
msgstr ""
"Con frecuencia o software en Ubuntu depende de que outros paquetes tamén se "
"instalen no seu sistema para poder executarse correctamente. Se tenta "
"instalar un paquete novo e esas \\emph{dependencias} non están xa "
"instaladas, Ubuntu vai, ao mesmo tempo, a descargalos e instalalos "
"automaticamente por vostede (sempre que os paquetes correctos se poidan "
"atopar nos seus repositorios). Cando se quita un paquete en Ubuntu, porén as "
"dependencias que se instalaron xunto ao paquete orixinal non son eliminadas, "
"tamén,  automaticamente. Estes paquetes quedanse no seu sistema e podense ir "
"acumulando co tempo, ocupando espazo no disco. Unha forma sinxela de limpar "
"o seu sistema consiste en utilizar a orde \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code"
"{autoremove}. Seleccionaranse e liminaranse os paquetes que se instalaron "
"automaticamente, pero que xa non se necesitan."

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :308 troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :201
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get autoremove}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get autoremove}"

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: command-line/command-line.tex :310
msgid "Adding extra software repositories"
msgstr "Engadindo repositorios de software adicionais"

#. type: document
#: command-line/command-line.tex :312
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Sometimes you might want to install some software that isn't in the "
#| "official repositories but may be available in a what's called a \\acronym"
#| "{PPA}. \\acronym{PPA}s, or personal package archives, contain software "
#| "that you can install by adding that \\acronym{PPA} to your system. In "
#| "versions of Ubuntu prior to Ubuntu 9.10 adding a \\acronym{PPA} to your "
#| "system meant typing several long commands into a terminal. However, in "
#| "Ubuntu 9.10 and later, adding a \\acronym{PPA} is as easy as typing one "
#| "short command into a terminal."
msgid ""
"Sometimes you might want to install some software that isn't in the official "
"repositories but may be available in a what's called a \\acronym{PPA}. "
"\\acronym{PPA}s, or personal package archives, contain software that you can "
"install by adding that \\acronym{PPA} to your system. To add a PPA "
"repository:"
msgstr ""
"É posíbel que algunhas veces desexe instalar algún software que non estea "
"nos repositorios oficiais, pero poden estar dispoñíbeis no que se chaman "
"\\acronym{PPA}. Os \\acronym{PPA}, ou  arquivos de paquetes personais (en "
"ingés Personal Package Archives), conteñen un software que pode ser "
"instalado engadindo o \\acronym{PPA} ao seu sistema. Nas versións de Ubuntu "
"anteriores á Ubuntu 9.10 o engadido dun \\acronym{PPA} ao seu sistema supuña "
"escribir varias ordes longas nunha terminal. Porén, en Ubuntu 9.10 e "
"posteriores, engadir un \\acronym{PPA} é tan doado como escribir unha orde "
"curta nunha terminal."

#. type: terminal
#: command-line/command-line.tex :316
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo add-apt-repository ppa:example/ppa}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo add-apt-repository ppa:exemplo/ppa}"

#.  Chapter 7 - Kelvin Gardiner
#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :2
msgid ""
"Once you have installed the \\acronym{PPA} you may install software from it "
"in the usual way using the \\commandlineapp{apt-get} \\code{install} command."
msgstr ""

#. type: chapter{#2}
#: security/security.tex :7
msgid "Security"
msgstr "Seguranza"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :9
msgid "This chapter discusses ways to keep your Ubuntu computer secure."
msgstr ""
"Este capítulo discute as formas de manter o seu computador Ubuntu seguro."

#. type: section{#2}
#: security/security.tex :12
msgid "Why Ubuntu is safe"
msgstr "Por qué Ubuntu é seguro"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :14
msgid "Ubuntu is secure by default for a number of reasons:"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: security/security.tex :22
msgid ""
"Ubuntu clearly distinguishes between normal users and administrative users."
msgstr ""
"Ubuntu diferencia claramente entre un usuario normal e un usuario "
"administrador."

#. type: itemize
#: security/security.tex :22
msgid ""
"Software for Ubuntu is kept in a secure online repository, which contains no "
"false or malicious software."
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: security/security.tex :22
msgid ""
"Open-source software like Ubuntu allows security flaws to be easily detected."
msgstr ""
"O software libre como Ubuntu que as bandeiras de seguridade sexan detectadas "
"de forma sinxela."

#. type: itemize
#: security/security.tex :22
msgid ""
"Security patches for open-source software like Ubuntu are often released "
"quickly."
msgstr ""
"Os parches de seguridade para o software libre como Ubuntu libérase "
"normalmente de forma moi rápida."

#. type: itemize
#: security/security.tex :22
msgid ""
"Many viruses designed to primarily target Windows-based systems do not "
"affect Ubuntu systems."
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: security/security.tex :26
msgid "Basic Security concepts and procedures"
msgstr "Conceptos e procedementos básicos de seguridade"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :31
msgid ""
"When Ubuntu is installed, it is automatically configured for a single person "
"to use. If more than one person will use the computer with Ubuntu, each "
"person should have her or his own user account. This way, each user can have "
"separate settings, documents, and other files. If necessary, you can also "
"protect files from being viewed or modified by users without administrative "
"privileges. See \\seclink{security:users-and-groups} to learn more about "
"creating additional users accounts."
msgstr ""
"Cando Ubuntu se instala configúrase automaticamente para que poida ser usado "
"por unha única persoa. Se vai usar o computador máis dunha persoa, cada unha "
"delas debe ter a súa propia conta de usuario. De esta forma, cada usuario "
"pode ter configuracións, documentos e outros ficheiros separados. Se é "
"necesario, tamén pode protexer os seus ficheiros de seren vistos ou "
"modificados por usuarios sen permisos de administración. Consulte a sección "
"\\seclink{security:users-and-groups} para aprender máis sobre a creación de "
"novas contas de usuario."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: security/security.tex :34
msgid "Permissions"
msgstr "Permisos"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :36
msgid ""
"In Ubuntu, files and folders can be set up so that only specific users can "
"view, modify, or run them.  For instance, you might wish to share an "
"important file with other users, but do not want those users to be able to "
"edit the file.  Ubuntu controls access to files on your computer through a "
"system of ``permissions.'' Permissions are settings that you can configure "
"to control exactly how files on your computer are accessed and used."
msgstr ""
"En Ubuntu pode configurar os ficheiros e cartafoles para que só determinados "
"usuarios poidan velos, modificalos ou executalos. Por exemplo, é posíbel que "
"vostede desexe compartir un ficheiro importante con outros usuarios, pero "
"non quere que os usuarios poidan editar o ficheiro. Ubuntu controla o acceso "
"aos ficheiros do seu computador por medio dun sistema de ``permisos''. Os "
"permisos son os axustes que se poden configurar para controlar exactamente "
"cales dos ficheiros do computador son accesíbeis e usábeis."

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :38
msgid ""
"To learn more about modifying permissions, visit \\url{https://help.ubuntu."
"com/community/FilePermissions}."
msgstr ""
"Para aprender máis sobre a modificación de permisos, visite \\url{https://"
"help.ubuntu.com/community/FilePermissions}."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: security/security.tex :42
msgid "Passwords"
msgstr "Contrasinais"

#. type: index{#1}
#: security/security.tex :42
msgid "password"
msgstr "contrasinal"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :44
msgid ""
"You can use a strong password to increase the security of your computer. "
"Your password should not contain names, common words or common phrases. By "
"default, the minimum length of a password in Ubuntu is four characters. We "
"recommend a password with more than the minimum number of characters."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: security/security.tex :46
msgid "Locking the screen"
msgstr "Bloqueando a pantalla"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :48
msgid ""
"When you leave your computer unattended, you may want to lock the screen. "
"Locking your screen prevents anyone from using your computer until your "
"password is entered. To lock the screen:"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: security/security.tex :53
msgid ""
"Click the session menu icon in the right corner of the top panel, then "
"select \\menu{Lock Screen}, or"
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: security/security.tex :53
msgid ""
"press \\keystroke{Ctrl+Alt+L} to lock the screen. This keyboard shortcut can "
"be changed in \\menu{System \\then Preferences \\then Keyboard Shortcuts}."
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: security/security.tex :56
msgid "System updates"
msgstr "Actualizacións do sistema"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :58
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Good security depends on an up-to-date system. Ubuntu provides free "
#| "software and security updates, and you should apply these updates "
#| "regularly. See \\chaplink{ch:software-management} to learn how to update "
#| "your Ubuntu computer with the latest security updates and patches."
msgid ""
"Good security depends on an up-to-date system. Ubuntu provides free software "
"and security updates. You should apply these updates regularly. See "
"\\chaplink{ch:software-management} to learn how to update your Ubuntu "
"computer with the latest security updates and patches."
msgstr ""
"Unha boa seguranza depende de manter o sistema actualizado. Ubuntu fornece "
"actualizacións de seguranza e de código aberto, e poderá aplicar estas "
"actualizacións de forma regular. Vexa \\chaplink{ch:software-management} "
"para saber como actualizar o seu computador Ubuntu coas últimas "
"actualizacións de seguranza e parches."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: security/security.tex :61
msgid "Trusting third party sources"
msgstr "Confiar en fontes de terceiros"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :63
msgid ""
"Normally, you will add applications to your computer via the Software "
"Center, which downloads software from the Ubuntu repositories as described "
"in \\chaplink{ch:software-management}. However, it is occasionally necessary "
"to add software from other sources. For example, you may need to do this "
"when an application is not available in the Ubuntu repositories, or when you "
"need a newer version of the one available in the Ubuntu repositories."
msgstr ""
"Normalmente pode engadir aplicativos ao seu computador mediante o Centro de "
"Software, que descarga o software desde os repositorios de Ubuntu como se "
"describe no \\chaplink{ch:software-management}. Porén, en ocasións é "
"necesario engadir software de outras fontes. Por exemplo, podería necesitar "
"facer isto cando un aplicativo non está dispoñíbel nos repositorios de "
"ubuntu, ou cando haxa unha versión máis actual da que está nos repositorios "
"de Ubuntu."

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :65
msgid ""
"Additional repositories are available from sites such as \\href{http://"
"getdeb.net}{getdeb.net} and Launchpad \\acronym{PPA}s, which can be added as "
"described in \\chaplink{ch:software-management}. You can download the "
"\\acronym{deb} packages for some applications from their respective project "
"sites on the Internet. Alternately, you can build applications from their "
"source code (an advanced method of installing and using applications)."
msgstr ""
"Existen repositorios dispoñíbeis desde lugares como \\href{http://getdeb.net}"
"{getdeb.net} e os PPA de Launchpad, que poden engadirse como se describe no "
"\\chaplink{ch:software-management}. Pode descargar os paquetes \\acronym"
"{deb} para algúns aplicativos desde os respectivos sitios dos proxectos en "
"Internet. De forma alternativa, pode construír os aplicativos desde o seu "
"código fonte (un método avanzado de instalación e uso de aplicativos)."

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :67
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Using only recognized sources such as a project's site, \\acronym{PPA}, "
#| "or various community repositories (such as \\href{http://getdeb.net}"
#| "{getdeb.net}) is more secure than downloading applications from an "
#| "arbitrary (and perhaps less reputable) source. When using a third party "
#| "source, consider the trustworthiness of source, and be sure you know "
#| "exactly what you're installing on your computer."
msgid ""
"Using only recognized sources such as a project's site, \\acronym{PPA}, or "
"various community repositories (such as \\href{http://getdeb.net}{getdeb."
"net}) is more secure than downloading applications from an arbitrary (and "
"perhaps less reputable) source. When using a third party source, consider "
"its trustworthiness, and be sure you know exactly what you're installing on "
"your computer."
msgstr ""
"Usar só fontes recoñecidas como os sitios dos proxectos, \\acronym{PPA}, ou "
"varios repositorios da comunidade (como \\href{http://getdeb.net}{getdeb."
"net}) é máis seguro que descargar os aplicativos desde fontes arbitrarias (e "
"polo tanto de menos confianza). Cando use unha fonte de terceiros considere "
"a confiabilidade da fonte e asegúrese que coñece exactamente o que está "
"instalando no seu computador."

#. type: section{#2}
#: security/security.tex :70
msgid "Users and groups"
msgstr "Usuarios e grupos"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :72
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Like most operating systems, Ubuntu allows you to create users accounts "
#| "for multiple people, each with some access to your computer. Ubuntu also "
#| "supports user groups, which allow you to administer permissions for "
#| "multiple users at the same time."
msgid ""
"Like most operating systems, Ubuntu allows you to create separate user "
"accounts for each person that use the computer. Ubuntu also supports user "
"groups, which allow you to administer permissions for multiple users at the "
"same time."
msgstr ""
"Como a maioría dos sistemas operativos. Ubuntu permite a creación de contas "
"de usuario para varias persoas, cada unha con algún acceso ao seu "
"computador. Ubuntu tamén admite os grupos de usuarios, o que lle permite "
"administrar os permisos para mútiples usuarios á vez."

#. type: index{#1}
#: security/security.tex :75
msgid "root"
msgstr "root"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :75
msgid ""
"Every user in Ubuntu is a member of at least one group \\dash the group's "
"name is the same as the name of the user. A user can also be a member of "
"additional groups. You can configure some files and folders to be accessible "
"only by a user and a group. By default, a user's files are only accessible "
"by that user; system files are only accessible by the root user."
msgstr ""
"Cada usuario de Ubuntu é membro de cando menos un grupo \\dash o nome do "
"grupo é o mesmo que o nome do usuario. Un usuario tamén pode ser membro de "
"máis grupos. Pode configurar algúns ficheiros e cartafoles para sexan "
"accesíbeis por un usuario ou un grupo. De forma predefinida, os ficheiros "
"dun usuario son só accesíbeis para dito usuario, os ficheiros do sistema son "
"só accesíbeis para o usuario root."

#. \screenshotTODO{Screenshoots of User and Groups window}
#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :78
msgid ""
"\\screenshot{07-users-settings.png}{ss:users-settings}{Add, remove and "
"change the user accounts.}"
msgstr ""
"\\screenshot{07-users-settings.png}{ss:users-settings}{Engadir, eliminar ou "
"cambiar contas de usuario.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: security/security.tex :81
msgid "Managing users"
msgstr "Xestionando usuarios"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :83
msgid ""
"You can manage users and groups using the \\textbf{Users and Groups} "
"administration application.  To find this application, click \\menu{System "
"\\then Administration \\then Users and Groups}."
msgstr ""
"Vostede pode xestionar usuarios e grupos usando o aplicativo de "
"administración \\textbf{Usuarios e grupos}. Para encontrar este aplicativo "
"prema en \\menu{Sistema \\then Administración \\then Usuarios e grupos}."

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :85
msgid ""
"To adjust the user and group settings click the keys icon next the phrase "
"``Click to make changes.'' You will need to input your password in order to "
"make changes to user and group settings."
msgstr ""
"Para modificar as opcións dun usuario ou grupo prema na icona das chaves ao "
"lado da frase ``Prema para facer cambios''. Debe inserir o seu contrasinal "
"para facer os cambios nas opcións do usuario e grupo."

#. type: paragraph{#2}
#: security/security.tex :88
msgid "Adding a user"
msgstr "Engadindo un usuario"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :88
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Click the \\button{Add} button which appears underneath a list of the "
#| "current user accounts that have already been created. Type in the new "
#| "username and select relevant options then click \\button{OK}. A new "
#| "dialog box will appear asking you to enter a password for the user you "
#| "have just created. Fill out the fields, then click \\button{OK} to "
#| "proceed. Privileges you grant to the new user can be altered in \\window"
#| "{Users Settings}."
msgid ""
"Click the \\button{Add} button which appears underneath a list of the "
"current user accounts that have already been created. A window will appear "
"that has two fields. The ``Name`` field field is for a friendly display "
"name. The ``Short Name`` field is for the actual username. Fill in the "
"requested information, then click \\button{OK}. A new dialog box will appear "
"asking you to enter a password for the user you have just created. Fill out "
"the fields, then click \\button{OK}. Privileges you grant to the new user "
"can be altered in \\window{Users Settings}."
msgstr ""
"Prema no botón \\button{Engadir} que aparece debaixo da lista das contas de "
"usuarios existentes. Escriba un novo nome de usuario e seleccione as opcións "
"que desexa e prema \\button{Aceptar}. Aparecerá unha nova caixa de diálogo "
"que lle pedirá o seu contrasinal de usuario. Complete os campos e logo prema "
"\\button{Aceptar} para continuar. Os privilexios que vostede lle outorgue ao "
"novo usuario poden modificarse desde a xanela \\window{Configuracións do "
"usuario}."

#. type: paragraph{#2}
#: security/security.tex :96
msgid "Modifying a user"
msgstr "Modificando un usuario"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :96
msgid ""
"Click on the name of a user in the list of users, then click on the \\button"
"{Change\\ldots} button, which appears next to each of following options:"
msgstr ""
"Prema sobre o nome do usuario desde a lista de usuarios, logo prema sobre o "
"botón \\button{Cambiar\\ldots} que aparece ao lado de cada unha das "
"seguintes opcións:"

#. type: itemize
#: security/security.tex :96
msgid "Account type:"
msgstr "Tipo de conta:"

#. type: itemize
#: security/security.tex :96
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Contrasinal:"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :96
msgid ""
"For more advanced user options click on the \\button{Advanced Settings} "
"button. Change the details as required in the dialog that appears. Click "
"\\button{OK} to save the changes."
msgstr ""
"Para acceder ás opcións avanzadas do usuario prema no botón \\button"
"{Configuracións avanzadas}. Cambie os detalles que queira no diálogo que "
"aparece e prema en \\button{Aceptar} para gardar os cambios."

#. type: paragraph{#2}
#: security/security.tex :99
msgid "Deleting a user"
msgstr "Eliminando un usuario"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :99
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Select a user from the list and click \\button{Delete}. Ubuntu will "
#| "deactivate the user's account, though it will not remove the user's home "
#| "folder."
msgid ""
"Select a user from the list and click \\button{Delete}. Ubuntu will "
"deactivate the user's account, and you can choose whether remove the user's "
"home folder or leave it."
msgstr ""
"Seleccione un usuario desde a lista e prema \\button{Eliminar}. Ubuntu "
"desactivará a conta de usuario máis non eliminará o cartafol persoal do "
"usuario."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: security/security.tex :102
msgid "Managing groups"
msgstr "Xestionando grupos"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :104
msgid ""
"Click on the \\button{Manage Groups} button to open the group management "
"dialog."
msgstr ""
"Prema no botón \\button{Xestionar os grupos} para abrir o diálogo de xestión "
"de grupos."

#. type: paragraph{#2}
#: security/security.tex :107
msgid "Adding a group"
msgstr "Engadindo un usuario"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :107
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "To add a group, click \\button{Add}. In the dialog that appears, enter "
#| "the group name and select the names of users you'd like to add to the "
#| "group."
msgid ""
"To add a group, click \\button{Add}. In the dialog that appears, enter the "
"group name and select the names of users you would like to add to the group."
msgstr ""
"Para engadir un grupo prema en \\button{Engadir}. No diálogo que aparece "
"introduza o nome do grupo e seleccione os usuarios que quere engadir ao "
"grupo."

#. type: paragraph{#2}
#: security/security.tex :110
msgid "Modifying a group"
msgstr "Modificando un usuario"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :110
msgid ""
"To alter the users in an existing group, select a group and click on the "
"\\button{Properties} button. Select and deselect the users as required, then "
"click \\button{OK} to apply the changes."
msgstr ""
"Para modificar os usuarios dun grupo existente, seleccione un grupo e prema "
"no botón \\button{Propiedades}. Seleccione e deseleccione os usuarios que "
"queira e logo prema \\button{Aceptar} cando remate."

#. type: paragraph{#2}
#: security/security.tex :113
msgid "Deleting a group"
msgstr "Eliminando un grupo"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :113
msgid "To delete a group, select a group and click \\button{Delete}."
msgstr ""
"Para eliminar un grupo, seleccione un grupo e prema en \\button{Eliminar}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: security/security.tex :115
msgid "Applying groups to files and folders"
msgstr "Aplicando grupos a ficheiros e cartafoles"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :117
msgid ""
"To change the group associated with a file or folder, open the \\application"
"{Nautilus} file browser and navigate to the appropriate file or folder. "
"Then, either select the folder and choose \\menu{File \\then Properties} "
"from the menubar, or right-click on the file or folder and choose \\menu"
"{Properties}. In the Properties dialog that appears, click on the \\tab"
"{Permissions} tab and select the desired group from the \\dropdown{Groups} "
"drop-down list. Then close the window."
msgstr ""
"Para cambiar o grupo asociado a un ficheiro ou cartafol abra o Explorador de "
"ficheiros \\application{Nautilus} e navegue até o ficheiro ou cartafol "
"axeitado. Entón, seleccione o ficheiro ou cartafol e prema co botón \\menu"
"{Ficheiro \\then Propiedades} desde a barra de menú ou prema co botón "
"dereito sobre o ficheiro ou cartafol e seleccione \\menu{Propiedades}. No "
"diálogo de Propiedades que aparece prema no separador \\tab{Permisos} e "
"seleccione o grupo desexado desde a lista despregábel \\dropdown{Grupos}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: security/security.tex :119
msgid "Using the command line"
msgstr "Usando a liña de ordes"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "You can also modify user and group settings via the command line. We "
#| "recommend that you use the graphical method above unless you have a good "
#| "reason to use the command line. For more information on using the command "
#| "line to modify users and groups, see the Ubuntu Server Guide at \\href"
#| "{https://help.ubuntu.com/9.10/serverguide/C/user-management.html}{https://"
#| "help.ubuntu.com/9.10/serverguide/C/user-management.html}"
msgid ""
"You can also modify user and group settings via the command line. We "
"recommend that you use the graphical method above unless you have a good "
"reason to use the command line. For more information on using the command "
"line to modify users and groups, see the Ubuntu Server Guide at \\href"
"{https://help.ubuntu.com/10.04/serverguide/C/user-management.html}{https://"
"help.ubuntu.com/10.04/serverguide/C/user-management.html}"
msgstr ""
"Tamén pode modificar as opcións de usuario e grupo mediante a liña de ordes. "
"Recomendámoslle usar o método gráfico de enriba a menos que teña unha boa "
"razón para usar a liña de ordes. Para obter máis información sobre o uso da "
"liña de ordes para modificar usuarios e grupos consulte a Guía de servidor "
"de Ubuntu en \\href{https://help.ubuntu.com/9.10/serverguide/C/user-"
"management.html}{https://help.ubuntu.com/9.10/serverguide/C/user-management."
"html}"

#. type: section{#2}
#: security/security.tex :124
msgid "Setting up a secure system"
msgstr "Configurando un sistema seguro"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :126
msgid ""
"You may also want to use a firewall, or use encryption, to further increase "
"the security of your system."
msgstr ""
"Tal vez queira usar unha devasa, ou usar cifrado para aumentar aínda máis a "
"seguridade do seu sistema."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: security/security.tex :130
msgid "Firewall"
msgstr "Cortalumes"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :130
msgid ""
"A firewall is an application that protects your computer against "
"unauthorized access by people on the Internet or your local network. "
"Firewalls block connections to your computer from unknown sources. This "
"helps prevent security breaches."
msgstr ""
"Unha devasa é un aplicativo que protexe o seu computador fronte a accesos "
"non autorizados por xente na Internet ou na súa rede local. As devasas "
"bloquean as conexións do seu computador desde orixes descoñecidas. Isto "
"axuda a previr brechas de seguridade."

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :132
msgid ""
"Uncomplicated Firewall (\\acronym{UFW}) is the standard firewall "
"configuration program in Ubuntu. It is a program that runs from the command "
"line, but a program called \\application{Gufw} allows you to use it with a "
"graphical interface. See \\chaplink{ch:software-management} to learn more "
"about installing the \\application{Gufw} package."
msgstr ""
"Uncomplicated Firewall (\\acronym{UFW}) é o programa de configuración de "
"devasa (firewall) de Ubuntu. É un programa que se executa desde a liña de "
"ordes, pero un programa chamado \\application{Gufw} permítelle usalo cunha "
"interface gráfica. Consulte o \\chaplink{ch:software-management} para obter "
"máis información sobre a instalación do paquete \\application{Gufw}."

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :137
msgid ""
"Once it's installed, start \\application{Gufw} by clicking \\menu{System "
"\\then Administration \\then Firewall configuration}. To enable the "
"firewall, select the \\checkbox{Enable} option. By default, all incoming "
"connections are denied. This setting should be suitable for most users."
msgstr ""
"Cando estea instalado, inicie \\application{Gufw} premendo en \\menu{Sistema "
"\\then Administración \\then Configuración da devasa}. Para activar a "
"devasa, seleccione a opción \\checkbox{Activar}. De forma predefinida, todas "
"as conexións entrantes son rexeitadas. Esta configuración debería axeitarse "
"á maioría dos usuarios."

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :139
msgid ""
"If you are running server software on your Ubuntu system (such as a web "
"server, or an \\acronym{FTP} server), then you will need to open the ports "
"these services use. If you are not familiar with servers, you will likely "
"not need to open any additional ports."
msgstr ""
"Se está executando software de servidor no seu sistema Ubuntu (como un "
"servidor web ou un servidor \\acronym{FTP}), terá que abrir os portos destes "
"servizos usan. Se non está familiarizado cos servidores non terá que abrir "
"ningún porto adicional."

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :141
msgid ""
"To open a port click on the \\button{Add} button. For most purposes, the "
"\\tab{Preconfigured} tab is sufficient. Select \\button{Allow} from the "
"first box and then select the program or service required."
msgstr ""
"Para abrir un porto prema no botón \\button{Engadir}. Para a maioría dos "
"propósitos o separador \\tab{Preconfigurado} é suficiente. Seleccione "
"\\button{Permitir} na primeira caixa e logo seleccione o programa ou servizo "
"requirido."

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :143
msgid ""
"The \\tab{simple} tab can be used to allow access on a single port, and the "
"\\tab{Advanced} tab can be used to allow access on a range of ports."
msgstr ""
"O separador \\tab{simple} úsase para permitir o acceso a un único porto, e o "
"separador \\tab{Avanzado} para permitir o acceso a un rango de portos."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: security/security.tex :146
msgid "Encryption"
msgstr "Cifrado"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :148
msgid ""
"You may wish to protect your sensitive personal data \\dash for instance, "
"financial records \\dash by encrypting it.  Encrypting a file or folder "
"essentially ``locks'' that file or folder by encoding it with an algorithm "
"that keeps it scrambled until it is properly decoded with a password.  "
"Encrypting your personal data ensures that no one can open your personal "
"folders or read your private data without your private key."
msgstr ""
"Pode querer protexer os seus datos persoais \\dash por exemplo, os rexistros "
"financeiros \\dash cifrándoos. Cifrar un ficheiro ou cartafol é "
"esencialmente ``bloquear'' dito ficheiro ou cartafol codificándoo con un "
"algoritmo que o mantén desordenado até que o decodifique con un contrasinal. "
"Cifrar os seus datos persoais asegúralle que ninguén poderá abrir os seus "
"ficheiros persoais ou ler os seus datos privados sen a súa chave de privada."

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :150
msgid ""
"Ubuntu includes a number of tools to encrypt files and folders. This chapter "
"will discuss two of these. For further information on using encryption with "
"either single files or email, see Ubuntu Community Help documents at \\href"
"{https://help.ubuntu.com/community}{https://help.ubuntu.com/community}."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: security/security.tex :153
msgid "Home folder"
msgstr "Cartafol pesoal"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :155
msgid ""
"When installing Ubuntu, it is possible to encrypt a user's home folder. See "
"\\chaplink{ch:installation} for more on encrypting the home folder."
msgstr ""
"Ao instalar Ubuntu é posíbel cifrar o seu cartafol persoal de usuario. "
"Consulte o \\chaplink{ch:installation} para obter máis información sobre o "
"cifrado do seu cartafol persoal."

#. type: subsubsection{#2}
#: security/security.tex :158
msgid "Private folder"
msgstr "Cartafol privado"

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :169
msgid ""
"If you have not chosen to encrypt a user's entire home folder, it is "
"possible to encrypt a single folder \\dash called \\textbf{Private} \\dash "
"in a user's home folder.  To do this, follow these steps:"
msgstr ""
"Se non seleccionou cifrar o todo o seu cartafol persoal é posíbel cifrar un "
"único cartafol \\dash chamado \\textbf{Privado} \\dash no cartafol persoal "
"do usuario. Para facer isto siga os seguintes pasos:"

#.  Need more information on how to do this -- b^2
#. type: enumerate
#: security/security.tex :169
msgid "Install the \\textbf{ecryptfs-utils} software package."
msgstr "Instale o paquete de software \\textbf{ecryptfs-utils}."

#. type: enumerate
#: security/security.tex :169
msgid ""
"Use the terminal to run \\commandlineapp{ecryptfs-setup-private} to set up "
"the private folder."
msgstr ""
"Use o terminal para executar \\commandlineapp{ecryptfs-setup-private} para "
"configurar o seu cartafol privado."

#. type: enumerate
#: security/security.tex :169
msgid "Enter your account's password when prompted."
msgstr "Insira o seu contrasinal cando se lle pregunte"

#. type: enumerate
#: security/security.tex :169
msgid "Either choose a mount passphrase or generate one."
msgstr "Seleccione entre unha frase de paso de montado ou xerar un."

#. type: enumerate
#: security/security.tex :169
msgid ""
"Record both passphrases in a safe location. \\textbf{These are required if "
"you ever have to recover your data manually.}"
msgstr ""
"Rexistre ámbalas dúas frases de paso nun lugar seguro. \\textbf{Isto "
"requírese se ten que recuperar os seus datos de forma manual.}"

#. type: enumerate
#: security/security.tex :169
msgid "Log out and log back in to mount the encrypted folder."
msgstr "Saia da se sión e iníciea de novo para montar o cartafol cifrado."

#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :171
msgid ""
"After the \\textbf{Private} folder has been set up, any files or folders in "
"it will automatically be encrypted."
msgstr ""
"Despois de que se configure o cartafol \\textbf{Privado} calquera ficheiro "
"ou cartafol dentro del será automaticamente cifrado."

#. If you need to recover your encrypted files manually see \href{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory#Recovering Your Data Manually}{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory\#Recovering Your Data Manually}.
#. If you need to recover your encrypted files manually see \href{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory#Recovering Your Data Manually}{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory}.
#. If you need to recover your encrypted files manually see \href{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory}{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory}.
#. type: document
#: security/security.tex :176
msgid ""
"If you need to recover your encrypted files manually see \\url{https://help."
"ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory}."
msgstr ""
"Se vostede necesita recuperar os seus datos cifrados de forma manual "
"consulte \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EncryptedPrivateDirectory}."

#. type: chapter{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :6
msgid "Troubleshooting"
msgstr "Solución de problemas"

#. type: section{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :10
msgid "Resolving problems"
msgstr "Resolvendo problemas"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :10
msgid ""
"Sometimes, things simply do not work as they should. Luckily, problems "
"encountered while working with Ubuntu are easily fixed. Below, we offer a "
"guide to resolving basic problems that users may encounter while using "
"Ubuntu. If you exhaust the troubleshooting advice below, see \\seclink{sec:"
"troubleshooting:getting-more-help} to learn about seeking support from the "
"Ubuntu community."
msgstr ""
"En coasións as cousas simplemente non traballan como deberían. Por sorte, os "
"problemas que pode encontrar mentres traballa con Ubuntu son de solución moi "
"sinxela. Debaixo ofrecémoslle unha guía para resolver os problemas básicos "
"que os usuarios poden encontrar mentres usan Ubuntu. Se non é necesaria a "
"guía de resolución de erros de abaixo vexa a sección \\seclink{sec:"
"trobleshooting:getting-more-help} para saber máis sobre como buscar "
"asistencia na comunidade de Ubuntu."

#. type: section{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :13
msgid "Troubleshooting guide"
msgstr "Guía de resolución de problemas"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :15
msgid ""
"The key to effective troubleshooting is working slowly and methodically, "
"documenting changes you make to your Ubuntu system at every step. This way, "
"you will always be able to roll back your work \\dash and give fellow users "
"information about your previous attempts, in the unlikely event that you "
"should need to turn to the community for support."
msgstr "f"

#. This guide is based off of the instructions on the ubuntu community docs site.
#. https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RecoveringUbuntuAfterInstallingWindows
#. This guide recreates the linux bootloader, since this is much more flexible than maintaining the Windows bootloader
#. type: subsection{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :22
msgid "Ubuntu fails to start after I've installed Windows"
msgstr "Ubuntu falla ao arrincar despois de instalar Windos"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :22
msgid ""
"Occasionally you may install Ubuntu and then decide to install Microsoft "
"Windows as a second operating system running side-by-side with Ubuntu.  "
"While this is supported by Ubuntu, you may find that after installing "
"Windows you may no longer be able to start Ubuntu."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :28
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When you first turn on your computer, a program called a ``bootloader'' "
#| "must start Ubuntu or another operating system.  \\notecallout[Definition]"
#| "{A \\textbf{bootloader} is initial software that loads the operating "
#| "system when you turn on the computer.} When you installed Ubuntu, you "
#| "installed an advanced bootloader called \\textbf{\\acronym{GRUB}} that "
#| "allowed you to choose between the various operating systems on your "
#| "computer, such as Ubuntu, Windows and others.  However, when you "
#| "installed Windows, it replaced \\acronym{GRUB} with its own bootloader, "
#| "thus removing the ability to choose which operating system you'd like to "
#| "use.  You can easily restore \\acronym{GRUB} \\dash and regain the "
#| "ability to choose your operating system \\dash by using the same \\acronym"
#| "{CD} you used to install Ubuntu."
msgid ""
"When you first turn on your computer, a program called a ``bootloader'' must "
"start Ubuntu or another operating system.  \\marginnote{A \\textbf"
"{bootloader} is the initial software that loads the operating system when "
"you turn on the computer.} When you installed Ubuntu, you installed an "
"advanced bootloader called \\textbf{\\acronym{GRUB}} that allowed you to "
"choose between the various operating systems on your computer, such as "
"Ubuntu, Windows and others.  However, when you installed Windows, it "
"replaced \\acronym{GRUB} with its own bootloader, thus removing the ability "
"to choose which operating system you'd like to use.  You can easily restore "
"\\acronym{GRUB} \\dash and regain the ability to choose your operating "
"system \\dash by using the same \\acronym{CD} you used to install Ubuntu."
msgstr ""
"Cando acende por primeira vez o seu computador, un programa chamado "
"``cargador de arrinque'' debe iniciar Ubuntu ou outro sistema operativo. "
"\\notecallout[Definition]{Un \\textbf{cargador de arrinque} é un software "
"inicial que carga o sistema operativo ao acender o equipo.} Cando instalou "
"Ubuntu, instalouse un cargador de arrinque avanzado chamado \\textbf"
"{\\acronym{GRUB}} que lle permite escoller entre varios sistemas operativos "
"no seu computador, como Ubuntu, Windows e outros. Porén, cando instalou "
"Windows, substituíuse o \\acronym{GRUB} co seu propio cargador de arrinque, "
"eliminándose a posibilidade de escoller que sistema operativo desexaría "
"usar. Pode restaurar doadamente o \\acronym{GRUB} \\dash e recuperar a "
"capacidade de escoller o seu sistema operativo \\dash usando o mesmo "
"\\acronym{CD} que usou para instalar Ubuntu."

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :36
msgid ""
"First, insert your Ubuntu \\acronym{CD} into your computer and restart it, "
"making sure to have your computer start the operating system that is on the "
"\\acronym{CD} itself (see \\chaplink{ch:installation}).  Next, choose your "
"language and select \\textbf{Try Ubuntu}.  Wait while the software loads.  "
"You will need to type some code to restore your bootloader. On the \\textbf"
"{Applications} menu, click \\textbf{Accessories}, and then click the \\textbf"
"{Terminal} item.  Enter the following:"
msgstr ""

#. type: terminal
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :36
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo fdisk -l}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo fdisk -l}"

#. type: verbatim
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :40
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"Disk /dev/hda: 120.0 GB, 120034123776 bytes\n"
"255 heads, 63 sectors/track, 14593 cylinders\n"
"Units = cylinders of 16065 * 512 = 8225280 bytes\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"Disco /dev/hda: 120.0 GB, 120034123776 bytes\n"
"255 cabezas, 63 sectores/pista, 14593 cilindros\n"
"Unidades = cilindros de 16065 * 512 = 8225280 bytes\n"
"\n"

#. type: verbatim
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :46
#, no-wrap
msgid ""
"   Device Boot      Start         End      Blocks   Id  System\n"
"/dev/sda1               1        1224       64228+  83  Linux\n"
"/dev/sda2   *        1225        2440     9767520   a5  Windows\n"
"/dev/sda3            2441       14593    97618972+   5  Extended\n"
"/dev/sda4           14532       14593      498015   82  Linux swap\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
"   Device Boot      Start         End      Blocks   Id  System\n"
"/dev/sda1               1        1224       64228+  83  Linux\n"
"/dev/sda2   *        1225        2440     9767520   a5  Windows\n"
"/dev/sda3            2441       14593    97618972+   5  Extended\n"
"/dev/sda4           14532       14593      498015   82  Linux swap\n"
"\n"

#. type: verbatim
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :48
#, no-wrap
msgid "Partition table entries are not in disk order"
msgstr "As entradas da táboa de particións non están en orde"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :54
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{The device (/dev/sda1, /dev/sda2, etc) we are looking for is "
"identified by the word ``Linux'' in the System column.  Modify the "
"instructions below if necessary, replacing /dev/sda1 with the name of your "
"Linux device.} This output means that your system (Linux, on which Ubuntu is "
"based) is installed on device /dev/sda1, but your computer is booting to /"
"dev/sda2 (where Windows is located).  We need to rectify this by telling the "
"computer to boot to the Linux device instead."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :56
msgid ""
"To do this, first create a place to manipulate your Ubuntu installation:"
msgstr ""
"Para facer isto, primeir cree un lugar para manipular a súa instalación de "
"Ubuntu:"

#. type: terminal
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :60
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo mkdir /media/root}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo mkdir /media/root}"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :62
msgid "Next, link your Ubuntu installation and this new folder:"
msgstr ""
"A continuación, ligue a súa instalación de Ubuntu e este novo cartafol:"

#. type: terminal
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :66
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo mount /dev/sda1 /media/root}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo mount /dev/sda1 /media/root}"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :68
msgid "If you've done this correctly, then you should see the following:"
msgstr "Se fixo isto correctamente, entón debería ver o seguinte:"

#. type: terminal
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :75
msgid ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{ls /media/root} bin dev home lib mnt root srv usr boot "
"etc initrd lib64 opt sbin sys var cdrom initrd.img media proc selinux tmp "
"vmlinuz"
msgstr ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{ls /media/root} bin dev home lib mnt root srv usr boot "
"etc initrd lib64 opt sbin sys var cdrom initrd.img media proc selinux tmp "
"vmlinuz"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :77
msgid "Now, you can reinstall \\acronym{GRUB}:"
msgstr "Agora, pode reinstalar \\acronym{GRUB}:"

#. type: terminal
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :84
msgid ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{sudo grub-install --root-directory=/media/root /dev/"
"sda} Installation finished. No error reported.  This is the contents of the "
"device map /boot/grub/device.map.  Check if this is correct or not. If any "
"of the lines is incorrect, fix it and re-run the script \\commandlineapp"
"{grub-install}."
msgstr ""

#. type: terminal
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :87
msgid "(hd0)  /dev/sda"
msgstr "(hd0)  /dev/sda"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :89
msgid ""
"Finally, remove the Ubuntu disc from your \\acronym{CD-ROM} drive, reboot "
"your computer, and enjoy your Ubuntu system once again."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :96
msgid ""
"This guide may not work for all Ubuntu users due to differences in system "
"configuration.  Still, this is the recommended method, and the most "
"successful method, for restoring the \\acronym{GRUB} bootloader.  If "
"following this guide does not restore \\acronym{GRUB} on your computer, "
"please consider trying some of the other troubleshooting methods at \\url"
"{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/RecoveringUbuntuAfterInstallingWindows}.  "
"When following the instructions, please note that your Ubuntu installation "
"uses Grub2.  This guide replicates the method described in the first section "
"of the referenced web page.  Please consider starting with the third "
"section, \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
"RecoveringUbuntuAfterInstallingWindows}."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :98
msgid "Ubuntu doesn't present the login screen when my computer boots"
msgstr ""

#. Due to difculites of caputing this at the correct rsolution it is not included in the manual - ubuntujenkins luke jennings
#. \screenshotTODO{Screenshot of a virtual terminal (i.e. ctrl-alt-F1)}
#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :104
msgid ""
"The simplest and easiest way to correct this issue is to order Ubuntu to "
"reset the graphics configuration.  Press and hold \\textbf{Control}, \\textbf"
"{Alt} and \\textbf{F1}.  You should now see a black and white screen with a "
"prompt for your username and password."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :116
msgid ""
"Enter your username, press \\textbf{Enter}, and then enter your password. "
"(Characters \\textit{will not} appear on the screen as you enter your "
"password. Don't worry\\dash this behavior is normal and was implemented for "
"security purposes).  Next, enter the following commands. Your password will "
"be needed again."
msgstr ""

#. type: terminal
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :116
msgid ""
"\\prompt \\userinput{sudo cd /etc/X11} \\prompt \\userinput{sudo mv ./xorg."
"conf ./xorg.conf\\_old} \\prompt \\userinput{sudo service gdm stop} \\prompt "
"\\userinput{sudo X -configure} \\prompt \\userinput{sudo mv ./xorg.conf."
"new ./xorg.conf} \\prompt \\userinput{sudo reboot now}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :116
msgid "Ubuntu will reboot, and your login screen should be restored."
msgstr ""
"Reiniciarase Ubuntu e a súa pantalla de inicio de sesión debería restaurarse."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :119
msgid "I forgot my password"
msgstr "Esquecín o meu contrasinal"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :119
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you forget your password in Ubuntu, you will need to reset it using "
#| "the ``Rescue mode.''"
msgid ""
"If you forget your password in Ubuntu, you will need to reset it using "
"``Recovery mode.''"
msgstr ""
"Se esquence o seu contrasinal de Ubuntu, necesita reiniciar usando o ``Modo "
"de rescate''."

#. \screenshotTODO{GRUB screen with Recovery Mode option highlighted}
#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :125
msgid ""
"To start Recovery mode, shut down your computer, then power it up.  As the "
"computer starts up, press \\textbf{Shift} (Grub2) {Esc} (Grub1) when you see "
"the white-on-black screen with a countdown (the \\acronym{GRUB} prompt).  "
"Select the \\textbf{Recovery mode} option using the arrow keys on your "
"keyboard. Recovery mode should be the second item in the list.  \\screenshot"
"{08-grub-boot-screen.png}{ss:grub-boot-screen}{This is the grub screen in "
"which you can choose recovery mode.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :144
msgid ""
"Wait while Ubuntu starts up. You \\textit{will not} see a normal login "
"screen.  Instead, you will be presented with a terminal prompt that looks "
"something like:"
msgstr ""

#. type: terminal
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :144
msgid "root@something\\#"
msgstr "root@algo\\#"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :144
msgid "To reset your password, enter:"
msgstr "Para  restabelecer o seu contrasinal, insira:"

#. type: terminal
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :144
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{passwd \\emph{username}}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{passwd \\emph{nome de usuario}}"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :144
msgid ""
"Replace ``username'' above with your username.  Ubuntu will prompt you for a "
"new password.  Enter your desired password, press enter and then type your "
"password again, pressing enter after you are done. (Ubuntu asks for your "
"password twice to make sure you did not make a mistake while typing).  Once "
"you have restored your password, return to the normal system environment by "
"entering:"
msgstr ""

#. type: terminal
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :144
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{init 2}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{init 2}"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :144
msgid "Login as usual and continue enjoying Ubuntu."
msgstr "Acceda normalmente e continúe disfrutando de Ubuntu."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :171
msgid "I accidentally deleted some files that I need"
msgstr "Borrei accidentalmente algúns ficheiros que necesito"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :173
msgid ""
"If you've deleted a file by accident, you may be able to recover it from "
"Ubuntu's trash folder. This is a special folder where Ubuntu stores deleted "
"files before they are permanently removed from your computer."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :175
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{The Wastebasket is called different things in various parts of "
"the desktop. This could cause confusion. This is a known issue and will be "
"resolved in the next version of \\acronym{GNOME}. The Wastebasket could also "
"be know as the ``Deleted Items Folder``.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :177
msgid ""
"To access the trash folder, select \\menu{Places \\then Computer} from the "
"top panel, then choose \\menu{Trash} from the list of places in the left-"
"hand sidebar of the window that appears (alternatively, click on the trash "
"applet at the far right of the bottom panel). To remove items from this "
"folder and restore them to your computer, right-click on the items you want "
"and select \\button{Restore}, or otherwise drag them wherever you would like "
"(we recommend a memorable location, such as your home folder or desktop)."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :179
msgid "How do I clean Ubuntu?"
msgstr "Como limpo Ubuntu?"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :181
msgid ""
"Over time, Ubuntu's software packaging system can accumulate unused packages "
"or temporary files. These temporary files, also called caches, contain "
"package files from all of the packages that you have ever installed.  "
"Eventually, this cache can grow quite large.  Removing them allows you to "
"reclaim space on your computer's hard drive for storing your documents, "
"music, photographs, or other files."
msgstr ""
"Co tempo, o sistema de empaquetado de software de Ubuntu pode acumular "
"paquetes en desuso ou ficheiros temporais. Estes ficheiros temporais, tamén "
"caché, contén ficheiros de paquetes de todos os paquetes que vostede "
"instalara. En ocasións, esta caché pode medrar bastante. Ao limpar a caché "
"pode recuperar o espazo no seu disco ríxido para almacenar os seus "
"documentos, música, fotografías ou outros ficheiros."

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :187
msgid ""
"To clear the cache, you can use either the \\code{clean}, or the \\code"
"{autoclean} option for a command-line program called \\commandlineapp{apt-"
"get}. The \\code{clean} command will remove every single cached item, while "
"the \\code{autoclean} command only removes cached items that can no longer "
"be downloaded (these items are often unnecessary).  To run \\code{clean}, "
"open \\textbf{Terminal} and type:"
msgstr ""
"Para limpar a caché pode usar tanto a opción \\code{clean} ou \\code"
"{autoclean} desde o programa de liña de ordes chamado \\commandlineapp{apt-"
"get}. A orde \\code{clean} eliminara cada elemento na caché mentres que "
"\\code{autoclean} só eliminará os elementos da caché que non serán "
"descargados máis (eses elementos normalmente son innecesarios). Para "
"executar \\code{clean} abra o \\textbf{Terminal} e escriba:"

#. type: terminal
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :191
msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get clean}"
msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get clean}"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :195
msgid ""
"Packages can also become unused over time. If a package was installed to "
"assist with running another program \\dash and that program was subsequently "
"removed \\dash you no longer need the supporting package.  You can remove it "
"with \\code{autoremove}."
msgstr ""
"Os paquetes tamén poden chegar a non usarse co tempo. Se un paquete foi "
"instalado para asistir a outro programa en execución \\dash e dito programa "
"foi eliminado \\dash xa non o necesita polo que pode eliminalo coa opción "
"\\code{autoremove}."

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :197
msgid "Load \\textbf{Terminal} and type:"
msgstr "Cargue a \\textbf{Terminal} e insira:"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :203
msgid "to remove the unnecessary packages."
msgstr "para eliminar os paquetes innecesarios"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :208
msgid "I can't play certain audio or video files"
msgstr "Non podo reproducir certos ficheiros de audio e vídeo"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :210
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Many of the formats used to deliver rich media content are \\textbf"
#| "{proprietary}, meaning they are not free to use, modify and distribute "
#| "with an open source operating system like Ubuntu. Therefore, Ubuntu does "
#| "not include the capability to use these formats by default; however, "
#| "users can easily configure Ubuntu to use these proprietary formats. For "
#| "more information about the differences between open source and "
#| "proprietary software, see \\chaplink{ch:learning-more}."
msgid ""
"Many of the formats used to deliver rich media content are \\textbf"
"{proprietary}, meaning they are not free to use, modify and distribute with "
"an open-source operating system like Ubuntu. Therefore, Ubuntu does not "
"include the capability to use these formats by default; however, users can "
"easily configure Ubuntu to use these proprietary formats. For more "
"information about the differences between open source and proprietary "
"software, see \\chaplink{ch:learning-more}."
msgstr ""
"Algún dos formatos usados para distribuír contido multimedia son \\textbf"
"{privativos} o que significa que non son de uso, modificación e distribución "
"libre con un sistema operativo de código aberto como Ubuntu. Porén, Ubuntu "
"non inclúe a capacidade de usar estes formatos de forma predefinido o que "
"non significa que os usuarios poidan configurar Ubuntu para usar estes "
"formatos privativos. Para obter máis información sobre as diferenzas entre o "
"software privativo e o aberto consulte \\chaplink{ch:learning-more}."

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :212
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "If you find yourself in need of a proprietary format, you may install the "
#| "files necessary for using this format with one command. Before initiating "
#| "this command, ensure that you have Universe and Restricted repositories "
#| "enabled. See the \\seclink{sec:synaptic} section to learn how to do this."
msgid ""
"If you find yourself in need of a proprietary format, you may install the "
"files necessary for using this format with one command. Before initiating "
"this command, ensure that you have Universe and Multiverse repositories "
"enabled. See the \\seclink{sec:synaptic} section to learn how to do this."
msgstr ""
"Se se ve obrigado a usar un formato privativo debería instalar os ficheiros "
"necesarios para usar dito formato cunha orde. Antes de iniciar esta orde "
"asegúrese que ten os repositorios Universe e Restricted activados. Vexa a "
"sección \\seclink{sec:synaptic} para saber como facer isto."

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :217
msgid ""
"Open the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center} by selecting it from \\menu"
"{Applications}.  Search for \\textbf{ubuntu-restricted-extras} by typing "
"``ubuntu restricted extras'' in the search box on the right-hand side of the "
"Ubuntu Software Center's main window.  When the Software Center finds the "
"appropriate software, click the arrow next to its title.  Click \\button"
"{Install}, then wait while Ubuntu installs the appropriate software."
msgstr ""
"Abra o \\application{Centro de software de Ubuntu} seleccionándoo desde o "
"menú \\menu{Aplicativos}. Busca por \\textbf{Extras restrinxidas de Ubuntu} "
"inserindo ``Extras restrinxidas de Ubuntu'' na caixa de busca no lado "
"dereito da xanela principal do Centro de software de Ubuntu. Cando o Centro "
"de software de Ubuntu encontre o software axeitado, prema ao lado do seu "
"título. Prema en \\button{Instalar} e logo espere mentres Ubuntu instala o "
"software."

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :219
msgid ""
"Once Ubuntu has successfully installed software, your rich media content "
"should work properly."
msgstr ""
"Cando Ubuntu instale o software con éxito, o seu contido multimedia debería "
"verse correctamente."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :221
msgid "How can I change my screen resolution?"
msgstr "Como podo cambiar a resolución da miña pantalla?"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :223
msgid ""
"The image on every monitor is composed of millions of little colored dots "
"called pixels. Changing the number of pixels displayed on your monitor is "
"called ``changing the resolution.'' Increasing the resolution will make the "
"displayed images sharper, but will also tend to make them smaller. The "
"opposite is true when screen resolution is decreased. Most monitors have a "
"``native resolution,'' which is a resolution that most closely matches the "
"number of pixels in the monitor. Your display will usually be sharpest when "
"your operating system uses a resolution that matches your display's native "
"resolution."
msgstr ""
"A imaxe de cada monitor está composta por millóns de pequenos puntos con cor "
"chamados píxeles. Cambiar o número de píxeles mostrados no seu monitor "
"denomínase ``cambiar a resolución''. Se incrementa a resolución fará que as "
"imaxes sexan menos angulosas, ademais de que tenderá a verse máis pequeno "
"todo e viceversa. A maioría dos monitores teñen unha ``resolución nativa'', "
"que é unha resolución que na maioría dos casos coincide co número de píxeles "
"que ten o seu monitor. As imaxes na súa pantalla serán menos angulosas cando "
"o seu sistema operativo use unha resolución que coincide coa resolución "
"nativa do seu monitor."

#. \screenshotTODO{gnome-display-properties screenshot with resolution dropdown open}
#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :230
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu configuration utility \\textbf{Monitors} allows users to change "
"the resolution.  Open it by choosing \\menu{System} from the Main Menu, then "
"choosing \\menu{Preferences} and then \\menu{Monitors}.  The resolution can "
"be changed using the drop down list within the program.  Picking options "
"higher up on the list (for example, those with larger numbers) will increase "
"the resolution.  \\screenshot{08-display-properties.png}{ss:display-"
"properties}{You can change your display settings.}"
msgstr ""
"A utilidade de configuración de Ubuntu \\textbf{Monitores} permítelle aos "
"usuarios cambiar a resolución. Ábraa seleccionando \\menu{Sistema} desde o "
"menú principal, logo seleccione \\menu{Preferencias} e logo \\menu"
"{Monitores}. Pode cambiar a resolución usando a lista despregábel no "
"programa. Seleccione as opcións máis altas da lista (por exemplo, aquelas "
"cos números máis longos) para incrementar a resolución \\screenshot{08-"
"display-properties.png}{ss:display-properties}{Pode cambiar as súas opcións "
"da pantalla.}"

#. \screenshotTODO{gnome-display-properties screenshot of confirm or revert dialog}
#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :235
msgid ""
"You can experiment with various resolutions by clicking \\button{Apply} at "
"the bottom of the window until you find one that's comfortable for you. "
"Typically the highest resolution will be the native resolution. Selecting a "
"resolution and clicking \\textbf{Apply} will temporarily change the screen "
"resolution to the selected value.  A dialog box will also be displayed. It "
"allows you to revert to the previous resolution setting or keep the new "
"resolution. The dialog box will disappear in 30 seconds, restoring the old "
"resolution.  \\screenshot{08-display-properties-confirm.png}{ss:08-display-"
"properties-confirm}{You can revert back to your old settings if you need "
"to.} This feature was implemented to prevent someone from being locked out "
"of the computer by a resolution that distorts the monitor and makes it "
"unusable. When you have finished setting the screen resolution, click "
"\\textbf{Close}."
msgstr ""
"Vostede pode experimentar con varias resolucións premendo en \\button"
"{Aplicar} na parte inferior da xanela até que encontre a que quere. "
"Normalmente a resolución máis grande será a resolución nativa. Se selecciona "
"unha resolución e preme \\textbf{Aplicar} cambiarase temporalmente a "
"resolución de pantalla ao valor seleccionado. Aparecerá unha caixa de "
"diálogo que lle permite reverter á opción de resolución anterior ou manter a "
"nova resolución. A caixa de diálogo desaparecerá despois de 30 segundos, e "
"restaurarase á resolución anterior. \\screenshot{08-display-properties-"
"confirm.png}{ss:08-display-properties-confirm}{Pode reverter á súa "
"configuración anterior se o necesita.}"

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :242
msgid "Ubuntu is not working properly on my Apple MacBook or MacBook Pro"
msgstr "Ubuntu non funciona correctamente no meu Apple MacBook ou MacBook Pro"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :244
msgid ""
"When installed on notebook computers from Apple \\dash such as the MacBook "
"or MacBook Pro \\dash Ubuntu does not always enable all of the computer's "
"built-in components, including the iSight camera and the Airport wireless "
"Internet adapter. Luckily, the Ubuntu community offers documentation on "
"fixing these and other problems. If you are having trouble installing or "
"using Ubuntu on your Apple notebook computer, please follow the instructions "
"at \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/MacBook}. You can select the "
"appropriate guide after identifying your computer's model number. For "
"instructions on doing this, visit the web page above."
msgstr ""
"Cando se instala en computadoras ultraportátiles de Apple \\dash como o "
"MacBook ou MacBook Pro \\dash Ubuntu non sempre activa todos os compoñentes "
"integrados no computador, incluíndo a cámara iSight e o adaptador a Internet "
"sen fíos Airport. Afortunadamente, a comunidade de Ubuntu ofrece "
"documentación sobre a solución deses e outros problemas. Se ten problemas "
"para instalar ou utilizar Ubuntu no seu ordenador ultraportátil de Apple, "
"por favor, siga as instrucións en \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/"
"MacBook}. Vostede pode seleccionar a guía do seu caso despois de identificar "
"o número do modelo do seu computador. Para obter instrucións sobre cómo "
"facer isto, visite a páxina web indicada anteriormente."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :246
msgid "Ubuntu is not working properly on my Asus EeePC"
msgstr "Ubuntu non funciona correctamente no meu Asus EeePC"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :249
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "When installed on netbook computers from Asus \\dash such as the EeePC "
#| "\\dash Ubuntu does not always enable all of the computer's built-in "
#| "components, including the keyboard shortcut keys and the wireless "
#| "Internet adapter. The Ubuntu community offers documentation on fixing "
#| "these and other problems. If you are having trouble installing or using "
#| "Ubuntu on your Asus EeePC, please follow the instructions at \\url"
#| "{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EeePC}.  This documentation page "
#| "contains information pertaining specifically to EeePC netbooks."
msgid ""
"When installed on netbook computers from Asus \\dash such as the EeePC "
"\\dash Ubuntu does not always enable all of the computer's built-in "
"components, including the keyboard shortcut keys and the wireless Internet "
"adapter. The Ubuntu community offers documentation on enabling these "
"components and fixing other problems. If you are having trouble installing "
"or using Ubuntu on your Asus EeePC, please follow the instructions at \\url"
"{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EeePC}.  This documentation page contains "
"information pertaining specifically to EeePC netbooks."
msgstr ""
"Cando está instalado nun computador netbook de Asus \\dash como os EeePC "
"\\dash Ubuntu non activará todos os compoñentes do computador, incluíndo as "
"teclas de atallo do teclado e o adaptador de rede sen fíos. A comunidade de "
"Ubuntu ofrécelle documentación para arranxar estes e outros problemas. Se "
"está tendo problemas ao instalar ou usar Ubuntu no seu Asus EeePC siga as "
"instrucións en \\url{https://help.ubuntu.com/community/EeePC}. Esta páxina "
"de documentación contén información específica dos netbooks EeePC."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :251
msgid "My hardware is not working properly"
msgstr "O meu hardware non funciona correctamente"

#. type: document
#: troubleshooting/troubleshooting.tex :253
msgid ""
"Ubuntu occasionally has difficulty running on certain computers, generally "
"when hardware manufacturers use non-standard or proprietary components. The "
"Ubuntu community offers documentation to help you troubleshoot many issues "
"that may arise from this situation, including problems with wireless cards, "
"scanners, mice and printers. You can find the complete hardware "
"troubleshooting guide on Ubuntu's support wiki, accessible at \\url{https://"
"wiki.ubuntu.com/HardwareSupport}. If your hardware problems persist, please "
"see \\seclink{sec:troubleshooting:getting-more-help} for more "
"troubleshooting options or information on obtaining support or assistance "
"from an Ubuntu user."
msgstr ""
"En ocasións é complicado executar Ubuntu en certos computadores, xeralmente "
"cando os fabricantes do software usan compoñentes non estandarizados ou "
"privativos. A comunidade de Ubuntu ofrece documentación para axudarlle a "
"resolver os problemas que poida ter nesta situación, incluíndo os problemas "
"coas tarxetas de rede sen fíos, escáneres, ratos e impresoras. Tamén pode "
"encontrar unha guía de resolución de erros de hardware na wiki de asistencia "
"de Ubuntu, accesíbel desde \\url{https://wiki.ubuntu.com/HardwareSupport}. "
"Se os problemas do seu hardware persisten consulte \\seclink{sec:"
"troubleshooting:getting-more-help} para ter máis opcións de resolución de "
"erros ou información sobre como obter asistencia desde un usuario de Ubuntu."

#.  Chapter 9 - Josh Holland - first half only
#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :2
msgid ""
"This guide does not cover every possible workflow, task or issue in Ubuntu.  "
"If you require assistance beyond the information in the manual, you can find "
"a variety of support opportunities online.  You can access extensive and "
"free documentation, buy professional support services, query the community "
"for free support or explore technical solutions.  More information is "
"available here: \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com/support}"
msgstr ""
"Esta guía non cobre todo o fluxo de traballo, tarefas ou problemas posíbeis "
"en Ubuntu. Se require asistencia máis aló da información neste manual pode "
"encontrar unha gran cantidade de oportunidades de asistencia en liña. Pode "
"acceder a unha documentación extensiva e en liña, contratar servizos de "
"asistencia profesional, consultar á comunidade para obter asistencia de "
"balde ou explorar as solucións técnicas. Ten máis información dispoñíbel "
"aquí: \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com/support}"

#. type: chapter{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :5
msgid "Learning more"
msgstr "Aprendendo máis"

#. type: section{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :7
msgid "What else can I do with Ubuntu?"
msgstr "Que máis podo facer con Ubuntu?"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :9
msgid ""
"By now, you should be able to use your Ubuntu desktop for all your daily "
"activities \\dash such as browsing the web and editing documents. But you "
"may be interested in learning about other versions of Ubuntu you can "
"integrate into your digital lifestyle. In this chapter, we'll provide you "
"with more detail about versions of Ubuntu that are specialized for certain "
"tasks. But first, we'll first discuss the technologies that make Ubuntu a "
"powerful collection of software."
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :11
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Open Source software"
msgid "Open Source Software"
msgstr "Software de código aberto"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :13
msgid ""
"Ubuntu is open source software. Open source software differs from "
"proprietary software \\dash software whose source code is patented and is "
"therefore not freely available for modification or distribution by anyone "
"but the rightsholder.\\marginnote{The \\textbf{source code} of a program is "
"the collection files that have been written in a computer language to make "
"the program.} Microsoft Windows and Adobe Photoshop are examples of "
"proprietary software. \\marginnote{\\textbf{Proprietary software} is "
"software that cannot be copied, modified, or distributed freely.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :15
msgid ""
"Unlike proprietary software programs, Ubuntu is specifically licensed to "
"promote sharing and collaboration. The legal rules governing Ubuntu's "
"production and distribution ensure that anyone can obtain, run, or share it "
"for any purpose they wish. Computer users can modify open source software to "
"suit their individual needs, share it, improve it, or translate it into "
"other languages \\dash provided they release these modifications so others "
"can do the same. In fact, the terms of many open source licensing agreements "
"make it illegal not to do so."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :17
msgid ""
"Because open source software is developed by large communities of "
"programmers distributed throughout the globe, it benefits from rapid "
"development cycles and speedy security releases (in the event that someone "
"discovers bugs in the software). In other words, open source software is "
"updated, enhanced, and made more secure every day as programmers all over "
"the world continue to improve it."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :19
msgid ""
"Aside from these technical advantages, open source software also has "
"economic benefits. While users must adhere to the terms of an open source "
"licensing agreement when installing and using Ubuntu, for instance, they "
"needn't pay to obtain this license.  While not all open source software is "
"free of monetary costs, much is."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :21
msgid ""
"To learn more about open source software, see the Open Source Initiative's "
"open source definition, available at \\url{http://www.opensource.org/docs/"
"definition.php}."
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :23
msgid "Distribution families"
msgstr "Familias de distribución"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :25
msgid ""
"Ubuntu is one of several popular operating systems based on Linux (an open "
"source operating system). While other versions of Linux, or "
"``distributions,'' may look different from Ubuntu at first glance, they "
"share similar characteristics because of their common roots.\\marginnote{A "
"\\gls{distribution}, or ``distro,'' is a operating system made from open "
"source programs, bundled together to make them easier to install and use.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :27
msgid ""
"Linux distributions can be divided into two broad families: the Debian "
"family and the Red Hat family.  Each family is named for a distribution on "
"which subsequent distributions are based. For example, ``Debian'' refers to "
"both the name of a distribution as well as the family of distributions "
"derived from Debian. Ubuntu is part of the Debian family of distributions, "
"as are Linux Mint, Xandros, and CrunchBang Linux. Distributions in the Red "
"Hat family include Fedora, openSUSE, and Mandriva."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :29
msgid ""
"The most significant difference between Debian-based and Red Hat-based "
"distributions is the system each uses for installing and updating software. "
"These systems are called ``package management systems.''\\marginnote{\\textbf"
"{Package management systems} are the means by which users can install, "
"remove, and organize software installed on computers with open source "
"operating systems like Ubuntu.} Debian software packages are \\acronym{deb} "
"files, while Red Hat software packages are \\acronym{rpm} files. For more "
"information about package management, see \\chaplink{ch:software-management}."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :31
msgid ""
"You will also find distributions that have been specialized for certain "
"tasks. Next, we'll describe these versions of Ubuntu and explain the uses "
"for which each has been developed."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :33
msgid "Choosing amongst Ubuntu and its derivatives"
msgstr "Escollendo entre Ubuntu e os seus derivados"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :35
msgid ""
"Just as Ubuntu is based on Debian, several distributions are subsequently "
"based on Ubuntu. Some of these are made for general use, and each differs "
"with respect to the software included as part of the distribution. Others "
"are designed for specialized uses."
msgstr ""
"Xa que Ubuntu está baseada en Debian, algunhas das distribucións son "
"subsecuentemente baseadas en Ubuntu. Algunha delas está feita para o seu uso "
"xeral, e cada unha difire con respecto da outra no software incluido como "
"parte da distribucion. Outras están deseñadas por usuarios especializados."

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :43
msgid ""
"Four derivative distributions are officially recognized and supported by "
"both Canonical and the Ubuntu community.  These are:"
msgstr ""
"Recoñécense catro distribucións oficiais derivadas e con asistencia tanto "
"por Canonical como pola comunidade de Ubuntu. Estas son:"

#. type: itemize
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :43
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Ubuntu Netbook Edition}, which is optimized for netbook computers."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Ubuntu Netbook Edition}, que está optimizada para computadores "
"netbook."

#. type: itemize
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :43
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Kubuntu}, which uses the \\acronym{KDE} graphical environment "
"instead of the \\acronym{GNOME} environment found in Ubuntu;"
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Kubuntu}, que usa o contorno gráfico \\acronym{KDE} no lugar de "
"\\acronym{GNOME} que pode atopar en Ubuntu;"

#. type: itemize
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :43
msgid "\\textbf{Edubuntu}, which is designed for use in schools; and"
msgstr "\\textbf{Edubuntu}, que está deseñado para o uso en colexios; e"

#. type: itemize
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :43
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Ubuntu Server Edition}, which is designed for use on servers, and "
"typically is not used as a desktop operating system because it doesn't have "
"a graphical interface."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :51
msgid "Four other derivatives of Ubuntu are available. These include:"
msgstr "Hai outros catro derivados de Ubuntu dispoñíbeis. Istos inclúen:"

#. 	\item \textbf{Lubuntu}, which uses the \acronym{LXDE} graphical environment.
#. type: itemize
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :51
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Xubuntu}, which uses the \\acronym{XFCE} graphical environment "
"instead of the \\acronym{GNOME} environment found in Ubuntu;"
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Xubuntu}, que usa o contorno gráfico \\acronym{XFCE} no lugar do "
"contorno \\acronym{GNOME} atopado en Ubuntu;"

#. type: itemize
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :51
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Ubuntu Studio}, which is designed for creating and editing "
"multimedia; and"
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Ubuntu Studio}, que está deseñado para crear e editar multimedia; e"

#. type: itemize
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :51
msgid ""
"\\textbf{Mythbuntu}, which is designed for creating a home theater \\acronym"
"{PC} with MythTV (an open source digital video recorder)."
msgstr ""
"\\textbf{Mythbuntu}, que está deseñado para crear un \\acronym{PC} de cinema "
"en casa con MythTV (un gravador de vídeo dixital de fonte aberta)."

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :53
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "For more information about these derivative distributions, see \\url "
#| "{http://www.ubuntu.com/products/whatisubuntu/derivatives}."
msgid ""
"For more information about these derivative distributions, see \\url {http://"
"www.ubuntu.com/project/derivatives}."
msgstr ""
"Para obter máis información sobre estas distribucións derivadas consulte "
"\\url{http://www.ubuntu.com/products/whatisubuntu/derivatives}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :56
msgid "Ubuntu Netbook Edition"
msgstr "Ubuntu Netbook Edition"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :58
msgid ""
"Ubuntu Netbook Edition is a version of Ubuntu designed specifically for "
"netbook computers.\\marginnote{\\textbf{Netbooks} are low-cost, low-power "
"notebook computers designed chiefly for accessing the Internet.} It is "
"optimized for computing devices with small screens and limited resources "
"(like the energy-saving processors and smaller hard disks common among "
"netbooks). Ubuntu Netbook Edition sports a unique interface and features a "
"collection of software applications particularly useful to on-the-go users."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :60
msgid ""
"Because many netbooks do not contain \\acronym{CD-ROM} drives, Ubuntu "
"Netbook Edition allows users to install it on their computers using \\acronym"
"{USB} flash drives. To learn more about using a flash drive to install "
"Ubuntu Netbook Edition on a netbook computer, visit \\url{https://help."
"ubuntu.com/community/Installation/FromImgFiles}."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :63
msgid "Ubuntu Server Edition"
msgstr "Edición para servidores de Ubuntu"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :65
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu Server Edition is an operating system optimized to perform "
"multiuser tasks when installed on servers.\\marginnote{A \\textbf{server} is "
"a computer that's been configured to manage, or ``serve,'' files many people "
"wish to access.} Such tasks include file sharing and website or email "
"hosting. If you are planning to use a computer to perform tasks like these, "
"you may wish to use this specialized server distribution in conjunction with "
"server hardware."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :67
msgid ""
"This manual does not explain the process of running a secure web server or "
"performing other tasks possible with Ubuntu Server Edition. For details on "
"using Ubuntu Server Edition, refer to the manual at \\url{http://www.ubuntu."
"com/server}."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :70
msgid "Ubuntu Studio"
msgstr "Ubuntu Studio"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :72
msgid ""
"This derivative of Ubuntu is designed specifically for people who use "
"computers to create and edit multimedia projects. For instance, it features "
"applications to help users manipulate images, compose music, and edit video. "
"While users can install these applications on computers running the desktop "
"version of Ubuntu, Ubuntu Studio makes them all available immediately upon "
"installation."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :74
msgid ""
"If you would like to learn more about Ubuntu Studio (or obtain a copy for "
"yourself), visit \\url{http://ubuntustudio.org/home}."
msgstr ""
"Se desexa aprender máis sobre Ubuntu Studio (ou obter unha copia) visite "
"\\url{http://ubuntustudio.org/home}."

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :77
msgid "Mythbuntu"
msgstr "Mythbuntu"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :79
msgid ""
"Mythbuntu allows users to turn their computers into entertainment systems. "
"It helps users organize and view various types of multimedia content such as "
"movies, television shows, and video podcasts. Users with \\acronym{TV} "
"tuners in their computers can also use Mythbuntu to record live video and "
"television shows."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :81
msgid "To learn more about Mythbuntu, visit \\url{http://www.mythbuntu.org/}."
msgstr ""
"Para aprender máis de Mythbuntu, visite \\url{http://www.mythbuntu.org/}."

#. type: section{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :85
msgid "32-bit or 64-bit?"
msgstr "32-bit ou 64-bit?"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :87
msgid ""
"As mentioned earlier in this manual, Ubuntu and its derivatives are "
"available in two versions: 32-bit and 64-bit. This difference refers to the "
"way computers process information.  Computers capable of running 64-bit "
"software are able to process more information than computers running 32-bit "
"software; however, 64-bit systems require more memory in order to do this.  "
"Nevertheless, these computers gain performance enhancements by running 64-"
"bit software."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :93
msgid ""
"Why choose one over another? Pay attention to the version you select in the "
"following cases:"
msgstr ""
"Por que seleccionar un sobre outro? Poña atención á versión que escolle nos "
"seguintes casos:"

#. type: itemize
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :93
msgid ""
"If your computer is fairly old (made before 2007), then you may want to "
"install the 32-bit version of Ubuntu. This is also the case for most "
"netbooks."
msgstr ""

#. type: itemize
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :93
msgid ""
"If your computer has more than 4~\\acronym{GB} of memory (\\acronym{RAM}), "
"then you may need to install the 64-bit version in order to use all the "
"installed memory."
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :95
msgid "Finding additional help and support"
msgstr "Encontrando axuda e asistencia adicional"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :97
msgid ""
"This guide is not intended to be an all-encompassing resource filled with "
"everything you'll ever need to know about Ubuntu. Because \\emph{Getting "
"Started with Ubuntu 10.04} could never answer all your questions, we "
"encourage you to take advantage of Ubuntu's vast community when seeking "
"further information, troubleshooting technical issues, or asking questions "
"about your computer.  Below, we'll discuss a few of these resources \\dash "
"located both inside the operating system and on the Internet \\dash so you "
"can learn more about Ubuntu or other Linux distributions."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :99
msgid "System help"
msgstr "Axuda do sistema"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :101
msgid ""
"If you need additional help when using Ubuntu or its applications, click the "
"\\textbf{Help} icon on the top panel, or navigate to \\menu{System \\then "
"Help and Support.} Ubuntu's built-in help guide covers a broad range of "
"topics in great detail."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :103
msgid "Online Ubuntu help"
msgstr "Axuda de Ubuntu en liña"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :105
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu Documentation team has created and maintains a series of wiki "
"pages designed to help both new and experienced users learn more about "
"Ubuntu. You can access these at \\url{http://help.ubuntu.com}."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :107
msgid "The Ubuntu Forums"
msgstr "O foros de Ubuntu"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :109
msgid ""
"The Ubuntu Forums are the official forums of the Ubuntu community.  Millions "
"of Ubuntu users use them daily to seek help and support from one another. "
"You can create an Ubuntu Forums account in minutes. To create an account and "
"learn more about Ubuntu from community members, visit \\url{http://"
"ubuntuforums.org}."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :111
msgid "Launchpad Answers"
msgstr "Launchpad Answers"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :113
msgid ""
"Launchpad, an open source code repository and user community, provides a "
"question and answer service that allows anyone to ask questions about any "
"Ubuntu-related topic. Signing up for a Launchpad account requires only a few "
"minutes. Ask a question by visiting Launchpad at \\url{https://answers."
"launchpad.net/ubuntu/+addquestion}."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :115
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Live Chat"
msgid "Live chat"
msgstr "Charla en vivo"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :117
msgid ""
"If you are familiar with Internet relay chat (\\acronym{IRC}), you can use "
"chat clients such as \\application{XChat} or \\application{Pidgin} to join "
"the channel \\#ubuntu on irc.freenode.net. Here, hundreds of user volunteers "
"can answer your questions or offer you support in real time."
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :119
msgid ""
"\\marginnote{In addition to official Ubuntu and community help, you will "
"often find third-party help available on the Internet. While these documents "
"can often be great resources, some could be misleading or outdated. It's "
"always best to verify information from third-party sources before taking "
"their advice.}"
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :121
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "LoCo Teams"
msgid "LoCo teams"
msgstr "Equipos LoCo"

#. type: document
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :123
msgid ""
"Within the Ubuntu community are dozens of local user groups called ``LoCo "
"teams.'' Spread throughout the world, these teams offer support and advice, "
"answer questions and promote Ubuntu in their communities by hosting regular "
"events. To locate and contact the LoCo team nearest you, visit \\url{http://"
"loco.ubuntu.com/}."
msgstr ""

#. type: subsection{#2}
#: learning-more/learning-more.tex :125
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Community Support"
msgid "Community support"
msgstr "Asistencia da comunidade"

#. type: document
#: main.tex:53
msgid ""
"If you've exhausted all these resources and still can't find answers to your "
"questions, visit Community Support at \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com/support/"
"community}."
msgstr ""

#.  TRANSLATORS: leave this command alone
#. type: document
#: backmatter/license.tex :8
msgid "\\LoadLicenseFile"
msgstr "\\LoadLicenseFile"

#.  TRANSLATORS: do not translate this line
#. type: document
#: backmatter/glossary.tex :4
msgid "\\printglossaries"
msgstr "\\printglossaries"

#.  Just prints the glossary entries -- add entries in frontmatter/glossary-entries.tex
#. type: chapter{#2}
#: credits/credits.tex :3
msgid "Credits"
msgstr "Créditos"

#. type: document
#: credits/credits.tex :5
msgid ""
"This manual wouldn't have been possible without the efforts and "
"contributions from the following people:"
msgstr ""
"Este manual non sería posíbel sen o esforzo e as colaboracións das seguintes "
"persoas:"

#. type: section{#2}
#: credits/credits.tex :7
msgid "Team Leads"
msgstr "Líderes do equipo"

#. type: document
#: credits/credits.tex :22
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Benjamin Humphrey \\dash Team Lead \\\\ Kevin Godby \\dash Lead \\TeX{}"
#| "nician \\\\ Jamin Day \\dash Head of Editing \\\\ Bryan Behrenshausen "
#| "\\dash Editor \\\\ Ilya Haykinson \\dash Author coordinator \\\\ Josh "
#| "Holland \\dash Translation maintenance \\\\ Thorsten Wilms \\dash Title "
#| "page, Artwork \\\\ Adnane Belmadiaf \\dash Website development \\\\ Luke "
#| "Jennings \\dash Quickshot development \\\\ Neil Tallim \\dash Quickshot "
#| "development \\\\ Simon Vermeersh \\dash Quickshot development \\\\"
msgid ""
"\\begingroup \\parindent0pt \\parskip0pt \\par Benjamin Humphrey\\dash Team "
"Lead \\par Kevin Godby\\dash Lead \\TeX{}nician \\par Jamin Day\\dash Head "
"of Editing \\par Ilya Haykinson\\dash Authors coordinator \\par Josh Holland"
"\\dash Translation maintenance \\par Thorsten Wilms\\dash Design \\par "
"Adnane Belmadiaf\\dash Web development \\par Luke Jennings\\dash Quickshot "
"developer \\par Neil Tallim\\dash Quickshot developer \\par Simon Vermeersh"
"\\dash Quickshot developer \\endgroup"
msgstr ""
"Benjamin Humphrey \\dash Líder do equipo \\\\ Kevin Godby \\dash Líder de "
"\\TeX{} \\\\ Jamin Day \\dash Líder da edición \\\\ Bryan Behrenshausen "
"\\dash Editor \\\\ Ilya Haykinson \\dash Coordenador dos editores \\\\ Josh "
"Holland \\dash Mantedor da tradución \\\\ Thorsten Wilms \\dash Páxina de "
"título, Artwork \\\\ Adnane Belmadiaf \\dash Desenvolvemento do sitio web \\"
"\\ Luke Jennings \\dash Desenvolvemento de Quickshot \\\\ Neil Tallim \\dash "
"Desenvolvemento de Quickshot \\\\ Simon Vermeersh \\dash Desenvolvemento de "
"Quickshot \\\\"

#. type: section{#2}
#: credits/credits.tex :24
msgid "Authors"
msgstr "Autores"

#. type: credits
#: credits/credits.tex :40
#, fuzzy
#| msgid ""
#| "Benjamin Humphrey \\item Josh Holland \\item Joe Burgess \\item Kelvin "
#| "Gardiner \\item Ryan Macnish \\item Ilya Haykinson \\item Matt Griffin "
#| "\\item Wolter Hellmund \\item Elan Kugelmass \\item Luke Jennings"
msgid ""
"Joe Burgess \\item Thomas Cantara \\item Sayantan Das \\item Kelvin Gardiner "
"\\item Matt Griffin \\item Ilya Haykinson \\item Wolter Hellmund \\item Josh "
"Holland \\item Benjamin Humphrey \\item Luke Jennings \\item Elan Kugelmass "
"\\item Ryan Macnish"
msgstr ""
"Benjamin Humphrey \\item Josh Holland \\item Joe Burgess \\item Kelvin "
"Gardiner \\item Ryan Macnish \\item Ilya Haykinson \\item Matt Griffin "
"\\item Wolter Hellmund \\item Elan Kugelmass \\item Luke Jennings"

#. type: section{#2}
#: credits/credits.tex :42
msgid "Editors"
msgstr ""

#. type: credits
#: credits/credits.tex :53
msgid ""
"Bryan Behrenshausen \\item Jamin Day \\item Kevin Godby \\item Benjamin "
"Humphrey \\item Jason Cook \\item Chris Woollard \\item Alexander Lancey"
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: credits/credits.tex :55
msgid "Designers"
msgstr ""

#. type: credits
#: credits/credits.tex :64
msgid ""
"K. Vishnoo Charan Reddy \\item Wolter Hellmund \\item Benjamin Humphrey "
"\\item David Nel \\item Thorsten Wilms"
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: credits/credits.tex :66
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Quickshot developers"
msgid "Developers"
msgstr "Vistazo rápido aos desenvolvedores"

#. type: credits
#: credits/credits.tex :75
msgid ""
"Adnane Belmadiaf \\item Kevin Godby \\item Luke Jennings \\item Neil Tallim "
"\\item Simon Vermeersh"
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: credits/credits.tex :78
#, fuzzy
#| msgid "Translations"
msgid "Translators"
msgstr "Traducións"

#. type: credits
#: credits/credits.tex :111
msgid ""
"Vytautas Bačiulis \\item Dmitry Belonogov \\item Francisco Dieguez \\item "
"André Gondim \\item Jiri Grönroos \\item Mohamad Imran Ishak \\item Martin "
"Kaba \\item The KanchiLUG Tamil translating team \\item Kentaro Kazuhama "
"\\item James Kelly \\item George Kontis \\item Shushi Kurose \\item Martin "
"Lukeš \\item Kostas Milonas \\item Anwar Mohammed \\item Abhijit Navale "
"\\item Emmanuel Ninos \\item Robert Readman \\item Roth Robert \\item Daniel "
"Schury \\item Paulius Sladkevicius \\item Pierre Slamich \\item Fredrik "
"Sudmann \\item Muhd Syazwan \\item Ralph Ulrich \\item Chris Woollard \\item "
"John Xygonakis \\item Konstantinos Zigourakis \\item \\ldots and many others"
msgstr ""

#. type: section{#2}
#: credits/credits.tex :113
msgid "Special Thanks"
msgstr "Agradecementos especiais"

#. type: credits
#: credits/credits.tex :145
msgid ""
"Chris\\_Ilias \\item Bo \\item underpass \\item jehurd \\item cl58 \\item "
"kjhass \\item djstsys \\item mozilla\\_help\\_view\\_project \\item Joey-"
"Elijah Alexithymia \\item Jono Bacon \\item Manualbot \\item Chris Johnson "
"\\item Elan Kugelmass \\item Elizabeth Krumbach \\item Josh Leverette \\item "
"Walter Méndez \\item Martin Owens \\item Tim Penhey \\item Andy Piper \\item "
"Alan Pope \\item Matthew Paul Thomas"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: credits/credits.tex :145
msgid ""
"\\begingroup\\small\\parskip0pt\\parindent0pt\\par The Ubuntu Documentation "
"Team \\par The Ubuntu Community Learning Project \\endgroup"
msgstr ""

#. type: document
#: backmatter/colophon.tex :8
msgid "\\pdfbookmark[0]{\\colophoncaption}{pdfbookmark:colophon}"
msgstr ""

#. type: fullwidth
#: backmatter/colophon.tex :13
msgid "\\small \\parindent0pt"
msgstr ""

#. type: fullwidth
#: backmatter/colophon.tex :15
msgid "\\smallcaps{Colophon}"
msgstr ""

#. type: fullwidth
#: backmatter/colophon.tex :17
msgid "This book was typeset with \\XeLaTeX."
msgstr ""

#. type: fullwidth
#: backmatter/colophon.tex :19
msgid ""
"The book design is based on the Tufte-\\LaTeX{} document classes available "
"at \\url{http://code.google.com/p/tufte-latex/}."
msgstr ""

#. type: fullwidth
#: backmatter/colophon.tex :21
msgid ""
"The text face is Linux Libertine, designed by Philipp H. Poll.  It is an "
"open font available at \\url{http://linuxlibertine.sf.net/}."
msgstr ""

#. type: fullwidth
#: backmatter/colophon.tex :23
msgid ""
"The captions and margin notes are set in Linux Biolinum, also designed by "
"Philipp H. Poll and available at the same \\acronym{URL} above."
msgstr ""

#. type: fullwidth
#: backmatter/colophon.tex :25
msgid ""
"The terminal text and keystrokes are set in Bera Mono, originally developed "
"by Bitstream, Inc. as Bitstream Vera."
msgstr ""

#. type: fullwidth
#: backmatter/colophon.tex :27
msgid ""
"The screenshots were captured using Quickshot, available at \\url{http://"
"ubuntu-manual.org/quickshot}."
msgstr ""

#. type: fullwidth
#: backmatter/colophon.tex :29
msgid ""
"The cover and title page pictograms contain shapes taken from the Humanity "
"icon set, available at \\url{https://launchpad.net/humanity}."
msgstr ""

#. type: fullwidth
#: backmatter/colophon.tex :31
msgid ""
"The title page and cover were designed using Inkscape, available at \\url"
"{http://inkscape.org/}."
msgstr ""

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\newglossaryentry{package}{name={package}, description={Debian package "
#~ "files that hold the core information and code for applications to run.}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\newglossaryentry{paquete}{name={paquete}, description={Os ficheiros de "
#~ "paquete Debian manteñen a información central e código do aplicativo a "
#~ "executar.}}"

#, fuzzy
#~| msgid ""
#~| "\\begingroup\\parindent=0pt\\parskip=0pt Revision number: 578\\qquad "
#~| "Revision date: 2010-03-24 14:13:16 -0600"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\begingroup\\parindent=0pt\\parskip=0pt Revision number: 135\\qquad "
#~ "Revision date: 2010-07-23 12:34:00 +0100"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\begingroup\\parindent=0pt\\parskip=0pt Número de revisión: 578\\qquad "
#~ "Data de revisión: 24-03-2010 14:13:16 -0600"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you want to visit a page you have seen before, there are several ways "
#~ "to do so."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se quixer visitar unha páxina que xa vira antes, hai varios xeitos de "
#~ "facelo."

#~ msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo dpkg-reconfigure -phigh xserver-xorg}"
#~ msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo dpkg-reconfigure -phigh xserver-xorg}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Enter your password at the prompt, as above.  Allow Ubuntu to process the "
#~ "command, then enter:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Insira o seu contrasinal no sistema, como arriba. Permita a Ubuntu "
#~ "procesar a orde, despois insira:"

#~ msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo reboot now}"
#~ msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo reboot now}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(73,482){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-cof."
#~ "pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(73,482){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-cof."
#~ "pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(72,451){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-cof."
#~ "pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(72,451){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-cof."
#~ "pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(162,488){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "globe.pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(162,488){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "globe.pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(217,518){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "chat.pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(217,518){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "chat.pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(222,488){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "chat.pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(222,488){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "chat.pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(274,520){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "music.pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(274,520){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "music.pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(280,489){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "music.pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(280,489){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "music.pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(327,523){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "camera.pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(327,523){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "camera.pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(335,492){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "camera.pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(335,492){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "camera.pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(395,520){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "doc.pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(395,520){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "doc.pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(405,489){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "doc.pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(405,489){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "doc.pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(-10,147){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "cof-band.pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(-10,147){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "cof-band.pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(-11,136){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "cof-band.pdf}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(-11,136){\\includegraphics{graphics/cover-"
#~ "cof-band.pdf}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\savebox{\\covertitlebox}[395pt][t]{\\fontsize{38}{42}\\selectfont"
#~ "\\sffamily\\plaintitle}\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(160,481){\\usebox"
#~ "{\\covertitlebox}}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\savebox{\\covertitlebox}[395pt][t]{\\fontsize{38}{42}\\selectfont"
#~ "\\sffamily\\plaintitle}\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(160,481){\\usebox"
#~ "{\\covertitlebox}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\savebox{\\covertitlebox}[452pt][t]{\\fontsize{24}{28}\\selectfont"
#~ "\\sffamily\\plaintitle}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\savebox{\\covertitlebox}[452pt][t]{\\fontsize{24}{28}\\selectfont"
#~ "\\sffamily\\plaintitle}"

#~ msgid "{\\covertitlebox}"
#~ msgstr "{\\covertitlebox}"

#~ msgid "\\fontsize{28}{32}\\selectfont\\sffamily\\plaintitle"
#~ msgstr "\\fontsize{28}{32}\\selectfont\\sffamily\\plaintitle"

#~ msgid "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(160,450){\\usebox{\\covertitlebox}}}"
#~ msgstr "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(160,450){\\usebox{\\covertitlebox}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\savebox{\\coverauthorbox}[160pt][t]{\\fontsize{19}{24}\\selectfont"
#~ "\\sffamily\\plainauthor}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\savebox{\\coverauthorbox}[160pt][t]{\\fontsize{19}{24}\\selectfont"
#~ "\\sffamily\\plainauthor}"

#~ msgid "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(375,90){\\usebox{\\coverauthorbox}}}"
#~ msgstr "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(375,90){\\usebox{\\coverauthorbox}}}"

#~ msgid "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(374,84){\\usebox{\\coverauthorbox}}}"
#~ msgstr "\\AddToShipoutPicture*{\\put(374,84){\\usebox{\\coverauthorbox}}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{More information about Ubuntu's online and system "
#~ "documentation can be found in \\chaplink{ch:learning-more}.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Pode encontrar máis información sobre Ubuntu en liña e a "
#~ "documentación do sistema en \\chaplink{ch:learning-more}.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Ubuntu was conceived in 2004 by Mark Shuttleworth, a successful South "
#~ "African entrepreneur, and his company \\gls{Canonical}. Shuttleworth "
#~ "recognized the power of Linux and Open Source, but was also aware of "
#~ "weaknesses that prevented mainstream use."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ubuntu foi concebido en 2004 por Mark Shuttleworth, un empresario de "
#~ "Suráfrica e a súa compañía \\gls{Canonical}. Shuttleworth recoñeceu o "
#~ "poder de Linux e do Software Libre, pero tamén recoñeceu a súa debilidade "
#~ "que evitaba o seu uso pola xente non técnica."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{For information on Ubuntu Server Edition, and how you can "
#~ "use it in your company, visit \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com/products/"
#~ "whatisubuntu/serveredition/features}.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Para obter máis información sobre Ubuntu Server Edition, e "
#~ "como usalo na súa empresa visite \\url{http://www.ubuntu.com/products/"
#~ "whatisubuntu/serveredition/features}.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Whilst modern graphical \\gls{desktop environment}s have "
#~ "generally replaced early command line--based operating systems, the "
#~ "command line can still be a quick and efficient way of performing many "
#~ "tasks. See \\chaplink{ch:command-line} for more information, and "
#~ "\\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-desktop} to learn more about \\gls{GNOME} and "
#~ "other desktop environments.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Aínda que o \\gls{contorno de escritorio} gráfico moderno "
#~ "substituíu os sistemas operativos baseados na liña de ordes, a liña de "
#~ "ordes pode encontrarse e é unha forma sinxela e eficiente de executar "
#~ "algunhas tarefas. Vexa \\chaplink{ch:command-line} para máis información, "
#~ "and \\chaplink{ch:the-ubuntu-desktop} para saber máis sobre \\gls{GNOME} "
#~ "e outros contornos de escritorio.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{A popular forum for Ubuntu discussion and support is the "
#~ "Ubuntu Forums, \\url{http://ubuntuforums.org}.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Unsdos máis populares foros para a discusión e asistencia en "
#~ "Ubuntu son os Ubuntu Forums, \\url{http://ubuntuforums.org}.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{See \\chaplink{ch:software-management} to learn more about "
#~ "\\application{Ubuntu Software Center}. To learn more about dual-booting "
#~ "(running Ubuntu side-by-side with another operating system), see "
#~ "\\chaplink{ch:installation}. For more information on Wine, go to \\url"
#~ "{http://www.winehq.org/}.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Vexa \\chaplink{ch:software-management} para saber máis do "
#~ "\\application{Centro de software de Ubuntu}. Para aprender máis sobre o "
#~ "arranque dual (executar Ubuntu xunto a outro sistema operativo) vexa "
#~ "\\chaplink{ch:installation}. Para máis información sobre Wine vaia a \\url"
#~ "{http://www.winehq.org/}.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Before you can get started with Ubuntu, you will need to obtain a copy of "
#~ "the Ubuntu installation \\acronym{CD}. Some options for doing this are "
#~ "outlined below."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Antes de comezar con Ubuntu vostede necesita obter unha copia do \\acronym"
#~ "{CD} de instalación de Ubuntu. Debaixo destacamos algunhas opcións para "
#~ "facer isto."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{\\emph{32-bit} and \\emph{64-bit} are types of processor "
#~ "architectures. 64-bit is newer, and most recent computers will come with "
#~ "a 64-bit capable processor. See \\chaplink{ch:learning-more} for more "
#~ "information.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{\\emph{32-bit} e \\emph{64-bit} son tipos de arquitecturas "
#~ "de procesadores. 64-bit é a máis actual, a maioría dos computadores "
#~ "recentes veñen con un computador con capacidades para 64 bits. Vexa "
#~ "\\chaplink{ch:learning-more} para obter máis información.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{\\textbf{Torrents} are a way of sharing files and "
#~ "information around the Internet via ``Peer to Peer'' file sharing. When a "
#~ "new version of Ubuntu is released, the Ubuntu servers can become very "
#~ "busy. If you know how to use torrents, we recommend that you download the "
#~ "\\acronym{CD} image this way to take the load off the servers during "
#~ "periods of high demand.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Os \\textbf{Torrents} son unha forma de compartir ficheiros "
#~ "e información pola rede mediante o compartimento de ficheiros ``Peer to "
#~ "Peer''. Cando se libera unha nova versión de Ubuntu, os servidores de "
#~ "Ubuntu están moi ocupados. Se sabe como usar os torrents recomendámoslle  "
#~ "que descargue a imaxe de \\acronym{CD} mediante este método para "
#~ "alixeirar os servidores durante os períodos de alta demanda.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Ubuntu runs well on most computer systems. If you are unsure whether it "
#~ "will work on your computer, the Live \\acronym{CD} is a great way to test "
#~ "things out first. For the more technically minded, below is a list of "
#~ "hardware specifications that your computer should ideally meet as a "
#~ "minimum requirement.  \\marginnote{The majority of computers in use today "
#~ "will meet the requirements listed here, however, refer to your computer's "
#~ "documentation or speak to the manufacturer if you would like more "
#~ "information.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ubuntu pode executarse na maioría dos computadores. Se non está seguro se "
#~ "funciona no seu o \\acronym{CD} vivo é a mellor forma de probalo. Para as "
#~ "persoas máis técnicas debaixo ten unha lista das especificacións de "
#~ "hardware que o seu computador idealmente debe ter como requirimentos "
#~ "mínimos. \\marginnote{A maioría dos computadores en uso hoxe en día "
#~ "compren os requirimentos mostrados aquí, porén, consulte a documentación "
#~ "do seu computador ou fale co seu fabricante por se necesita máis "
#~ "información.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Although you can choose your preferred username and computer "
#~ "name, you are required to stick with letters, numbers, hyphens, and dots. "
#~ "You will receive a warning if symbols or other characters are entered, "
#~ "and until this is altered you will be unable to progress to the next "
#~ "screen.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Aínda así vostede pode escoller o seu nome de usuario "
#~ "preferido e o nome do computador, debe usar letras, números, guións ou "
#~ "puntos. Vostede verá un aviso se os símbolos ou caracteres que escriba "
#~ "non se axeitan ás normas e até que o cambie non poderá continuar á "
#~ "seguinte pantalla.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Ubuntu 10.04 has an emphasis on ``social from the start'' "
#~ "and features social network integration in the desktop for sites like "
#~ "Twitter and Facebook.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Ubuntu 10.04 puxo o énfase en ``social desde o comezo'' e "
#~ "conta con integración coas redes sociais no seu escritorio para sitios "
#~ "como Twitter e Facebook.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{To read more about other variants of Ubuntu, refer to "
#~ "\\chaplink{ch:learning-more}.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Para saber máis sobre as variantes de Ubuntu vaia a "
#~ "\\chaplink{ch:learning-more}.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{New notifications of emails and instant messages appear in "
#~ "the messaging menu applet. When you have a new message, the envelope icon "
#~ "will turn green.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{As notificacións de novos correos electrónicos e mensaxaría "
#~ "instantánea aparecen no menú do miniaplicativo de mensaxaría. Cando teña "
#~ "un novo mensaxe a icona porase verde.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{To remove an applet, right click on it and select \\button"
#~ "{Remove From Panel.}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Para eliminar un miniaplicativo prema co botón dereito e "
#~ "seleccione it and select \\button{Eliminar do panel}.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{To add a new applet to a panel, right click in a clear area "
#~ "on the panel and select \\button{Add to Panel.}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Para engadir un novo miniaplicativo ao panel prema co botón "
#~ "dereito nunha zona limpa do panel e seleccione \\button{Engadir ao "
#~ "panel}.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "On the right side of the panel you will see some small boxes in a row; "
#~ "this is the \\emph{Workspace Switcher}. By default, Ubuntu 10.04 is set "
#~ "up with two workspaces."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Na parte dereita do panel pode ver unhas caixas pequenas en fila; isto é "
#~ "o \\emph{Trocador de espazo de traballo}. De forma predefinida, Ubuntu "
#~ "10.04 ten dous espazos de traballo."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{See \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} for more information "
#~ "about the included applications.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Vexa \\chaplink{ch:default-applications} para obter máis "
#~ "información sobre os aplicativos incluídos.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Learn more about the \\application{Ubuntu Software Center} "
#~ "in \\chaplink{ch:software-management}.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Lea máis sobre o \\application{Centro de Software de Ubuntu} "
#~ "en \\chaplink{ch:software-management}.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{See \\chaplink{ch:hardware} for more information on setting "
#~ "up Ubuntu.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Vexa \\chaplink{ch:hardware} para obter máis información "
#~ "sobre como configurar Ubuntu.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Most of the options in the \\menu{Administration} menu will "
#~ "prompt you to enter your user password when you click on them. This is a "
#~ "security feature to make sure that only authorized people are allowed to "
#~ "change system settings. To learn more about security in Ubuntu, see "
#~ "\\chaplink{ch:security}.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{A maioría das opcións no menú \\menu{Administración} "
#~ "preguntaralle a súa contrasinal de usuario cando prema sobre elas. Isto é "
#~ "un mecanismo de seguridade para asegurarse que só as persoas autorizadas "
#~ "poidan cambiar as configuracións do sistema. Para saber máis sobre a "
#~ "seguridade en Ubuntu vexa \\chaplink{ch:security}.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{You should open the example content to see how different "
#~ "types of files are displayed in Ubuntu.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Debe abrir o contido de exemplo para ver os distintos tipos "
#~ "de ficheiros que se mostran en Ubuntu.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{If you bookmark a folder, it will appear in the \\menu"
#~ "{Places} menu.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Se marca un cartafol aparecerá no menú \\menu{Lugares}.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{If you start typing a location, \\application{Nautilus} will "
#~ "change the navigation buttons into a text field labeled \\emph{Location.}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Se comeza a escribir unha localización \\application"
#~ "{Nautilus} cambiará os botóns de navegación nun campo de texto co nome "
#~ "\\emph{Localización.}}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Search for files quickly by pressing \\keystroke{Ctrl+F} in "
#~ "\\application{Nautilus} and then typing what you want to find.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Para buscar ficheiros máis rápido prema \\keystroke{Ctrl+F} "
#~ "en \\application{Nautilus} e logo escriba o que quere buscar.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{If you are unsure whether your computer has a wireless card, "
#~ "check with your manufacturer.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Se non está seguro se o seu computador ten unha tarxeta "
#~ "inarámica compróbeo co seu fabricante.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Are you already online? If the NetworkManager icon in the "
#~ "top panel shows a connection, then you may have successfully connected "
#~ "during the installation process. If so, you do not need to follow the "
#~ "rest of this section.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Está conectado xa? Se a icona do NetworkManager no panel "
#~ "superior mostra unha conexión entón posibelmente estea conectado durante "
#~ "o resto do proceso de instalación. Se é así, non necesita seguir o resto "
#~ "desta sección.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{To improve speed and reliability of your connection, try to "
#~ "move closer to your access point.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Para mellorar a velocidade e fiabilidade da súa conexión "
#~ "tente acercase ao seu punto de acceso.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Select the \\checkbox{Show Password} option to make sure you "
#~ "haven't made a mistake when entering the password.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Seleccione a opción \\checkbox{Mostrar o contrasinal} para "
#~ "asegurarse de que non tivo un erro ao escribir o contrasinal.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Some computers may have a physical switch or button to turn "
#~ "off WiFi.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Algúns computadores teñen un interruptor físico para activar "
#~ "ou desactivar a WiFi.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{\\acronym{URL} stands for uniform resource locator and "
#~ "\\acronym{WWW} stands for world wide web.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{\\acronym{URL} ven de uniform resource locator (localizador "
#~ "de recursos uniforme) e \\acronym{WWW} ven de world wide web.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{You can alternate quickly between different tabs by using "
#~ "the keyboard shortcut \\keystroke{Ctrl+Tab}.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Vostede pode trocar de forma rápida entre os distintos "
#~ "separadores usando o atallo de teclado \\keystroke{Ctrl+Tab}.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Choose \\menu{Copy Link Location} or \\menu{Copy Image Location}.  If an "
#~ "image is also a link, you can choose either menu item."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Seleccione \\menu{Copiar localización da ligazón} ou \\menu{Copiar "
#~ "localización da imaxe}. Se unha imaxe tamén é unha ligazón pode "
#~ "seleccoinar calquera dos dous elementos de menú."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If you have navigated to a web page and would like to bookmark it for "
#~ "future visits, you will need to add the page as a bookmark."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se navegou a unha páxina web e desexa crear un marcador para futuras "
#~ "visitas, terá que agregar a páxina como marcador."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "If your email provider recommends an \\acronym{IMAP} connection, choose "
#~ "\\menu{IMAP} from the \\dropdown{Server Type} drop-down list. In the "
#~ "\\textfield{Server} field, enter the Internet name of your mail server.  "
#~ "For example, \\textbf{imap.example.com}. In the \\textfield{Username} "
#~ "field, enter the username that you use to log into your email system, for "
#~ "example \\textbf{joe.x.user}."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Se o seu fornecedor de correo electrónico recomenda unha conexión "
#~ "\\acronym{IMAP} seleccione \\menu{IMAP} desde a lista despregábel "
#~ "\\dropdown{Tipo de servidor}. No campo \\textfield{Servidor}, introduza o "
#~ "nome do seu servidor de correo. Por exemplo, \\textbf{imap.exemplo.com}. "
#~ "No campo \\textfield{Nome de usuario} inrtroduza o nome de usuario que "
#~ "usa para iniciar a sesión no seu sistema de correo electrónico, por "
#~ "exemplo \\textbf{xoan.souto}."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Note that loading images may provide a way for the sender to "
#~ "track your receipt of the message. We do not recommend loading images in "
#~ "messages that you suspect are Junk.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Teña en conta que o feito de cargar imaxes pode fornecer ao "
#~ "remitente unha forma de saber que vostede recibiu a mensaxe. Non "
#~ "recomendamos que cargue as imaxes das mensaxes que sospeite que son Spam.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Note that the two dashes are added automatically by Ubuntu, "
#~ "so there is no need to include them in your custom signature}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Teña en conta que en Ubuntu engádense dúas liñas de forma "
#~ "automática, polo que non necesita incluilas na súa sinatura personalizada}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{An address book is a collection of contacts and contact "
#~ "lists.  It can either be stored on your computer, or on a remote server.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Unha axenda de enderezos é unha coleción de contactos e "
#~ "listas de contactos. Pode almacenalos no seu computador, ou nun servidor "
#~ "remoto.}"

#~ msgid "libdvdcss2"
#~ msgstr "libdvdcss2"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{For more information on the terminal see \\chaplink{ch:"
#~ "command-line}}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Para obter máis información no terminal vexa  \\chaplink{ch:"
#~ "command-line}}"

#~ msgid "Type the command as shown below."
#~ msgstr "Insira a orde como se mostra a continuación"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Streaming radio are radio stations that are broadcast over "
#~ "the Internet.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{O streaming de radio son estacións de radio que se difunden "
#~ "pola Internet.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Your graphics card is the component in your computer that "
#~ "powers your display. When you're watching videos on YouTube or \\acronym"
#~ "{DVD}s or simply enjoying the smooth transition effects when you maximize/"
#~ "minimize your windows, your graphics device is doing the hard work behind "
#~ "the scenes.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{A súa tarxeta gráfica é o compoñente do seu computador que "
#~ "fai que se mostren cousas pola pantalla. Cando está vendo vídeos en "
#~ "YouTube ou un \\acronym{DVD} ou simplemente desfrutando dos efectos de "
#~ "transición cando maximiza/minimiza as súas xanelas, o seu dispositivo "
#~ "gráfico é o que está facendo o traballo duro por detrás.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Another useful resource is the official online documentation "
#~ "(\\url{http://help.ubuntu.com}), which contains detailed information "
#~ "about various graphics drivers and known problems.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Outro recurso útil é a documentación oficial en liña (\\url"
#~ "{http://help.ubuntu.com}), que contén información detallada de varios "
#~ "controladores gráficos e os problemas coñecidos.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Ubuntu correctly identifies your native screen resolution by itself and "
#~ "sets it for you. However, due to a huge variety of devices available, "
#~ "sometimes it can make a mistake and set up an undesirable resolution."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Ubuntu identifica correctamente as resolucións de pantalla nativas por si "
#~ "mesmo e móstrallas. Porén, debido á gran variedade de dispositivos "
#~ "dispoñíbeis, algunhas veces pode cometer erros e configurar unha "
#~ "resolución non desexada."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can now specify the printer name, description and location. Each of "
#~ "these should remind you of that particular printer so that you can choose "
#~ "the right one to use when printing. Finally click \\button{Apply}."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vostede pode especificar o nome da impresora, a descrición e a súa "
#~ "localización. Cada un dos campos anteriores debe lembrarlle a impresora "
#~ "para que poida seleccionar a correcta cando vaia imprimir. Finalmente "
#~ "prema en \\button{Aplicar}."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{The default printer is the one that is automatically "
#~ "selected when you print a file.  To set a printer as default right click "
#~ "the printer that you want to set as default and click \\menu{Set As "
#~ "Default}.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{A impresora predeterminada é unha que está seleccionado "
#~ "automaticamente cando imprimes un ficheiro. Para estabelecer unha "
#~ "impresora como predeterminada prema co botón dereito sobre ela e logo en "
#~ "\\menu{Facer predeterminada}.}"

#~ msgid "Output mode"
#~ msgstr "Modo de saída"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{By default, the volume in Ubuntu is set to maximum during "
#~ "installation.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{De forma predefinida, o volume en Ubuntu estabelecese ao "
#~ "máximo durante a instalación.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{If you change your sound output device, it will remain as "
#~ "default.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Se cambia o seu dispositivo de son permanecerá como o "
#~ "predefinido.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Temporary files are saved in the /tmp folder by default. "
#~ "Should you wish to save these files in another location, you will need to "
#~ "change the setting in the \\dropdown{Temporary files} drop down menu. "
#~ "Under normal conditions, you should not need to change this setting.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Os ficheiros temporais gardanse no cartafol /tmp de forma "
#~ "predefinida. Se quere gardar estes ficheiros noutro lugar necesita "
#~ "cambiar a configuración no menú despregrábel \\dropdown{Ficheiros "
#~ "temporais}. En condicións normais non debería cambiar esta opción.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{\\acronym{RW} stands for Re-Writable which means that disc "
#~ "can be used more than once.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{\\acronym{RW} é un acrónimo de Re-Writable que significa que "
#~ "o disco pode usarse máis de unha vez.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{There are quite a few applications which are useful for "
#~ "webcams. \\application{Cheese} can capture pictures with your webcam and "
#~ "\\application{VLC} media player can capture video streaming from your "
#~ "webcam. You can install these from the Ubuntu Software Center.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Hai uns cantos aplicativos que son útiles para as cámaras "
#~ "web. \\application{Cheese} pode obter imaxes desde a súa webcam e o "
#~ "reprodutor de multimedia \\application{VLC} pode obter vídeo en streaming "
#~ "desde a súa cámara web. Ámbolos dous pode instalalos desde o Centro de "
#~ "software de Ubuntu.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The \\application{Software Center} can be used to install most "
#~ "applications that are available in the official Ubuntu repositories."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "O \\application{Centro de software} pode usarse para instalar a maioría "
#~ "dos aplicativos que están dispoñíbeis nos repositorios de Ubuntu."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Check out the \\emph{Featured Applications} department to "
#~ "see a list of highly recommended applications.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Comprobe o departamento \\emph{Aplicativos destacados} para "
#~ "ver unha lista dos aplicativos máis recomendados.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Installing applications is literally one click away. Once you have found "
#~ "an application that you would like to try:"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Instalar aplicativos é literalmente a un clic. Cando encontre un "
#~ "aplicativo que quera probar:"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\textbf{Proprietary drivers for devices (restricted)}: This repository "
#~ "contains proprietary drivers, which may be required to utilize the full "
#~ "capabilities of some of your devices or hardware. Proprietary means that "
#~ "these packages are \\emph{closed-source}\\dash that is, they are owned "
#~ "commercially and not open for development by the community. This "
#~ "repository is not enabled by default."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\textbf{Controladores propietarios de dispositivos (restricted)}: Este "
#~ "repositorio contén controladores privativos, que son necesarios para "
#~ "utilizar todas as capacidades dalgún dispositivo ou hardware. O termo "
#~ "privativo significa que estes paquetes son de \\emph{código pechado}"
#~ "\\dash isto é, son posuídos comercialmente e non están abertos para o "
#~ "desenvolvemento pola comunidade. Este repositorio non está activado de "
#~ "forma predefinida."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The \\checkbox{Source code} option should not be selected unless you have "
#~ "experience with building applications from source."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A opción \\checkbox{Código fonte} non debería estar seleccionada a menos "
#~ "que teña experiencia construindo aplicativos desde as fontes."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\notecallout[Definition]{A \\acronym{PPA} is a \\emph{Personal Package "
#~ "Archive}. These are online repositories used to host the latest versions "
#~ "of software packages, digital projects, and other applications.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\notecallout[Definición]{Un \\acronym{PPA} é un \\emph{Arquivo de "
#~ "paquetes persoal}. Son repositorios en liña usados para almacenar as "
#~ "últimas versións dos paquetes de software, proxectos dixitais ou outros "
#~ "aplicativos.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Here you can decide which system upgrades you would like to be notified "
#~ "about."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Aquí pode decidir que actualizacións do sistema desexa que se lle "
#~ "notifiquen."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{In \\acronym{GUI} environments the term ``folder'' is "
#~ "commonly used to describe a place where files are stored. In \\acronym"
#~ "{CLI} environments the term ``directory'' is used to describe the same "
#~ "thing and this metaphor is exposed in many commands (\\ie, \\code{cd} or "
#~ "\\code{pwd}) throughout this chapter.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Nos contornos de \\acronym{GUI} o termo ``cartafol'' usase "
#~ "comunmente para describir un lugar onde se almacenan ficheiros. Nos "
#~ "contornos de \\acronym{CLI} o termo ``directorio'' úsase para describir a "
#~ "mesma cousa e esta metáfora exporase en moitas ordes (p. ex., \\code{cd} "
#~ "ou \\code{pwd}) ao longo deste capítulo.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "You can open the terminal by clicking \\menu{Applications \\then "
#~ "Accessories \\then Terminal}."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Vostede pode abrir a terminal premento en \\menu{Aplicativos \\then "
#~ "Accesorios \\then Terminal}."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "The \\commandlineapp{mv} command is used to move a file from one "
#~ "directory to another."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "A orde \\commandlineapp{mv} úsase para mover un ficheiro dun directorio a "
#~ "outro."

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{When using \\commandlineapp{sudo} in the terminal, you will "
#~ "be prompted to enter your password. You will not see any dots, stars, or "
#~ "other characters appearing in the terminal as you type your password, "
#~ "however, don't be put off\\dash this is an extra security feature to help "
#~ "protect you from any prying eyes.}"
#~ msgstr "\\commandlineapp{sudo}"

#~ msgid "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get remove vlc}"
#~ msgstr "\\prompt \\userinput{sudo apt-get remove vlc}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Another useful cleaning command is \\commandlineapp{apt-get} "
#~ "\\code{autoclean} which removes cache files left over from downloading "
#~ "packages.}"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\\marginnote{Outra orde útil para limpar o sistema é \\commandlineapp{apt-"
#~ "get} \\code{autoclean} que elimina os ficheiros da caché que se deixaron "
#~ "ao descargar paquetes.}"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "\\textbf{Lubuntu}, which uses the \\acronym{LXDE} graphical environment."
#~ msgstr "\\textbf{Lubuntu}, que usa o contorno gráfico \\acronym{LXDE}."

#~ msgid "\\textbf{This section is a work in progress.}"
#~ msgstr "\\textbf{Esta sección está en desenvolvemento.}"

#~ msgid "Artwork and Title Page"
#~ msgstr "Material gráfico e páxina de título"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Thorsten Wilms \\item Wolter Hellmund \\item K.Vishnoo Charan Reddy "
#~ "\\item Kris Klunder"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Thorsten Wilms \\item Wolter Hellmund \\item K.Vishnoo Charan Reddy "
#~ "\\item Kris Klunder"

#~ msgid "Editing, Formatting, and Reference Checking"
#~ msgstr "Edición, formatado e comprobación de referencias"

#~ msgid "Jamin Day \\item Anmol Sarma \\item Benjamin Humphrey"
#~ msgstr "Jamin Day \\item Anmol Sarma \\item Benjamin Humphrey"

#~ msgid "\\protect\\LaTeX, Bazaar Maintenance, and Optimization"
#~ msgstr "\\protect\\LaTeX, Mantemendo de Bazaar e Optimización"

#~ msgid "Josh Holland \\item Kevin Godby \\item Joe Burgess"
#~ msgstr "Josh Holland \\item Kevin Godby \\item Joe Burgess"

#~ msgid "Wiki, IRC and Launchpad Maintenance"
#~ msgstr "Mantemento da wiki, IRC e Launchpad"

#~ msgid "Benjamin Humphrey \\item Joe Burgess \\item Kevin Godby"
#~ msgstr "Benjamin Humphrey \\item Joe Burgess \\item Kevin Godby"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Triwanto \\item Anwar Mohammed \\item Manuel Iwansky \\item RJQ \\item "
#~ "Dmitriy Belonogov \\item Hollman Enciso \\item Josh Holland \\item Ing. "
#~ "Forigua \\item Johannes von Scheidt \\item Marcos \\item Jadi \\item "
#~ "Marcelo Poli \\item Tomas Velecky \\item Javier Herranz \\item Carl "
#~ "Roberson \\item Shushi Kurose \\item hfzorman \\item Trutxo64 \\item "
#~ "YannUbuntu \\item Meridius \\item Daniel Schury \\item Sebastian Held"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Triwanto \\item Anwar Mohammed \\item Manuel Iwansky \\item RJQ \\item "
#~ "Dmitriy Belonogov \\item Hollman Enciso \\item Josh Holland \\item Ing. "
#~ "Forigua \\item Johannes von Scheidt \\item Marcos \\item Jadi \\item "
#~ "Marcelo Poli \\item Tomas Velecky \\item Javier Herranz \\item Carl "
#~ "Roberson \\item Shushi Kurose \\item hfzorman \\item Trutxo64 \\item "
#~ "YannUbuntu \\item Meridius \\item Daniel Schury \\item Sebastian Held"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Benjamin Humphrey \\item Tommy Brunn \\item Simon Vermeersch \\item Neil "
#~ "Tallim \\item Luke Jennings"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Benjamin Humphrey \\item Tommy Brunn \\item Simon Vermeersch \\item Neil "
#~ "Tallim \\item Luke Jennings"

#~ msgid "Firefox Guide"
#~ msgstr "Guía do Firefox"

#~ msgid ""
#~ "Chris\\_Ilias \\item Bo \\item underpass \\item jehurd \\item cl58 \\item "
#~ "kjhass \\item djstsys \\item mozilla\\_help\\_viewer\\_project"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Chris\\_Ilias \\item Bo \\item underpass \\item jehurd \\item cl58 \\item "
#~ "kjhass \\item djstsys \\item mozilla\\_help\\_viewer\\_project"

#~ msgid "\\frontcover"
#~ msgstr "\\frontcover"